Seeing that Song Minghui obviously didn¡¯t n to help, although Marquis Beining was dissatisfied, there was nothing he could do.
After the olddy finally came back to her senses, her anger wasn¡¯t directed at the culprit, Yu Niang, but at Madam Beining, who had not spoken since the beginning. ¡°Look at the son you raised!¡±
The olddy seemed to have found a way to vent the anger that had been umting for a long time. All kinds of obscenities were directed at Madam Beining, whose face turned pale and her body trembled.
Madam Beining didn¡¯t dare to resist. She stood up while trembling and was about to kneel to the olddy. However, this time, Song Mingmin, who had been kneeling at the side, couldn¡¯t help but rush up from the ground and grab Madam Beining, who was about to slide down. ¡°What did my mother do wrong?
Was she the one who colluded with outsiders and harmed the entire ministry, or was she the one who used the ministry¡¯s reputation to scam people?
My brother has been working hard for the ministry all these years and has always tried his best to resolve the various troubles you guys caused, but who has ever been grateful towards him?
How much of Sister-inw¡¯s dowry is left to fill the ministry¡¯s shortfall?
¡°Grandmother, you only know how to scold my mother whenever something happens. Isn¡¯t it because you think that my mother is easy to bully and has never retaliated?
My mother has a good temper, but you can¡¯t keep bullying her just because of that!
I know what you want to say. You want my father to divorce my mother and ask him to abolish my second brother¡¯s position as the heir, right? Then let my father do it now!
I¡¯m not afraid of offending you and making you unhappy. Without my brother¡¯s support, I want to see how long this ministry canst!
¡°Mother, let¡¯s go!¡±
Song Mingmin spoke quickly and anxiously. After saying that, she ignored the dark expressions of the two elders and called Madam Beining¡¯s servant along. Then, she pulled Madam Beining away.
She really didn¡¯t want to serve her any longer!
Madam Beining was frightened by her son and daughter¡¯s actions and she wanted to apologize, but her daughter seemed determined this time and didn¡¯t give her a chance to refuse. By the time she reacted, she had already been dragged out of the olddy¡¯s courtyard and on the way back to her courtyard.
¡°Sister Min, what are you doing?¡± Madam Beining¡¯s panicked and asked in a quivering voice as she grabbed her daughter¡¯s hand. ¡°Do you know that what you said today willpletely anger your grandmother and father?¡±
¡°So what?¡± Song Mingmin didn¡¯t care at all and continued walking with her mother¡¯s hand in hers, ¡°Mother, haven¡¯t youpromised many times before? But in the end, how did Grandmother and Father treat you?
Would they have treated us well if I didn¡¯t say these words today?
¡°Stop being so delusional. The more tolerant you are now, the more they will push their luck! Second Brother is right. No one in the ministry has a heart!¡±
¡°But they¡¯re still your grandmother and father. You¡¯re already at the age of marriage. What will happen to you if you offend them?¡±
Madam Beining was worried at the thought of this and felt that the future was bleak. She broke free from her daughter¡¯s hand and turned around to walk back. ¡°No, we can¡¯t leave like this. If you¡¯re unwilling to go back and admit your mistake, I¡¯ll exin things for you. I can¡¯t let this ruin your future.¡±
¡°Give it a rest! Now that something so big has happened, it¡¯s hard to say if we can even recover.¡± Song Mingmin reached out and grabbed Madam Beining to pull her towards the courtyard. ¡°Mother, listen to me this time and return to your courtyard.
No matter whoes looking for youter, don¡¯t interfere. Just pretend that you don¡¯t know anything!¡±
¡°How can that do? We¡¯re also the ministry¡¯s people. Now that the residence has encountered such a disaster, how can we stand by and do nothing? Min¡¯er, I know you¡¯re angry, but you have to think about if you get married in the future¡¡±
When Madam Beining heard Song Mingmin¡¯s words, she was extremely anxious and wanted to dissuade her, but Song Mingmin interrupted her. ¡°Mother, if I have to live like you for the rest of my life after I get married, I might as well not get married for the rest of my life!
Moreover, how can you possibly help? Aren¡¯t you just hoping that my second brother will mediate?
But how much has my second brother sacrificed for the ministry all these years? Have those people ever felt grateful?
Don¡¯t you know how my sister-inw lost her child? Back then, my second brother had alreadyid out the evidence clearly, but in the end, what did my father do?
Also, this time, they clearly wanted to harm the child in my sister-inw¡¯s stomach again. If not for General Wei Bei¡¯s wife¡¯s help, my sister-inw would have been doomed again!
¡°Mother, pleasee to your senses! I pity my second brother! He¡¯s been working for others for so many years. It¡¯s time for him to live for himself.¡±
Song Mingmin didn¡¯t give Madam Beining a chance to leave at all. After she dragged Madam Beining into the courtyard where she lived, she didn¡¯t even seem to have any intention of leaving.
Although Madam Beining was anxious, she couldn¡¯t do anything about her daughter.
Moreover, she knew that her only son was already estranged from her. With his current hatred for her and the entire Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry, if she went to look for him now and begged him to think of a way to help Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry, she would definitely push her son further away.
But what choice did she have?
No matter what, he was still the heir of Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry, so guarding Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry was like guarding his future!
She knew that she had indeed wronged the couple previously, but how could everything in this world go smoothly? For the sake of a better future over the long term, a moment of grievance was nothing.
However, Minghui didn¡¯t understand these things and was unwilling to listen.
Chapter 337 - 337 Threat
337 Threat
While Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry was having a hard time, Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry was also in a mess.
After the fourth prince woke up, he smashed the entire courtyard and room where he lived in anger. Like an enraged beast, he knocked open the door of Princess Ning Fu¡¯s courtyard. Under the screams of the women, he rushed into Princess Ning Fu¡¯s bedroom and threw her, who was lying on the bed, to the ground.
¡°Bitch!¡±
The fourth prince was panting heavily as he red at Princess Ning Fu, who was curled up on the ground in such fear that she didn¡¯t even dare to cry. ¡°How dare you scheme against me?¡±
¡°No, no, I wouldn¡¯t dare to.¡±
Trembling, Princess Ning Fu sobbed and hugged her head as she tried her best to exin, ¡°I really instructed Song Minghe to arrange for General Wei Bei¡¯s wife to be brought to your courtyard.
However, I don¡¯t know why things became like thister on.
¡°Your Highness, when I was instructing Song Minghe, you were listening through the screen. I really didn¡¯t say anything else!¡±
Princess Ning Fu was in so much pain that she felt like her bones were about to fall apart.
However, she felt very aggrieved.
She had really followed the previous n from the beginning to the end, but why did it be like this in the end?
¡°How dare you lie to me?¡± When the fourth prince thought of what he had experienced previously, he wished he could tear Princess Ning Fu into pieces.
¡°No, I really didn¡¯t lie to you!¡± Princess Ning Fu crawled over anxiously and raised her hand to hug the fourth prince¡¯s thigh as she tried her best to exin. ¡°I really instructed Song Minghe ording to your arrangements!¡±
¡°Your Highness, please calm down. This has nothing to do with her.¡± The fourth prince wanted to re up again, but Zhou Hengchang, who had rushed over after receiving the news, finally rushed over and blocked the attack for Princess Ning Fu.
¡°What did you say?¡± The fourth prince turned around and red at Zhou Hengchang with dissatisfaction. ¡°Do you pity her? You want to protect this b*tch?
Heh, I heard that you also nned to marry this b*tch previously. You haven¡¯t given up yet and want to take the opportunity to protect her and win her favor?
Besides, you said that you would protect me, but where were you when something happened to me today?
I was merciful enough not to punish you, but you actually have the guts toe and cause trouble! Hurry up and kneel in the courtyard!¡±
Zhou Hengchang looked at the fourth prince, who had lost his temper, calmly and asked, ¡°Your Highness, please calm down and allow me to exin everything clearly. If you still think that I deserve to be punished, I won¡¯t object.¡± Zhou Hengchang¡¯s expression was calm and he didn¡¯t show any anger because of the fourth prince¡¯s scolding.
After the fourth prince took a deep breath, he nced at him unhappily and said, ¡°Alright, tell me! I want to see what other tricks you can pull!¡±
¡°When you set off previously, you specifically instructed me not to follow you and told me that I only needed to guard the outside!
I didn¡¯t dare to disobey, so from the beginning to the end, I followed your instructions strictly and got someone to guard the outside of Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry.
However, it was also because of your arrangements that I realized that something was wrong.¡±
Zhou Hengchang lowered his eyes and recounted the inside story of why everything had gone wrong today to the fourth prince.
However, when Lu Ze was mentioned, he reced the truth with a more eptable exnation. ¡°I discovered that the few people who were sneaking around outside Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry escaped when we were capturing the mountain bandits.
I thought that since such mountain bandits were able to survive outside, they definitely had someone to rely on. Therefore, in order to catch the big fish, I didn¡¯t rm them.
I saw them drive the carriage to the back door of Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry and carry out a woman wrapped tightly in a cloak.
Originally, I nned to go over and investigate, but at this moment, news that something had happened to you came from the residence, so I rushed into the residence to protect you.
However, I still investigated everything.
It turned out that it wasn¡¯t Princess Ning Fu¡¯s fault. Everything was nned by Yu Niang.
However, when Yu Niang asked her brother to contact the two mountain bandits, she rmed General Gu, who was also investigating the whereabouts of the mountain bandits.
Because Yu Niang was plotting against General Gu¡¯s wife, in a fit of anger, General Gu decided to give her a taste of her own medicine and plotted to kidnap the third daughter of Marquis Beining, who Yu Niang had wanted to arrange to enter your residence.
As for how Princess Ning Fu and Madam Song appeared in your courtyard, I¡¯m still investigating.¡±
Zhou Hengchang exined the matter to the fourth prince very clearly.
¡°You mean that everything that happened today was the result of the selfish schemes of the people from Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry?¡± Actually, when he heard Zhou Hengchang¡¯s exnation, the fourth prince had already calmed down.
He nced at Princess Ning Fu, who was curled up on the ground and crying non-stop. ¡°Alright, get up and rest!
¡°Prepare the carriage. I¡¯m going to Mr. Pei¡¯s residence.¡±
None of the people around him were useful!
Now that such a scandal had happened, he had to resolve it. Otherwise, if word of this matter spread, who knew what would happen in the capital?
At this moment, his third brother was desperate to find dirt on him, so this matter had to be resolved!
There was no time to lose!
However, on second thought, the only person who could help him now was Pei Qian, who was seriously injured and recuperating in bed.
¡°Yes.¡± Zhou Hengchang didn¡¯t raise any objections at this moment and went out to prepare.
When the fourth prince saw Zhou Hengchang leave, he also walked out. However, before he took two steps, he stopped, as if he had thought of something. He turned to look at Princess Ning Fu, who had just been helped up by a maidservant beside him. ¡°Behave yourself recently. I¡¯m not that cold-blooded and heartless of a person!
If you¡¯re obedient, I can at least give you the position of a concubine, but if you¡¯re disobedient and want to cause trouble again¡ don¡¯t me me for being ruthless!¡±
Chapter 338 - 338 Response
338 Response
When the fourth prince came to look for Pei Qian, Lu Ze and Lin Suisui had already left after receiving the news.
However, perhaps because the fourth prince hade in a hurry and some important factors were involved, after Pei Qian settled the fourth prince down, he instructed Qian He to invite Lu Ze over to talk.
¡°Are you alright, Song Tao?¡±
Although he was already anxious because of what had happened during the day, when it came to Pei Qian, he still had to maintain appearances.
Moreover, Pei Qian wasn¡¯t just a tool for him to seize the throne.
After all, Pei Qian had saved him at least three to four times. Where else in this world could he find a loyal minister like Pei Qian, who would risk his life for him?
If he still didn¡¯t cherish Pei Qian, he would be too ungrateful.
¡°I¡¯m fine.¡± Although Pei Qian said that he was fine, he had a coughing fit, forcing him to cover his mouth with a handkerchief. When he recovered, his porcin-like face gave him a sickly yet gorgeous appearance.
¡°Your Highness, I already know what happened today.¡± Pei Qian took a while to catch his breath before saying to the fourth prince, ¡°Previously, I told Your Highness not to go to those residences withplicated family situations when you¡¯re in the north. After all, one can¡¯t judge a book by its cover.
But you didn¡¯t listen at all.
If you had informed me before you went over this time, or if you had let Mr. Zhou apany you when you entered Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry, at least there wouldn¡¯t have been such a huge scandal.¡±
Pei Qian was very straightforward, but the fourth prince didn¡¯t show any dissatisfaction and epted his advice very calmly.
¡°Yes, I know I was too impulsive this time, but I was too bored in Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry!¡± Although the fourth prince admitted his mistake, he was still a little indignant.
However, Pei Qian didn¡¯t intend to indulge him.
He gestured for Qian He to show the fourth prince the confessions that Lu Ze had sent over early in the morning. ¡°Your Highness, did you really just go there because you were bored and want to take a breather?¡±
¡°Did someone gossip in front of you again?¡± When the fourth prince saw Pei Qian¡¯s expression change, he immediately felt that something was wrong, but on the surface, he still yed dumb to maintain his dignity.
¡°I was drugged this time! I didn¡¯t know anything about it!¡±
¡°Your Highness, I¡¯ve told you that Gu Eng is quite important to General Wei Bei.¡± Pei Qian didn¡¯t want to expose him, so he stopped there. ¡°Since I chose to put him in an important position, it means that this person is not just a boor.
Your Highness and I will have to return to the capital sooner orter.
We can only leave the northern region to Gu Eng to take care of! At such an important time, instead of thinking of a better way to rope him in, you actually want to¡
¡°Your Highness, what are your ns?!¡±
¡°Alright, alright. I know I was wrong, okay?!¡± The fourth prince didn¡¯t look at the stack of confessions. Pei Qian most likely knew about his n, so he didn¡¯t bother to exin and admitted his mistake directly.
¡°What do you think, Your Highness?¡± Seeing that the fourth prince had admitted his mistake, Pei Qian didn¡¯t pursue the matter and changed the topic to today¡¯s scandal.
¡°I came to you for this matter,¡± Since Pei Qian had taken the initiative to mention this, the fourth prince quickly looked at him and said in a pleading tone.
¡°If this matter spreads to the capital, my reputation will be ruined! My third brother and the others will definitely take the chance to ruin mepletely!¡±
¡°Why didn¡¯t you think of it earlier?¡± Pei Qian snorted coldly and didn¡¯t hide the disdain and mockery on his face at all. ¡°This matter concerns Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry, so if you really want to resolve it once and for all, you have to start with Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry.¡±
¡°What do you mean?¡± When the fourth prince heard Pei Qian¡¯s words, he immediately perked up and looked at him expectantly while waiting for his solution.
¡°Your Highness only needs to me everything on the dispute between Marquis Beining and General Wei Bei. As for Your Highness, who appeared in the courtyard today, you can use the excuse that you got caught in the crossfire!
You don¡¯t have to appear yet. You have to let Marquis Beining take responsibility for this matter and me it on the internal strife between the women in the Inner Residence!
When Marquis Beining rifies this matter in public and severely punishes the culprit, no one will be able to do anything about it even if they have ulterior motives.¡±
Pei Qian told the fourth prince about the countermeasures he had already arranged before instructing him, ¡°In order to deal with this matter impably, the best way is topletely reorganize Marquis Ning Yuan¡¯s back residence once and for all.
Otherwise, I¡¯m afraid it will be difficult to convince the public.¡±
¡°I naturally trust your arrangements.¡± The fourth prince didn¡¯t want to waste his time thinking about it, so after Pei Qian gave him the solution, he didn¡¯t even have the intention to ask further and nodded in agreement.
¡°Alright, I¡¯ll arrange things. However, there¡¯s another matter. What do you think about Princess Ning Fu?¡± After Pei Qian obtained the fourth prince¡¯s approval, he didn¡¯t continue to harp on this matter. Instead, he changed to another matter that was closely rted to the current situation.
¡°Princess Ning Fu is thest descendant of Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry.
She has an imperial order. If you don¡¯t deal with it appropriately, Princess Ning Fu and the old consort might get dissatisfied and really expose this matter to the people in the capital.¡±
¡°I know. I¡¯ve already agreed to give her the position of a concubine.¡± The fourth prince replied very quickly, ¡°Before I came, I¡¯ve already warned her that as long as she¡¯s obedient in the future and doesn¡¯t cause any more trouble, I can give her the position of a concubine. After my wedding this autumn, I¡¯ll report to the emperor and my mother to ept her as a concubine.
However, if she still wants to cause trouble, I definitely won¡¯t let her do whatever she wants. I naturally have other ways to deal with her!¡±
Chapter 339 - 339 Slaughter
339 ughter
When Lu Ze came over, the discussion between the fourth prince and Pei Qian was alreadying to an end.
Perhaps because Pei Qian¡¯s previous warning had worked, when the fourth prince saw Lu Ze this time, it was unknown if it was because he was a little guilty about today¡¯s scheme, but when he greeted Lu Ze, his attitude was much gentler.
Lu Ze naturally had his own exnation for what had happened during the day.
However, this exnation was actually simr to what Zhou Hengchang and Pei Qian had said previously, except that it was more detailed. After the fourth prince listened to the simr exnation three times in a row, he came to a conclusion.
Everything was Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry¡¯s fault!
¡°After what happened, it¡¯s definitely unsuitable for Your Highness to appear again.¡± Pei Qian sighed helplessly as he looked at Lu Ze, who was sitting at the side. He suggested in a low voice, ¡°Can we trouble you to make a trip?
No matter what, Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry has to give an exnation for this matter.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right! Marquis Beining dotes on his concubine and ignores his wife. Not only did he allow a concubine to cause trouble, but he even schemed against me!
If we don¡¯t teach them a lesson, they¡¯ll really think I¡¯m a pushover.¡±
Upon hearing Pei Qian¡¯s words, the fourth prince was naturally indignant and expressed his support for Lu Ze¡¯s trip.
With Pei Qian and the fourth prince¡¯s instructions, Lu Ze brought the people from the Imperial City¡¯s government office to the entrance of Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry the next morning.
It was unknown if the servant guarding the door had received instructions from the master inside, but even though Su Qi had revealed her identity, the person inside had no intention of opening the door.
¡°How did my wife get in when she went to the general¡¯s residence?¡± Lu Ze, who was sitting in the carriage, didn¡¯t look up from the memorial in his hand when he heard Su Qi¡¯s report. He only instructed coldly, ¡°Blow it up!¡±
With the precedent of Lin Suisui forcefully tearing down the door of the general¡¯s residence, Lu Ze¡¯s method of entering Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry this time was equally simple and crude. After a deafening bang, a huge hole was sted open in the door.
¡°Gu Eng, even if you¡¯re General Wei Bei, you shouldn¡¯t be so impudent!¡± Marquis Beining, who had heard themotion, looked at the broken door in fury. If not for the butler beside him reaching out to help him, he would have cked out and fallen to the ground.
He was clearly challenging Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry¡¯s prestige!
¡°Marquis Beining, I¡¯m here today on the orders of the fourth prince to seek an exnation.¡± Lu Ze was walking into the residence and had no intention of stopping. ¡°I advise you to be tactful and settle this matter quickly so that everyone can live peacefully in the future.
Otherwise, everyone will have a troubled life in the future.¡±
¡°Gu Eng, do you dare to say that you didn¡¯t interfere in what happened yesterday?¡± Marquis Beining gritted his teeth. Of course, he understood why Lu Ze hade today.
If not for the fact that he knew, he wouldn¡¯t have instructed people to prevent him from entering!
Unfortunately¡ he still couldn¡¯t stop him.
¡°Where¡¯s the evidence?¡± Lu Ze stopped and looked at Marquis Beining with disdain, as if he was looking at a monkey that was being toyed with. ¡°Marquis, you will suffer retribution for ndering people!¡±
¡°What do you want?¡± Marquis Beining knew that there was no point in arguing with Lu Ze at this time. Now, all the evidence pointed to Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry.
If those in power really wanted to, their ministry could be wiped out instantly.
In the past, it would have been fine if he had handed this matter to Song Minghui, but Song Minghui had directly rejected him. It was useless no matter how much he threatened him.
Even the usually cowardly and obedient Madam closed the door tightly and didn¡¯t react to his threats.
Therefore, he had no choice but to deal with this mess himself.
¡°His Highness wants justice!¡± Lu Ze¡¯s tone was gentle, but he refused to back down.
He walked up two steps, but he stopped because of Marquis Beining¡¯s words. After he turned around, he looked down at Marquis Beining condescendingly and said, ¡°All those involved have to get the punishment they deserve!
Putting everything else aside, drugging Mr. Pei and colluding with mountain bandits to plot against the wife of an official is a serious crime.
¡°It¡¯s not easy for Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry to reach its current position. You should think about it carefully. If your ancestor¡¯s merit is really ruined because of an insensible concubine, how will you face the ancestors when you go to theherworld?¡±
¡°How do you want to deal with her?¡± Marquis Beining hesitated for a while before gritting his teeth and saying, ¡°After all, she gave birth to my children¡¡±
¡°Marquis, begging for mercy is pointless.¡± Before Marquis Beining could finish begging, Lu Ze interrupted him. ¡°Be it the Yu family or the eldest young master, none of them can escape punishment!
Yu Niang is your beloved, but His Highness, the fourth prince, is also his mother¡¯s beloved. If this scheme of yours had really spread to the capital and tarnished the fourth prince¡¯s reputation even a little, how do you think that person in the pce will deal with you?
Even the entire Marquis Beining¡¯s ministrybined won¡¯t be enough topensate!¡±
Lu Ze sounded aloof, but his words sent chills down Marquis Beining¡¯s spine.
This matter involved the fourth prince¡
¡°So, what¡¯s your n?¡± Lu Ze curled his lips and seemed to be in a good mood as he urged Marquis Beining, ¡°Are you going to deal with them yourself, or do you want me to help you?¡±
¡°Deal with them?¡± Lu Ze¡¯s words made Marquis Beining shiver and he widened his eyes in disbelief as he met Lu Ze¡¯s cold gaze. ¡°Minghe is my¡¡±
¡°It¡¯s true that Eldest Young Master is your eldest son, but the fourth prince is also the only son of that person in the pce! Don¡¯t you have other children?! It¡¯s his fault for being so ignorant and meddling in everything.¡± Lu Ze smiled disdainfully as he advised, ¡°If you want to me someone, you can only me yourself for indulging them too much!¡±
Chapter 340 - 340 Poison Calamity
340 Poison Cmity
The news of Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry¡¯s incident quickly spread throughout the entire North Mountain City.
Yu Niang, her eldest son, and her eldest daughter-inw, who had always been living morous lives, died at the same time overnight. There were also a group of maidservants who had been gotten rid of as well.
This wasn¡¯t the end. Because of Yu Niang, the Yu family, which had reigned supreme in North Mountain City all these years, lost its pir of support and copsed.
Overnight, the Yu family was ransacked and imprisoned. Not a single person in the entire family was spared.
!!
The reason for all of this was none other than that Madam Yu colluded with her maiden family to harm the prince for her own selfish desires. However, the fourth prince was benevolent and magnanimous, so on ount of Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry¡¯s many generations of military exploits and because Marquis Beining had no idea about this scheme, he only punished Marquis Beining and didn¡¯t pursue responsibility with anyone else.
Those families who could survive in Cloud Mountain City weren¡¯t fools.
What had happened that afternoon had already made everyone present wish they hadn¡¯t seen it. Now that they weren¡¯t implicated, how could anyone be stupid enough to cause trouble?
Everyone praised the fourth prince¡¯s kindness and gentleness to brush over this matter.
Lin Suisui¡¯s medical center was set to open on March 1st.
Since the medical center would open in half a month, she got busy.
Spring came rtivelyte in the north. In March, only a little green could be seen on the branches and treetops. As Lin Suisui looked at Little White, who had rolled in from outside and was rushing towards her, she reached out helplessly and rubbed its huge head. ¡°You¡¯ve already grown up, so I can¡¯t carry you anymore.¡±
Although she said that, Lin Suisui still squatted down and hugged Little White.
Little White whimpered in satisfaction and didn¡¯t run around anymore. Instead, ity quietly under the porch and basked in the sun.
Although it wasn¡¯tpletely an adult yet, its size wasn¡¯t much different from that of an adult tiger. Now that it was bigger, it became even more active. Every day, when it had nothing to do, it would run around the residence.
In order to make it easier to run around, Lu Ze set up a ce in the backyard for it to practice hunting. Sometimes, when Lu Ze was free, he would bring Little White to the surrounding forest and let it adapt to the wilderness.
Little White was no longer as weak as it used to be when it was young. Now, it was as strong as a calf.
The only thing that had not changed was that it still liked to cling to Lin Suisui. Other than chasing chickens and rabbits in the backyard, it liked to lie beside Lin Suisui for long periods at a time.
Initially, when Little White came over, those women who had never seen Little White before were terrified. However, after getting used to it, some bold ones even came over to y with Little White.
Lin Suisui was sorting out medical books when Lu Ze got her a batch of things that looked out of print. Many of the prescriptions were things she had never seen before.
Therefore, whenever she was free, she would take out these books and flip through them. With something to keep her preupied, time flew by.
It was unknown what method Lu Ze and the others had used previously, but after the incident at Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry, the fourth prince kept a low profile. There had been no news of him for more than half a month.
Lin Suisui was also happy that things were peaceful, so she didn¡¯t intend to ask about this matter.
However, her n was disrupted after she woke up from her afternoon nap.
¡°The olddy is very sick. She invited a few doctors, but they couldn¡¯t discover anything.¡± Zhou Ningqian, who hade to visit, couldn¡¯t hide her anxiety. ¡°Actually, my husband told me not to interfere in this matter.
I visited Old Madam yesterday as a formality, but I realized that something was wrong with Old Madam¡¯s condition. She didn¡¯t seem to be sick, but poisoned.¡±
Zhou Ningqian deliberated over her words carefully as she told Lin Suisui the purpose of her trip. ¡°I wasn¡¯t sure, so I went back and told my husband about this.
After thinking about it, my husband felt that something was wrong, so he asked me to go out today and inform you with the pretext of getting medicine.¡±
Zhou Ningqian thought of the current situation in the residence. Actually, if possible, she didn¡¯t want to trouble Lin Suisui. However, seeing how cautious her husband was, she felt that it wasn¡¯t good to dy this matter, so she made the trip.
¡°When did these symptoms appear?¡± Lin Suisui knew that if not for the fact that something was fishy, Zhou Ningqian wouldn¡¯t havee to look for her at this time. Therefore, her expression turned serious.
¡°Ever since thest birthday banquet, the old madam hasn¡¯t been in good spirits. Later on, after Yu Niang and the others were punished, the old madam was frightened and fell ill. Later on, she took medicine and her symptoms improved a little, but she¡¯s still quite sickly.
In order to make the Old Madam happy, the Marquis arranged for someone to invite the opera troupe that the Old Madam liked to sing for her.
At first, Old Madam was happy, but for some reason, her health deteriorated day by day. Now, she can barely stay awake for two to four hours a day.¡±
Zhou Ningqian didn¡¯t dare to hide anything and told Lin Suisui everything that had happened over the past few days in a low voice, ¡°The reason I felt that she was poisoned was that when I went over that day, I happened to see the olddy drinking medicine.
Not only is the filth that the olddy vomited extremely smelly, but it¡¯s also ck¡¡±
Perhaps because she was pregnant, Zhou Ningqian couldn¡¯t help but feel like vomiting at the mention of this. After a while, she calmed down and looked at Lin Suisui as she said, ¡°I don¡¯t know if my guess is right, but if she was really poisoned, who would poison the olddy in our residence?
She has been staying in Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry all year round. Could it be that someone took revenge on her?¡±
¡°Are you talking about the troupe that performed the ¡®Seven Fairies¡¯ at the olddy¡¯s birthday banquet?¡± Lin Suisui immediately caught the main point and raised her eyebrows as she asked Zhou Ningqian in detail.
¡°Yes, it¡¯s them.¡± Zhou Ningqian nodded. There was even a hint of regret on her face. ¡°After that, they came to our residence to perform for three consecutive days. Because I wanted to stabilize the baby, I didn¡¯t go over to join in the fun. Fifth Sister felt it was a pity that I didn¡¯t see the performance.¡±
Chapter 341 - 341 Visit
341 Visit
From Song Mingmin¡¯s description, the troupe¡¯s performance was very extraordinary, unlike other troupe¡¯s performances, where everything was rehearsed. Although their performances were good, they were still a little stiff.
The troupe that came this time could conjure tricks that shocked everyone.
¡°I understand. Go back first. I¡¯ll contact Mr. Song after the generales back and discuss it with him. This matter is not as simple as you think.¡±
Lin Suisui could more or less guess what was going on. She stood up and looked at Zhou Ningqian as she said seriously, ¡°After you go back this time, don¡¯t leave your courtyard and don¡¯t step into Old Madam¡¯s courtyard.
!!
After I go over and confirm that it¡¯s fine, you can do whatever you want, but it¡¯s best to be careful for now.¡±
¡°Is there anything wrong?¡± Zhou Ningqian was shocked by Lin Suisui¡¯s seriousness and asked carefully.
¡°I¡¯m just suspicious. Because I haven¡¯t seen the olddy¡¯s specific situation yet, I can¡¯t be sure for the time being, but listen to me. There¡¯s nothing wrong with being careful.¡±
Because she couldn¡¯t confirm it yet, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t tell Zhou Ningqian her guess. She only hoped that Zhou Ningqian would be vignt and avoid danger for the time being.
Upon hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s words, Zhou Ningqian didn¡¯t ask further and nodded. She stayed behind to talk to Lin Suisui for a while before getting up and leaving.
After sending Zhou Ningqian off, Lin Suisui instructed Yuan Niang to ask Su Le to arrange for someone to send a letter to Lu Ze.
After about an hour, Lin Suisui saw Lu Ze rushing back. Seeing that Lin Suisui was safe, he heaved a sigh of relief and slowed down to ask, ¡°What¡¯s wrong?¡±
¡°Someone from Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry came just now. Ning Qian said that the olddy is seriously ill and had been unconscious for the past few days.¡± Seeing Lu Ze return, Lin Suisui stood up and helped him take off his cloak as she briefly told him what Zhou Ningqian had said when she came over just now.
Then, she revealed her guess, ¡°I suspect that the olddy is not sick, but poisoned.
The person who cast the Gu is most likely a member of that troupe. It¡¯s just that we don¡¯t know their motive yet, so I think we should go over tomorrow to take a look.¡±
¡°I¡¯ve arranged for people to keep an eye on that troupe since you mentioned it to me previously.¡± After Lu Ze heard Lin Suisui¡¯s words, he also told her about his arrangements. ¡°However, we didn¡¯t find anything unusual. Those people were too secretive. In order not to alert the enemy, the shadow guards we sent out didn¡¯t get too close and overlooked some details.¡±
¡°It¡¯s impossible for a voodoo master to let outsiders see how he casts a voodoo.¡± Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t surprised. After all, casting a voodoo was a very secretive move. If people could tell so easily, they wouldn¡¯t have left the southern border.
After discussing tomorrow¡¯s schedule, Lu Ze didn¡¯t stay any longer and returned to the front yard to make arrangements.
Lin Suisui read medical books for a while more. When it was gettingte, she asked the woman to set up the table.
Since they had decided to go to Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry, it was naturally better to go sooner rather thanter. Lu Ze had instructed someone to tell Song Minghui yesterday, so when their carriage stopped outside the newly repaired door of Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry, the servants guarding the door tactfully opened the main door and weed them in respectfully.
When Lin Suisui got out of the carriage, Song Minghui was already waiting at the side. When he saw Lu Ze and Lin Suisui, he came over to greet them before briefly exining the olddy¡¯s situation to them.
¡°I¡¯ve already ordered people to strictly monitor the people in the residence ording to your previous instructions. None of the servants in the residence have gone out.¡±
As Song Minghui told Lu Ze about his arrangements, he led Lu Ze and Lin Suisui to the courtyard where the olddy was.
With the previousmotion, Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry was very quiet now. The servants passing by were all respectful, for fear that they would endanger their lives.
When Yu Niang and Song Xiao were still around, the courtyard was very lively. However, the two of them were gone and Marquis Beining, who came to take care of the olddy, had a reserved personality. Coupled with the bitter smell of medicine that filled the courtyard, it made the ce seem even more suffocating.
Seeing Lin Suisui and Lu Ze, who had been invited in by Song Minghui, Madam Beining, who was guarding the olddy¡¯s bed, was shocked. Her hand trembled and she identally sshed the medicine bowl in her hand on herself.
¡°No, it¡¯s just that the medicine bowl is a little hot.¡± Madam Beining stood up from the round stool. For a moment, she didn¡¯t know what to say and could only try her best to exin to the people opposite her.
¡°Mother, your clothes are dirty. I¡¯ll keep watch here. Go back and change your clothes first,¡± Song Minghui suggested calmly as he nced at Madam Beining, who was trying her best to remain calm.
Madam Beining was a little hesitant, but when she saw her son¡¯s unyielding attitude, she finally chose topromise. She nodded at Song Minghui uneasily as she said reluctantly, ¡°Your grandmother is very sick, so don¡¯t anger her too much.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry, she¡¯ll definitely live to a ripe old age,¡± Song Minghui replied indifferently with a mocking smile.
Madam Beining could hear the sarcasm in her son¡¯s tone. She knew that Song Minghui was already estranged from her, but what could she do about it?
With all kinds of grievances and anguish, Madam Beining left.
After Marquis Beining left, Song Minghui turned to the other servants who were still standing in the room and instructed with an impassive expression, ¡°All of you, leave first and wait outside!¡±
¡°Mr. Song, the olddy¡¯s health¡¡± Hearing Song Minghui¡¯s instructions, the nanny, who had been serving the olddy, quickly stood up to object. Unexpectedly, Song Minghui didn¡¯t give her a chance to speak.
¡°I know that the olddy¡¯s health isn¡¯t good, so I invited the general¡¯s wife over to take a look at her.¡± Song Minghui looked up slightly with a threatening look in his eyes. ¡°Are you suspecting me?¡±
Chapter 342 - 342 Expel
342 Expel
The old woman wanted to insist on staying, but Song Minghui refused to relent, so she could only leave the olddy¡¯s bedroom reluctantly.
After everyone left, Song Minghui immediately asked the servant beside him to guard the door. Only the three of them and the unconscious olddy were left in the room.
Lin Suisui asked Lu Ze to help her carry the copper basin from the wooden rack to the bed. Then, she walked over and took out her usual needle bag. After she took out a silver needle, she inserted it into the area between the thumb and forefinger of the olddy¡¯s right hand.
As she applied needles to other acupuncture points, the silver needle in her mouth immediately trembled violently, as if it had been stimted.
!!
After Lin Suisui observed for a while, her expression became much more solemn than before.
She put away the silver needles and turned to look at Song Minghui, who was standing at the side. ¡°I was right. The olddy isn¡¯t sick. She¡¯s been poisoned with Gu.¡±
¡°What did you say? Gu?!¡±
Even though Song Minghui had seen many things before, he was still shocked by Lin Suisui¡¯s words.
It wasn¡¯t that he had never heard of Gu before, but those things seemed to only exist in legends. Such things actually existed?
¡°Yes, it¡¯s Gu poison.¡± Lin Suisui nodded firmly without hesitation. ¡°However, because this Gu hasn¡¯t been nted for long, it¡¯s still possible to remove it now.
However, there¡¯s one thing I¡¯m not sure about now. How many people have been poisoned this time?¡± Lin Suisui paused. Without waiting for Song Minghui to respond, she continued, ¡°That¡¯s why I asked you to confine all the servants in the residence. This way, we can screen them all at once.¡±
¡°Madam, do you have a way to investigate the people who were poisoned?¡±
Originally, when Song Minghui heard Lin Suisui¡¯s words, his heart sank. Now that he heard her next words, he saw hope again and perked up.
¡°Yes, but let¡¯s remove the Gu first.¡± Lin Suisui turned around and gestured for Lu Ze to bring over a clean basin. Then, she took out a small porcin bottle from the medicine box at the side and dripped two drops of the medicinal liquid into the basin. In just an instant, a rich fragrance filled the room.
At this moment, the olddy on the bed seemed to have received an incredible stimtion and trembled violently.
¡°Hold her down!¡± Lin Suisui instructed Song Minghui, who was standing at the side. Then, she quickly cut open the tip of the olddy¡¯s right index finger with a knife and ced it in the copper basin that was dripping with medicinal liquid.
Dark and smelly blood gushed out from the wound on her fingertip and into the copper basin. As the olddy¡¯s struggled more and more vehemently, the ck blood gushing out from her fingertip became thicker.
Thissted for less than half an hour. A white worm the size of a thumb finally crawled out of the wound on the olddy¡¯s fingertip and twisted its body before falling into the copper basin.
As the worm left, the blood on the olddy¡¯s fingertips finally turned bright red. Lin Suisui observed for a while longer before picking up the olddy¡¯s hand. After stopping the bleeding on her fingers, she ced her hand back under the nket.
After what had just happened, the olddy looked at least ten years older than when Lin Suisui and the others first came in.
Her few strands of ck hair had all turned white at this moment and her skin looked sallow.
¡°The Gu has been removed from the olddy¡¯s body, but she¡¯s old after all and the treatment process has exhausted her greatly. I¡¯ll give her a nourishing prescription first. Let her take it several times.¡±
Lin Suisui actually didn¡¯t have much confidence in treating the olddy¡¯s current condition.
After all, she was old and had lost most of her vitality to the Gu¡
Song Minghui didn¡¯t force things. He knew the old woman¡¯s current situation very well. She was already very lucky to be saved. As for the rest, he could only leave it to fate.
¡°The rest is notplicated to deal with.¡± Lin Suisui pointed at the copper basin that Lu Ze had already ced on the table at the side and instructed Song Minghui in a low voice, ¡°Give everyone in the residence a small cup of water to drink. If they¡¯re really poisoned, they¡¯ll definitely vomit and have diarrhea.
Gather everyone who has a reaction. I¡¯ll help them expel the Gu.¡±
Upon hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s words, Song Minghui, who originally had a pleasant expression, could no longer smile anymore.The others didn¡¯t know, but he had seen the origin of the basin of water with his own eyes.
For him to drink this basin of water without batting an eye¡
Song Minghui felt that killing him was a better option.
¡°This is the fastest and most effective way.¡± As if she knew about Song Minghui¡¯s concerns, Lin Suisui continued to exin to him, ¡°Don¡¯t worry, Ning Qian doesn¡¯t have to drink this. When she went to talk to me yesterday, I had already taken her pulse. Everything is normal. Later on, I even gave her that pouch. With the herbs in that pouch, no Gu will dare to approach her for the time being.¡±
Although Zhou Ningqian didn¡¯t have to drink this terrifying thing, he had to. Fortunately, he was the only one who knew the truth behind its origin, so he was the only one who had to suffer.
After Song Minghui made his decision, he took action very quickly.
He arranged for guards toe out and make everyone in the residence drink the potion Lin Suisui had specified ording to the list. Indeed, not long after, two or three servants who were working in the old madam¡¯s courtyard began to vomit like crazy.
Song Minghui suppressed his fear and disgust and immediately got someone to gather these people in an empty courtyard that wasn¡¯t often used in the residence.
After about four hours, she finally finished screening everyone in the residence.
Other than the Old Madam, no one else in the residence was affected. However, twelve of the servants actually had abnormal reactions. Almost all of these servants worked in the Old Madam¡¯s courtyard.
After Lin Suisui removed the Gu in the remaining people¡¯s bodies ording to the method she had used to help the olddy remove the Gu, she wrote another prescription and asked Song Minghui to arrange for someone to boil it and distribute it to the entire residence. Then, she said to the worried Song Minghui, ¡°Alright, they¡¯ll be fine for the time being.¡±
Chapter 343 - 343 Opening
343 Opening
Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t exaggerating.
Because the culprit had not been found yet, what they were doing now was only temporarily alleviating the crisis. If they wanted to resolve the problem once and for all, they had to find those demons hiding in the dark.
As for how to capture them, that wasn¡¯t Lin Suisui¡¯s concern.
After she handed the prescription to Mr. Pei, she sat in the reception hall quietly while waiting for Lu Ze and Song Minghui to return after discussing things.
!!
She didn¡¯t sit for long before her thoughts were disrupted by themotion outside the door. Lin Suisui frowned slightly. When Lin Suisui turned around, she saw Song Minggui, whom she had met once before, rushing towards her like a lunatic.
¡°It¡¯s all your fault!¡± Song Minggui struggled, but didn¡¯t stop scolding Lin Suisui, ¡°If not for you, how could my mother, my brother, and sister-inw have been harmed?
¡°You jinx, it¡¯s all your fault. Bitch, I¡¯m going to kill you. I¡¯m going to kill you¡¡±
Song Minggui was dragged back by a few women, but she still kept shouting and cursing. However, her struggle didn¡¯tst long. After a serious-looking woman rushed in from outside, she couldn¡¯t help but frown and scold the servants who were still watching at the side, ¡°Hurry up and bring her back!
Sixth Miss is so traumatized that she¡¯s not in her right mind now. Are all of you blind?!
If she scares the esteemed guest, how can you guys afford the consequences?¡±
Upon hearing old woman¡¯s scolding, the surrounding servants no longer dared to ck off. They quickly came forward to gag Song Minggui. Not long after, they dragged Song Minggui out and the scene quickly fell silent.
After Song Minggui was sent away, the old woman slowly walked in front of Lin Suisui and bowed to her respectfully. Then, she exined apologetically, ¡°Madam, please forgive her. I¡¯m Mrs. Dong, who was arranged by His Highness to serve you. Sixth Miss was traumatized previously and is not in her right mind now. Please forgive her for disturbing you.¡±
Lin Suisui nodded and asked the old woman to leave.
Before long, Lu Ze had already finished discussing things and rushed over with Song Minghui. After exchanging a few simple pleasantries, Lu Ze and Lin Suisui got into the carriage and returned the way they came.
¡°Mr. Pei found Madam Dong and sent her to serve Madam Beining.¡± Hearing Lin Suisui mention what had just happened, Lu Ze knew the reason better than her, so he told Lin Suisui, ¡°As you know, Madam Beining is not very reliable.
Previously, when Yu Niang was around, Madam Beining had been bullied by Yu Niang. Now that Yu Niang was gone, she had be even more subservient to the old madam.
It was fortunate that Wu Niang had listened to Mr. Pei¡¯s arrangements and went over to keep an eye on Madam Bei Ning. However, Wu Niang couldn¡¯t stay in Madam Bei Ning¡¯s courtyard for the rest of her life.
Therefore, after thinking about it, he thought of this method. He arranged for a reliable woman to go to Madam Beining¡¯s courtyard to help her take care of trivial matters.¡±
But this was the only solution at the moment.
No matter what, it was useful for the time being.
Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help much with Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry¡¯s matter, so she began to focus on preparing for the opening of the medical center.
Doctor Luo no longer dealt with the medical center¡¯s trivial matters and only focused on teaching those medical assistants. In just a short period of time, most of the medical assistants who had been recruited into the medical center had learned a lot.
Doctor Luo praised Du Yue¡¯e the most.
She was the most hardworking and dilligent one in this batch. In addition, she was quite talented in this aspect, so she mastered the knowledge very quickly.
Like Du Yue¡¯e, her younger brother, Du Yueheng, had been working hard recently.
Because Du Yueheng¡¯s dream was to join the army, after asking for Du Yue¡¯er¡¯s advice, Wei Qing sent the little fellow to a private school not far away to start his studies.
Wei Qing exined that if he wanted to be a general in the future, it was definitely impossible to rely on brute force alone! At the very least, he couldn¡¯t be an illiterate person. After school, he couldn¡¯t ck off on basic practice like the horse stance either.
Du Yueheng was also obedient. During this period of time, hepleted the mission Wei Qing had given him quite thoroughly.
Because the medical center only catered to ordinary people, themotion caused by the opening wasn¡¯t big. ording to the custom of grand openings in the north, they set off a string of firecrackers early in the morning.
With Lu Ze apanying her, Lin Suisui went to the teahouse opposite the medical center early in the morning to watch.
The consultation fee and the price of medicine weren¡¯t expensive, so on this day, many patients came. Doctor Luo and the others were busy, but they still had happy and satisfied smiles on their faces.
The first day of business had a good start.
Lu Ze and Lin Suisui sat there and watched for almost a few hours. Seeing that everything was fine, they got into the carriage together and left to return to the residence.
Not long after their carriage left, two women in veiled hats entered the medical center¡
Recently, Lin Suisui¡¯s attention had been on the Gu worms she had brought back from Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry.
She didn¡¯t know much about voodoo, but she had read about it in the letter her mentor had left behind. However, her mentor had said something that made a lot of sense previously.
There were only a few so-called voodoo techniques. The rest had to be studied by the voodoo master himself. Now, she was using the voodoo she had to reverse engineer and understand the effect of this voodoo.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t expect that not long after she left with Lu Ze, a catastrophic incident would happen in the newly opened Rejuvenation Hall.
When she received the news and rushed over, the entrance of Rejuvenation Hall was already filled with people. It looked even more lively than during a festival.
Lin Suisui promptly instructed Su Le to turn the car around and enter the shop from the back door of the medical center to check the situation.
Just as she was about to get out of the carriage and walk in, Lin Suisui suddenly stopped. Then, she turned around and pointed at the two women in veiled hats two to three steps away as she instructed Su Le, ¡°Stop them!¡±
Chapter 344 - 344 Blackmail
344 ckmail
Lin Suisui¡¯s instructions were very sudden, so before the two women could react, they were surrounded by Su Le and his people in the alley. After they reacted, they quickly drew the weapons they had hidden on them and quickly fought with Su Le and the others.
These two women¡¯s martial arts skills were impressive, but they were still much weaker than Su Le and the others. Therefore, in the blink of an eye, the two women were pressed to the ground by Su Le and his people and tied up tightly with special ropes.
¡°Give them this.¡± Although she had yet to see what these two women looked like, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t dare to be careless. She handed the medicine she had given Lu Ze previously to Su Le and asked him to give them to the two women first.
For some reason, she felt that these two people were very familiar, as if she had seen them somewhere before.
!!
As expected, after Su Le removed the veiled hats from the two women¡¯s heads, Lin Suisui recognized them at a nce. These two women were the members of the troupe that she had seen in Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry previously.
¡°Why are they here?¡± This time, not only did Lin Suisui recognize them, but even Bai Guo, who was protecting her, recognized them at a nce and couldn¡¯t help but exim.
¡°Something just happened in the medical center, and these two people appeared here, so it¡¯s difficult not to suspect them.¡± Before Lin Suisui could speak, Su Le, who had walked over, said, ¡°Your Highness, do you want to bring these two people into the medical center together?¡±
¡°Bring them in.¡± After Lin Suisui thought about it for a moment, she instructed Su Le, ¡°Arrange for someone to inform Lu Ze and ask him to send someone to pick them up.¡±
The timing these two women appeared here was too coincidental. It would be fine if they really had nothing to do with what happened to the medical center today, but if what happened in the clinic was rted to them, then¡
The dungeon of the Imperial City¡¯s government office seemed to be the most suitable ce to settle these girls.
¡°We were just passing by. You can¡¯t treat us like this!¡± The woman in green clothing realized the seriousness of the matter, so she looked up at Lin Suisui in a panic and tried her best to struggle.
However, Yin Qiao didn¡¯t buy it at all. She looked at the sisters who were tied together with disdain and said, ¡°If you guys were really just passing by, why didn¡¯t you guys exin things just now?
¡°Stop making up excuses. We¡¯ll talk after we enter the medical center and investigate the entire matter. If we really wrongly used you guys, Her Highness is not an unreasonable person, so she¡¯ll definitely let the two of you go and apologize to you two!
However, if the two of you didn¡¯t pass by coincidentally, don¡¯t me us for being impolite!¡±
After Lin Suisui nodded at Su Le, she didn¡¯t stay any longer. She turned around and walked into the medical center.
As soon as they entered the medical center, Lin Suisui heard miserable criesing from the hall. When she, Bai Guo, and the others walked around the screen, they saw that the hall was in chaos.
A woman with a headscarf on her head was reaching out to grab Doctor Luo as she pointed at a man lying on the ground and cried non-stop. She said that her husband had just taken the medicine from the Rejuvenation Hall, but was dead before he reached home.
The woman cried miserably as she used Rejuvenation Hall. The people outside who didn¡¯t know the truth were dismayed and became distrustful of Rejuvenation Hall.
Rejuvenation Hall killed people on the first day of business¡
¡°Who said that your husband is dead?¡± Lin Suisui walked forward. Without even squatting down to check the man¡¯s pulse, she walked to the wailing woman and asked straightforwardly.
After being interrupted by Lin Suisui, the woman who was crying looked veryical with tears and snot on her face.
She froze for a moment before she reacted and continued to tell Lin Suisui what had happened. ¡°My husband had a cough, so this doctor took my husband¡¯s pulse and handed me this bottle of pills. This doctor said that the pills could relieve his cough and told me to feed them to him three times a day.
I thought about how it was still early today and wanted my husband to recover quickly, so I gave him a pill.
Originally, her husband was fine along the way, but not long after we left the city gate, he suddenly twitched, spat out a mouthful of blood, and died!
My poor husband, you died so miserably!¡±
After giving the exnation, the woman cried loudly, as if she was afraid that other people wouldn¡¯t know.
¡°Your husband isn¡¯t dead.¡± After Lin Suisui looked down at the pale man lying on the ground, she said to the woman calmly, ¡°You don¡¯t have to cry so sadly for the time being.¡±
¡°What? He¡¯s not even breathing anymore, so how can you lie through your teeth?!¡± When the woman heard Lin Suisui¡¯s words, she immediately stopped crying and started to argue with her.
Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t be bothered to waste her breath on her. After she squatted down and took the needle bag Yin Qiao handed her, she took out silver needles and inserted a few needles into the man on the ground. With a moan, the man, who was originally lying motionlessly, immediately jumped up from the ground like a cat whose tail had been stepped on. However, at this moment, he hugged his head and rolled on the ground in pain again¡
¡°How can this be¡¡± The woman didn¡¯t expect this situation, so she looked at her husband, who was rolling on the ground in pain, in shock. Then, she turned to look at Lin Suisui, who had already stood up under the protection of Bai Guo and Yin Qiao. ¡°He, he¡¯s not¡¡±
¡°Your husband doesn¡¯t seem to have a cough!¡± Lin Suisui put away the silver needles and looked at the man rolling on the ground as she curled her lips. Then, she turned to look at Madam and continued with a smile, ¡°I think he¡¯s quite sick, but the doctor who treated you previously didn¡¯t say anything about his true illness.
He¡¯s very evil-hearted, so if he wants to recover, I¡¯ll find a new heart for him! Otherwise, why would hee to my shop at this time to scam people?¡±
Chapter 345 - 345 Mediating
345 Mediating
Lin Suisui¡¯s tone was filled with disdain, but she also exposed the true motive of the couple in front of her.
For a moment, the crowd inside and outside the shop was in an uproar.
The woman wanted to struggle, but unexpectedly, guards in armor had already separated the crowd and rushed into the shop. After the general in the lead took a few steps forward and shook open a painting in front of everyone, hepared the portrait with the woman. Without waiting for the woman to respond, he waved at the people behind him. ¡°It¡¯s them. Take them away!¡±
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t stop them. After the woman and the man had been gagged, they were tied up and taken away.
!!
After the soldiers left, Yuan Niang, who was waiting at the side, hurriedly stood up andforted the patients and the crowd outside the shop with the shopkeeper.
Seeing that the situation was under control, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t stay any longer. She turned around and went around the screen to the backyard.
Su Le had already arranged for someone to send the two women, who were tied up tightly, to the Imperial City¡¯s government office. When Lin Suisui came out, the courtyard had already been tidied up. There were even tables and chairs arranged so that she could sit down and rest when she came out.
¡°Your Highness.¡± After Yuan Niang dealt with the medical center¡¯s matter, she quickly followed Lin Suisui to the courtyard and told her the cause and effect of themotion in the medical center in a low voice.
¡°Then when this so-called ¡®husband and wife¡¯ came to treat their illness, were there two women in veiled hats among the customers in the shop?¡± Lin Suisui put down the teacup in her hand. She wasn¡¯t too interested in how these two people set up the scheme. She was concerned about something else.
The reason she was suspicious of the two women in veiled hats just now was mainly because she could feel the existence of Gu worms from these two people.
Moreover, there was something fishy about them appearing in the back alley of the medical center at this time.
Therefore, Lin Suisui would rather risk using the innocent than let any suspicious people go. That was why she quickly instructed Su Le to capture these two people.
¡°Yes.¡± The woman nodded and replied with certainty, ¡°They were there for a while. Because there were many patients who came to treat their illnesses today and they didn¡¯t look like women from ordinary families, I went over to ask them. Seeing that they were unwilling to say anything, I didn¡¯t force them. I only invited them to a ce with fewer people to sit and wait.
Later on, when this ¡®couple¡¯ came over, I happened to help take care of them, so I didn¡¯t pay attention to the two women anymore. However, after everything was settled, those two people were no longer in that corner.
Could it be that there¡¯s something wrong with those two people?¡±
¡°It¡¯s fine. I¡¯ll have to trouble you and Doctor Luo to keep an eye on the medical center these few days.¡± Lin Suisui said with a smile. She didn¡¯t tell Yuan Niang too much. Instead, she took out a small porcin bottle and ced it on the table for the woman. ¡°Take this. Distribute one of the pills here to everyone in the shop every day. Don¡¯t stop midway. Just ask me for more when you¡¯re done.¡±
¡°I understand.¡± The woman nodded seriously and didn¡¯t ask further. She only reached out to take the porcin bottle.
After Lin Suisui instructed Yuan Niang, she seemed to have thought of something and looked at her with a smile. ¡°Mrs. Luo and the others will being to Cloud Mountain City in the next two days. When the timees, you can rest for a day and catch up with them.¡±
¡°Alright.¡± The woman nodded as she sent Lin Suisui out of the courtyard and into the carriage. Only then did she turn around and return to the medical center. After she closed the door, she returned to the front hall to greet the guests.
After Lin Suisui got into the carriage, she didn¡¯t instruct Su Le to go home. Instead, she asked Su Le to bring her to Lu Ze.
As if he had expected Lin Suisui toe, when the carriage arrived at the entrance of the Imperial City¡¯s government office, Lu Ze was already waiting there.
¡°Don¡¯t be anxious. I already know everything.¡±
Lu Ze reached out to help Lin Suisui down, but he didn¡¯t bring her into the Imperial City¡¯s government office. Instead, he pulled her towards the carriage behind her. ¡°Let¡¯s talk on the way back.¡±
Although Lin Suisui also felt that it was a little strange to go back at this time, she didn¡¯t ask further. Instead, she cooperated with Lu Ze and got into the carriage.
¡°I¡¯ve already settled those two people. I¡¯ll bring you to see themter.¡± Lu Ze reached into his sleeve and took out a small box for Lin Suisui. ¡°Have you seen this before?¡±
¡°Five Poisons Token.¡± Lin Suisui only opened the box and took a look before recognizing the origins of two of the tokens. She couldn¡¯t help but frown even more. ¡°These are the token of a member of the Southern Region¡¯s Five Poison Sect. I only found out about it after interacting with one of themanders for a period of time when I was traveling with my mentor near the southern border.
The Five Poison Sect¡¯s whereabouts are secretive and it¡¯s said that their disciples are everywhere, but because of their strict sect rules, even if they¡¯re close to us, very few people can detect their existence.
These two tokens look like they belonged to ordinary members.
However, they¡¯re members of that troupe. I wonder if there¡¯s a higher-ranking member in that troup.¡± After Lin Suisui picked up a token, she flipped it back and forth before pointing at a small flower on the token for Lu Ze to see. ¡°Look, the flowers here belong to them.
From the scorpion token on the token, I know that they¡¯re probably disciples of the Sacred Scorpion Sect¡¯s White Orchid Token.¡±
¡°If they discover that these two people are missing, the remaining members will definitelye looking for them.¡± Lu Ze took the two tokens from Lin Suisui and put them back in the box. Then, he said in a low voice, ¡°So we have to hurry up and ask them what their goal is.¡±
Lu Ze urged Su Le to drive faster.
When the two of them returned to the residence and got out of the carriage, they saw Su Qi, who had returned first, greet them with a troubled expression. He bowed as he reported to Lu Ze, ¡°Your Highness, Mr. Pei is here.¡±
¡°Where is he now?¡± After hearing Su Qi¡¯s words, Lu Ze didn¡¯t seem surprised. Instead, he took the hand stove from the servant beside him and handed it to Lin Suisui.
Su Qi lowered his head and replied carefully, ¡°He¡¯s already gone to the dungeon.¡±
¡°He received the news quite quickly.¡± Lu Ze snorted and turned to look at Lin Suisui. ¡°Time is tight, so why don¡¯t you follow me to take a look first?¡±
¡°Are those two people in our residence now?¡± Lin Suisui looked at Lu Ze in disbelief. This news was too unexpected.
Chapter 346 - 346 Secret
346 Secret
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t expect that there would be a dark dungeon hidden under the residence she had always lived in.
The entrance was actually in the study room of the inner residence that she often went to!
She was shocked as Lu Ze led her into the narrow secret passage. With the dim light of the oilmps in the holes on both sides of the wall, the two of them walked for about five minutes before turning into a rtively spacious alley.
¡°At the beginning, this was where the northern government office was located.¡± Lu Ze noticed Lin Suisui¡¯s shock and exined to her in a low voice, ¡°Later on, the government office was moved to a new ce. After this ce became empty, it was changed to a courtyard.
I lived here when I first arrived in the north.
¡°When Pei Qian nned to help us find a new ce, I asked Su Qi and the others to hand this courtyard to Pei Qing. That¡¯s why there¡¯s a dungeon here.¡±
When Lu Ze was governing the army in the north, it was difficult to guarantee that he wouldn¡¯t encounter spies, traitors, and spies. Sometimes, people who were inconvenient to interrogate outside would be arranged toe here.
Because it was extremely secretive, it was almost impossible for the people sent in to escape.
After a while, Lin Suisou keenly smelled blood in the air. This secret passage was built next to a hidden river, so although it was hidden, it didn¡¯t feel stuffy.
However, she felt that this ce was even more terrifying as a result.
Lin Suisui followed behind Lu Ze until they entered an obviously brighter interrogation room at the side. She was once again shocked by what she saw.
Pei Qian wasn¡¯t interrogating the sisters who had just been sent over. Instead, he was dealing with a criminal whose face could no longer be seen clearly.
The sisters were tied to the torture rack at the side and were watching the tragic scene in front of them with pale faces.
¡°Why did you bring her along?¡± Pei Qian sat on a soft nket that he had gotten from somewhere and had a fur-cored cloak draped over his shoulders. He was originally holding a handkerchief and looking at the criminal officer in front of him leisurely, but when he saw Lin Suisui walk out from behind Lu Ze, his expression changed. He red at Lu Ze, who walked in nonchntly, in shock. He was so angry that he almost threw the handkerchief in his hand at Lu Ze¡¯s face.
Was such a ce suitable for a little girl like Lin Suisui?!
¡°Why can¡¯t Ie?¡± Lin Suisui nced at the gruesome scene. When she looked at Pei Qian again, she had already regained her calm. ¡°Time is tight. If the others from the Five Poison Secte, things will be troublesome, so we have to get to the point quickly.¡±
As Lin Suisui spoke, she walked to the two shocked women and said, ¡°I know you¡¯re from the Five Poison Sect.
I also know what you¡¯re thinking now. You¡¯re thinking that when your sisters discover that you two haven¡¯t returned, they¡¯ll think of a way to save you!
I even know that the Five Poison Sect has a unique secret technique for transmitting information!
¡°However, it will take some effort for you to transmit information deep underground. Besides, I don¡¯t intend to give you a chance.¡±
After Lin Suisui found out that she was going toe down to see these two people, she returned to her courtyard to bring a pile of things that could be used. At this moment, she had the bee Gus that she had cultivated previously.
After Lin Suisui walked to the side and took out a translucent ss box from the medicine box, she held it in her hand and showed it to the two women over there. After the woman in pink took a look, she immediately recognized the origin of the thing inside and her expression immediately changed. ¡°Bee? Bee Gu?¡±
¡°How did you get the bee Gu?!¡±
¡°You don¡¯t have to care about how I obtained it. It¡¯s fine as long as you recognize it.¡± Lin Suisui¡¯s expression didn¡¯t change, and there was even a smile on her lips. ¡°This bee Gu was hatched and nurtured with my blood. Since you can recognize the bee Gu, you naturally know how to use it.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t try to scare us with this little gimmick!¡± Although the woman in pink looked flustered, she didn¡¯t give up resisting. She gritted her teeth and stared at Lin Suisui for a long time before saying, ¡°Even if you have the mother Gu, who knows if what you said is true or not?
¡°Being able to nurture a mother Gu is only one step of the process. If you don¡¯t know how to use a mother Gu, even if you have one, you can only use it to scare people!¡±
The woman in pink wasn¡¯t lying.
She knew very well that nurturing Gu was one aspect, but being able to use Gu for her own was the other more important aspect.
If one didn¡¯t know how to use it, the Gu might backfire. In the end, the one who would suffer might be the Gu user.
¡°In that case, you don¡¯t intend to cooperate with us and tell us everything you know?¡± Lin Suisui looked at the woman in pink and asked her again.
¡°It¡¯s impossible for me to tell you anything! Now that we¡¯re in your hands, you can kill us if you want. You can do whatever you want!¡± The woman in pink was a little annoyed that she couldn¡¯t move now and red at Lin Suisui, in hopes that the medicine in her body would dissipate quickly. This way, she could use the Gu on herself tomit suicide.
However, Lin Suisui seemed to have already seen through her n.
After she turned around and put down the ss box in her hand, she took out a porcin bottle and handed it to the officer waiting beside her. ¡°Please let the two of them take this first.¡±
¡°What do you want to do to us now?¡± The woman in green couldn¡¯t stand it anymore. She wanted to resist and struggle, but with the effect of the medicine Lin Suisui had given them previously, it was difficult for them to move.
¡°I know that you both have Gu on you and that once the knockout powder I drugged you with previously loses its effect, you can immediately activate the Gu in your bodies to give you a quick death.
However, I won¡¯t let you!¡±
Lin Suisui turned around and looked at the two girls as she said firmly, ¡°I concocted this medicine when I discovered that you southern border Gu Masters were around.¡±
It can force the Gu out of your bodies. This way, be it if you activate the Gu to hatch yourselves or if yourpanions outside discover that something has happened to you, they won¡¯t be able to use the Gu in your bodies to silence you two!
¡°Moreover, the most important thing is that only by expelling the Gu in your bodies can I nt the sub-gu in your bodies and make you listen to my orders!¡±
Chapter 347 - 347 Questioning
347 Questioning
¡°But the bee Gu can¡¯t make us reveal what we know!¡±
Although the woman knew that she was in a desperate situation, she didn¡¯tpletely lose herposure and quickly found the n¡¯s greatest w.
The child Gu was indeed under the control of the mother Gu and would do as the controller instructed, but it was only limited to the control of its body. In fact, its consciousness waspletely uncontroble.
For example, you can order the controlled person to kill people now, but you can¡¯t let the person tell you everything he¡¯s thinking.
¡°I know.¡± Not surprised at all, Lin Suisui nodded.
She looked at the woman in pink and said with a smile, ¡°However, I can let you see with your own eyes how you cut off your own limbs with a knife and roast them.¡±
¡°Are you crazy?!¡±
Lin Suisui¡¯s words made the expression of the woman in pink change drastically and she stared at Lin Suishou in disbelief. She couldn¡¯t believe that this gentle and weak-looking woman would actually say such a terrifying thing so calmly.
¡°I don¡¯t think there¡¯s anything wrong with my decision.¡± Lin Suisui gestured for the torturer toe forward and she forced the pills she had arranged into the two women¡¯s mouths.
¡°I can do what you guys can. I can even do it more ruthlessly!¡±
Lin Suisui looked at the pink-robed woman who was trying her best to spit out the pill she had swallowed and said calmly, ¡°I¡¯ve been worried ever since you poisoned Marquis Beining¡¯s ministry¡¯s Old Madam.¡±
Although I can¡¯t guess what you guys want to do now, my intuition tells me that it¡¯s definitely not something good!
If I can¡¯t see through your motives in advance and take precautions against your actions, the consequences might not be something we can bear!
Therefore, in order to dig out secrets from you guys as soon as possible, I don¡¯t mind being cruel.¡±
The woman in pink struggled for a long time. Seeing that her n to vomit the pill had failed, she gave up struggling and looked at Lin Suisui helplessly. ¡°Stop scaring us! If you really have the ability, you should master the method to expel the Gu first!
You want us to listen to you just because you showed us the mother Gu? Dream on!¡±
¡°There¡¯s no hurry. We have to take things one step at a time.¡± Lin Suisui said with a smile and wasn¡¯t angered by the woman¡¯s provocation. ¡°Tomorrow, you¡¯ll naturally know if I have a way to expel the Gu.¡±
The first step is to remove the hidden dangers on you guys so that we can carry out the next step more effectively.
It¡¯ll also give you guys a night to consider things. I advise you to think about it carefully. After all, there¡¯s only one chance. If you miss it, it¡¯ll be gone.¡±
With that, Lin Suisui slowly turned around and smiled at Lu Ze and Pei Qian. ¡°Alright, I¡¯ve finished what I wanted to do.¡±
Pei Qian nced at Lu Ze, but didn¡¯t respond. On the other hand, Lu Ze came forward and wrapped his arm around Lin Suisui to protect her as they walked out. ¡°Let¡¯s go back first. Mr. Pei just said that he sent fresh venison over in the afternoon and asked the kitchen to cook it.¡±
Lu Ze didn¡¯t ask about what had just happened because he could clearly feel the girl in his arms tense up.
She wasn¡¯t used to threatening people, but just now, she gritted her teeth and endured it in order to figure out the other party¡¯s goals as soon as possible.
She should not have been the one to bear all this.
¡°I¡¯m fine.¡± Lin Suisui knew that Lu Ze was worried about her, so she turned around and looked up at him with a smile. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯m not that fragile.¡±
¡°Yes, but you need to rest now.¡± After Lu Ze touched Lin Suisui¡¯s forehead, he picked her up without hesitation and slowly walked towards the stairs. ¡°Are you nning to nt the mother Gu they just mentioned in your own body?¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t hide anything and nodded obediently as she exined to Lu Ze, ¡°I nurtured this mother Gu my blood, so only by nting it in my own body can I activate the child Gu.
Don¡¯t worry, nothing will go wrong.¡±
¡°Can it be nted in my body?¡± Lu Ze looked at her and asked seriously with a frown, ¡°I don¡¯t want you to take the risk. I heard the conversation between the two of you just now. As long as it¡¯s a Gu, there¡¯s a risk of bacsh when it¡¯s nted in the body.
I don¡¯t want you to take that risk.¡±
¡°I¡¯m afraid that won¡¯t do.¡± Lin Suisui shook her head and rejected Lu Ze¡¯s suggestion. She seemed to have thought of something and said, ¡°Actually, the poison in your body previously might be a blessing in disguise.
¡°It¡¯s probably because the poison has existed in your body for too long, so it has a high resistance to Gu. Ordinary Gu worms will probably be melted by the poison in your body.¡±
Lu Ze¡¯s blood couldn¡¯t nurture Gu worms, so he naturally couldn¡¯t nt a mother Gu to control others.
¡°What about Pei Qian? He should be able to do it, right?¡± Lu Ze was a little annoyed that his body had developed such resistance and was frustrated that he couldn¡¯t help Lin Suisui at this time.
¡°No, this Gu is nurtured with my blood, so nting it in my body is naturally most effective.¡± Lin Suisui rubbed her face against Lu Ze¡¯s chest andforted him. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I know what to do.¡±
It¡¯s not like you don¡¯t know me. If it was really too risky and uncertain, I wouldn¡¯t do it!¡±
¡°Really?¡± Although Lin Suisui promised him very seriously, Lu Ze was still a little worried and looked down at Lin Suishou with a suspicious expression. ¡°If something really happens, what do you want me to do?¡±
¡°Nothing will happen!¡± Lin Suisui coaxed him in amusement. ¡°I¡¯m not a fool. Besides, I want to stay with you for a long time. How can I risk my life?!¡±
This wasn¡¯t because Lin Suisui was arrogant, but when she learned about the Gu techniques in the past, the sect master of the Five Poison Sect had marveled that she was extremely talented in using Gu.
Therefore, at that time, the sect master even made an exception and taught her many secret methods to control Gu and refine Gu. In addition to the relevant information she had obtained from her mentor¡¯s letter, she gained a deeper understanding of how to control Gu techniques.
At the very least, she wouldn¡¯t harm herself!
Chapter 348 - 348 First
348 First
After Lu Ze apanied Lin Suisui to dinner, the two of them chatted for a while. Lu Ze taught Lin Suishou the northern barbariannguage for a while before getting up to go to the front yard to deal with some matters.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t think too much about this. After all, she knew very well that he had been busy recently, so she didn¡¯t ask further. She nodded and continued to review what Lu Ze had taught her just now.
After settling Lin Suisui down, Lu Ze went to the front yard to give some instructions before returning to the dungeon.
¡°What¡¯s wrong?¡± Pei Qian was in a good mood and even got someone to move a pot to the torture chamber. There was milky white soup boiling at the bottom of the steaming pot. As he held the dagger in his hand, he ced the thin slice of meat into the pot. Qian He quickly scooped it up and ced it in a small porcin bowl that had already been mixed with sauce.
After Pei Qian put down the dagger in his hand, he picked up the bowl and took two bites before turning to look at Lu Ze. ¡°Have you finishedforting her?¡±
There was obvious gloating in his eyes.
This wasn¡¯t a ce for a little girl like her toe to, but Lu Ze insisted on bringing her over there. Now that she was frightened, wouldn¡¯t Lu Ze have to coax her?
After receiving Lu Ze¡¯s sideways nce, Pei Qian didn¡¯t say anything else. He gestured for Qian He to prepare a bowl and te for him. Then, he said, ¡°Why are you back?¡±
¡°I¡¯m afraid we¡¯ll have to work hard tonight.¡± Lu Ze took the wrist guard from Su Qi and slowly put it on. Then, he said indifferently, ¡°No matter what, we have to make them talk.¡±
¡°What¡¯s wrong?¡± Pei Qian stopped spinning the knife in his hand and asked, but he felt that if not for the fact that there was something wrong, Lu Ze wouldn¡¯t havee personally in the middle of the night.
¡°If you want to expel the mother Gu, you have to nt it in your body.¡± Lu Ze told Pei Qian the method of driving the mother Gu. Then, he said, ¡°There¡¯s always a risk when the Gu enters your body. I don¡¯t want her to take the risk, so we can only work hard and try our best to make them cooperate.¡±
Lu Ze¡¯s words immediately perked Pei Qian up.
He looked up at the two women on the scaffold and said with a smile, ¡°In that case, there¡¯s really no other choice.¡±
After Lin Suisui woke up and washed up the next morning, when she went out, she saw Lu Ze flipping through a stack of paper. When he saw here out, he smiled at her gently and waved the paper in his hand. ¡°Those two people confessed.¡±
¡°Huh?¡± Lin Suisui was stunned. They had resisted so much yesterday, so why had they changed their mind overnight?
¡°They were indeed ordered by someone toe to the north.¡± Lu Ze handed the confession in his hand to her as he briefly exined what he had asked yesterday to Lin Suisui. ¡°The Gu and Lin families in the north wanted to use them to cause trouble so that they could have a chance to rise up again.¡±
Actually, this wasn¡¯t difficult to understand.
Back then, the Zhou family and the Song family, who had the most outstanding military achievements, were conferred the title of Marquis. As for the Gu and Lin families, they only obtained the title of Earl.
They had been dissatisfied since long ago.
However, the Zhou family and the Song family were powerful, so even if the other two families were dissatisfied, they didn¡¯t dare to object because of the power of these two families.
But now, because of the dispute in the family, the Zhou family and the Song family¡¯s power was greatly diminished!
In that case, how could they allow the Zhou family and the Song family to continue to suppress them?
However, everyone knew that they had their current status because of their previous military merits!
However, there had never been any war in the north. Without the orders of the Imperial Court, even if they wanted to enter the hintend of the northern barbarians, they didn¡¯t have the guts to mobilize troops.
Moreover, more importantly, they knew that they didn¡¯t have the strength to lead troops deep into the northern barbarian territory to attack the Imperial Court. Therefore, in the end, they thought of another solution.
Their purpose was to cause chaos in the north. Then, they would take advantage of the chaos and me all of this on the Zhou family and the Song family. This way, if the higher-ups med them, the Zhou and Song families would be captured, while their families would be able to rise up and dominate the north.
¡°In that case, they were the ones who poisoned the soldiers guarding the pass previously?¡± Lin Suisui immediately thought of the soldiers who had been addicted to hemp leaves.
She almost lost her temper.
This was too much!
¡°It should be them.¡± Lu Ze¡¯s expression wasn¡¯t pleasant either. At this moment, he had only told Lin Suisui about a small portion of the crimes. He had not told her about everything, lest he dirty her eyes and ruin her mood.
¡°Fortunately, we discovered it early and things can still be remedied.
If they really seed, it won¡¯t be easy for us to stabilize the northter on!
¡°By the way, we definitely can¡¯t let those two women from the Five Poison Sect go back. I think they might cause trouble for the medical center.¡±
The two women going to the medical center were probably arranged by the higher-ups.
They had left the medical center but didn¡¯t return safely, so their aplices would realize that something was wrong and would definitely investigate Rejuvenation Hall, which had just opened not long ago.
¡°It¡¯s fine.¡± Lin Suisuiforted her in a low voice. ¡°I didn¡¯t catch these two women in the medical center. For some reason, they went to the back alley of the medical center. I realized that something was wrong, so I instructed Su Le to catch them.
I didn¡¯t think too much about it at first, but because they had the aura of Gu worms on them and because something had happened at the medical center, I detained them for the time being.
I didn¡¯t expect that I really caught the right people.¡±
¡°Then we¡¯re fine for the time being.¡± Lu Ze was stunned when he heard Lin Suisui¡¯s words. Then, he said with a smile, ¡°Su Le was very careful when he sent them over and no one else saw them. I instructed him to bring them back quietly.
Therefore, they didn¡¯t even enter the Imperial City¡¯s government office.¡±
¡°I¡¯ve already expelled the Gu in their bodies with pills. This is thest connection between them.¡± Lin Suisui was very confident in the pill she had refined. ¡°However, the Five Poison Sect has always been elusive, so they definitely won¡¯t give up so easily.¡±
Chapter 349 - 349 Old Friend
349 Old Friend
Just as Lin Suisui had feared, the people from the Five Poison Sect came quickly.
On the third day after they captured the two women, two more women dressed simrly to the previous two women came to the medical center.
Because of Lin Suisui¡¯s previous instructions, when Yuan Niang saw the two of them enter, she gestured for Yue¡¯e to find an opportunity to inform Lin Suisui while she weed them with a smile.
Unlike the two evasive women who came previously, these two women were much more direct.
!!
¡°We¡¯re dancers from the Bright Moon ss. We came over today to ask if you saw two sisters dressed simrly to use over a few days ago?¡±
The woman in red took off the veiled hat on her head and bowed to Yuan Niang. Then, she exined the purpose of her trip politely.
¡°Yuan Yu said that her throat was a little sore, so she wanted toe to see a doctor. She¡¯s a youngdy and she wasn¡¯t feeling well. I was worried that it would be unsafe for her toe out alone without anyone to take care of her, so I instructed Ying¡¯er to apany her.
However, there was no news of them for a few days.
I was anxious, so I asked along the way. I heard that they had entered your medical center previously, so I came to ask.¡±
¡°Yes, they came.¡± The woman nodded calmly and replied straightforwardly, ¡°They came on the first day of our medical center¡¯s opening.
I remembered very clearly that they were dressed like you two that day. They didn¡¯t look like ordinary women, so I greeted them.
However, for some reason, they didn¡¯t respond. I thought that it was inconvenient for them to say anything in public, so I didn¡¯t ask further. I only brought them here so that they could rest in peace.
Coincidentally, there was some trouble in our medical center that day. A couple came to extort money. At that time, the entire medical center was filled with people who came to watch themotion and I was distracted. When I turned around after I was done busying, the two of them had disappeared.
At that time, I didn¡¯t think too much about it. I only thought that themotion scared them. Now that you mention it, I really regret it. I should have asked around.¡±
Yuan Niang¡¯s expression was calm, and she seemed to be telling the truth.
When the woman in red heard Yuan Niang¡¯s words, her expression changed, but Yuan Niang¡¯s exnation was already very clear. Even if she was dissatisfied, she couldn¡¯t find an excuse to vent her anger. She could only thank Yuan Niang and leave.
Yuan Niang sent them out of the medical center politely. When she saw the two of them leave and join the crowd, she turned around and returned to the medical center. As if nothing had happened, she continued to call the patients in the clinic.
After the woman in red and herpanion left, they actually didn¡¯t walk far. As they observed the medical center, the woman in the purple dress couldn¡¯t help but say, ¡°Ah Yue, that woman was lying! We should have captured her just now. As long as we interrogate her, we will definitely be able to find Ah Yu and Ying¡¯er¡¯s whereabouts!¡±
¡°Nonsense!¡± Ah Yue turned around and looked at her indignantpanion as she scolded in a low voice, ¡°How are you going to kidnap her in public? Don¡¯t you think the matter at hand is enough trouble?!
¡°Besides, I don¡¯t think that woman was lying. She probably really doesn¡¯t know!¡±
¡°But Ah Yu and the others can¡¯t have disappeared for no reason, right?¡± The woman in the purple dress gritted her teeth and stomped her feet in dissatisfaction as she said angrily, ¡°My aunt activated the Gust night, but there was no response at all!
They¡¯re not weak. Even if someone attacked them, they can¡¯t be no news of it at all, right?¡±
¡°Let¡¯s go back and report it to our aunt first.¡± Ah Yue sighed as sheforted herpanion softly. ¡°We can¡¯t rush things. We should go back and discuss it with our aunt first.¡±
As the two of them spoke, they returned to the inn where the troupe was.
After Lin Suisui received the message from Yuan Niang, she immediately asked Bai Guo to send this message to Lu Ze, who was in the front courtyard. Soon, Bai Guo returned and gave her Lu Ze¡¯s response.
¡°He said that everything has been arranged and they¡¯re just waiting for them to deliver themselves.¡± Bai Guo approached Lin Suisui quietly and bent down to whisper in her ear, ¡°Also, His Highness said that Mrs. Luo¡¯s family has already entered the city. They¡¯ll probably reach the entrance of the residence soon.¡±
¡°Then get someone to inform Yuan Niang and ask her to put aside what she¡¯s doing. Tell her that Mrs. Luo and the others are here and are waiting for her toe back to catch up.¡±
When Lin Suisui heard Bai Guo¡¯s reply, she was immediately overjoyed. After she put down the medicine in her hand, she stood up and instructed, ¡°By the way, ask the servants to prepare more good wine and dishester. We have an old friending to visit.¡±
Bai Guo hurriedly turned around to prepare.
As expected, Lu Ze didn¡¯t make Lin Suisui wait long. After she entered the inner room to change her clothes, Yin Qiao came over with a smile to tell her that the esteemed guests had arrived.
After a few months of recuperation from the hardships on the road previously, Mrs. Luo looked much better than before. Fang Liu, who was following behind Mrs. Luo, surprised Lin Suisui. She looked much more mature anddylike.
¡°How many months is the pregnancy?¡± Lin Suisui reached out to help Fang Liu up and ced her hand on her wrist. Her pulse was strong, so it could be seen that Fang Liu was in good health.
¡°Just over three months ago.¡± Fang Liu smiled as she replied to Lin Suisui¡¯s question in a low voice, ¡°I felt a little nauseous, but at that time, I didn¡¯t think too much about it. Later on, when I realized that something was wrong, I hired a doctor to take a look and was told that I was pregnant.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. Originally, we nned toe over to see you as soon as we settled down, but because she was pregnant and the road was blocked by snow along the way, we thought that it was better to wait until the new year. Now that the road is easier to travel, we cane over to save you and Eng the trouble.¡±
Mrs. Luo exined to Lin Suisui with a smile, ¡°Fortunately, her pregnancy is stable. The child didn¡¯t give her that much of a hard time.¡±
Chapter 350 - 350 Mystery
350 Mystery
After Yuan Niang received the news, she returned very quickly.
Because the Fang family¡¯s second son was currently training in the army, after the Fang family¡¯s eldest son entered the city, he went to the army with his father.
In order to let Lin Suisui catch up with Mrs. Luo and the others, Lu Ze didn¡¯t return to the backyard today. Instead, he went next door to talk to Pei Qian.
With Lin Suisui¡¯s previous instructions, the dinner prepared by the kitchen was very sumptuous.
!!
As Lin Suisui caught up with old friends, she was in such a good mood that she even drank two cups of wine with Yuan Niang and Mrs. Luo.
After three rounds of drinking, they became more talkative. What Lin Suisui was most concerned about was naturally Mrs. Luo and the others¡¯ current living conditions. Hearing Lin Suishou¡¯s concern, Mrs. Luo, Fang Liu, and the others exined their current living conditions one after another.
The vige Mrs. Luo and the others were in was the safest among all of the viges the refugees were settled in.
Most of the people in the vige they lived in were military families, so the poption was rtively stable. Because the men were in the army, they helped each other out quite often. They were also very kind to Mrs. Luo¡¯s family, who had just entered the vige.
The house where Mrs. Luo and the others lived was an old house that had been empty previously. Because no one lived in it all year round, if they wanted to move in, it definitely needed to be renovated.
Fortunately, the vigers were very friendly and helped their family greatly. With the help of the entire vige, the house was repaired in seven to eight days.
Later on, the vigers helped her family collect firewood and food for the winter. Although they celebrated the new year in a rtively simple manner, it was very heartwarming.
Speaking of the vige, Fang Liu suddenly thought of something and said to Lin Suisui, ¡°The vige we live in has a mountain behind it. Logically speaking, we definitely don¡¯t have to worry about food.¡±
However, strangely, the people from our vige and the neighboring viges rarely enter the mountains.
Even if they needed firewood, they would only collect them at the edge of the mountain and never enter the depths of the mountain.
I found it strange, so I asked the women from the same vige. They told me that we can¡¯t enter the mountain because there are man-eating demons on it.¡±
¡°Demon?¡± Lin Suisui was stunned. This was the first time she had heard such a bizarre rumor, so Fang Liu¡¯s words piqued her interest.
¡°That¡¯s right.¡± Fang Liu nodded seriously and continued to tell Lin Suisui, ¡°It¡¯s only been a year or two since such rumors started spreading. Previously, everyone went into the mountain to collect herbs and hunt to supplement the family¡¯s expenses. However, for some reason, very few people who entered the mountain came out again!
In order to find people who had not returned from the mountains, the powerful hunters in our vige and a few nearby viges went in, but there was still no news of them.
¡°Therefore, from then on, the people in the vige and the neighboring viges didn¡¯t dare to enter the mountain anymore.¡±
After Fang Liu finished speaking, she picked up the soup bowl and took a sip to moisten her throat. Seeing that Lin Suisui was listening attentively, she continued, ¡°At first, I also felt that there might be some ferocious beast in the mountain that hurt people.
¡°But after spring, I saw people sneak into the mountains at night a few times.¡±
¡°You saw someone enter the mountain at night?¡± Lin Suisui frowned. At this point, she also sensed that something was wrong.
The vigers in the surrounding viges knew that there was some strange creature in the mountains. In that case, why did people still enter the mountains?! Moreover, those who entered the mountains chose to enter at night, which was rtively more dangerous¡
Something was fishy.
¡°I thought so too. However, because something was fishy, I didn¡¯t dare to rm those who entered the mountain. I just found an opportunity to ask the vigers about it.
In the end, we discovered many people entered the mountain.
¡°The vigers said that those people are all cultivators from a Daoist temple not far from us and they entered this mountain to find the demon who harmed our neighbors.¡±
As Fang Liu told Lin Suisui this, she couldn¡¯t help butugh. ¡°I couldn¡¯t refute them, but I didn¡¯t believe them.
However, since no one was heading towards the mountains, there was no need for us to go against them.
However, strange enough, these martial cultivators were able to enter and leave the forest at any time without being affected.¡±
¡°How do you know?¡± Lin Suisui looked at Fang Liu curiously.
¡°Because I saw it.¡± Fang Liu replied seriously, ¡°Our house is not far from the road into the mountain. There¡¯s a man with a scar on his face. I¡¯ve seen him pass by our house a few times.
¡°Therefore, I¡¯m wondering if there are really some demons in the mountains. Otherwise, why are these martial cultivators fine?¡±
Fang Liu only treated this matter as an interesting source of gossip, but Lin Suisui felt that this matter was extremely fishy.
Therefore, after Lu Ze returned at night, Lin Suisui told him about this matter. Then, she said, ¡°I keep feeling that this matter is fishy.
However, from what Mrs. Fang said, no one around her doubts it and they¡¯re already used to it.
Do you think I¡¯m worrying too much?¡±
Lin Suisui looked at Lu Ze as she muttered in a low voice.
¡°How could that be?¡± Lu Ze shook his head and reached out to pull Lin Suisui into his arms. Then, he pressed his chin against the top of her head and said softly, ¡°Just as you said, there are no demons or ghosts in this world.
Even if there are demons in the mountain, are those so-called martial cultivators all top experts, so much so that those demons don¡¯t even dare to show themselves after those martial cultivators entered?
There¡¯s definitely a reason behind it.
¡°Perhaps the disappearance of those vigers is rted to these cultivators who can enter and leave the forest at any time!¡±
¡°What does that have to do with them?¡± Lin Suisui blinked in confusion.
¡°What if these people are not cultivators at all but ordinary people with ulterior motives?¡± Lu Ze patted Lin Suisui¡¯s back gently and said with a smile.
¡°Ulterior motives? Aren¡¯t there only prey and nts in the mountains? Or herbs? What else is there?¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t understand, so she reached out and tugged at Lu Ze¡¯s sleeve. Her tone became filled with excitement as she suddenly asked, ¡°Could it be that there¡¯s a treasure in the mountains?¡±
Chapter 351 - 351 Departure
351 Departure
¡°What are you thinking about? Have you been reading some strange novels recently?¡± Lu Ze was amused by Lin Suisui¡¯s reaction and pinched Lin Suishou¡¯s nose as he said helplessly, ¡°There¡¯s no treasure map. I¡¯m just guessing if the silver mine that I¡¯m looking for is in the mountain.¡±
Lu Ze didn¡¯t hide anything and told Lin Suisui his thoughts truthfully.
¡°Silver mine?¡± Lin Suisui looked up at Lu Ze in disbelief. ¡°But shouldn¡¯t silver mines belong to the Imperial Court?¡±
ording to thews of the empire, anyone who discovered gold, silver, copper, iron, ores and didn¡¯t report them would be punished with treason!
!!
Who had the guts to take such a risk?!
¡°Didn¡¯t I use the military investigation these past few days to figure out the background of the Gu and Lin families?¡± Lu Ze told her the entire story.
¡°A few of them couldn¡¯t withstand the torture, so they revealed what they knew. A few of them mentioned that the reason these two families were so arrogant was that they had a silver mine.
However, these people were not high-ranking enough and were not qualified to know about such a confidential matter.
In order not to alert the enemy, I could only arrange for someone to investigate secretly. However, half a month has passed, but I still haven¡¯t found any useful information.¡±
At this point, Lu Ze¡¯s voice couldn¡¯t help but sound a little gloomy.
Such an important mineral that concerned the fate of the country had now be a tool for private gain! It would be strange if Lu Ze, the future heir to the throne, wasn¡¯t angry.
¡°I didn¡¯t expect Mrs. Luo and the others¡¯ visit to bring a clue.¡±
Thinking of what Lin Suisui had just said to him, Lu Ze smiled again. He lowered his head and rubbed it against Lin Suisui¡¯s forehead as he muttered in a hoarse voice, ¡°You¡¯re really my lucky star.¡±
¡°But this is just a guess. If there¡¯s no silver mine in the mountains, won¡¯t you be very disappointed?¡± Lin Suisui looked at Lu Ze worriedly. It was precisely because she understood his current difficulties that her heart ached for him even more.
¡°Won¡¯t we know if there¡¯s a silver mine or not after we investigate?¡± Lu Ze was quite open-minded and smiled at Lin Suisui as he replied very calmly, ¡°Haven¡¯t you always wanted to find out about the living environment of Mrs. Luo and the others?
It¡¯s spring now, so let¡¯s apany Mrs. Luo and the others back this time and treat it as a trip.¡±
¡°Is that okay?¡± Upon hearing Lu Ze¡¯s words, Lin Suisui was interested. However, thinking of how busy Lu Ze had been recently, she was a little worried that he would be too busy.
¡°Why not?¡± Lu Ze was amused by Lin Suisui¡¯s cautious appearance and exined to her gently, ¡°Regardless of whether there¡¯s a silver mine in the mountains, to be safe, I have to take a look.
It just so happens that Mrs. Luo and the others can be our excuse. I¡¯ll go back and discuss it with Pei Qian. We¡¯ll split up. This way, if there¡¯s really a silver mine there, Pei Qian will cooperate and catch everyone!
¡°It doesn¡¯t matter even if there¡¯s no silver mine. Just treat it as me apanying you out to rx. It¡¯s fine.¡±
Upon hearing Lu Ze¡¯s words, Lin Suisui was finally relieved. Just as Lu Ze had said, ever since she came to Cloud Mountain City, she had not entered any mountains to pick medical herbs.
Now that there was such an opportunity, she naturally couldn¡¯t ask for more.
After the two of them discussed it, Lin Suisui told Mrs. Luo, Fang Liu, and the others the next morning. When she heard Lin Suisui say that she wanted to go back with them, Fang Liu smiled happily. ¡°We¡¯re overjoyed for you toe with us.¡±
This time, Fang Rui¡¯er didn¡¯t go with them. Instead, she chose to stay at home and watch the house.
From what Fang Liu said, there was a new chicken, duck, and pig at home that needed to be taken care of. She originally nned to bring Fang Rui¡¯er over to see Lin Suisui when she came to Cloud Mountain City next time, but she didn¡¯t expect Lin Suisui to suggest going back with them this time.
Fang Rui¡¯er would probably be overjoyed to see Lin Suisui.
Since they had decided to go back with Mrs. Luo and the others, some things had to be prepared in advance.
Because Yuan Niang had to stay behind to take care of the medical center, only Bai Guo and Yin Qiao went with Lin Suisui this time. However, thinking about how she had not seen Fang Rui¡¯er for a long time, Yuan Niang took the time to go to the jewelry shop and buy a hairpin and a pair of earrings for Fang Rui¡¯er as a gift.
Lu Ze had been busy discussing the specific arrangements with Pei Qian these past few days. It wasn¡¯t until the day before they decided to set off that he returned to have a banquet with Mrs. Luo and her family. The next morning, seven to eight carriages left the city under the protection of the cavalry led by Su Qi and Su Le.
It would take at least a day and a half to travel from Cloud Mountain City to the vige where Mrs. Luo and the others lived.
Because Fang Liu, who was traveling with them, was pregnant, it wasn¡¯t suitable for them to rush things. Secondly, because the scenery along the way was quite pleasant, Lu Ze treated it as if they were on a road trip. They traveled in a high-profile manner along the way, as if he was afraid that others wouldn¡¯t know the purpose of their trip.
¡°Someone has been following us since we left the city.¡± When they were resting in the inn, Lu Ze answered Lin Suisui¡¯s doubts in a low voice. ¡°Our excuse foring out was to travel, so if we traveled in a hurry along the way, it would have aroused suspicion.
¡°Besides, only if we attract their attention can Pei Qian arrange for people to cooperate with us in the dark.¡±
Lin Suisui nodded. As she expressed her understanding of Lu Ze¡¯s arrangements, she didn¡¯t forget to ask Lu Ze how long it would take for them to reach the vige where Mrs. Luo and the others lived.
¡°At our current speed, we should be able there to reach at sunset tomorrow.¡± Lu Ze calcted for a moment before answering Lin Suisui, ¡°I¡¯ve already arranged for Su Le and the others to enter the vige in advance to prepare. This way, we won¡¯t be in too much of a hurry when we go over.¡±
Lin Suisui was stunned for a moment. She wanted to say that there was no need to go through so much trouble, but on second thought, it was no longer the same as before, when she and her mentor would rest wherever they went.
Perhaps she and Lu Ze didn¡¯t care, but they still had Bai Guo, Yin Qiao, and so many guards by their side. They couldn¡¯t let these people camp in the wilderness!
Chapter 352 - 352 Entering the Village
352 Entering the Vige
Just as Lu Ze had said, when they finally arrived at the vige where Mrs. Luo and the others lived, it was already the next day.
When the long convoy entered the vige, there were already vigers on both sides of the road.
At this moment, Lu Ze was sitting in a carriage with Lin Suisui. When he heard themotion outside, he instructed Su Qi outside to give each of the vigers a tael of silver as a reward.
At first, the vigers were a little reluctant to wee Lu Ze, but now, they were all sincerely grateful and their voices became louder and louder.
!!
The vige chief bowed as he led the way for them politely and humbly.
After the carriage convoy passed through the houses in the vige, it finally stopped in front of a courtyard that looked like it had been repaired.
Bai Guo and Su Qi had arrived first. At this moment, they were already waiting by the carriage with a few apanying girls. Lu Ze got out of the carriage first, then turned around and helped Lin Suisui out of the carriage carefully.
Some vigers looked over curiously. However, Lin Suisui was wearing a veiled hat, so no one could see her appearance clearly. Only Lu Ze, who was reaching out to protect her, made many bold women who were secretly looking over blush.
Lu Ze and the others moved quickly. After they entered, they saw the aloof man who had entered the vige previouslye out of the courtyard. Behind him, there was the submissive vige chief.
However, the vige chief¡¯s smile was clearly wider than before. As he called the vigers beside him to follow him, he asked Su Le if they needed anything else.
After all, the money they gave out was enough to feed their vige for half a year.
Su Le went to the vigers to distribute silver as a reward, while Lin Suisui was brought into the new Inner Residence by Bai Guo. It had to be said that Bai Guo and the others were very efficient.
The tables, chairs, and furniture in the room had obviously been repurchased. After Lin Suisui asked, Bai Guo told her that they had all been bought from the town and transported back overnight.
It was still a little cold at night, so in an ordinary vige like this, almost every family had heated brick beds.
It was obvious that they had already heated the bed, while the bedding and quilts on it had also been reced. There was a copper basin filled with warm water on the wooden rack at the door. With the help of Bai Guo and Yin Qiao, Lin Suisun washed herself and changed into casual clothing. When she came out, she saw Fang Rui¡¯er looking at her happily.
¡°I wanted to visit you when the weather got warmer, but I didn¡¯t expect you toe with my mother and the others this time.¡±
Fang Rui¡¯er wasn¡¯t frightened by the scene in front of her. As soon as she saw Lin Suisui, she went forward eagerly. As she exined the situation here, she sized her up and continued, ¡°You¡¯ve lost a lot of weight.¡±
¡°I think you look thinner than before.¡± Lin Suisui smiled as she took Fang Rui¡¯er¡¯s pulse, but then she frowned slightly. ¡°Your vital signs are a little weak. How about this? I¡¯ll stay here for a few days. Later, I¡¯ll bring you to the nearby mountain to find a few herbs. When the timees, you can dig them up from the mountain and get your mother to cook soup for you with them. You don¡¯t have to boil medicine. Just supplement your nutrition with food.¡±
¡°Madam Liu, you¡¯re always so concerned about our health.¡± Fang Rui¡¯er chuckled. Actually, she really didn¡¯t care too much about her health now. She was just happy that Lin Suisui hade.
¡°By the way, I have a gift that Yuan Niang asked me to pass to you.¡± Seeing Fang Rui¡¯er smile so happily, Lin Suisui thought of something and pulled her towards the inner room. ¡°We opened a medical center. Because it just opened, Yuan Niang has to guard it and it¡¯s not convenient for her to leave. Otherwise, she would probably have followed me here.
She didn¡¯t know what you liked, so she prepared a hairpin for you and this pair of earrings. The design is quite in, so it won¡¯t be too eye-catching when you wear them.¡±
Lin Suisui took the box from Bai Guo and picked it up for Fang Rui¡¯er to see. ¡°Take a look and see if you like it.¡±
¡°This is so beautiful.¡±
After Fang Rui¡¯er opened the box and took a look, she was so happy that she couldn¡¯t look away. Seeing that she liked it, Lin Suisui took out the gift she had prepared. ¡°I¡¯ve prepared a pair of bracelets for you. They¡¯re in silver, so that you can wear them daily.
There are also some textile materials, two of which are fine cotton cloth. When the timees, you, your sister-inw, and my mother can use them to make clothes to wear. They can also be used to make clothes for your nephew and niece, who will be born soon. The textile is very soft and close-fitting.¡±
Because there was no one else here, Lin Suisui showed her the material that Bai Guo and the others had brought over without hiding. ¡°By the way, Yuan Niang found the embroidery samples your sister-inw mentioned. You can bring them back too.¡±
¡°There¡¯s also a gift for your mother, your sister-inw, your father, and your brother. Since you¡¯re here, I¡¯ll get Bai Guo and the others to send you backter.¡±
Fang Rui¡¯er looked at Lin Suisui in surprise and lowered her head to look at the gift. After a long silence, she said in a panic, ¡°I can¡¯t ept this gift!
This is too expensive. It¡¯s already good enough that you came over to take a look. Why did you buy so many things?!
I-I can¡¯t ept it!¡±
¡°This gift is for your family. You have to ept it.¡± Lin Suisui smiled as she reached out to tousle Fang Rui¡¯er¡¯s hair. Then, she said, ¡°We¡¯ve been through life and death together, so why are you treating me like an outsider?!¡±
At this point, Fang Rui¡¯er couldn¡¯t refuse anymore and thanked Lin Suisui in a low voice. Then, Fang Rui¡¯er sat with her for a while. Seeing that it was gettingte, she stood up and bid farewell.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t ask her to stay. She only arranged for Yin Qiao to send these gifts to Mrs. Luo¡¯s home. At the same time, she didn¡¯t forget to invite Fang Rui¡¯er over for breakfast tomorrow.
Chapter 353 - 353 Puzzlement
353 Puzzlement
The vige where Mrs. Luo and the others lived was indeed a peaceful vige. However, even so, it was definitely iparable to the environment in Cloud Mountain City.
This difference was because of Lu Ze, who had been in a position of power for a long time.
Originally, Lin Suisui was wondering why she needed to prepare so many things for just a few days in the vige. Now, it seemed that she was indeed too inexperienced. She actually didn¡¯t know that they could bring chefs and ingredients on this trip.
As she ate the steamed dumplings and millet porridge that tasted simr to those at home, Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help but sigh. No wonder those people tried their best to climb up the socialdder. The life of the upper ss was indeed extravagant.
!!
Fang Rui¡¯er also shocked her.
It was unknown what Mrs. Luo had said to Fang Rui¡¯er after she returned yesterday, but aftering to meet Lin Suisui today, Fang Rui¡¯er was clearly much more restrained.
After sitting at the table with her and looking at the dazzling array of breakfast on the table, Fang Rui¡¯er was so shocked that her mouth dropped agape.
¡°Take a look and see if there¡¯s anything your mother and the others like to eat. I didn¡¯t know what Mrs. Luo and the others liked to eat, so I asked them to prepare more food. Help me take a look so that I can get Bai Guo to send it over. Otherwise, we won¡¯t be able to finish so much food.¡±
Lin Suisui pulled Fang Rui¡¯er to the table and asked her to help choose some food for Mrs. Luo and the others.
Fang Rui¡¯er only hesitated for a moment before picking a few dishes on the table. Lin Suishou asked Bai Guo, who was waiting beside her, to bring over a food box. After packing it, she asked the servant waiting at the door to send it to Mrs. Luo and the others.
¡°Madam Liu, why are you so good to us?¡±
Looking at Lin Suisui, who had arranged everything, Fang Rui¡¯er couldn¡¯t help but whisper, ¡°I heard from my mother and sister yesterday that you¡¯re different from us now.
My mother said that Mr. Gu is already a general and you¡¯re the wife of a general now. Before you guys came, the vige chief was so frightened that his legs went weak.¡±
¡°Why can¡¯t I treat you guys well?¡± Lin Suisui looked at Fang Rui¡¯er and asked softly, ¡°Previously, in the refugee camp, my husband and I had no one to rely on. It was your mother who took the initiative to talk to us. Seeing that my husband had a fever, she even went back and cooked a bowl of egg soup for him.
You have to know that at that time, those two eggs were one of the few luxuries that your family had.
At that time, you weren¡¯t stingy to us, so even if our status has changed now, we still feel grateful for your help in the past!¡±
Lin Suisui dispelled Fang Rui¡¯er¡¯s worries in a gentle tone. ¡°I know what you¡¯re worried about. Don¡¯t worry, we¡¯re not unreasonable people. As long as you¡¯re still willing to acknowledge us as friends, we¡¯ll continue to be friends.¡±
Fang Rui¡¯er didn¡¯t think too much about it to begin with, so after Lin Suisui finished speaking, she felt reassured and immediately rxed.
¡°Yes, yes. To be honest, after I heard about your current situation from my mother and sister, I was really happy for you guys!
¡°I¡¯ve always felt that Mr. Gu was impressive. At that time, my eldest brother said that Mr. Gu wasn¡¯t an ordinary person. Now, it seems that¡¯s indeed the case.¡±
After she calmed down, Fang Rui¡¯er became more talkative. As she ate, she told her everything that had happened after her family parted ways with Lin Suisui and the others.
¡°My sister-inw also said that the people in this vige are quite nice, but they¡¯re a little strange.¡± Compared to Fang Liu, who usually needed to work, Fang Rui¡¯er had more time to interact with the people in the vige, so she had a better understanding of things than Fang Liu did.
¡°I¡¯ve also heard the vigers mention that there are demons in the back mountain.
However, I saw people enter the mountain a few times ande back a few dayster. Although it was dark at that time, you know that we have chicks at home now. Sometimes, I have to go out and look for them.
Although they were very far away, I could tell at a nce that they were from our vige. They just changed their clothes!
And the strangest thing about our vige is that there are no children.¡±
Fang Rui¡¯er said to Lin Suisui, ¡°I¡¯ve been holding back these words for a long time. Previously, I mentioned them to my mother, but she scolded me. She told me that if I ever go out and meet the vigers again, I can¡¯t say such things to them!
However, things are very strange!
¡°There are many couples and old people in this vige, but why aren¡¯t there any children?¡±
Seeing that Lin Suisui didn¡¯t interrupt her and had been listening to her attentively, Fang Rui¡¯er mustered her courage and continued, ¡°I was worried at first. Actually, I¡¯m not afraid of any demons in the mountains. I¡¯m afraid that these demons will only attack children.
So I haven¡¯t had a good night¡¯s sleep since my sister-inw got pregnant.
I kept worrying that demons woulde knocking on my door at night and harm my sister-inw and nephew!
¡°Once, I really couldn¡¯t help but mention it to my mother, but my mother almost beat me up¡¡±
At this point, Fang Rui¡¯er¡¯s gaze became even more aggrieved as she looked at Lin Suisui and muttered unhappily, ¡°But this is a big deal. What if¡ what if that demon really doesn¡¯t target adults and only targets children?!¡±
¡°Is there anything else strange going on in the vige?¡±
As the saying went, a casual remark might reveal much to an attentive listener.
Lin Suisui actually didn¡¯t know what was going on in this vige, but from Fang Rui¡¯er¡¯s recount, this was definitely abnormal. Even during times of chaos, there would always be new births. Moreover, since everyone in this peaceful vige lived a prosperous life, why¡
Why was there not a single child in the vige?!
¡°What I mean is that if there are really demons on the mountain that target children, the people in the vige probably won¡¯t be able to sit still anymore. Not to mention anything else, at least there will be mages invited to subdue the demons.
¡°If the children were really captured by demons, the parents would have been heartbroken. You¡¯ve been in the vige for so long, but have you seen any parents who were sad because their children were gone?¡±
Chapter 354 - 354 Abnormal
354 Abnormal
After Fang Rui¡¯er thought about it carefully, she finally shook her head and said with certainty, ¡°No.¡±
In order to prove that she was right, Fang Rui¡¯er even gave a very convincing example. ¡°Our next door neighbor is the closest to us.
I go to their house often, and their daughter-inw oftenes to our house to visit.
However, the youngest in their family is Er Ni¡¯er, who¡¯s about my age.
!!
Their daughter-inw is even older than my brother, but she doesn¡¯t have a child.
I remembered that after my sister-inw got pregnant, she even mentioned this when she came over to talk. My sister-inw originally thought that it was not appropriate to say anything about this kind of thing, for fear that it would arouse the other party¡¯s sadness and make her unhappy, but she did not seem to care at all. She only smiled and said that she wasn¡¯t fated.
If it were any other vige, the elders would have been anxious!
However, our neighbor¡¯s mother-inw did not seem to care at all.
By the way, there¡¯s another thing. The rtionship between every family in this vige is unbelievably harmonious.
In ordinary families, there would more or less be some conflicts between daughter-inw and mother-inw, but none of that existed in this vige.
¡°Madam Liu, you know that my father and mother have a very good rtionship. In the vige we used to live in, my parents were definitely the most harmonious couple in the vige.
However, even they often had some small conflicts and argued at times.
¡°But the people in this vige don¡¯t seem to know what a quarrel is. Whether it¡¯s mother-inw, sisters-in-Law, husband and wife, or even neighbors, there¡¯s never been a single quarrel.¡±
At this point, Fang Rui¡¯er seemed to be worried that Lin Suisui would worry too much, so she quickly exined, ¡°I¡¯m not saying that this is not good. I just feel that this kind of thing is a little too good to be true. It¡¯s like a fantasy.¡±
Even if theck of children could be exined as a coincidence or with other reasons, the excessive harmonious was too strange.
However, Lin Suisui did not ask further. Instead, she reassured Fang Rui¡¯er.
After all, she did not want Fang Rui¡¯er to know too much about this kind of thing and scare her. Of course, she was afraid that Fang Rui¡¯er would not be able to control her emotions and end up alerting the enemy.
Fang Rui¡¯er did not stay long. After breakfast, she stood up and left.
However, after Fang Rui¡¯er left the courtyard, she was stopped by a few women from the vige.
¡°Rui¡¯er, do you know that general¡¯s wife?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. I heard from my mother that your mother and sister-inw came back this time in the general¡¯s carriage! Moreover, my sister-inw saw that the general¡¯s servants sent a lot of things to your house yesterday. What¡¯s your rtionship with her?¡±
¡°Rui¡¯er, since you¡¯re on good terms with the general, why is your family still living in this vige?! Isn¡¯t it better to go to Cloud Mountain City?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t ask too much about that. Their family probably doesn¡¯t know the general, but only one of the general¡¯s concubines! You¡¯re talking about that woman with the veiled hat, right? By the way, Rui¡¯er, is the woman you¡¯re familiar with the General¡¯s favorite concubine?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t make wild guesses. That¡¯s the general¡¯s wife, not a concubine!¡± When Fang Rui¡¯er heard this, she couldn¡¯t help but exin to the women in front of her seriously, ¡°We met them on the way to the north previously.
The reason we didn¡¯t stay in Cloud Mountain City is that my parents have always farmed for a living, so what will we rely on to survive in Cloud Mountain city?
Moreover, my second brother has already joined the army!
If he¡¯s sessful, our family can naturally go to Cloud Mountain City. Why bother others?¡±
Fang Rui¡¯er¡¯s excuse was very reasonable, but it did not satisfy these women.
They continued to surround Fang Rui¡¯er and chatter with harshness and malice.
¡°Hehe, Rui¡¯er, stop making excuses! With the general¡¯s help, what can¡¯t you guys do in Cloud Mountain City? Wouldn¡¯t your entire family be able to rx and enjoy life? Whye to such a remote ce to suffer?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. If that woman is really the general¡¯s wife, why would she treat you guys so well? She¡¯s the general¡¯s wife! Even the vige chief has to kneel and kowtow when he sees her!
With such a powerful person as your backer, you actually came to our countryside to farm! How stupid!¡±
¡°Could it be that the madam you know isn¡¯t doted on by the general? If she¡¯s really doted on and has such a good rtionship with your family, why didn¡¯t the general help your family?¡±
¡ .
Fang Rui¡¯er was furious, but she clenched her fists and bit the tip of her tongue to suppress her anger.
She still remembered the mistake she had made on impulse previously. This time, she could not make the same mistake again!
Suppressing her anger, Fang Rui¡¯er looked up with a perfunctory smile at the women who were still waiting for her response. ¡°Yes, yes, yes. Whatever you say!
I still have something to do at home, so I have to go back and help my mother! I¡¯ll be leaving now!¡±
After saying that, she quickly ducked out of the crowd and ran towards her house in a hurry while ignoring the women behind her.
Fang Rui¡¯er jogged home and entered the courtyard while panting. Fang Liu, who was feeding chickens in the courtyard, was startled. When she looked up and saw her flustered sister-inw, her heart skipped a beat as she asked, ¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
¡°I¡¯m fine.¡± Fang Rui¡¯er did not have the time to catch her breath. She turned around and hurriedly closed the courtyard door. After confirming that outsiders could not open the courtyard door from the outside, she pulled her sister-inw into the room. ¡°Where¡¯s my mother? Is she at home?¡±
¡°Yes, but what¡¯s wrong with you? What happened?¡± As Fang Liu was pulled by Fang Rui¡¯er, she thought about how Fang Rui¡¯er had gone to Madam Liu¡¯s ce for breakfast just now. Could it be that something had happened?
Chapter 355 - 355 Drama
355 Drama
¡°I¡¯m fine now, but I have a feeling that something bad is going to happen!¡±
As Fang Rui¡¯erforted her sister-inw, she pulled her into Aunt Luo¡¯s room and said to Aunt Luo, who was sitting by the window, ¡°Mother, I have something to tell you.¡±
She did not bother to catch her breath as she exined what had happened to the women in the vige today to her mother and sister-inw.
¡°I was angry at that time, but I also knew that it was not the time to lose my temper, so I rushed back after exchanging a few pleasantries.¡± At this point, Fang Rui¡¯er suddenly realized that her mother and sister-inw were looking at her strangely. Her expression couldn¡¯t help but stiffen as she asked hesitantly, ¡°What¡¯s wrong? Did I do something wrong again?¡±
!!
¡°No, I just feel that you¡¯ve matured!¡± Fang Liu burst outughing as she looked at her sister-inw, who seemed a little uneasy because of their attitude, and coaxed her, ¡°You did the right thing.
Our exnations are only useful to those who are willing to listen. If people are biased against Madam Liu and the others, it¡¯s useless no matter how we exin.
However, your encounter today has reminded us.¡± Fang Liu turned to look at Aunt Luo, who was smiling. ¡°Mother, we might as well not go out for the next few days. As for visitors, if theye, we can just meet them. If they really say something wrong, I¡¯ll say that I have a stomachache. When the timees, we¡¯ll avoid them and Rui¡¯er will send them out properly.¡±
After hearing Fang Liu¡¯s arrangements, both Aunt Luo and Fang Rui¡¯er felt that it was a good idea and decided to follow through on what they had discussed.
The Fang family had already discussed how to deal with the vigers¡¯ questions in the next few days. Lin Suisui also exined the news she had obtained from Fang Rui¡¯er to Lu Ze.
Lu Ze was not surprised at all when he heard this. Instead, he smiled happily. ¡°What a coincidence.
Previously, I asked Su Le and Bai Guo toe here first, firstly, to arrange our adations in advance. Secondly, I wanted them toe over in advance to investigate the situation in the vige.
With this investigation, they really discovered some abnormalities in this vige.¡±
Lu Ze hugged Lin Suisui as they leaned against the big pillow on the bed and he spoke to her in a low voice, ¡°They naturally know more than Fang Rui¡¯er does.
Other than what Fang Rui¡¯er discovered, there¡¯s another thing that¡¯s amiss in the vige. Guess what it is?¡±
¡°How can I guess?¡± Lin Suisui was amused by Lu Ze¡¯s attempt to keep her suspense and tugged at his sleeve. ¡°Tell me quickly. Don¡¯t keep me hanging!¡±
¡°They realized that the so-called ¡®husband and wife¡¯ in every family in the vige sleep in separate rooms at night.¡± As Lu Ze looked into Lin Suisui¡¯s eyes, which had widened shock, the smile on his face deepened. ¡°So, it makes sense that there are no children in the vige, right?¡±
¡°You mean that the so-called families in this vige might not actually be real families?¡±
Lin Suisui was not stupid. With the clues in front of her, she quickly deduced the truth. ¡°Because they¡¯re not really husband and wife and family, everyone has always maintained basic courtesy and self-control when interacting.
The reason the vige is so harmonious was because everyone has the same goal and gathered here as apliaces, so there are naturally no quarrels.
¡°But why is this vige¡ Could it be because of the silver mine you mentioned previously?¡±
She immediately propped herself up from Lu Ze¡¯s arms to look at him. ¡°It can¡¯t be, right? If that¡¯s the case, where did the original vigers go?¡±
¡°We still have to investigate this matter in detail, but there¡¯s one thing I¡¯m sure of. There¡¯s most likely a huge problem with this vige.¡± Lu Ze held Lin Suisui¡¯s hand as he continued slowly, ¡°From the moment you told me about Fang Liu¡¯s words, I already had suspicions.
¡°Think about it, if you obtained such a silver mine and wanted to hide it from others, would you let the vigers here do whatever they want?¡±
¡°You mean that the vigers who originally lived in this vige have actually¡¡±
Lin Suisui¡¯s heart skipped a beat and she looked at Lu Ze in disbelief. After a while, she probed, ¡°There were at least a few hundred people in this vige. Could it be that¡¡±
¡°Perhaps not all of them have been silenced. If it were me, I would escort all these vigers to the silver mine to work. After all, if we want to mine the silver mine, we need manpower.¡±
Lu Ze clearly considered more things than Lin Suisui did and stroked her back to calm her down as he said, ¡°We¡¯ll have to investigate further to find out the details.¡±
Let¡¯s not be too anxious now. Let¡¯s wait and see.
¡°If I¡¯m not mistaken, the owner of the silver mine is probably even more anxious than us!¡±
¡°I want to go out for a walk in the afternoon.¡± After Lin Suisui thought about it for a moment, she suggested to Lu Ze softly, ¡°I can investigate this vige myself.¡±
¡°Then I¡¯ll apany you.¡± After arriving at the vige, Lu Ze had enough time to apany Lin Suisui to do what she wanted.
He was like a Young Master apanying his wife outside to rx. It was as if in order to make his wife happy, he was willing to do anything.
¡°Do I have to y hard to get to match your attitude?¡± Lin Suisui was amused by Lu Ze¡¯s domineering appearance and could not help but tease him.
¡°Alright!¡± Lu Ze agreed readily and had no intention of stopping her at all. He even looked forward to it. ¡°Then please cooperate. Let me see how cocky you can be!¡±
¡°I don¡¯t care. I¡¯m just afraid that you won¡¯t be able to take it!¡± Lin Suisui snorted and raised her chin slightly in an attempt to tell Lu Ze not to look down on her!
Chapter 356 - 356 Plan
356 n
After Lu Ze and Lin Suisui had a simple lunch, they rested for a while in the afternoon. In the afternoon, they brought a few followers and began to stroll around the vige.
This time, Lin Suisui did not wear a veiled hat, since she had never liked too cumbersome hair essories, so she had a refreshing and clean look. However, in the eyes of the surrounding vigers, she looked a little shabby.
Moreover, Lin Suisui¡¯s face was pretty, but she wasn¡¯t drop-dead gorgeous. The unmarried women in the vige even thought to themselves that she wasn¡¯t even as pretty as them!
Therefore, if such a woman could be the general¡¯s wife, why couldn¡¯t they?
!!
Moreover, from the information revealed by the maidservants, it seemed that this madam was not from a prominent family. Rumor had it that she was an orphan in the countryside in the past. She was just lucky enough to marry a good husband!
When this news spread, many scheming women began to feel tempted.
¡°You got someone to release the news so that the two of us would be surrounded by spies when we came out to stroll around?¡± Lu Ze lowered his voice as he whispered into Lin Suisui¡¯s ear.
Lu Ze and Lin Suisui were extremely close, so from afar, it was as if the two of them were whispering intimately.
Lin Suisui did not reject Lu Ze¡¯s intimacy. Instead, she turned around and smiled at Lu Ze. ¡°Aren¡¯t all the families here fake?
In that case, something has to be used as bait to entice them into shattering the illusion of harmonious families and create an opportunity for us to catch them.¡±
Since the other party showed such unrealistic harmony, there naturally had to be big enough of a bait in order to entice them.
What Fang Rui¡¯er told Lin Suisui that day gave her an idea. The older vigers in this vige were actually the toughest nut to crack.
After all, they were older. Be it in terms of knowledge or other aspects, they were moreposed than those young women.
They definitely would not dream of going from rags to riches through marriage, but these young women were different.
Just as they had said, if there was a chance to enter the general¡¯s residence, who would want to waste their lives in this remote ce?
Therefore, Lin Suisui instructed Bai Guo to reveal the information about her humble background.
Now, it depended on whether anyone would walk into the trap.
¡°But how can you be sure that those women will take the initiative to look for you instead making an advance on me first?¡± The smile on Lu Ze¡¯s face did not fade. Looking at Lin Suisui, who seemed so certain, he could not help but want to tease her.
Of course, this was also something he was puzzled about.
Wouldn¡¯t it be easier to make an advance on him if they wanted to enter the General¡¯s residence?
¡°I asked Rui¡¯er to send out another piece of information for me.¡±
Lin Suisui looked at Lu Ze with a smile. ¡°I asked her to find a suitable opportunity to tell others the reason we came here this time.
Actually, it¡¯s not thatplicated. The key is just ¡®children¡¯.¡±
Now, General Gu had no children to inherit the family business, and his beloved first wife had never been pregnant because of her ill health, so the couple became when they met Fang Liu, who was three months pregnant.
Because they were close previously, it seemed more usible that the general¡¯s wife would want toe over and rub off on Fang Liu¡¯s luck.
¡°I just needed to spread the news that I wanted to find a suitable concubine for the general. Do you think they¡¯ll look for you or me first?¡±
Lin Suisui looked at Lu Ze. Before he could speak, she tugged at his sleeve and ask in a low voice, ¡°Aren¡¯t you going into the mountain to investigate the news these few days with the excuse of hunting?
Just go ahead and leave matters in the vige to me!
You¡¯re unwilling to bring me into the mountain now. If there¡¯s nothing to do when I¡¯m alone in the vige, how boring will that be?!¡±
The little girl¡¯s soft pleading always made Lu Ze unable to refuse. He hesitated for a moment before nodding. ¡°Then I¡¯ll leave Su Le and the others behind to protect you.¡±
¡°Be careful. If anything goes wrong, hide if you can. Don¡¯t fight those people head-on.¡±
Although Lu Ze had agreed to Lin Suisui¡¯s decision to stay in the vige to obtain information, he was still worried and continued to instruct, ¡°Your safety is always the most important.¡±
¡°I know. I definitely won¡¯t be reckless.¡± Lin Suisui nodded seriously in order to reassure Lu Ze while indicating that she definitely knew her limits.
As Lin Suisui and Lu Ze strolled around the vige, just as Fang Rui¡¯er had been worried about, women from the vige quickly came looking for them.
They borrowed needles, delivered food and drinks, and asked about embroidery samples¡
In less than an hour, the entire courtyard was almost fully packed.
Aunt Luo exchanged pleasantries, but didn¡¯t reveal any useful information.
It was unknown if those women hade prepared, but even though Aunt Luo changed the topic again and again, someone always changed the topic back again.
As Fang Rui¡¯er and Fang Liu hid in the room, they listened to themotion outside through the window. Seeing that it was about time, Fang Rui¡¯er put down the ball of thread in her hand and pretended to be angry as she rushed out of the room. She stood under the roof as she said to the crowd angrily, ¡°Don¡¯t you guys want to ask why Sister Liu came to our vige?!
But what does hering to our vige have to do with you guys?
Our family is close to her, so as for why we didn¡¯t use our rtionship with her to go to Cloud Mountain City, that¡¯s my parents¡¯ decision. Is there a need for you guys to wallow in pity?
You guys have the nerve to say that Sister Liu is bad? Are any of you pregnant? The pot calling the kettle ck!
¡°Sister Liu has a good rtionship with her husband, so you guys don¡¯t need to cause trouble here every day. Dream on. If Sister Liu doesn¡¯t agree, your schemes will be useless!¡±
Chapter 357 - 357 Digging a Hole
357 Digging a Hole
¡°Rui¡¯er, what are you talking about?!¡±
Fang Rui¡¯er¡¯s roar was unexpected, so for a moment, the originally noisy courtyard fell silent. Everyone turned around and looked at her in shock.
At this moment, Aunt Luo shouted with a dark expression, ¡°Everyone here is a senior, so how can you be so rude? Hurry up and go in!!
You have no manner at all!
Your father and brother have really spoiled you too much! Why are you still standing here? Are you waiting for me to tear your mouth apart?¡±
Aunt Luo red at Fang Rui¡¯er as she scolded her. The little girl was sensitive to begin with, so she was very dissatisfied. At this moment, she was so angry and aggrieved that she turned around and ran back to the house while crying.
There was the sound of crying inside, as well as the sound of someone smashing things, and Fang Liu¡¯s gentle coaxing.
Logically speaking, if ordinary people went to someone else¡¯s house to gossip, they would have left when they saw such amotion. However, no one in the courtyard had such self-awareness. They acted as if they did not see anything. Although they looked a little embarrassed, they still sat there.
Aunt Luo knew what was going on now, but she did not expose them. She only said, ¡°Sorry guys. That child is insensible.
It¡¯s my fault. She¡¯s my only daughter, so I¡¯ve spoiled her! She¡¯s so unruly now.¡±
¡°How can that be? If she¡¯s really that unruly, would the general¡¯s wife still like her so much and ask her to apany her every day?¡± A woman beside her said impatiently when she heard Aunt Luo¡¯s words. Although she was smiling, she could not hide her eagerness.
Aunt Luo only smiled and said indifferently, ¡°What¡¯s so good about her? She¡¯s just a silly child who takes these things too seriously.¡±
As if she felt that she said something wrong, Aunt Luo quickly smiled and changed her words. ¡°I¡¯m actually stooping to the level of a child.
Speaking of which, that madam treats Rui¡¯er quite well. However, her status is very different from ours now. If not for the fact that she needed something, she probably would not have thought of making this trip personally.
I advised her not to think about those inappropriate things, but this child is too stubborn and even got angry with me!
But she¡¯s just a child, so how could she know so much?¡±
¡°That¡¯s strange. Why did that madame to our ce?¡± Upon hearing Aunt Luo¡¯s words, they wanted to get more information.
¡°This is not some sort of scenic ce, so there¡¯s nothing much to see.
However, she¡¯s really lucky. I heard that she was from the countryside, but she married a big shot. Now, she has gone from rags to riches.¡±
Aunt Luo was not in a hurry to speak when she heard their probing. After listening for while, she deliberately revealed a hint of disdain and snorted. ¡°The blessings given by the heavens are always limited.
When god closes a door, he opens a window.
She married well, but this woman doesn¡¯t have any children. Even if she has great wealth now, she can¡¯t hold on to it!¡±
Despite hearing Aunt Luo¡¯s words, the women beside her didn¡¯t think of their current situation at all and started talking about how difficult it was to have no children.
They only hoped that Aunt Luo would reveal more relevant information.
Aunt Luo was like an ordinary woman who had been coaxed by sweet nothings. After being bewitched, she spoke more and more without scruples.
¡°She came over this time in order to have a child!
She heard that my eldest son¡¯s wife was pregnant. I don¡¯t know where she heard it from, but rumor has it that getting closer to women who had just gotten pregnant would help.
As for pregnant women, the fewer of them are pregnant, the easier it will be for the luck to gather together. I don¡¯t know much about those things, but the higher-ups like them, so we might as well follow their wishes.¡±
At this point, Aunt Luo could not help but purse her lips and chuckle mockingly. ¡°This method might be effective elsewhere, but this madam¡¡±
Tsk, I¡¯m afraid it¡¯ll be difficult for her.¡±
¡°Why?¡± Aunt Luo¡¯s words made the surrounding people even more focused, for fear that they would miss out on any useful information.
¡°Her body is weak and she¡¯s been in ill health since she was young. I don¡¯t know if she can make up for it now. However, even if she can, it will take a few years. Do you think the general is willing to wait?¡± Aunt Luo shook the half-peeled peanut dustpan in her hand before continuing toment, ¡°It¡¯s fine if it was an ordinary family, but if the general doesn¡¯t have an heir, will he be at ease?
Therefore, from the looks of it, she¡¯s probably already thinking of other solutions.¡±
Aunt Luo shook her head as she sighed regretfully before continuing to peel the peanuts.
Although she did not say it explicitly, the women beside her surrounded her and kept asking questions. However, they did not dare to be straightforward and only probed indirectly.
After keeping these people in suspense for a while, Aunt Luo put the dustpan aside and patted the dust off her knees. Then, she said with a smile, ¡°If the wife can¡¯t give birth, can¡¯t she just find someone who can give birth?¡±
¡°But doesn¡¯t the general have an extremely good rtionship with his wife?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. I heard that the general apanied his wife wherever she went today. With such a good husband around, will the general¡¯s wife be willing to give up her man?¡±
As soon as Aunt Luo said this, some people voiced their doubts.
After all, everyone had their own selfish motives. It was said that women should be obedient and virtuous when they got married, but in fact, who would be willing to bring a few younger women home as concubines?
Of course, it would have been fine if she were one of those youngdies who were already used to this. This was what they had seen since they were young. However, the general¡¯s wife was from humble beginnings. If the general found a concubine now¡
Would she be willing to ept it?
Chapter 358 - 358 Sprinkle Some Soil
358 Sprinkle Some Soil
¡°You don¡¯t understand!¡± Before Mrs. Luo could speak, a woman interrupted her. She didn¡¯t think that there was anything wrong with what Mrs. Luo had just said. Instead, she felt smug from having seen this sort of situation many times already.
Seeing that everyone¡¯s gaze was on her, the woman became even smugger as she continued to exin to them, ¡°In my opinion, the general¡¯s wife is a smart person!
Speaking of which, what is the use of a man¡¯s love?
She doesn¡¯t have any children now. Fortunately, she has the general to dote on her. But what if their love dissipates in a few years? What else will she have?
!!
Now that her husband is famous, there are probably many people coveting him. If she takes advantage of this opportunity to find a concubine for her husband, not only will she be able to gain a good reputation, but she would also be able to control the concubine.
When this child was born in the future, if she raised him as her own, who would dare to say no?
If she still can¡¯t make up her mind now, she will be at a disadvantage in the future!¡±
With this exnation, everyone understood.
Seeing that they had already exined themselves, Mrs. Luo didn¡¯t say anything else. She only continued to pick up the dustpan and peel her peanut shells. When these people left, she locked the courtyard door, and returned to her room.
¡°Thank you.¡± Yin Qiao, who had been staying in the room, bowed to Mrs. Luo politely and said to her with a smile.
Mrs. Luo put down the dustpan in her hand and looked at Yin Qiao uneasily. Although she trusted Lin Suisui and Lu Ze, the development of this matter still made her feel a little uneasy.
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
Yin Qiao naturally understood Mrs. Luo¡¯s worry, but just as Her Highness had said previously, it wasn¡¯t a good thing for ordinary people like Mrs. Luo to know too much.
Therefore, she only hesitated for a moment before smiling and reassuring Mrs. Luo. ¡°There are some things that I can¡¯t tell you now. However, don¡¯t worry, Your Highness is fine. Moreover, there¡¯s a reason for all this.
If you have nothing to do these few days, just go about your life with your family as usual. However, it¡¯s best to avoid visits.¡±
Upon hearing Yin Qiao say this, Mrs. Luo knew that there were some things she didn¡¯t know, so she didn¡¯t ask further. She nodded and politely sent Yin Qiang off. When she returned, she hesitated for a moment before saying to Fang Liu, ¡°I keep feeling that things are about to change. I didn¡¯t feel it before, but after interacting with them this afternoon, I really feel that those people are a little strange.
It¡¯spletely different from when we first interacted.¡±
¡°Mother, we won¡¯t be able to find out about anything by guessing here, so why don¡¯t we listen to what Yin Qiao said just now and hide at home for the time being?¡±
Fang Liu looked at Mrs. Luo with a calm smile as she whispered her opinion, ¡°Get Rui¡¯er to go to Madam Liu¡¯s ceter. Tell her that I¡¯m not feeling well and see if I can find a doctor.
Rui¡¯er, make amotion. This way, our family will have a legitimate reason to stay at home and not go out.
Moreover, we will have an excuse to reject those women.¡±
Fang Liu¡¯s idea was quickly approved by Mrs. Luo, who nodded and didn¡¯t dwell on these messy matters anymore. She continued to make arrangements with Fang Liu and the others. Seeing that it was about time, she pushed Fang Rui¡¯er gently. ¡°Go quickly.¡±
Fang Rui¡¯er stood up and walked around the room twice. After trying for a while, she couldn¡¯t get herself to cry, so she turned to look at her mother and sister-inw aggrievedly. After thinking about it, she gritted her teeth and reached out to pinch her thigh. It was so painful that she finally cried.
Without hesitation, she turned around and opened the door. As she cried, she ran towards Lin Suisui. Mrs. Luo and Fang Liu, who were originally tense, couldn¡¯t help butugh at this sight.
Not long after Lin Suisui and Lu Ze returned, Lin Suisui was listening to Yin Qiao talk about themotion Mrs. Luo had heard when she saw Fang Rui¡¯er rush in with a wail.
¡°What¡¯s wrong?¡± Lin Suisui was so shocked that she quickly got someone to help Fang Rui¡¯er in and asked her about her condition.
Fang Rui¡¯er looked up and said aggrievedly, ¡°It hurts. Boohoo, I think I pinched myself too hard!¡±
Afraid that Lin Suisui would be worried, she told her the results of her discussion with Mrs. Luo. Then, without waiting for Lin Suishou¡¯s response, she continued to mutter, ¡°But I couldn¡¯t cry when I went out, so I had no choice but to pinch myself. It really hurts.¡±
After Lin Suisui heaved a sigh of relief, she couldn¡¯t help butugh. As she asked Bai Guo to find the ointment, she pulled Fang Rui¡¯er towards the warm bed. ¡°Don¡¯t cry. Let me take a look at you first.¡±
¡°No, no, no. I came over in such a hurry. I can¡¯t dy things.¡± Although Fang Rui¡¯er¡¯s leg really hurt a little, she knew her priorities. ¡°We have to get the doctor to go over quickly.
If we don¡¯t make a bigger ruckus, it¡¯ll probably be difficult to hide it from those people.¡±
Lin Suisui nodded and asked Yin Qiao to bring people to Mrs. Luo¡¯s house.
They went back and forth withnterns a few times until night fell and didn¡¯t stop until thetter half of the night.
The vige was very quiet. Other than the family next to Mrs. Luo and the others, no one else stood up to greet them.
It wasn¡¯t until the next morning that the haggard-looking Mrs. Luo came out of the courtyard to buy tofu from Old Madam Song at the vige entrance. She was stopped by the women in the vige who had also woken up early to ask about the situation.
Unable to hide the disappointment and worry on her face, Mrs. Luomented, ¡°It¡¯s all because of my eldest daughter-inw. I told her before that she had only been on the road for three months, so she shouldn¡¯t move around. However, she refused to listen and insisted on entering the city with us.
Now, she almost had a miscarriage.
Fortunately, with the doctor brought by Madam Liu, they managed to stabilize the pregnancy after prescribing pregnancy-stabilizing medicine.
There¡¯s no telling how much more trouble there will be in the future!
Seriously, if she had listened to me earlier, there wouldn¡¯t have been this trouble. It¡¯s said that people will suffer if they don¡¯t listen to their elders, but what can I do if my eldest son indulges her?¡±
Chapter 359 - 359 Tricking Everyone
359 Tricking Everyone
In less than a morning, almost the entire vige knew that the Fang family¡¯s daughter-inw had finally gotten pregnant. Due to the exhaustion from the previous journey, there was a risk of a miscarriage.
Although the vigers were discussing, no one ran to the Fang family¡¯s home to ask.
After all, under such circumstances, it was a little too much to disturb them. Moreover, most importantly, they might not open the door to wee them in, so they might get rejected.
Of course, there was another reason no one was paying attention to the Fang family. General Gu nned to enter the mountain to hunt.
This wasn¡¯t that out of the ordinary. After all, it was verymon for generals to go into the mountains to hunt.
However, in this vige, going into the mountains to hunt was quite extraordinary.
It had to be known that the news of demons eating humans in this mountain had long been deeply established in this area.
¡°Why not?¡± Lu Ze stared at the vige chief, who was kneeling in front of him and begging him to change his mind, coldly.
¡°How dare you say that there are demons in the mountain? Vige Chief, if there are really demons in this world, I¡¯ll get rid of them tomorrow so that the vigers can go into the forest again. Isn¡¯t that good?¡±
¡°General, what if¡¡± The vige chief raised his head slightly and looked at the man in front of him anxiously. He felt a sh of inspiration and tried to grab it, but in the end, he failed to.
He was just a vige chief now, so all he could do was try to stop them, but without any deterrence.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯ll take responsibility for what I do. It has nothing to do with you.¡± Lu Ze gestured for Su Qi to send the vige chief out.
After the vige chief was dragged out by Su Qi and the others, when he met the vigers outside, he could only shake his head helplessly.
Su Qi ignored them. After throwing them out, he turned around and entered the courtyard.
The vige chief only stayed for a while before leaving with the other vigers.
Because there was no way to stop it, early the next morning, no matter how unwilling the vige chief was, he could only watch Lu Ze and his men enter the forest with a bitter expression.
However, to the vige chief¡¯s surprise, Su Qi, who had sent him out of the courtyard yesterday, came over and said to him, ¡°The general instructs you to find two vigers who are familiar with the environment in the forest to lead the way. If you can let our general hunt to his heart¡¯s content this time, you will definitely be rewarded when hees back!¡±
The vige chief was stunned by this request, but he quickly reacted. He hurriedly nodded as he pushed out the two brothers who were not far from him. ¡°They¡¯ll do. Their father is a famous old hunter in our area. Previously, these two brothers followed their father into the mountains often.¡±
Su Qi didn¡¯t ask further. After he called the brothers over, the group set off into the forest.
After Lu Ze left, Lin Suisui, who had stayed in the vige, finished her breakfast and brought Bai Guo, Yin Qiao, and the others to the Fang family¡¯s courtyard.
Fang Liu had told the outside world that she was recuperating in her room and because the weather was good today, Mrs. Luo sat under the old locust tree in the courtyard to talk with Lin Suisui.
Lin Suisui pretended not to see the ck hair that popped up from time to time on the wall. She chatted with Mrs. Luo for a while before finally looking at the wall. ¡°Is that your neighbor¡¯s house?¡±
¡°Huanniang, why aren¡¯t you packing up and kowtowing to Madam?¡± Mrs. Luo followed Lin Suisui¡¯s gaze and instructed loudly.
Originally, they could only eavesdrop. Now that they coulde over in an above-board manner, this was naturally what the other party wanted.
Soon, the meticulously dressed-up woman and her daughter came over and greeted Lin Suisui.
¡°Get up quickly! I heard Mrs. Luo mention you guys. She said that her family was unfamiliar with this vige at first and it was only with your help that her family could live peacefully.¡±
Lin Suisui gestured for the little girl beside her to go forward and help her up. She suppressed her arrogant temperament as she looked at the youngdy, who was clearly dressed up, and the smile on her face widened. After she turned to look at Bai Guo, she gestured for her to take the pouch that she had prepared beforeing over and hand it over.
¡°Nice to meet you guys. I don¡¯t know what you like. This is just a little bit of silver. Take it and buy some fruits to eat!¡±
The mother and daughter didn¡¯t expect Lin Suisui to be so generous, so they quickly knelt down and kowtowed to her again. Then, with the little girl¡¯s help, they stood up and continued to talk to her.
Not long after, Fang Rui¡¯er came out of the room and said to Lin Suisui, ¡°Sister Liu, my sister-inw has something to tell you.¡±
¡°Alright.¡± After Lin Suisui stood up and took two steps towards the room, as if she had thought of something, she stopped and turned to look at the mother and daughter standing there. Then, she asked with a smile, ¡°Didn¡¯t you just say that you were watching because you were worried about the Fang family¡¯s sister-inw? Why don¡¯t we go in and take a look together?¡±
The mother and daughter didn¡¯t think too much about it. Now was the time to think of a way to build a good rtionship with the madam in front of them, so they agreed and followed her into the inner room.
However, to their surprise, not long after they entered, the door behind them was mmed shut. They were shocked and wanted to call for help, but Su Le and the others, who had been waiting beside them, were faster. They tied them up like dumplings.
¡°I know what you¡¯re nning. Originally, I wanted to take my time dealing with you guys. However, after the night, I changed my mind.¡± Lin Suisui walked to the seat at the side and sat down. Then, she looked at the mother and daughter, who were looking at her in shock and confusion. After a while, she asked indifferently, ¡°So, who are you guys and why are you here?¡±
Chapter 360 - 360 Thinking About the Terrifying Truth
360 Thinking About the Terrifying Truth
No one expected Lin Suisui to suddenly attack them at this moment. However, because it was too sudden, the three of them were caught off guard.
Of course, there was a reason why Lin Suisui chose to start with this family. From what she knew, among the families in the vige that were on good terms with the Fang family, this family was the closest to Mrs. Luo¡¯s family. Secondly, there were only the three of them in the family now. It was said that the men had gone to the town to do work and rarely came back. Therefore, even if they were trapped in Mrs. Luo¡¯s home, no one would suspect anything for the time being.
This change in situation was too sudden. Not to mention the three of them, even Mrs. Luo and the others, who were prepared, were still shocked.
¡°Madam Liu, what are you doing?¡± Mrs. Luo looked at Lin Suisui uneasily.
!!
Although she knew that Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t the kind of person who would attack people without a care, she was still a little shocked by thismotion.
After all, the three of them usually had a good rtionship with Mrs. Luo¡¯s family, so it was really difficult for Mrs. Luo to ept that they were evil people with ulterior motives.
¡°Aunt, go out with Rui¡¯er first.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t answer Mrs. Luo¡¯s question directly and only turned around as she said to her in an unyielding tone, ¡°After everything is investigated, I¡¯ll naturally tell you the truth. However, I still have to ask you to wait a little longer.¡±
When Mrs. Luo heard Lin Suisui¡¯s words, she knew that the seriousness of this matter had exceeded her expectations, so she didn¡¯t ask further. After she agreed in a low voice, she brought Fang Rui¡¯er out.
Only Lin Suisui, Su Le, and the others were left in the room, as well as the mother and daughter, who were already tied up on the ground.
¡°How about it? Do you want to tell me yourself, or should I get someone to speak up for you?¡± Lin Suisui waited for Mrs. Luo to leave before looking down at the three people on the ground.
The woman had already recovered from her initial panic at this time. She looked up at Lin Suisui with an innocent and pitiful expression. ¡°Madam, we really don¡¯t know what you¡¯re talking about.
We were born and raised here. We have a household registration as proof.
If there was really anything fishy about us, the vigers in this vige would have captured us long ago. Although we don¡¯t know why you¡¯re treating us like this, we also know that you definitely wouldn¡¯t capture us for no reason. There must be a misunderstanding.
¡°Madam, please investigate the situation clearly and let us leave.¡±
The woman¡¯s words were reasonable. Not only did she not express resentment towards Lin Suisui¡¯s mistreatment, but she even showed understanding and eptance.
However, Lin Suisui was unmoved by her kindness.
She only looked up at Su Le. ¡°I¡¯ll leave the rest to you guys.¡±
After saying that, Lin Suisui stood up and left with Bai Guo and the others without looking back.
At this moment, Lu Ze was on the mountain. However, inparison to Lin Suisui, Lu Ze¡¯s methods were not that gentle.
The brothers on the mountain originally wanted to persevere for a while longer, but after less than an hour of torture, the two of them revealed everything they knew.
Not only did they tell Lu Ze everything he knew, but they also took the initiative to bring Lu Ze and the others to the mine in the mountains.
During the questioning along the way, Lu Ze finally understood why they felt that this vige was so strange.
Just as Lin Suisui had spected, not only this vige, but even the vigers in the nearby viges had been reced.
Ever since the Gu family had identally discovered a silver mine in the mountain, the Gu family wanted to hide it and monopolize it.
However, if they really wanted to hide this kind of thing, it was very difficult for their family to do it alone. Therefore, after thinking about it, they thought of the Lin family, which had always had close ties with them.
The first step for the two families was to clear out the viges near this mountain range.
The vigers, who had originally lived here in peace, were caught up in the crisis. The Gu family brought soldiers to kidnap them and bring them into the mountain. They became miners who were confined in the mountain and never saw the light of day.
The vigers living in the vige now were all servants transferred from the Gu and Lin families¡¯ farms. In order to prevent these servants from betraying the Gu and Lin families, they didn¡¯t move entire families over. Instead, they implemented arrangements that made it convenient for them to monitor each other. If anyone was acting suspicious, the others would immediately report it and punish them severely.
Some of these people¡¯s families worked in the silver mine in the mountain. The few times Mrs. Luo and the others had seen people enter the mountain ande back was when the men in the vige had gone to change shifts with the mountain people.
Actually, if not for Mrs. Luo¡¯s family and the Fang family¡¯s second son working in the army, coupled with the fact that they were refugees who had just migrated, they probably would have been sent to the mine in the mountains to do manualbor long ago.
As Lu Ze figured out everything, Lin Suisui also made considerable progress in the vige.
The news she received was simr to what Lu Ze had received. The cruel truth immediately made Lin Suisui¡¯s expression turn solemn.
This scheme didn¡¯t just happen in the vige in front of them, but in four or five nearby viges as well.
ording to the mother and daughter, it had been two years since this silver mine was discovered. In the past two years, how many innocent vigers had died in that dark mine?
¡°They¡¯ve already been sent home.¡± Seeing that Lin Suisui¡¯s expression was unpleasant, Bai Guo hesitated for a moment beforeforting her, ¡°Don¡¯t worry, before this matter is settled, they won¡¯t spout nonsense.¡±
¡°In the past two years, the vigers in the nearby viges have been reced. Could it be that the higher-ups really didn¡¯t notice at all?¡± When Lin Suisui thought of how this matter involved all kinds of factors, she couldn¡¯t help but feel a chill run down her spine. ¡°These vigers probably had families and rtives outside. How could those people turn a blind eye to all of this?
Or could it be that someone had actually discovered that something was wrong a long time ago, but this news couldn¡¯t be sent out?!¡±
Chapter 361 - 361 Scheme
361 Scheme
Bai Guo couldn¡¯t answer this question at the moment.
The information they had now was limited.
However, although she didn¡¯t know much now, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t dare to be careless. As she arranged for someone to go to Mrs. Luo¡¯s ce and instruct her family to be careful, she also asked someone to keep an eye on the mother and daughter in the courtyard beside her to prevent any idents.
As for the rest, she nned to bide her time and wait for Lu Ze to return before making a decision.
!!
Uexpectedly, what Lin Suisui saw wasn¡¯t Lu Ze¡¯s return, but the soldiers in armor.
Hundreds of murderous soldiers surrounded the small mountain vige.
Seeing that the situation wasn¡¯t right, Lin Suisui asked Bai Guo about the cement of Mrs. Luo and the others.
¡°Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ve already gotten someone to send them safely into the forest in the afternoon. However, Old Master Fang and Mr. Fang didn¡¯t agree to leave. They said that if anything happened, they could help if they stayed behind.
Su Le tried to persuade them, but it was useless. He could only let them stay.¡±
Lin Suisui nodded. When she heard that Mrs. Luo and the others were already settled, she heaved a sigh of relief. Then, she said to Bai Guo, ¡°These people don¡¯t have good intentions, but I don¡¯t think they¡¯re here for us.¡±
When Su Le heard this, he also agreed. At the same time, he gained a different understanding of the crown princess in front of him. She seemed to be shrewder and smarter than he thought.
¡°They probably want to silence me.¡± After Lin Suisui analyzed the current situation, she looked up at Su Le. ¡°Go find the vige chief and tell him that I want to see him.¡±
At this moment, those soldiers had surrounded the area but hadn¡¯t attacked yet, so she still had time toe up with a countermeasure.
The vige chief also realized that something was wrong. Just as he was thinking about how to deal with the situation, Su Le brought him to Lin Suisui.
¡°Vige Chief, let¡¯s not beat around the bush. Not only do we know your identities and motives, but the general who entered the mountain also knows.
¡°So, what do you think your oue will be?¡±
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t exchange any pleasantries with the vige chief and directly told the vige chief why she had invited him over.
¡°Madam, I don¡¯t know what you¡¯re talking about.¡± Although everything had been exposed, the vige chief was still stubbornly resisting.
Although he knew that the possibility was low, what if Lin Suisui was really just bluffing him?
Moreover, he still had hope for getting off the hook.
Although those soldiers surrounded the entire vige and refused tomunicate with them, what if they refused to talk to them only because the person in charge wasn¡¯t here yet?
At this moment, the person in the most danger was the madam in front of him!
What did this have to do with them?
¡°To be arranged by your master to be in charge of this vige means you¡¯re not a fool.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t need to guess the vige chief¡¯s attitude to know why he had made such a decision.
She couldn¡¯t help but smile as she looked at the vige chief in contempt and continued, ¡°Since you¡¯re so smart, you can probably understand what the most important thing to do is if you were the head of the family and everything was already on the verge of being exposed.
Capture me and threaten my husband?
You¡¯re a man too, so you naturally understand what¡¯s most important to an ambitious man!
In the face of your future and the life of a woman, what will you choose? Do you think my husband will give up this opportunity to carry out his ambitions and submit to your family¡¯s threat instead?
¡°Besides, there are some concessions that can¡¯t be made. Once there¡¯s a beginning, you will never be able to break free again.¡±
¡°Then why did you call me over to tell me this?¡± The vige chief was a little confused by Lin Suisui¡¯s words. He stared at her for while, but still couldn¡¯t understand her thoughts and motives.
Could it be that she wanted him to pass a message to someone outside?
¡°Of course I want to cooperate with you to find a way out.¡± Lin Suisui looked at the vige chief as she replied very frankly, ¡°If I fall into your hands now, I¡¯ll most likely die.¡±
However, Vige Chief, you and these hundreds of vigers will also be victims like me.
Therefore, in order to survive, shouldn¡¯t we join forces now?¡±
¡°Madam, your joke is not funny at all. We¡¯re here on orders from the main families. Even if the main families send people over, they¡¯ll only invite you over to talk. What does it have to do with us small fries?
As for silencing people¡
Madam, do you know how many viges are involved in this matter?
In total, five viges are involved. There aren¡¯t just a few hundred people, but more than a thousand! Moreover, the people sent here are not only ves of the main families, but also rtives of the main families!
Can they kill all of them?
¡°Madam, you¡¯re exaggerating things!¡±
At this moment, the vige chief was still trying his best to struggle as ast-ditch effort. It wasn¡¯t that he had not thought about the possibility of what Lin Suisui had said, but¡
He was unwilling to believe it.
Because that possibility was too terrifying! That was more than a thousand lives! He felt that no matter how crazy the main families were, they probably couldn¡¯t make such a terrifying decision!
¡°Do you know what kind of crime hiding a silver mine and not reporting it is?¡± Of course, Lin Suisui understood why the vige chief was still so skeptical at this moment, so she wasn¡¯t anxious at all. She shattered the vige chief¡¯s delusions once again. ¡°It¡¯s equivalent to a felony.
If the crime is proven, they¡¯ll be executed!
The lives of thousands of servants are nothingpared to the lives and wealth of your main family.
As long as you guys are around, the risk of their crime of hiding the silver mine will exist! if you guys are all gone, no matter how heartbroken your master is, he only needs to hand over the silver mine and say that it was just discovered.
He might even be rewarded by the Imperial Court!¡±
Chapter 362 - 362 Vitality
362 Vitality
¡°By the way, now that you mention it, I feel like I have a higher chance of surviving.¡±
At this point, Lin Suisui suddenlyughed at the pale vige chief and continued to dampen his spirits. ¡°After all, their greatest goal is probably to negotiate a win-win situation with my husband.
However, you guys are different!
In order to ensure their own safety, they have to eliminate all hidden dangers, especially you guys.
¡°Therefore, even if you guys don¡¯t die, your oue will probably be the same as that of the real vigers from before. You¡¯ll enter the silver mine and be enved miners.¡±
This is the greatest value you guys can provide.
Lin Suisui sized up the vige chief in disdain and satisfaction as he staggered back a few steps before standing still. Before the vige chief could speak, she gave him another blow.
¡°By the way, Vige Chief, you can wait if you want.¡±
I¡¯ve already arranged for people to quietly go to the neighboring viges to investigate the situation. I believe there will be results soon.¡±
Since the Gu and Lin families had discovered that something was wrong and wanted to salvage the situation, they definitely wouldn¡¯t just surround this vige. Instead, they would confine all five viges involved at the same time.
As for whether they nned to silence them or something else¡
They would probably be able to find out soon.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t lie to the vige chief. Just as she had promised, soon, the vige chief saw a familiar face. It was a viger who had a good rtionship with him.
From time to time, they would meet, drink, and chat.
However, at this moment, this old friend, who had always looked extremely tough, looked very disheveled. One of his arms was gone, and most of his body was dyed with blood. When he was brought in by Su Le¡¯s subordinates, he was almost dead.
¡°How, how did this happen?!¡± The vige chief didn¡¯t expect such a tragic scene.
He couldn¡¯t help but shout, ¡°No, this is impossible! The vige is already surrounded. How did you guys bring him in?
You guys did this to extort me, right?!¡±
¡°Tsk, who has the time to deal with a nobody like you? How can those soldiers discover us if we want to go out?
We dug this person out of the pile of dead people in the neighboring vige!
He was lucky to have survived by hiding at the foot of the mountain of corpses. However, from the looks of it, he probably won¡¯t live for much longer. Instead of making wild guesses here, why don¡¯t you hurry up and ask what¡¯s going on?!¡±
Su Le spat at the vige chief in disdain. As he exined to him, he took the powder from Bai Guo to treat the man on the ground, whose face was pale from excessive blood loss.
¡°Yes, it¡¯s the main family.¡± Before the vige chief could ask, the man lying on the ground spoke up. When he thought of what had happened in the vige in the afternoon, he couldn¡¯t help but cry. ¡°They were people sent by the main family.
When we entered the vige, they asked all of us to gather at the entrance of the ancestral hall. They said that everyone had worked hard these past few days, so the main family sent rewards to everyone and that every family had to be present to ept the rewards.
At that time, we didn¡¯t think too much about it. We only thought that our master wanted to reward us, so we all went to the entrance of the ancestral hall ording to his request.
¡°In the end, after they counted the names on the roster, they¡ attacked¡¡±
After the man coughed a few times and took a deep breath, he looked at the vige chief as he continued, ¡°They attacked us directly with arrows and knives.
There was no cover at the entrance of the ancestral hall and no one was prepared, so who could escape such a massacre?
I was lucky. Although I was stabbed, I was pressed under someone else and barely survived until now. Brother, your vige is fine now, not because they won¡¯t attack you, but because they¡¯ve gone to deal with the others in the neighboring vige!
You guys are probably left until thest because of this madam.¡±
Su Le quickly treated the man¡¯s injuries. He had just instructed that if this man cooperated, his life could be saved!
However, if he didn¡¯t cooperate, he would die in the wilderness like the vigers he had seen previously.
¡°How dare they?¡± The vige chief widened his eyes. Thinking about it and seeing it for himself were twopletely different things. He really didn¡¯t expect the usually amiable main family to be so ruthless!
¡°There¡¯s nothing to be afraid of. In the eyes of the main family, how can our lives be worth as much as theirs?
Besides, even if they kill all of us, can¡¯t they use the excuse that the northern barbarians or the mountain bandits ughtered us?!
¡°It¡¯s not toote for you to think of a solution. Don¡¯t lose your lives like us!¡± The man tried his best to persuade the vige chief. ¡°Don¡¯t think about your rtives with the main family anymore. If everyone here dies, how many rtives can survive?¡±
¡°What can I do?¡± The vige chief was so desperate that he wanted to cry.
Even if he knew that they were doomed, what could he do?
Firstly, their family members were in the hands of the main family. If they didn¡¯t cooperate now, they could survive, but what about their families¡ Secondly, in their current situation, there were soldiers with sharp weapons surrounding the vige outside!
Even if they wanted to resist, could they defeat those powerful soldiers?
Wouldn¡¯t that be suicide?!
¡°As long as you have the intention to resist, there¡¯s still a chance of survival if you cooperate with me.¡±
Lin Suisui said to the vige chief at the right time. The certainty in her tone made the vige chief¡¯s eyes light up. ¡°Madam, are you serious?¡±
¡°Of course.¡± Lin Suisui nodded at the vige chief with certainty as she smiled and said, ¡°But the premise is that you have to persuade the vigers to listen to my arrangements.¡±
If everyone works together, it won¡¯t be difficult to survive, but have you considered the future of the remaining people in your vige after the current predicament is resolved?
¡°Oh right, have you considered the survival of your family members who are still in the hands of your master¡¯s family at this time?¡±
Chapter 363 - 363 Rescue
363 Rescue
The vige chief admitted defeat very quickly.
After all, the truth was in front of him. No matter what, he had to think for himself. However, he only said that he would try his best to discuss it with the vigers, but he couldn¡¯t guarantee that they would listen.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t criticize the vige chief. She only smiled and told him to do his best.
The vige chief was originally a little puzzled as to why Lin Suisui was so indifferent. After he gathered the vigers, he finally understood why she didn¡¯t care.
!!
With Su Le around, anyone who objected was taken away.
Who among the remaining people dared to say no?
Moreover, the truth was in front of them. If they hesitated any longer, their lives would be in danger. Who would want to risk their lives? Moreover, it was actually very obvious that their main family could no longer even protect themselves!
Everyone here was smart. Since there was a chance to climb up the socialdder, who would choose to be so inflexible and stubborn?
After making a prompt decision, everyone joined forces.
It was also because of the vigers¡¯ betrayal that Su Le and the others knew that there were actually weapons in this vige. Not to mention anything else, that batch of crossbows really came in handy at this time!
However, most of the houses in the vige had mud walls and thatched roofs, so they were not suitable for defense. The only ce they could use for defense was the sturdy ancestral hall.
After Su Le went over to check the terrain and environment, he had an idea. When he returned, he first invited Lin Suisui and the others into the ancestral hall to settle down. Then, he scattered the vigers with weapons to the surrounding defensive points.
¡°Sir, we have limited manpower and weapons, so I¡¯m afraid we won¡¯t be able tost long against so many soldiers outside!¡± After everything was arranged, the vige chief hesitated for a moment before approaching Su Le and reminding him in a low voice, ¡°You have to think of another way.¡±
¡°You don¡¯t have to worry about that. I naturally have arrangements.¡± Su Le looked at the vige chief with certainty and didn¡¯t panic at all. Then, he turned around and walked to the empty space at the side to take out the bamboo tube in his sleeve.
With a sharp whistle, an extremely gorgeous firework immediately exploded in the sky above the vige. It only slowly dissipated after a long time.
Not only did the people in the vige see it, but the soldiers around the periphery of the vige also saw it clearly. The soldiers outside received news that they would surround them but not attack them for the time being. However, no one expected such a change in situation to happen at night.
The people outside couldn¡¯t wait any longer after seeing themotion. The two leaders began to argue about whether to continue to surround them or vite the order and attack directly.
Before the bloody battle that the vige chief and the others had expected began, they heard the rumbling of hoovesing from afar. The powerful cavalry tore through the defense outside the vige like a tiger invading a flock of sheep. In almost an instant, they devoured and ughtered the panicked soldiers.
All of this happened too quickly. It wasn¡¯t until the soldier in the lead appeared at the entrance of the ancestral hall in heavy armor that the vige chief and the others realized that everything was nned.
Their choice saved their lives at the critical moment.
After Zhou Hengchang got off the horse, he walked straight to Su Le to ask about the situation.
¡°The situation in the surrounding viges is very bad, but the vige in front of us is fine.¡± Su Le told Zhou Hengchang the information he had obtained in detail. Then, he looked at the group of captives who had been kidnapped and brought over by Zhou Henchang with disdain. ¡°These people aren¡¯t that aggressive when facing foreign enemies, but when they killed the old, weak, women, and children, they were very ruthless!¡±
¡°What bunch of vermin!¡± Zhou Hengchang spat on the ground. Even if Su Le didn¡¯t mention it, he knew the background of the people in front of him.
Over the years, although the Lin family and the Gu family didn¡¯t show any other impressive capabilities, they had been doing quite well in terms of profiteering.
The soldiers in front of them were actually hooligans hired by these two families to make up the numbers and do shady things for them.
However, they weren¡¯t capable enough to fight in wars.
Actually, Zhou Hengchang wasn¡¯t only angry because he knew what these bastards had done, but also because someone from the Zhou family had actually helped¡
If not for the fact that he had allied himself with Lu Ze and swore loyalty, what awaited the Zhou family would probably be an unavoidable disaster!
¡°How¡¯s Madam?¡± Zhou Hengchang¡¯s mission was to lead his troops to protect Lin Suisui, who was staying in the vige, after receiving Su Le¡¯s signal.
Therefore, at this moment, he was naturally most concerned about whether Lin Suisui, who had stayed in the vige, was fine or not.
After receiving Su Le¡¯s confirmation, he heaved a sigh of relief. As he arranged for people to set up defenses inside and outside the vige, he didn¡¯t forget to arrange for people to search the surroundings and round up the fleeing soldiers.
Seeing that the situation in the vige was stable, Su Le informed Bai Guo and asked them to apany Lin Suisui back to the courtyard she had previously lived in.
Along with them were Mrs. Luo and the others, who had just received the news and were picked up from the mountain.
It was also at this moment that Mrs. Luo realized that those seemingly gentle and kind vigers were actually sinister people with ulterior motives and that her family had actually been in great danger. If not for Fang Eng being in the army and their status as refugees, they would have been sent to the silver mine asborers as soon as they arrived at the vige.
¡°Why don¡¯t you guys go to Cloud Mountain City with us this time?¡± Lin Suisui looked at Mrs. Luo, who still had lingering fear, and thought for a moment before suggesting, ¡°Didn¡¯t you say that you guys could open a small food shop?¡±
¡°We originally wanted to wait for another two years, but from the looks of it, we have to push our ns ahead.¡± After this scary incident, Mrs. Luo thought things through.
She nodded at Lin Suisui gently and didn¡¯t refuse this kind offer anymore. ¡°When we went to Cloud Mountain City, he took a look at the houses. We¡¯re not going to stay in the bustling area of the city. If we live at the edge, we can afford a house with a shop.
Although it would be a little cramped for the entire family to live together, they could buy a bigger house after a few years.
It¡¯ll be more reassuring and safer than our current situation. If you hadn¡¯t discovered something this time, our family probably wouldn¡¯t have even known how we died.¡±
Chapter 364 - 364 Once and For All
364 Once and For All
Because Lu Ze was very decisive and ruthless this time, he didn¡¯t give the other party any room to remedy things. He obtained all the evidence rted to the silver mine.
Song Minghui, who had stayed in Cloud Mountain City, wasn¡¯t idle either. As Lu Ze brought people to eliminate the bandit soldiers inside and outside the silver mine, Song Minghui quickly attacked and surrounded the Lin family¡¯s home and the Gu family¡¯s home.
For a moment, the entire Cloud Mountain City was in a state of panic. Even the fourth prince, who was in Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry, couldn¡¯t help but be a little dissatisfied when he received the news.
Why didn¡¯t he know about such an important matter?
!!
However, just as he was about to participate, Pei Qian had already received the news and appeared in front of the fourth prince.
¡°I actually didn¡¯t know about such an important matter!¡± Although the fourth prince had always been very polite to Pei Qian, he was a little angry this time.
However, Pei Qian, who knew the fourth prince better than the fourth prince knew himself, wasn¡¯t anxious at all. He only bowed to the fourth prince and said calmly, ¡°Your Highness, it¡¯s best if you pretend not to know anything about this.¡±
¡°Why?¡± The fourth prince was surprised when he heard this and looked at Pei Qian in confusion. ¡°What do you mean? Although I¡¯m not too sure about the exact situation, it involves the Gu family and the Lin family.
These two families have always sided with us!
Won¡¯t you be cutting off your own arm if you uproot them like this?¡±
Perhaps because they were rtively weaker, these two families had long submitted their allegiance to the fourth prince when he was still in the capital. Although the fourth prince had not interacted with them that much this time, he still subconsciously treated them as his own people.
Therefore, in his opinion, Pei Qian and the others attacking these two families was tantamount to self-destruction.
¡°Your Highness, don¡¯t tell me you really think that by writing a letter to you, they¡¯ve submitted to you?¡± Pei Qian looked at the fourth prince in contempt andughed as he said, ¡°You probably don¡¯t know that they¡¯ve also sent the same letter to the crown prince and the third prince.
The main reason I arranged to attack them this time is not because of anything else, but because their actions have already threatened our interests.¡±
Pei Qian looked at the fourth prince coldly and his serious attitude made the fourth prince tense up. The fourth prince was no longer so aloof and nonchnt.
¡°They colluded with the northern barbarians and filled the army with mountain bandits and idlers. No matter which crime it is, it¡¯s enough to bring great damage to your reputation!
Of course, if that was all, there would be no need for me to be so ruthless to them!
However, what I really can¡¯t tolerate is that in order to obtain military merit, they actually ughtered the vigers in the north! If this had happened at any other time and if you didn¡¯t want to offend anyone, I could have just turned a blind eye!
But you¡¯re in the north now.
If this matter is really exposed, what do you think the officials will think of you? What will the civil and military officials think of you?¡±
Also, how will the Third Prince¡¯s faction seize this opportunity to frame you?¡±
Pei Qian¡¯s questions made the fourth prince¡¯s face turn pale.
That¡¯s right. If all of this was really exposed, his future¡
¡°Therefore, it¡¯s best if you don¡¯t participate in this matter. No matter who pleads with you next, it¡¯d be best if you ignore them.¡± As Pei Qian looked at the fourth prince, he was very satisfied with his flustered and uneasy attitude. Then, he continued, ¡°Your Highness, what you need now is a good reputation.
Also, control of the northern region¡¯s military has to be in our hands!
¡°Eliminating the Gu family and the Lin family is also a good opportunity for us to ce our people! The Third Prince is still a distance away from the north, so we have to seize the opportunity now and make arrangements in advance so we can take all the credit. When we return to the capital, it¡¯ll be toote even if the Third Prince is dissatisfied.¡±
¡°Not bad. I¡¯m lucky to have a wise minister like you.¡± After hearing Pei Qian¡¯s story, thest trace of worry on the fourth prince¡¯s face was swept away and he nodded with a smile of satisfaction. ¡°However, I heard that you entrusted this matter to Gu Eng?
Can that person really be trusted?!¡±
¡°Your Highness, I can guarantee that I have the same n as him.¡± Pei Qian lowered his eyes slightly and said calmly, ¡°Just focus on recuperating in the residence for the time being.¡±
¡°Speaking of which, I¡¯ve been feeling a little ufortable recently.¡± At this point, embarrassment shed across the fourth prince¡¯s face and he gave the servants beside him a look. After they left, he walked to Pei Qian¡¯s side and said to him in a low voice, ¡°Do you know any doctor who can treat that kind of illness?¡±
¡°Huh?¡± Pei Qian was stunned for a moment and looked at the fourth prince in shock. ¡°Your Highness, are you feeling unwell?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s because I¡¯ve been injured recently, but I¡¯m actually feeling a little weak.¡± Perhaps because he didn¡¯t treat Pei Qian as an outsider, the fourth prince finally couldn¡¯t help but reveal, ¡°I can¡¯t suppress this urge, but I can¡¯t do anything¡¡±
¡°May I ask, Your Highness, how long have you been like this?¡± Since he had already made it so obvious, Pei Qian couldn¡¯t pretend not to understand. However, when he heard this familiar symptom, he recalled that a certain someone had once used a drug on his uncle¡
She was a vengeful person, so how could she tolerate the fourth prince plotting against her again and again?!
With new and old grudges added together, there was no way she was willing to let him off the hook!
¡°It¡¯s been a while.¡± The fourth prince said in embarrassment, ¡°I didn¡¯t think too much about it at first. It¡¯s just that recently, I¡¯ve been a little¡ Ahem, help me ask around!¡±
¡°Alright.¡± Pei Qian nodded and promised very seriously, ¡°Your health is not a small matter, so I¡¯ll arrange for someone to take your pulse quickly.¡±
¡°By the way, didn¡¯t Madam Liu say that she¡¯s a divine doctor?¡± Seeing Pei Qian nod, the fourth prince suddenly thought of something and said, ¡°Why don¡¯t you ask her toe over and take a look at me?¡±
¡°Your Highness, how can a female doctor like her check your symptoms?¡± Pei Qian almost lost hisposure. He had already been screwed over so badly, but he still had not given up¡
Wasn¡¯t he afraid that she would really cripple him once and for all?!
Chapter 365 - 365 Aftermath
365 Aftermath
¡°No, ask her first. If Madam Liu can treat me, there¡¯s no harm in troubling her.¡± The fourth prince didn¡¯t feel that there was anything wrong with it or think that his request was overboard.
He was a prince. In the entire northern region, who was more e than him?
¡°I¡¯ll arrange it when I get back.¡± After Pei Qian nced at the brazen fourth prince, he bowed and left.
It was impossible tomunicate with such a fool.
!!
When Pei Qian came to look for Lu Ze, he didn¡¯t expect Lin Suisui to be there as well.
For the past two days, Lin Suisui had been learning the northern barbariannguage from Lu Ze. When Pei Qian came over, the two of them were huddled together on the low couch by the window and reading a book. When they saw hime in, Lu Ze, who was hugging Lin Suishou with a smile, looked at him with dissatisfaction and disdain.
¡°I didn¡¯t know that you guys were busy here. If I had known, I would haveeter.¡± When he saw that Lu Ze was unhappy, Pei Qian¡¯s anger towards the fourth prince dissipated. After he walked to a chair at the side to sit down, he continued, ¡°It¡¯s fine. You guys can go ahead. I can wait.¡±
¡°What is it?¡± Lu Ze was already used to Pei Qian¡¯s teasing. After he let go of Lin Suisui and sat up, he asked Pei Qian, ¡°Didn¡¯t you go to see the fourth prince? Why are you back so soon?¡±
Although they had made some preparations in the early stages, this matter had blown up after all. Even with Pei Qian¡¯s importance to the fourth prince, it wasn¡¯t easy topletely settle it.
Therefore, Lu Ze was surprised to see Pei Qian return so quickly.
¡°Even if I betray the fourth prince in front of him, he still won¡¯t realize it and might even praise me. Do you believe it?¡±
In front of Lu Ze, Pei Qian didn¡¯t hide his disdain for the fourth prince at all.
However, Lin Suisui, who was listening to them, was confused. In the end, she couldn¡¯t help but ask curiously, ¡°Since you look down on the fourth prince, why did you help him previously?¡±
If not for Pei Qian¡¯s previous contributions to the fourth prince, he wouldn¡¯t have been so highly valued by the fourth prince.
Lin Suisui thought that Pei Qian and the fourth prince had a good rtionship. After all, they were cousins. With such kinship, they were probably loyal to each other.
However, from Pei Qian¡¯s attitude, it seemed that she was overthinking things.
¡°The reason I helped him¡¡± Pei Qian nced at Lin Suisui with indescribable bitterness in his eyes, but he didn¡¯t seem to want to exin. Instead, he turned to look at Lu Ze. ¡°It¡¯s not what you think.¡±
Hearing Pei Qian and Lu Ze talking in riddles, Lin Suisui only thought that it was something inconvenient to say in front of her, so she didn¡¯t ask further. She stood up with her book as she said to the two of them, ¡°If you guys have something to say, I¡¯ll go back first.¡±
¡°Wait,¡± Pei Qian suddenly stopped Lin Suisui, who was about to leave. ¡°Do you know about the fourth prince¡¯s hidden illness, Madam Liu?¡±
¡°What a strange question. How would I know?¡± Lin Suisui turned around and looked at Pei Qian calmly.
¡°If you don¡¯t know, that¡¯s fine.¡± Pei Qian nodded with a smile. ¡°The fourth prince even asked me to help him find a doctor who can treat his hidden illness. If Madam Liu has a suitable doctor, I¡¯ll have to trouble you to introduce him to the fourth prince.¡±
¡°Okay.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t say anything else and simply nodded.
As for whether she would introduce the doctor or not, that was another matter.
This time, Lu Ze and Pei Qian had targeted the Gu family and the Lin family to use this opportunity topletely eliminate corruption in the northern region¡¯s military.
However, although this n sounded simple, it was quite difficult to execute.
No matter what, the Gu family and the Lin family had considerable influence in the north. After so many years of business development, they already had aplexwork of connections in the north.
Now that the two families had been destroyed, their allies were naturally implicated as well.
Among them, the Zhou family and the Song family were naturally the first to bear the brunt.
Zhou Hengchang sat in his seat as he looked at the furious Marquis Sui Ning and his eldest brother and he suddenly couldn¡¯t help but want tough.
These two idiots actually wanted to cooperate with the Gu family and the Lin family and use the Zhou family¡¯s influence in the north to control them¡
Now that things had developed to this point, not only didn¡¯t the two of them reflect upon themselves, but they even directed their anger at Pei Qian, who had exposed everything.
¡°No matter how much you hate me, the Zhou family is your family! How dare you hide such a big matter from us?¡±
Zhou Hengyuan was furious and med Zhou Henchang.
Zhou Hengchang was so close to Pei Qian that he was like Mr. Pei¡¯sckey. He must have known long ago that Pei Qian¡¯s people were going to attack the Gu and Lin families!
However, he had not revealed anything for so long!
He refused to help even though he knew they were doomed!
¡°Brother, you also know that this matter is closely rted to the Zhou family¡¯s future?¡± Zhou Hengchang slowly put down the teacup in his hand and looked up at Zhou Henyuan, who was standing angrily in the ruins, as he said calmly, ¡°I hid it for the sake of the Zhou Family.¡±
You wanted me to tell you everything so that you could go to the Gu and Lin families to snitch and implicate the Zhou family even more?¡±
¡°You should have at least reminded us!¡± Sui Ninghou coughed softly. He couldn¡¯t help but speak up for Zhou Hengyuan with a disapproving look. ¡°After all, we have ties to these two families. Isn¡¯t it too ruthless for you to watch them meet their demise without even saying a single word?¡±
¡°You mean you want our family to be wiped out with the Lin family?¡± Zhou Hengchang turned around and looked straight at Marquis Sui Ning as he asked word by word.
Chapter 366 - 366 Defeating Them One by One
366 Defeating Them One by One
Marquis Sui Ning was rendered speechless and didn¡¯t know how to answer him.
To be honest, after this incident, for once, he wanted to stand on his second son¡¯s side.
The main reason was that the Lin family had really underestimated him and didn¡¯t take him seriously at all.
They wanted to monopolize the benefits, but when something bad happened, they came crying to them and wanted the Zhou family to take the me. How could that work?
!!
At first, he only thought that the Lin family and the Gu family were just profiteering. Who would have thought that they would be so bold as to try to fraudulently im military merits?!
This mistake had already been made, so how could they fix it?
However, he couldn¡¯t say it out loud. After all, the Lin family was his inws. Not only was his wife, but even his eldest son¡¯s wife was rted to the Lin family.
With such a rtionship, how could they sever ties so easily?
He could understand why his eldest son was so angry.
It was because his eldest son was involved in more things. Previously, even with the Lin family¡¯s support, his eldest son was outshone by his second son. Now that the Lin family had copsed, his eldest son was in an even more precarious position!
Now, his eldest son¡¯s position as the heir was in great danger.
¡°You unfilial son!¡± Before Marquis Sui Ning could say anything, he heard a miserable scream outside the door. He saw Madam Sui Ning, whose eyes were red and swollen from crying, rush in with her pale and haggard eldest daughter-inw. She was surrounded by a group of women.
Mrs. Zhou naturally heard Zhou Hengchang¡¯s words. Other than her useless eldest son, she only cared about her maiden family.
Her father had passed away early on, so she returned to the Lin family with her mother since she was young and grew up in the Lin family. Later on, the Lin family arranged a marital alliance with the Zhou family and married her to Marquis Sui Ning.
Her life had been smooth-sailing, so she was even more grateful to the Lin family for taking care of and helping her. Therefore, when she heard Zhou Hengchang treat the Lin family like this she couldn¡¯t suppress her anger anymore and rushed forward to p Zhou Henchang.
¡°Don¡¯t forget that the Lin family¡¯s blood flows in your body! You heartless thing, you¡¯re so cold-blooded! How could you bear to do such a thing, you bastard?!¡±
Madam Zhou cursed Zhou Henchang as she cried. If not for the maidservants who quickly came forward to stop her, she would have pped Zhou Hengchang twice.
¡°Did I force the Lin family to vite thew? Did I force the Lin family ughter more than a thousand vigers just to expand their influence and increase their military achievements in exchange for greater military merits? Did I ask the Lin family hire useless soldiers all these years and profiteer military supplies?
Mother, at least be reasonable!
If not for the fact that I have the Lin family¡¯s blood flowing in my veins, do you think the Lin family would have been so domineering in the north all these years?
Don¡¯t think that the Lin family is full of good people.
The traitor who had instigated my brother into using hemp leaves had already been interrogated. It was the Lin family¡¯s doing!
¡°Although they¡¯ve been submissive and respectful to my father and you all these years, they¡¯ve actually been dissatisfied for a long time. They can¡¯t wait to wipe out our entire family so that they can rece us!¡±
Although Zhou Hengchang knew what his mother would do now, he still stood rooted to the ground and took her p. Then, the corners of his lips curled up as he said sarcastically, ¡°Are you still thinking about relying on the Lin family to help my brother stabilize his position?
Why are you so delusional?
The Lin family are too greedy and will never be satisfied. They will only think of ways to devour the entire Zhou family!
For example, did they tell my brother anything about what they did this time?
Also, when they instigated my brother to poison the soldiers to get them addicted, did they tell him the consequences of doing so?
What do you think the Zhou family relied on to obtain their current status in the north? A marriage alliance with the Lin family?
What a joke!
The Zhou family was able to survive until now because of the deterrence of the Zhou family¡¯s army! The Lin family didn¡¯t give that idea to my brother to help him rise to the top, but topletely destroy the Zhou family¡¯s foundation!
Mother, the reason you¡¯re still standing here and shouting hysterically is because the Zhou family¡¯s army is still around and hasn¡¯t been destroyed by my brother and father¡¯s ipetence!
Therefore, I advise you to stop here.
¡°I¡¯ll quickly think of a way to disassociate the Zhou family from this. At the very least, when this matter is reported to the Imperial Court, our family will be able to escape this cakamity. If you continue to cause trouble, I can¡¯t guarantee the consequences.¡±
Zhou Hengchang¡¯s tone was very indifferent, which immediately angered Zhou Wen. However, this time, she didn¡¯t have the chance to vent her anger.
Because before she could speak, she was stopped by Marquis Sui Ning.
His wife was insensible, but as the Marquis, he knew very well if what Zhou Hengchang said was true or not. Of course, what attracted his attention the most was Zhou Henchang¡¯sst promise.
¡°Hengchang, can you really guarantee that our family can escape from this mess?¡±
From the beginning to the end, this was the only thing Marquis Sui Ning cared about.
As long as he could confirm that this matter would have nothing to do with the Zhou family, he would still be the dignified Marquis Sui Ning. He would still be able to enjoy all the wealth and glory he had now!
As for the Lin family and the Gu family, what did their lives have to do with him?
¡°Father, you know that I¡¯ve never made promises that I can¡¯t keep.¡± After so many years, Zhou Hengchang had already known how to deal with the people in his family.
To be honest, his father was biased, but he wasn¡¯t biased towards his arrogant brother, Zhou Hengyuan, but himself.
The reason he rushed over with his brother after this matter had blown up wasn¡¯t because he was unwilling to see his inws get implicated, but because he was worried that this disaster would affect the Zhou family and his peaceful life.
Chapter 367 - 367 Weakness
367 Weakness
Just like the Zhou family, the Song family was in chaos.
However, unlike Zhou Hengchang, who had the ability to convince his family, Song Minghui clearly didn¡¯t have the ability to control the overall situation. Therefore, his method was different from Zhou Henchang¡¯s. He immediately thought of using external help and got Wei Qing to help him.
Wei Qing was very cooperative. When it was about time, he brought people over.
The Song family had already suffered a huge blow during the previous incident, but most of the people involved this time were from the Song family¡¯s side family. Because of the previous incident in the ministry, the main family was in decline and the side family was even more willful now. The ones in the wrong were those greedy side family members, but now, they were acting as if Song Minghui and the others would bemitting a heinous crime if they didn¡¯t help.
Therefore, when Wei Qing came over, the entire meeting hall was in chaos.
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡± Wei Qing waved the whip in his hand. Just a casual nce from Wei Qing at the door made the man who was closest to him fall back into his seat in fear.
¡°I¡¯m here to bring people back for questioning.¡± Wei Qing couldn¡¯t be bothered to waste his breath. After he nodded at Song Minghui, who was sitting at the head of the table, he raised his hand. Then, the guards rushed in from outside and tied up all the men. They dragged them out of the door amidst wails and curses and took them away.
After all of this was settled, Wei Qing turned around and looked at Marquis Beining, who was sitting at the head of the table. ¡°Since the criminals have been taken away, I won¡¯t disturb you anymore.¡±
After saying that, Wei Qing turned around and followed the guards as they came.
When all of this was over, Marquis Beining looked at Song Minghui, who was drinking tea in a leisurely manner. ¡°Are you really not going to ask?¡±
¡°How do you want me to ask?¡± Song Minghui stared at the teacup in his hand as he said in a low voice without even looking up, ¡°The Gu family and the Du family have no way out this time. Although the people who were just taken away have the surname Song, that¡¯s their only tie to the Song family.
All these years, they¡¯ve relied on the power of the ministry to do whatever they wanted in the north.
However, these greedy people don¡¯t know what restraint is. The more we gave them, the greedier they became!
Now, they want to rece us!
If we don¡¯t hurry up and eradicate such a branch family, should we wait for them to devour us instead?¡±
Marquis Beining¡¯s expression changed slightly. He wasn¡¯t an unassertive person, but the passage of time had dwindled his courage and wisdom, making him be timider and timider.
It was also because of this that his worries increased and he was uneasy all the time.
For example, he knew that those people weren¡¯t good people, but for some reason, he felt pity for them. However, he had forgotten that his son, who had always supported the ministry and had been mistreated, was the person he should pity the most in this world.
¡°But they¡¯re our rtives after all. If we really abandon them, it¡¯ll be detrimental to our reputation in the future.¡± Marquis Beining deliberated for a long time before persuading his son, who had clearly made up his mind. ¡°And the Gu family is your mother¡¯s maiden family after all.
Your mother has already fainted from crying a few times because of the Gu family.¡±
¡°What do you think I can do?¡± Song Minghui put down the teacup and turned to look at Marquis Beining, who was sitting at the head of the table, with a smile. ¡°Use the future of our Marquisdom to fill these two big holes that can¡¯t be filled no matter what?
Marquis, do you think I can make Mr. Pei agree to leave a way out for this group of scumbags who ughteredmoners and fraudulently imed military merits?
I remembered that when Mr. Pei came to Cloud Mountain City, I had warned you, my uncle, and the others. I said that Mr. Peis isn¡¯t like General Gao, who colluded with them.
He¡¯s not easy to fool. If things go wrong, entire families can get wiped out!
But did any one of you listen to my warning?
Why did you guys do it in the first ce if you regret it so much now?¡±
Song Minghui sighed as he shook his head regretfully, but his tone was filled with schadenfreude. ¡°Father, you shoulde to your senses. The northern region has changed ever since Mr. Pei came to Cloud Mountain City!¡±
¡°Where¡¯s the fourth prince? Don¡¯t forget that your uncle and the others sent a letter of allegiance to the fourth prince!¡± Even at this point, Marquis Beining didn¡¯t give up and thought of thest trump card he could use.
¡°Isn¡¯t Mr. Pei weakening the fourth prince¡¯s power by attacking his own people?¡±
¡°You¡¯re really naive.¡± After hearing his father¡¯s words, not only was Song Minghui not angry, but he evenughed out loud as he stared at Marquis Beining in contempt.
¡°Who is Mr. Pei? Can the Gu family and the Lin family bepared to him?
Besides, with the fourth prince¡¯s status and his schemes, even if the Gu family and the Lin family risked their lives to serve the fourth prince, they would have to see if the other party was willing to ept their service!
To the fourth prince, be it the Gu and Lin families or the Song family¡¯s side families who had just been taken away, they were just useless soldiers!
There are so many outstanding and powerful people who can swear loyalty to him, so why would he choose such ipetent people?
Do you think he¡¯s that crazy?!¡±
As if he didn¡¯t want to listen to Marquis Beining¡¯s nonsense anymore, Song Minghui stood up as he stared at Beining Hou, who appeared to be stunned by his words, and continued, ¡°This is a very critical period. Even if you don¡¯t care about the future of the ministry, you have to think about it for your own sake.
After all, if the ministry is still around, you can still be the Marquis and enjoy endless wealth in the future. However, if you¡¯re really stripped of your title because of what happened previously, do you think you can still enjoy your life as you do now?¡±
Chapter 368 - 368 Joy of a Housewarming
368 Joy of a Housewarming
Song Minghui¡¯s persuasion finally made Marquis Beining, who still felt a little guilty,e to his senses.
He didn¡¯t attempt to persuade Song Minghui anymore, but he still asked Song Minghui worriedly, ¡°Minghui, those men who were just taken away, they¡¡±
There were some things that Marquis Beining couldn¡¯t bring himself to say out loud.
However, he still felt a lingering sense of worry.
These rtives had done many shameful things all these years. However, this wasn¡¯t the most worrisome thing. In the eyes of Marquis Beining, they were just bullies. Every noble family had one or two poor rtives. Every family had their own difficulties, so this was nothing to him.
He was worried because the group of people who had just been taken away knew about their internal affairs.
If they couldn¡¯t keep their mouths shut during the interrogation and revealed their secrets, then¡
¡°Don¡¯t worry. With me around, my uncles will definitely be taken good care of.¡± Song Minghui smiled at Marquis Beining and said with certainty, ¡°As long as you can think of a way to stabilize the situation in the residence, our ministry will be able to survive this incident safely.¡±
After receiving Song Minghui¡¯s guarantee, Marquis Beining finally heaved a sigh of relief.
He didn¡¯t attempt to persuade Song Minghui anymore. After he picked up his teacup and took a sip, when he looked up again, only Song Minghui¡¯s back was in sight.
The recent turmoil in Cloud Mountain City didn¡¯t affect life in the entire city, which was still bustling with people.
Mrs. Luo and the others had been busy choosing a home in the city recently. Lin Suisui had nothing to do, so she apanied them to look around for houses.
In contrast to that of the prosperous four main roads in the city, the rent for the shops on this northern street was clearly much cheaper.
After choosing for a while, Lin Suisui finally decided on a shop not far from the main street.
This was a three-story building facing the street. There was a small courtyard at the back, and there was a back door that led to the alley behind the street. The location of the shop wasn¡¯t bad, but it could only be used for business and couldn¡¯t amodate people.
¡°I¡¯ll buy this shop.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t hide it from Mrs. Luo and the others anymore. She told them her n directly. ¡°Aunt, don¡¯t refuse. I¡¯m not giving it to you guys for free. Count me in. After you guys earn money, just give me a share.¡±
This was an arrangement made after Lin Suisui discussed it with Lu Ze.
It wasn¡¯t impossible to find a ce Mrs. Luo¡¯s family wanted in Cloud Mountain City, but rtively speaking, it was too remote and it was a little dangerous for three women to open a small food shop for business in such a ce.
In Cloud Mountain City, most of the shops where business could be done were like the shop in front of them. They weren¡¯t big, so it was too crowded for an entire family to live inside.
Therefore, after thinking about it, Lin Suisui finally thought of this solution.
She would buy the shop and be a shareholder. This way, Mrs. Luo and the others wouldn¡¯t object.
After Lin Suisui said this, Mrs. Luo, who had been about to refuse, hesitated. She was silent for a long time before saying, ¡°Alright, we¡¯ll split it 50-50.¡±
Madam Liu, don¡¯t reject me. I have a reason behind making such an arrangement. Listen to me first.
At the moment, there aren¡¯t many other things to spend money on, so the greatest expense is this shop. Whether it¡¯s buying this shop or renting it, it¡¯s a considerable sum.
If you¡¯re willing to buy a share now, you¡¯ll be resolving our urgent needs.
¡°Secondly, our family is unfamiliar with Cloud Mountain City. Without your help, we definitely won¡¯t be able to open this shop!
Therefore, it¡¯s only reasonable for you to take 50% of the profit.¡±
Upon hearing Mrs. Luo¡¯s logical analysis, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t refuse anymore. She nodded in agreement.
When they saw Lin Suisui nod, the smiles on Mrs. Luo and the others¡¯ faces widened and they decided on this courtyard. Then, apanied by the broker, they walked out from the back door. Before long, they arrived outside a small courtyard.
This courtyard wasn¡¯t big, but the house was rtively new and the furnishings inside were quiteplete. Mrs. Luo and the others could move in after unpacking their luggage.
Most importantly, the price wasn¡¯t that expensive, and the house¡¯ location was close to the shop, so Mrs. Luo didn¡¯t hesitate and decided on this ce as their future residence in Cloud Mountain City.
With Lin Suisui¡¯s help, the transfer procedures were naturallypleted quickly. At night, Mrs. Luo and the others officially settled down in the new courtyard.
Originally, Lin Suisui nned to go back, but Mrs. Luo suggested that she stay for dinner. After all, today was the Fang family¡¯s housewarming gathering.
Lin Suisui thought for a moment got someone to send a letter to Lu Ze. At the same time, she informed Yuan Niang.
After receiving the news, Yuan Niang came very quickly. Not only did she bring people over, but she also brought a bunch of things, such as nkets, rice, oil, and salt. They filled the entire cart.
¡°This is the norm in the north. Since it¡¯s a housewarming, I have to give you guys a gift!¡± Yuan Niang entered happily. As she greeted Mrs. Luo, she called the Fang family¡¯s eldest son out to move the things in.
Before they could finish moving the cart of things, anotherrge cart of things was already waiting behind.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t expect Lu Ze toe. Moreover, what surprised her, Mrs. Luo, and the others even more was that he wasn¡¯t the only one who came this time. Fang Eng, who was in the army, was following him.
¡°Why are you here?¡± Lin Suisui came over and tugged at his sleeve curiously as she asked in a low voice, ¡°Didn¡¯t you say that you¡¯ve been very busy these past two days?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t you know?¡± Lu Ze lowered his eyes with a smile, but there was a hint of anger in his tone. ¡°In the north, married couples have to attend housewarmings at the same time. Otherwise, it¡¯ll be discourteous.¡±
¡°Really?¡± Lin Suisui¡¯s eyes widened. Although she believed Lu Ze¡¯s words, she was still a little dubious.
Why hadn¡¯t she heard of such a rule before?
Chapter 369 - 369 Lucky Star
369 Lucky Star
Lu Ze didn¡¯t answer Lin Suisui¡¯s question directly. Instead, he exined tactfully, ¡°Whether it¡¯s the rules or not, don¡¯t you think it¡¯s more respectful for us to visit together?¡±
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t think too much about it. After all, Lu Ze¡¯s words made sense.
Most importantly, she was really happy that Lu Ze coulde. Just as he had said, it was definitely better for her to visit with Lu Ze.
Lu Ze¡¯s arrival made Mrs. Luo and the others both happy and nervous. After all, Lu Ze¡¯s current status was worlds apart from that of Gu Eng during their days in the refugee camp.
!!
When Lu Ze sensed their distance and nervousness, he said to Mrs. Luo and the others, ¡°Mrs. Luo, don¡¯t worry. No matter what happens now or in the future, you just have to treat me as Liu Niang¡¯s husband. There¡¯s no need to be so polite.¡±
Lu Ze¡¯s words reassured Mrs. Luo and the others and the distance between them dwindled.
At dinner, in order to make it more rxing to talk, Mrs. Luo divided them into two tables.
After a few rounds of drinking, the topic they talked about became much more casual. After a while, the topic shifted to the Fang family¡¯s future arrangements.
¡°I¡¯ll go out with my father to work. You don¡¯t have to worry too much.¡± Old Master Fang had good woodworking in the vige and could do masonry as well. He wanted to pass this skillset to his two sons, but his second son had never been interested in these things, so in the end, the person who inherited his mantle was his eldest son.
He and Old Master Fang had gone to the market in Cloud Mountain City today. There was also a ce that introduced work to craftsmen like them. Although there was amission to pay, there wasn¡¯thing wrong with that if everything was legitimate.
¡°If we can¡¯t find a suitable job, we¡¯ll stay in the shop and help my mother and the others. Besides, we don¡¯t have to think about this now. After all, the shop still needs to be renovated. Otherwise, we won¡¯t be able to open it and ept customers.¡±
The eldest son of the Fang family had always had a good temper. When it came to his future, he also had his own ns and arrangements.
When the Fang family¡¯s second son heard his brother¡¯s words, he nodded and smiled heartily. ¡°Then, when I¡¯m on leave, I¡¯lle back and help our mother! After I earn money, I can buy a dowry for our sister!¡±
¡°I don¡¯t want to!¡± Fang Rui¡¯er, who was sitting in the room, blushed when she heard her second brother¡¯s words through the door. She spat in embarrassment as she said to her second brother angrily, ¡°Instead of worrying about me, why don¡¯t you think about yourself first? You¡¯re much older than me, but you¡¯re still single!¡±
Fang Rui¡¯er¡¯s words were met withughter from inside and outside the room. The atmosphere became more rxed.
When Lin Suisui and Lu Ze left Mrs. Luo¡¯s house, it was already veryte. Lin Suisui was in a good mood today, so she drank two sses of alcohol and was a little dizzy as Lu Ze brought her into the carriage. When the carriage started to move, she was still somewhat ditzy.
¡°Lu Ze, I¡¯m so happy today.¡± She tugged at Lu Ze¡¯s sleeve and looked at him with sparkling eyes. ¡°Do you know that ever since I was young, the people around me have never had a good ending?¡±
After she burped, she seemed to have thought of something and looked at him with red eyes as she continued, ¡°After that, when I was with my mentor, my mentor also¡¡±
Sometimes, I feel that I¡¯m not¡¡±
¡°Nonsense.¡± Lu Ze reached out to cover Lin Suisui¡¯s mouth with heartache and interrupted her nagging in a low voice as he pulled the little girl into his arms. He coaxed her gently, ¡°You¡¯re the best girl in the world. What is there not to like?
However, the world is unpredictable. There are many things that you and I can¡¯t control or change. Didn¡¯t I wake up from mya after you married me?
It can be seen that you¡¯re my lucky star!
So don¡¯t let your imagination run wild.¡±
¡°But it was also because I married you that you were hunted down and had no choice but to leave the East Pce.¡± Lin Suisui muttered aggrievedly, ¡°When I was at home, my mother and the others said that my nanny died because I was too stubborn.
¡°I¡¯m really happy to see Mrs. Luo and the others doing well. If possible, I want all of you to be safe and sound forever!¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Lu Ze patted Lin Suisui¡¯s back and his eyes were filled with heartache as he continued to coax her patiently, ¡°That¡¯s all in the past. Everything will be fine in the future.
Besides, you¡¯re not entirely right. My departure from the East Pce wasn¡¯t a disaster, but a blessing.
I¡¯ve actually been nning toe to the north since a long time ago. Not only did you help meplete this arrangement, but you also cured the lingering poison that has tortured me for so long.
¡°In a sense, you¡¯ve been protecting me.¡±
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t say anything. When Lu Ze lowered his head after waiting for a while, he realized that the little girl had already fallen asleep while tugging at hispel.
He didn¡¯t disturb her again. Instead, he helped her change her position carefully so that she could sleep morefortably in his arms. At the same time, he didn¡¯t forget to instruct Su Qi, who was outside the window, to quickly arrange for someone to go back and inform the servant to prepare hangover soup.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t remember what had happenedst night. When she woke up early in the morning, she felt a headache. After she sat up in a daze, she was shocked by the torn sleeve in her hand.
¡®Well¡¡¯
¡°Your Highness, you¡¯re awake?¡± After Bai Guo came in from outside, she happened to see Lin Suisui get up. She quickly went up to hang the drapery on the hook at the side for her. Then, she turned around and called Yin Qiao and the others in to help Lin Suishou wash up.
When she saw that Lin Suisui was still staring at the sleeve in her hand in a daze, she exined to her with a smile, ¡°You drank too muchst night. After you guys came back, Lu Ze fed you hangover soup and took care of you for the entire night. It wasn¡¯t until Su Qi sent a message saying that something had happened to the Imperial City¡¯s government office that he got up and left.
At that time, you were sleeping soundly while tugging at his sleeve. His Highness was afraid of waking you up, so he cut off his sleeve.¡±
Bai Guo¡¯s exnation made Lin Suisui blush and she raised her hand to touch her burning cheek in embarrassment. Before she could exin further, she saw Bai Guo bring over the hangover soup. ¡°This is hangover soup that was brewed early in the morning. Have a bowl. It can relieve your headache.¡±
Chapter 370 - 370 Cold Food Festival
370 Cold Food Festival
Lin Suisui had been living a peaceful life these past few days. Other than going to the medical center every day to check on the situation, she would also visit Mrs. Luo¡¯s shop if it was still early afterwards.
Mrs. Luo¡¯s shop mainly targeted customers who worked outside and ordinary traveling merchants. Therefore, there were no private rooms and only a food hall.
Because the customers they faced weren¡¯t nobles, the renovation of the shop was very simple. They only prepared some tables and primped the wall and floor before opening for business.
Mrs. Luo¡¯s signature dish was braised pork trotters.
!!
Then, they would prepare some wontons as the main dish.
Because the food was delicious, business was quite good.
Every time Lin Suisui went, she would enter from the backyard and talk to Fang Rui¡¯er and Fang Liu in the backyard to ask about the current situation of the shop.
Hearing that everything was going smoothly and that no one hade to cause trouble, Lin Suisui was relieved and mentioned something else. ¡°I have something to ask Uncle Fang and your husband for help with.¡±
What Lin Suisui was talking about was the renovation of the new shop that she had been thinking about.
Because everything was on track at the medical center, Lin Suisui finally began to put the matter of cooperating with the Sun family on the agenda.
The renovation had been arranged in the morning, but what theycked now was reliable manpower.
Lin Suisui had also seen the renovation of the eatery over the past few days, so she naturally wanted to entrust the renovation to Old Master Fang and Fang Dng.
Fang Dng, who had rushed over after receiving the letter, didn¡¯t immediately agree. Instead, he suggested going to the shop to take a look and he also wanted to see the renovation requirements.
Fang Dng had his own concerns about this and exined to Lin Suisui very seriously, ¡°Madam Liu, handing this matter to us means you trust us.
However, as you know, my father and I usually only take on some ordinary work, so we can¡¯t guarantee that we can do the renovation you want. Therefore, we can only go over and take a look first. If we confirm that we can do it, we definitely won¡¯t disappoint you. However, if our craftsmanship isn¡¯t up to par, we can¡¯t just agree, then ruin your n in the end, right?¡±
Upon hearing Fang Dng¡¯s words, Lin Suisui asked Su Le to arrange for someone to bring Fang Dng over to take a look.
When Lin Suisui and Lu Ze were having dinner at night, the Fang family finally sent word that they could take on this job.
After receiving the Fang family¡¯s reply, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t dy. She asked Bai Guo to pass the news to Yuan Niang and ask her to go to the Fang family¡¯s home to settle this matter as soon as possible.
However, very soon, Lin Suisui no longer had time to deal with these shops anymore because the next morning, the county governor¡¯s wife suddenly came to tell her about something she had almost forgotten¡ªthe Cold Food Festival.
The Cold Food Festival was a rather important festival in the north.
Because Cloud Mountain City was close to the border, it had been an important town since ancient times! Countless soldiers had sacrificed themselves to protect their territory here. Therefore, they celebrated the Cold Food Festival to remember those heroes who had sacrificed their lives to protect their homnd and it had be one of the most important holidays in Cloud Mountain City every year.
In the past, the wife of the general who stabilizes the north was in charge of arranging the ritual every year.
However, the northern general¡¯s residence was already sealed off. Seeing that Mr. Pei and the fourth prince, who were rted to the general¡¯s wife, didn¡¯t do anything about it, people understood that the northern general residence would probably be left in the lurch in the future. In that case, County Governor Tang¡¯s wife naturally wouldn¡¯t be so stupid as to rush over at this time.
She was here to discuss how to deal with this matter with Lin Suisui.
Compared to the previous few times when she came, this time, County Governor Tang was much more respectful and humble.
¡°Isn¡¯t there a usual ritual for the Cold Food Festival?¡± Lin Suisui looked at County Governor Tang¡¯s wife as she questioned her indifferently.
Of course, she could tell that County Governor Tang was trying to please her, but she also knew very well how ridiculous this request was.
Since this was an event that happened every year in the north, after so many years of celebration, the rules should be fixed by now!
However, at this moment, Mrs. Tang actually came over to ask her what to do¡
Wasn¡¯t she causing trouble?
¡°Yes, but I wonder if you have anything else to add.¡± County Governor Tang¡¯s wife lowered her eyes. Facing Lin Suisui¡¯s doubts, she felt aggrieved.
It wasn¡¯t that she was causing trouble, but because she had suffered at Madam Pei¡¯s hands before so she just wanted to y it safe¡
¡°Don¡¯t worry, Mrs. Tang. I¡¯m not that fussy. Just follow the usual protocol. As long as everything is done well, I¡¯ll have nothing to criticize.¡±
As Lin Suisui looked at County Governor Tang¡¯s wife, she thought for a moment and understood her concerns and reassured her calmly.
Upon hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s words, County Governor Tang¡¯s wife finally rxed a little. She stood up and promised Lin Suishou solemnly, ¡°Since you say so, I¡¯ll do it without worry. Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll definitely do all of this ording to past protocol.¡±
However, on the day of the ritual, someone has toe and be the chief priest. In the past, the chief priest was the general who stabilizes the north every year, but this year¡ What should we do?¡±
Actually, the thing she wanted to ask the most was to choose the chief priest.
In the past, there weren¡¯t so many big shots in Cloud Mountain City. Now that the general who stabilized the north was disgraced, who should be the chief priest was the biggest problem in front of them.
¡°Madam, go back and make other arrangements first. There¡¯s no hurry. I¡¯ll discuss it with the generalter.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t make things difficult for Mrs. Tang. Although she didn¡¯t give her a response immediately, she gave a very goodpromise. ¡°When the timees, ask Mr. Pei for his opinion. After wee to a conclusion, I¡¯ll ask someone to send a letter to you immediately.¡±
Chapter 371 - 371 Prescription
371 Prescription
Lin Suisui only found out after seeing Lu Ze that night that he actually already knew about this.
¡°Do you want the fourth prince to be the chief priest this year?¡± Lin Suisui held her chin and asked Lu Ze as she looked at the new annotations on her book.
She had also thought about the best arrangement for this matter this afternoon. The fourth prince out was the best candidate.
After all, this was a rare opportunity to win people¡¯s hearts. The fourth prince would definitely like it.
¡°Why did you think of giving him this opportunity?¡± Lu Ze looked up curiously at Lin Suisui, who had her head lowered.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t look up, so she naturally didn¡¯t see the surprise in Lu Ze¡¯s eyes. As she turned a page of the book in her hand, she said, ¡°Isn¡¯t this like giving a carrot and a stick?¡±
Previously, when they dealt with the Gu and Lin families, he didn¡¯t ask the fourth prince for his opinion. Although Pei Qian had already suppressed this matter at that time, the fourth prince was definitely unhappy about it.
At this moment, there was an opportunity to win people¡¯s hearts. If they gave the opportunity to the fourth prince appeared, there was a high chance that they would be able to offsdt the matter of offending him previously.
¡°By the way, there¡¯s something I might need your help with.¡± Lu Ze couldn¡¯t help butugh. As heughed, he thought of something and slowly walked over to sit beside Lin Sui.
¡°What?¡± Lin Suisui looked up at Lu Ze curiously. Seeing his serious expression, she became nervous. ¡°Did the poison in your body make you ufortable again?¡±
¡°No, it¡¯s the poison in the Fourth Prince¡¯s body.¡± Lu Ze looked at the little girl who was taking his pulse seriously as he said in a gentle tone, ¡°Pei Qian helped him find a few doctors previously, but none of them could help.
Because of this matter, the Fourth Prince¡¯s temper has been getting worse and worse these past few days. Therefore, in order to let him calm down and not harm others, Pei Qian found an expert who was good at jumping to atone for his crimes from the prison of the Imperial City government.¡±
¡°Pfft¡ Cough, cough.¡± Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help butugh. She felt that it was inappropriate tough at this moment, so she coughed twice and suppressed the urge tough. Then, she turned to Lu Ze and said, ¡°Pei Qian intends to help the Fourth Prince detoxify the poison?¡±
¡°No.¡± Lu Ze shook his head and deliberated for a moment before exining to Lin Sui, ¡°He wants you to see if there¡¯s a way to keep him hopeful without detoxifying the poison.¡±
¡°Oh, that¡¯s fine.¡± Lin Suisui understood what he meant and she nodded with certainty. ¡°However, the medicine might taste bad.¡±
¡°It doesn¡¯t matter. It¡¯s best if it can be made into pills.¡± What did it have to do with him? Lu Ze didn¡¯t care that the medicine might taste bad.
Lin Suisui nodded in understanding. ¡°Alright, I¡¯ll make it in the next two days.¡±
Since there was no need to consider the taste, then¡
Lin Suisui turned around and asked Lu Ze tentatively, ¡°Then, what if there are side effects?¡±
¡°Pei Qian said that as long as we can make him believe that there¡¯s hope of treatment and keep him alive until he returns to the capital, it¡¯s up to you.¡±
Lu Ze reached out and pinched Lin Sui¡¯s nose gently. He knew what she was thinking, but he condoned her.
After receiving Lu Ze¡¯s response, Lin Suisui had an idea. Therefore, she prepared quickly. In less than two to three days, she prepared what Pei Qian needed.
¡°This pill can relieve the poison for three days at a time.¡± Lin Suisui ced the porcin bottle on the table and introduced it to Pei Qian, who was sitting in front of her, ¡°If you want to use it again in the future, you have to wait at least seven days.
¡°This pill doesn¡¯t taste very good, so you have to get someone to persuade the Fourth Prince. As the saying goes, good medicine tastes bitter. Let him endure it.¡±
¡°That¡¯s it?¡± Pei Qian put down the teacup in his hand. Although he wasn¡¯t in a hurry to reach for the porcin bottle, he didn¡¯t hide his curiosity. After all, based on his understanding of Lin Suisui and with what the Fourth Prince had done to her, she probably wanted to tear the Fourth Prince into pieces.
Now that there was a chance to teach him a lesson, the little girl in front of him actually let it go so easily?
¡°The herbal properties conflict. After all, this medicine is not an antidote, so it¡¯s better to use it less.¡± Lin Suisui looked at Pei Qian as she spoke calmly.
¡°Then what if it¡¯s used often?¡± Pei Qian could tell that Lin Suisui was implying something.
¡°He¡¯ll bepletely crippled.¡± Lin Suisui said with a smile. Although she spoke gently, Pei Qian felt a little unnerved. Lin Suisui said, ¡°Even if the real antidote is found, it won¡¯t help.¡±
¡°How sinister¡¡± Pei Qian swallowed his next words and said in a more roundabout manner, ¡°Where did you get such a powerful thing, Madam Liu?¡±
¡°This prescription was made by a country doctor from the southwest.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t hide the origin of this poison prescription. She took the teacup Lu Ze handed her and took a sip before saying, ¡°That country girl doctor was born into a famous pharmaceutical family and obtained impressive medical skills at a very young age.
However, she had married an inhumane man.
That husband had a sanctimonious appearance, but he was actually a hypocrite. He used the country girl doctor¡¯s family¡¯s wealth to study for the Imperial Examination. In the end, he relied on the country girl doctor¡¯s dowry to find a good job.
However, once people became greedy, they wouldn¡¯t be able to restrain themselves.
After her husband entered the bureaucracy, he was unwilling to just be a county magistrate. At that time, the daughter of a powerful minister in the capital had taken a fancy to him. Unfortunately, he had already married the country girl doctor at that time, and the country girl doctor was already pregnant. He obtained everything he had now through the country girl doctor, so if he abandoned the country girl doctor now, he would be infamous.
Moreover, he was unwilling to ruin his reputation just because of this.
However, he was unwilling to give up on this opportunity to climb up. Therefore, he thought of a foolproof n.¡±
¡°He nned to murder his wife?¡± At this point, even if Lin Suisui didn¡¯t continue, Lu Ze, who was sitting at the side, could tell what she was going to say next. ¡°But if he really murders his wife, no one will be able to protect him if he gets exposed one day!¡±
Chapter 372 - 372 Immortal Jump
372 Immortal Jump
¡°An extremely smart person like him naturally wouldn¡¯t jeopardize his future.¡± Lin Suisui shook her head. Sometimes, the evilness of the human heart really exceeded one¡¯s imagination.
¡°Therefore, the solution he thought of was to attack the country girl doctor and her mother together through his father, who also had ambitions for the family.
They were caught off guard and surrounded by a raging fire.
At that time, her husband, who was still in the capital, appeared to be innocent.
!!
However, none of them expected that when his father was nning to secretly set the fire that night, he muttered to himself and the country girl doctor in the house heard themotion.
However, at that time, she was poisoned and could no longer move, so she could only let the mes burn her body.¡±
At the mention of this, Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help but sigh. ¡°However, there is always a way out. When the fire burned, her husband¡¯s father left the house in order not to be implicated. As the country girl doctor wasn¡¯t that deeply affected by the bewitching powder to begin with, coupled with the pain of the fire, she finally broke free and she struggled to extinguish the fire on her body. Then, she gritted her teeth and escaped through the window at the back.
¡°Unfortunately, although she survived, she lost her left arm and her appearance was ruined. She became a monster that everyone feared.¡±
¡°What happened next?¡± When Pei Qian heard this, he couldn¡¯t help but feel curious.
¡°Her husband got married and became the son-inw of a powerful minister. After he climbed up the socialdder, he lived an extremely carefree life.
Later on, his father returned to his hometown in glory. Because of this, his father became a famous vige squire and took in a few beautiful concubines. He led an extremely happy life.¡±
Lin Suisui sneered in disdain before continuing, ¡°That country girl doctor floated downstream to the beach and happened to encounter my mentor, who was picking herbs.
Seeing that she was pitiful, Mentor brought her back and helped her repair the injuries on her face. Thissted for five years. By the time the country girl doctor could leave the valley and go to the capital to find her enemy, it was already the sixth year.
Her husband had already been transferred back to the capital and was doing well.
Regretfully, he still had no children. It wasn¡¯t that Madam Pei was infertile. She got pregnant with two children, but she didn¡¯t manage to keep them.
After the country girl doctor entered the capital, she treated a few women for infertility. When her reputation spread, it naturally attracted the attention of the couple.
The oue could be imagined.
¡°Later, when the country girl doctor returned to the valley, I was bored and went to look through her medical records. She told me all about the poison.¡±
When Lin Suisui thought of her Senior Sister, who died with hatred, a thought suddenly appeared in her mind.
She probably returned to the past by now¡
If that was the case, would she still be able to reach out and pull her Senior Sister, who wasn¡¯t married yet and had not been wreaked havoc by that hypocrite, out of trouble?
So that she wouldn¡¯t have to repeat the same mistake?!
And mentor¡
Lin Suisui immediately became excited.
¡°Sui Sui, what¡¯s wrong?¡±
Lin Suisui was in a daze when Lu Ze gently pulled her back to her senses. Seeing Lu Ze¡¯s worried expression, she quickly smiled andforted him softly, ¡°I¡¯m fine. I just thought of something and was a little distracted.¡±
¡°Didn¡¯t you already get the pill you wanted? Hurry up and go look for the Fourth Prince.¡± Although Lin Suisui had disguised it very well, Lu Ze could still tell that something was wrong.
He didn¡¯t pursue the matter at this moment. Instead, he turned to look at Pei Qian and urged him to leave.
Pei Qian could actually tell that something was wrong with Lin Sui, so he didn¡¯t stay any longer. He put away the porcin bottle and left.
After Pei Qian left, Lu Ze turned to look at Lin Sui, who was clearly distracted. He asked worriedly, ¡°Are you feeling unwell?¡±
¡°No, I just thought of something that happened in the past.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t want to hide it from Lu Ze. After she sorted the messy memories in her mind, she said, ¡°Do you think there¡¯s really such a thing as defying the heavens and changing fate in this world?¡±
¡°Of course there is,¡± Lu Ze was silent for a long time before saying calmly, but his tone was very certain. ¡°However, some things are up to fate, so it doesn¡¯t mean that you¡¯ll seed. However, if you don¡¯t do it, there will never be any hope.¡±
¡°I think so too.¡± Lin Suisui nodded at Lu Ze with a smile. ¡°I kind of want to do something, but I haven¡¯t thought of what to do yet. I¡¯ll tell you when I figure it out.
Perhaps I have to ask you to help me think of a way to deal with some things!¡±
¡°Alright.¡± Lu Ze reached out and rubbed the top of Lin Sui¡¯s head. After he pulled her into his arms, he patted her back to calm her down. ¡°Then I¡¯ll wait for you.¡±
He was unwilling to interfere in Lin Sui¡¯s matters too much.
However, if she made up her mind, no matter what she wanted to do, he would do his best to help.
While Lin Suisui and Lu Ze were chatting, Pei Qian had already brought the porcin bottle and summoned the badger game expert. Then, they got into a carriage and rushed towards Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry.
¡°Do you remember what I told you previously?¡± Pei Qian looked at the man who was kneeling in front of him while trembling. He smiled and his tone was gentle, but the friendlier he was, the more the man on the ground trembled.
¡°I know.¡± The man nodded hurriedly, for fear that if he said anything wrong, he would be captured again and thrown into that dark dungeon.
¡°What are you afraid of? You can treat all kinds of illnesses!¡± Pei Qian clicked his tongue in disdain. He looked down at the man in front of him. Although he was dressed in a very sagely manner, he actually looked very timid and diffident. ¡°You¡¯re already so frightened that you don¡¯t even dare to look up at me. Won¡¯t you pee your pants when we see the Fourth Princeter?¡±
¡°No, that¡¯s not it. Mr. Pei, I¡¯m just afraid of you.¡± The man thought about it for a long time before exining to Pei Qian, ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I won¡¯t dy you from dealing with your important matters!¡±
Chapter 373 - 373 Trick
373 Trick
Seeing that the intimidation was effective, Pei Qian didn¡¯t pressure him anymore. Instead, he changed his attitude and asked him to sit at the side to calm down in case he acted shifty in front of the Fourth Princeter and aroused his suspicion.
However, it was obvious that Pei Qian had underestimated this badger game expert in front of him.
The moment he alighted from the carriage, the man, who had not even dared to look up from the carriage previously, immediately seemed to have be a different person. With a flick of the dust in his hand, he straightened his body and immediately looked sage-like again.
Pei Qian nced at him in satisfaction. Then, he brought him all the way to the courtyard where the Fourth Prince lived.
!!
Zhou Hengchang had been waiting on the road after receiving the letter. When he saw Pei Qian, he weed him eagerly.
¡°Mr. Pei, you¡¯re finally here.¡± Zhou Hengchang wanted to sigh when he saw Pei Qian. Previously, he thought that protecting the Fourth Prince¡¯s safety was actually a good job. After all, the Fourth Prince wasn¡¯t difficult to serve and he didn¡¯t have to interact with him that much.
But that was in the past.
Zhou Hengchang didn¡¯t know what had happened. Ever since the Gu family and the Lin family¡¯s incident, he realized that the Fourth Prince seemed to have changed. Now, he gave people the feeling that he was a monster trapped in a cage and might go crazy at any time. Sometimes, he would suddenly fly into a rage even without others saying anything.
With his current status, when the Fourth Prince lost his temper, the ones who would suffer would definitely be his subordinates.
For example, this morning, he didn¡¯t know what had happened at all, but was reprimanded and he watched as an innocent little girl was beaten to death by the Fourth Prince.
He wasn¡¯t a coward who had never seen a dead person.
He had killed countless people on the battlefield, so he had always been very indifferent to deaths, but this didn¡¯t mean that he could ept the loss of innocent lives.
That little girl didn¡¯t do anything unforgivable. She served tea and soup, but not the way the Fourth Prince wanted. Therefore, she was executed by the Fourth Prince for disrespect.
¡°I understand. It¡¯s been hard on you during this period of time.¡± Pei Qian could guess what Zhou Hengchang wanted to say from his expression. The Fourth Prince had probably lost control of his emotions again today.
He reached out and patted Zhou Hengchang¡¯s shoulder gently. Then, he said, ¡°Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ve already found a solution. You guys will be much more rxed from now on.¡±
¡°That¡¯s good.¡± Hearing Pei Qian¡¯s assurance, Zhou Hengchang heaved a sigh of relief. The expression on his face rxed a lot as he said in a low voice, ¡°If this continues, I really won¡¯t be able to take it anymore.¡±
Pei Qian smiled, but didn¡¯t say anything else. Instead, he turned around and walked towards a noisy courtyard.
The Fourth Prince was in a terrible state.
Previously, Princess Ning Fu served him, but ever since Princess Ning Fu schemed against others but got schemed against instead, she rarely appeared in front of the Fourth Prince anymore.
It wasn¡¯t that she didn¡¯t want to, but she didn¡¯t dare to.
Now, as soon as she appeared, she would be scolded and punished by the Fourth Prince. As a result, Princess Ning Fu couldn¡¯t help but tremble at the mention of the Fourth Prince.
The Fourth Prince couldn¡¯t find anyone to vent his anger on, so in the end, all his anger was directed at the servants serving him in Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry.
When Pei Qian entered, the Fourth Prince was barefooted. His hair was disheveled as he held a horsewhip and whipped the little eunuch, who was lying on the ground and barely breathing.
¡°Your Highness, calm down.¡± After Pei Qian nced at the badly mangled little eunuch on the ground, he advised the Fourth Prince in a low voice.
¡°How can I calm down? Trash, they¡¯re all trash!¡± The Fourth Prince turned around and roared at Pei Qian angrily, ¡°There are so many doctors, but none of them can treat my illness!
Do you know what this means to me?!¡±
¡°Your Highness, I¡¯m here to tell you good news.¡± Pei Qian lowered his eyes slightly and said calmly, ¡°I¡¯ve found an expert who can treat Your Highness¡¯s secret illness.¡±
¡°What did you say? Are you serious?¡±
When the Fourth Prince, who was already on the verge of despair, heard this news, he ignored the shattered porcin on the ground and rushed to Pei Qian. ¡°Is there really someone who can treat my illness?¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Pei Qian nodded and said with certainty, ¡°Previously, I only thought of doctors. Since desperate times call for desperate measures, I asked Madam Liu for help.¡±
¡°Madam Liu?¡± The Fourth Prince frowned at Pei Qian in confusion. ¡°What does this have to do with her?¡±
¡°A few days ago, I found an opportunity to ask Madam Liu if she knew any reliable doctors. I couldn¡¯t say that you had a hidden illness, so I found an excuse and said that my friend needed help.
Madam Liu said that in the Three Pure Ones Temple outside the city, there¡¯s a Mage who¡¯s very good at treating all kinds of difficult illnesses. She asked me to go over and ask that Mage if there¡¯s a way to help.¡±
Pei Qian looked at the Fourth Prince and exined, ¡°I just wanted to give it a try, so I sent someone to invite that Mage over. I didn¡¯t expect this person to really have the ability to help.¡±
¡°Mage?¡± The Fourth Prince felt that hope was slim.
Even the so-called divine doctor was helpless. Could a Mage really treat his illness?!
¡°Your Highness, at this moment, even slim hope is better than nothing.¡± Pei Qian could see the Fourth Prince¡¯s distrust and suspicion, so he smiled and said calmly, ¡°Why don¡¯t we give it a try?¡±
¡°Alright.¡± After the Fourth Prince thought about it for a moment, he finally agreed to Pei Qian¡¯s arrangements.
Seeing that the Fourth Prince agreed, Pei Qian turned around and gave Qian He, who was behind him, a look. Qian He immediately arranged for someone toe in. As he helped the Fourth Prince wash up, he quickly cleaned up the mess in front of him.
When the sage-like Mage Chi Songzi walked into the room to pay his respects, the Fourth Prince resumed his refined and gentle facade once again.
¡°Heavenly Venerable Immeasurable.¡± Chi Songzi recited his Dharma name to the Fourth Prince. Then, he nced at the Fourth Prince calmly. Before the Fourth Prince could ask, he said, ¡°Your illness is not difficult to cure.
The cycle of karma is predestined.
You will carry a heavy burden in the future, so this illness is just a test from the heavens. You don¡¯t have to worry. Just face it calmly.¡±
Chapter 374 - 374 Persuasion
374 Persuasion
¡°Face it calmly?
As soon as Chi Songzi said this, the Fourth Prince immediately wanted to smash the teacup in his hand at his head. Then, he would get someone to drag this old priest out and chop him up!
However, after seeing Pei Qian signal him to calm down, he suppressed his anger.
¡°That¡¯s right. Your future is something that mortals can¡¯tpare to. Anyone of such noble status will have to suffer unbearable pain. Only by tempering oneself thousands of times can one be the rightful ruler.¡±
!!
Chi Songzi stroked his long beard, like an expert who knew everything.
His words actually piqued the Fourth Prince¡¯s interest. After all, the honorable position he was talking about¡
He was thinking of the same thing.
Thinking of this, the Fourth Prince was willing to listen to Chi Songzi continue, so he said, ¡°You make it sound nice, but is there a way to treat my illness?!
Even if you¡¯re right and I obtain an honorable position in the future, that¡¯s still in the future!
If news of my hidden illness spreads, I¡¯ll only be aughing stock!¡±
Chi Songzi looked up at the Fourth Prince calmly as he enticed him, ¡°I¡¯m not that talented, but there¡¯s still a way for me to treat your illness.¡±
The Fourth Prince didn¡¯t expect Chi Songzi to say that he could treat his illness without even taking his pulse. The Fourth Prince was in disbelief, but he was also looking forward to it.
Chi Songzi¡¯s bluff actually appeased the Fourth Prince.
Seeing that the two of them were chatting happily, Pei Qian didn¡¯t stay here. He wasn¡¯t worried that Chi Songzi would betray him. After all, he had a way to keep Chi Songzi in check. If Chi Songzi did anything wrong, there would naturally be people around to make him behave.
After leaving the room calmly, Pei Qian went to look for Zhou Hengchang, who was still guarding the courtyard door.
Pei Qian exined the Fourth Prince¡¯s condition to Zhou Hengchang. Then, despite Zhou Hengchang¡¯s strange expression, he continued, ¡°I found that priest tofort the Fourth Prince.
¡°Keep an eye on him these few days. It¡¯s best if he stays in the courtyard. If he wants to go out, arrange for someone to guard him and satisfy his requests. If he causes trouble, just teach him a lesson.¡±
Pei Qian couldn¡¯t guarantee that he would be able to stay in Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry for the next few days, so he had to instruct Zhou Hengchang, who had been guarding this ce for a long time.
Zhou Hengchang froze for a long time before he came back to his senses from the shocking news. After a while, he stammered, ¡°Am I going to get killed?¡±
The Fourth Prince had a hidden illness¡
He finally understood why the Fourth Prince had been acting more and more abnormal these past few days! If it were anyone else, they wouldn¡¯t be able to tolerate such an illness either.
As a prince, it wasn¡¯t easy for him to tolerate this illness for so long.
¡°Shut up? Don¡¯t let your imagination run wild!¡± Pei Qian nudged Zhou Hengchang in amusement. Then, he said, ¡°I have other things to deal with recently, so I¡¯ll have to trouble you to deal with the Fourth Prince.¡±
Zhou Hengchang heaved a sigh of relief. Actually, he wasn¡¯t really afraid or worried. He just felt that this matter was a little beyond his imagination.
While Pei Qian was instructing Zhou Hengchang, Chi Songzi had already appeased the Fourth Prince. After keeping the Fourth Prince hanging for a long time, he finally relented and expressed his willingness to refine pills to treat the Fourth Prince.
In order to prove his abilities, he took out an ¡°immortal pill¡± that he had prepared long ago and let the Fourth Prince try it.
¡°This pill can¡¯t cure the illness, but it can relieve the symptoms.¡± Chi Songzi looked at the Fourth Prince as he said with a profound expression, ¡°If you want to recover, you have to prepare the pill form for this pill.¡±
¡°Immortal Master, feel free to arrange it. If there¡¯s anything you need, just tell me. I¡¯ll definitely cooperate and satisfy you.¡± When he heard that it could treat his illness, the Fourth Prince naturally agreed.
He instructed Qian He, who was guarding at the side, to call Pei Qian.
After Pei Qian came in and exined everything, he couldn¡¯t wait to get Chi Songzi to go out and prepare. He was afraid that if he was a day slower, it would affect the speed at which the pills were refined.
Pei Qian waited for Qian He to bring Chi Songzi out before saying to the Fourth Prince, ¡°Your Highness, you can believe some of that priest¡¯s words, but you can¡¯t believe everything he said. After all¡¡±
¡°Although that priest seems strange, he¡¯s quite capable.¡± Before Pei Qian could finish, the Fourth Prince interrupted him excitedly and continued, ¡°You were right previously. At this moment, even slim hope is better than nothing.
Don¡¯t worry, I know what I¡¯m doing. I won¡¯t be fooled by him.
¡°When my condition improves, I¡¯ll listen to your arrangements, Song Tao.¡±
¡°In that case, I¡¯m relieved. Actually, apart from this matter, there are two other things I need your help with.¡± Pei Qian didn¡¯t intend to spend any more effort on this matter. Seeing that the Fourth Prince had fallen into his trap, he changed the topic to something else.
¡°What is it?¡± Seeing how serious Pei Qian was, the Fourth Prince naturally didn¡¯t dare to be careless.
¡°It¡¯s about the Cold Food Festival,¡± Pei Qian said straightforwardly. Seeing the Fourth Prince ask, he exined to the Fourth Prince, ¡°In the past, General Gao was the chief priest. However, since you¡¯re in the northern region this year, I think it¡¯s more appropriate for you to be the chief priest.¡±
¡°It¡¯s thatplicated?¡± When the Fourth Prince heard Pei Qian¡¯s long introduction, he felt a little troubled.
Actually, it wasn¡¯t that he couldn¡¯t endure hardship, but his mood had been unstable recently, so he was worried that if anything went wrong, he would ruin things.
¡°Your Highness, the Cold Food Festival is a big deal in the northern region. It¡¯s held to worship those heroes who fought for the country and died on the battlefield.¡± Pei Qian knew why the Fourth Prince didn¡¯t want to get involved in this matter, but he pretended not to know and continued to exin calmly, ¡°It will be very helpful to improving your reputation in the northern region.¡±
Chapter 375 - 375 Discussion
375 Discussion
Although the Fourth Prince found it troublesome, he could not refuse the benefits this matter could bring him. Therefore, in the end, he agreed to this arrangement ording to Pei Qian¡¯s wishes.
However, there had never been a free lunch in this world. After persuading the Fourth Prince to agree to be the main priest, Pei Qian startedining about their poverty in front of him.
Things weren¡¯t easy for the families of the soldiers who had died in the war. Every year, the Cold Food Festival was a time for families to do good deeds. The rich families in the northern region would fork out some money to help the families of military households who had lost their fathers, husbands, sons, and so on.
After the Fourth Prince heard this, he originally nned to donate 10,000 taels of silver, but Pei Qian stopped him.
¡°Your Highness, I know you¡¯re being generous, but you have to consider the situation in the northern region.
If you donate 10,000 taels of silver, what will the remaining noble families do? They¡¯re not as rich as the noble families in the capital. If they don¡¯t keep up with your donation, the others will think that it¡¯s because you don¡¯t have any prestige that these noble families won¡¯t give you face. However, it¡¯ll be a little difficult for everyone to donate ording to the same amount as yours.
Although those people won¡¯t say it on the surface, they¡¯ll feel troubled deep down.¡±
The Fourth Prince had always been more amenable to Pei Qian¡¯s advice. Although he felt that it was a little embarrassing to only fork out 2,000 taels, he epted Pei Qian¡¯s suggestion to donate 2,000 taels in his name to support the families of military households who had lost their family members and were living in poverty.
After Pei Qian settled everything on the Fourth Prince¡¯s side, he left Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry and went back to report to Lin Suisui and the others.
After receiving the letter, Lin Suisui sent Bai Guo to arrange for someone to tell the county governor¡¯s wife that the Fourth Prince had agreed to be the head priest and had even donated 2,000 taels of silver.
With this confirmation, the county governor¡¯s wife heaved a sigh of relief and a smile finally appeared on her face.
Although it was very good that the Fourth Prince agreed to be the head priest, there were many drawbacks.
What worried her the most was the amount of money donated.
If the Fourth Prince followed the rules of the capital, they, who were not rich to begin with, would probably suffer heavy financial losses.
Fortunately, he only donated 2,000 taels of silver. Although donating 1,000 taels of silver was a lot for them, they could still afford it.
Therefore, the county governor¡¯s wife began to organize this year¡¯s Cold Food Festival without dy.
Although the weather in the northern region was still cold, every family would still prepare some sweet green rice balls to worship their ancestors. If they found it troublesome to make, they would go out to buy them from the vendors outside.
Mrs. Luo was good at making sweet green rice balls. This was the first Cold Food Festival in the northern region this year, so after learning about the customs in the northern region, Mrs. Luo began to make preparations.
Aunt Luo¡¯s sweet green rice balls were selling very well.
Lin Suisui sat in the backyard of the Fang family¡¯s eatery as she watched Fang Liu and Fang Rui¡¯er make sweet green rice balls.
¡°We¡¯ve been very busy these past few days. Fortunately, you let my father and husbande back. Otherwise, the three of us wouldn¡¯t have been able to handle it.¡±
As Fang Liu was busying, she didn¡¯t forget to thank Lin Sui.
¡°It¡¯s fine. Many workers have to go home for the Cold Food Festival, so we might as well stop work for a few days. It¡¯s better to work with peace of mind after everyone is done busying.¡±
Lin Suisui was teaching Fang Rui¡¯er how to recognize herbs. When she heard Fang Rui¡¯er¡¯s words, she smiled and replied, ¡°But this isn¡¯t a long-term solution. This eatery is getting more popr every day, so have you considered hiring a few assistants to help?¡±
The restaurant had been getting busier every day recently. Mrs. Luo was old, and Fang Liu was pregnant. Although Fang Rui¡¯er could also endure hardship, she was still an unmarried woman, so there were many things that she could not take care of.
Mr. Fang and the Fang family¡¯s eldest son still had to work outside. It was rare for them to have time to help in the shop, so Lin Suisui thought of this method to relieve their pressure.
¡°I¡¯ve mentioned this to my mother, but she can¡¯t bear to.¡± Fang Liu thought of Mrs. Luo¡¯s previous response and sighed helplessly. ¡°My mother said that hiring people will cost money. Our shop hasn¡¯t been open for long. Although business seems to be doing well now, who knows what will happen in the future?
Therefore, she would rather tire herself out than spend additional money to hire people, which would increase the cost.¡±
¡°That won¡¯t do.¡± Lin Suisui shook her head gently and said disapprovingly, ¡°Your health is much more important than money. How about this? Leave this to me. There¡¯s no need for too many people to work in the shop at the moment. I¡¯ll get Bai Guo to go back to the brokerage and hire two reliable people first.¡±
Lin Suisui could understand why Mrs. Luo was unwilling to hire people.
It was because she had a stake in it. If she lost money, even if she didn¡¯t mind, with Mrs. Luo¡¯s personality, how could she be at ease?
Therefore, Mrs. Luo was very careful with every cent she spent managing the business.
This was not what Lin Suisui wanted to see. However, she didn¡¯t want Mrs. Luo to worry too much, so she finally thought of this method.
¡°As you know, Yanxi Hall is about to open for business. I can use the eatery to test people. If they¡¯re reliable, it¡¯ll be convenient to use them in the future.¡±
Lin Suisui noticed Fang Liu¡¯s hesitation and worry, so she exined things.
Fang Liu knew very well what kind of customers Yanxi Hall was targeting and what kind of customers their restaurant was targeting. Even if they worked in their shop for the rest of her life, they might not have the chance to serve those nobledies.
Fang Liu knew this very well, but she didn¡¯t expose it. This was because she knew very well that this was Lin Sui¡¯s good intentions. She could not let her down.
Fang Liu hesitated for a moment before saying, ¡°Alright, we¡¯ll do as you say, Madam Liu!¡±
Chapter 376 - 376 Voodoo
376 Voodoo
Lin Suisui wanted to stay in the Fang family¡¯s shop for lunch, but things didn¡¯t go ording to n. Peach, who had been following Yuan Niang, suddenly rushed over in a hurry. She said that something had happened at the medical center and asked her to go over immediately.
Doctor Luo and the others were watching over the medical center now. Under normal circumstances, there wouldn¡¯t be any major problems. This was the first time he hade to look for her in such a hurry.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t dare to stay any longer. She stood up and bid farewell to Fang Liu before leaving for the medical center.
When Lin Suisui alighted from the carriage in the alley behind the medical center, Yuan Niang was already waiting at the door.
¡°Madam, you¡¯re finally here.¡± Upon seeing Lin Sui, Yuan Niang quickly walked over and told her about the situation in the medical center. ¡°We encountered a few patients with strange conditions. Doctor Luo and the others went up to check their pulses, but they didn¡¯t find anything amiss.
It would have been fine if it were anything else, but there were six patients with simr symptoms, so Doctor Luo is afraid that¡¡±
Yuan Niang looked around warily. Although there was no one around, she was still very careful not to say that name. She just looked at Lin Suisui quietly and said to her with a knowing expression, ¡°It¡¯s about what you experienced in the refugee camp previously.¡±
¡°Where¡¯s Doctor Luo?¡± When Lin Suisui heard Yuan Niang¡¯s words, she became nervous. However, she didn¡¯t panic. Instead, she asked about Doctor Luo¡¯s whereabouts.
¡°Doctor Luo is waiting upstairs. I¡¯ll bring you there.¡± Yuan Niang brought Lin Suisui up to the third floor to see Doctor Luo, who was waiting there.
¡°Let¡¯s skip the formalities for now and get down to business first.¡± Lin Suisui reached out to stop Doctor Luo, who was about to bow when he saw her, and she said straightforwardly, ¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
Doctor Luo nodded and told Lin Suisui the entire story, ¡°These patients were sent over the day before yesterday and the people who sent them over were bailiffs from the county governor¡¯s residence.
These people were all members of a caravan from the north. They said that they had encountered trouble on the way and that the people from the patrol camp outside had encountered them, so they were saved and sent to the county governor¡¯s residence for interrogation.
In the northern region, there are many caravans like this every year and they¡¯re considered lucky to have survived.
Therefore, the county governor didn¡¯t pay much attention to it at first. However, the day before yesterday, these people suddenly began to develop high fevers, and right on the heels of that, their limbs began to show signs of stiffness.¡±
When Doctor Luo thought of the situation of the most seriously ill person, he couldn¡¯t help but shiver and he felt a chill run down his spine. ¡°You didn¡¯t see it, but the most seriously ill person has already¡¡±
¡°Let¡¯s go and take a look.¡± Lin Suisui stood up as she spoke and gestured for Doctor Luo to lead the way.
Although Doctor Luo had hoped that Lin Suisui woulde over quickly before she came, now that she was really here, Doctor Luo was a little hesitant.
After all, this illness was very abnormal. It would be fine if it was just an ordinary difficult illness, but if it was the gue¡
¡°We both know how to deal with the gue. Regardless of whether those people contracted the gue or not, we¡¯ll just take precautions ording to how we dealt with the gue,¡± Lin Suisui said as she gestured for Bai Guo to bring the mask she had prepared long ago. She also put on a tight bib.
Not only Lin Sui, but even Doctor Luo made the same precautions. Then, the two of them walked towards the room where these patients were ced on the second floor.
Although ording to Doctor Luo and the others¡¯ description, Lin Suisui was already mentally prepared, when she really saw the few people who were infected this time, she was shocked yet also relieved.
¡°This isn¡¯t the gue.¡± After Lin Suisui briefly checked the situation of a few people, she stood up with certainty and turned to Doctor Luo. ¡°This is the shaman¡¯s voodoo.¡±
Lin Suisui turned to look at Doctor Luo and said with certainty, ¡°However, the symptoms are not purely that of voodoo. There should be something else mixed in.¡±
Over the past few days, Lin Suisui had been studying the northern barbariannguage and rted shaman techniques, so she was familiar with the situation in front of her. It was the symptoms of shaman voodoo.
¡°Voodoo?¡± Doctor Luo was stunned. It wasn¡¯t that he hadn¡¯t heard of those strange things before, but this was the first time he had personally seen them.
This was¡
How terrifying!
¡°Yes, the shaman priest¡¯s Dharma artifacts are all made of human bodies.¡± Lin Suisui nodded at Doctor Luo as she exined to him in a low voice, ¡°In order to obtain aplete human skin or aplete human bone, the shaman priest has a unique disposal technique.
As for the people in front of us, they¡¯re probably the materials for the human skin drum.¡±
¡°Human skin drum?¡± Doctor Luo¡¯s scalp went numb and he looked at Lin Suisui Sui in shock.
Lin Suisui pointed at the shrinking limbs of the most seriously ill patient as she exined to Doctor Luo, ¡°Look, the first part to shrink are the limbs, and the next to shrink is the head.
As the head shrinks, the entire body will be supported. Then, all the organs inside will shrink and disappear before being absorbed by the flesh. Slowly, even the flesh will disappear and shrivel before eventually forming aplete human skin drum.¡±
A Dharma artifact made with such cruel methods would actually be used to pray for blessings from the heavens¡
Who would have thought of that?
¡°However, the method of making a human skin drum is very cumbersome. If one isn¡¯t careful, one might fail. Therefore, in order to ensure sess, they usually sacrifice as many ves as possible.
After all, in the eyes of those northern barbarians, ves are lesser than pigs and dogs. They can¡¯t even be considered humans.¡± As Lin Suisui spoke, she had already circled around the beds of the patients before finally stopping in front of Doctor Luo. ¡°But these people don¡¯t look like ves.¡±
Chapter 377 - 377 Shaman
377 Shaman
¡°Is there a big difference?¡±
Doctor Luo looked at Lin Suisui in confusion. Whether they were ves or not, weren¡¯t they still human?
¡°It¡¯s different.¡± Lin Suisui shook her head. Then, she squatted down and continued to stare at the man. Apart from his slightly heaving chest proving that he was still alive, there were almost no other signs of a living person on his pale face.
¡°As I just said, making a human skin drum is very cumbersome, and the conditions for sess are quite harsh. Therefore, in order to increase the sess rate of making it, shamans will specifically raise ves to be made into Dharma artifacts.
From a young age, these ves would be fed special herbs. This way, after years of umtion, the bones in their bodies would be rtively more flexible.
This way, when making leather drums, the bones wouldn¡¯t be too stiff and copse in the end. Shamans usually chose suitable ves to be made into Dharma artifacts and definitely wouldn¡¯t randomly capture a few passing merchants to make up the numbers.
These people do look like merchants, so how could they have been nted with such a cruel and terrifying voodoo?¡±
Lin Suisui stood up and turned to ask Doctor Luo, ¡°Did the constable who sent them here say where theirpanions are now?¡±
¡°Eight of them escaped together. Six of them have simr symptoms, and the remaining two are in our medical center. In order to prevent unnecessary trouble, I arranged for them to stay in the guest room at the side and rest. If you want to see them, I¡¯ll bring you there now.¡±
Doctor Luo was afraid that they had a contagious illness like the gue, so he made them stay just in case.
Now that he heard Lin Sui¡¯s question, he quickly replied and said that he could lead the way at any time.
After Lin Suisui came out, she took off her bib and mask. After resting for a while, she stood up and instructed Doctor Luo to lead the way. Then, she followed him to the room where thest two merchants were settled.
¡°Can you tell me what you experienced in the northern barbarian territory?¡±
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t waste her breath. As soon as she entered, she said, ¡°As you know, among the eight of you who came back together, six of yourpanions have already started to suffer from the poison.
In this current situation, perhaps you guys are infected as well!
¡°Therefore, in order for yourpanions to survive and for you guys to survive, I suggest that you don¡¯t hide anything and tell me everything you know.¡±
These two people actually were not in a good state now.
The illness theirpanions had frightened them. Even though they were knowledgeable and worldly, they were still a little frightened when they saw such a strange and terrifying illness.
Of course, they were more afraid that they would be like theirpanions and develop symptoms as well.
Therefore, they had been quite obedient in the medical center for the past two days. They were very grateful to Doctor Luo and the others, who had treated theirpanions wholeheartedly.
Therefore, when they heard Lin Sui¡¯s reminder and question, the two of them, who were originally sitting on the bed in a daze, exchanged looks. Then, they scrambled down from the bed desperately and knelt in front of Lin Suisui as they wailed for help.
¡°Help them up first. It won¡¯t be easy for us to talk like this.¡± Lin Suisui was shocked by their sudden move and she quickly instructed Su Le, who was about to attack, to stop while instructing him to pull them up first.
Doctor Luo asked the assistant guarding the door to prepare things for them to wash up with. After the two of them washed up, they came to Lin Sui¡¯s side again. The older man with the surname Du told them about their encounter.
¡°We¡¯re in the satin and cloth business in Jiangnan. Business hasn¡¯t been good in the past two years, so we learned from others and brought our goods. We followed the caravan out of the border and headed west to do business with the Western Region people outside the border.
This isn¡¯t the first time our caravan has traveled that path. We go back and forth at least once every two years. Sometimes, we go twice a year.
This time, we were fine when we went, but when we returned, we encountered two other merchants.
They said that they had encountered a storm along the way and were separated from the original caravan. Seeing that we were also from the empire, they asked if they could apany us through the grasnd. If we agreed, they were willing to pay us a hundred taels of silver each.
At that time, we didn¡¯t think too much about it. After all, this was just a matter of convenience. Why not?
Later on, the journey was peaceful and those two people were quite talkative. In addition, they were very generous, so along the way, we gradually let down our guard against them. Later on, when we entered the grasnd and reached the northern barbarians¡¯ territory, we even called them our buddies.¡±
Perhaps recalling the source of this disaster again, Old Master Du raised his hand to cover his face and couldn¡¯t help but sob. ¡°But who would have thought that these two people would bring such huge trouble?!¡±
Seeing that Old Master Du had lost control of his emotions and couldn¡¯t continue, the merchant surnamed Zhou, who had been sitting beside him and looking at him, continued to tell Lin Suisui and the others, ¡°Those two people were thieves.
They didn¡¯t attack us in our caravan because they were afraid that we would abandon them after we discovered it. Secondly, there was nothing in our caravan that caught their eye.
Later on, we entered the northern barbarian territory. Because we encountered snow, we went to a small tribe to ask for amodation.
This ismon for caravans. Moreover, those small tribes that nomadize the grasnd are very willing to amodate caravans like us.
They can exchange things they need, such as salt, cloth, tea leaves, and so on from us.
¡°However, the small tribe we stayed in this time was a little unusual. At first, we actually didn¡¯t know and we only found out after something happened. That tribe was actually a ce that provided support to a shaman priest.¡±
Chapter 378 - 378 Reason
378 Reason
¡°A ce that provides support?¡± Doctor Luo was a little puzzled and asked, ¡°They didn¡¯t let you guys stay there?¡±
¡°No, everything in that tribe belongs to the shaman. All the output here is the shaman¡¯s wealth and every member of the tribe belongs to the shaman.¡±
Seeing that Doctor Luo really didn¡¯t understand, Lin Suisui turned to look at him and exined in a low voice, ¡°In short, if they had known that this tribe was a shaman¡¯s ce of support, they wouldn¡¯t have gone in to stay.¡±
¡°Yes, because there are usually many rules in a shaman¡¯s ce. Moreover, if we identally offend the shaman, we won¡¯t be able to bear the consequences.¡±
!!
Old Master Zhou nodded in agreement with Lin Sui¡¯s exnation. ¡°But at first, we really didn¡¯t know. Moreover, the snowstorm was too heavy at that time, and we lost our way, so when we saw the tent, we didn¡¯t think too much about it and rushed over.
As soon as those two people entered to greet the shaman who called himself the ¡°chief¡±, they were enticed by the furnishings in his tent and evil intentions arose.¡±
¡°Could it be that they want to steal things under the shaman¡¯s nose?¡± Yuan Niang¡¯s eyes widened. If that was the case, how bold were those two?!
¡°It would be fine if it was just stealing.¡± Old Master Zhou sighed. Thinking of those two people¡¯s actions, he couldn¡¯t help but shake his head. ¡°They actually wanted to drug those people in the tribe and take all the wealth in the tribe for themselves.¡±
¡°They weren¡¯t the only ones who had such thoughts, right?¡±
Lin Suisui could actually figure out what had happened. ¡°Perhaps only these two people had evil thoughts in the beginning, but in the end, they were not the only ones who participated in it.¡±
Her spection made Old Master Zhou and Old Master Du¡¯s expressions change. After a while, Old Master Du reached out to cover his face dejectedly while revealing a hint of shame. ¡°Yes, at first, none of us thought too much about it, but at night, those two people told us that many of the furnishings in the shaman¡¯s tent were valuable treasures. If we could get those gold and silver items and bring them back to the empire, we would definitely be able to make arge profit.
Perhaps that money will be enough for us to spend the rest of our lives. That way, we can stay at home forever and won¡¯t have to run around on tenterhooks like now.
At first, we thought that these two people wanted us to gather some money or goods to exchange for gold and silver weapons, but those two peopleughed at us for being too naive.
It has to be known that any one of those things is priceless. With the goods in our hands, we might not be able to exchange for any of them.
Therefore, if they wanted to be rich, they had to be ruthless!
It was also at that moment that they suggested poisoning those people in the tribe. As long as those people died, wouldn¡¯t all the wealth in the tribe belong to us?
To be honest, we didn¡¯t agree to this at first.
After all, we don¡¯t have any enmity with the northern barbarians in this tribe. Moreover, after we came in, these northern barbarians were very friendly to us. It¡¯s really too much to take their lives just for those goods.
However, those two people were really good at beguiling people.
They seemed to have noticed our hesitation and said that the northern barbarians had always been enemies with our empire. After the northern barbarians entered the pass, they burned, killed, and plundered our people many times!
They said that we were just returning the favor!
They said that many of our border patrols died under the hands of the northern barbarians. Many were also kidnapped by the northern barbarians and became ves for those northern barbarian nobles?
They said that what we¡¯re doing now is nothing. We¡¯re just avenging ourrades who died at their hands!¡±
¡°Were you guys involved too?¡± Doctor Luo¡¯s expression darkened when he heard this and he sized up the two men in front of him with an unfriendly expression. ¡°Don¡¯t say that you guys were taking revenge for the empire¡¯spatriots. The empire can¡¯t afford such humiliation!
You guys are bandits. What¡¯s the difference between you guys and those northern barbarian bandits?!
He¡¯s also scum!¡±
¡°They probably didn¡¯t participate.¡± Before the two merchants could exin, Lin Suisui said, ¡°If the two people in front of us were involved, there would probably be eight patients lying there now.¡±
¡°We were too timid, and we really felt that since we had no grudges against them, it wasn¡¯t nice to poison them! Seeing that we didn¡¯t agree, those two people and the others in the caravan were very dissatisfied. They spent the entire night trying to persuade us, but we rejected them.
Later on, the captain and the two culprits were afraid that the two of us would go out and leak the information, so they tied our hands and feet, gagged us, and threw us in the corner of the tent.
Later on, they began to discuss what to do next, such as how to poison them and how to trick the northern barbarians in the tribe into drinking the medicine.
However, they had forgotten the old saying that the mantis stalks the cicada, unaware of the oriole behind. No matter how well they nned things out, they were just the oriole¡¯s target.
¡°Those people spent the entire night making the arrangements, but they actually didn¡¯t have time to implement any of them. The moment they walked out of the tent, they were caught by the northern barbarians who had been waiting outside.¡± Old Master Du shook his head and smiled bitterly. When he recalled what had happened previously, he couldn¡¯t help but feel a lingering sense of fear.
If he had not resisted the temptation and been blinded by the benefits those two men had mentioned and gotten involved in this matter, he might have been dead by now.
¡°When our caravanpleted the transaction and returned, including the two people who joined the caravan at thest minute, there were 18 people. In the end, only eight of us returned.
¡°Those who had designs were all killed by the people in that tribe¡¡±
Even though he had already escaped, Old Master Du still couldn¡¯t forget the tragic state of hispanions before they died. ¡°Those northern barbarians didn¡¯t treat the people in our caravan as humans at all. They treated them like livestock¡¡±
Chapter 379 - 379 Flaw
379 w
¡°That¡¯s quite pitiful.¡± Seeing that Old Master Du was crying, Lin Suisui sighed softly. Then, she put down the teacup in her hand and asked in a low voice, ¡°However, since you guys were already seen through by those northern barbarians, how did you guys escape?
Even if the two of you didn¡¯t participate in this scheme, you are still members of the caravan.
¡°It can¡¯t be that because you refused to collude with yourpanions who have ulterior motives, those northern barbarians were moved by your high-minded character, so they were merciful to you, right?¡±
Lin Suisui sat at the table as she sized up the two men in front of her. The teasing look in her eyes couldn¡¯t be hidden anymore. ¡°Besides, you guys said before that the reason you chose to stay in this small tribe was that you guys had lost your way on the grasnd and had no choice but to go to that small tribe to rest.
However, because you went for wool and came home shorn, only the eight of you escaped back to the empire.
Previously, you guys told the constables in the county governor¡¯s residence that everything on you guys had been robbed by the northern barbarians and you guys were even almost sold like livestock. In the end, you guys found an opportunity to escape!
However, only a few of you escaped. All the remaining goods and other necessities were left in the northern barbarian tribe.
¡°So, how did the eight of you escape and sessfully cross the grasnd, then reach the border and get discovered by the patrolling city defense camp?¡±
This wasn¡¯t a spur-of-the-moment nitpicking. When Lin Suisui heard this story, she really couldn¡¯t help butugh.
Did these two people really think everyone was stupid?
How could they say have the nerve to tell them this story full of loopholes?
¡°We were lucky to escape. When we escaped, we encountered a passing caravan.¡± Old Master Du was stunned by Lin Sui¡¯s question. After a while, he exined with a pale face, ¡°We begged for a long time and promised that after we returned to the empire safely, we would definitely reward them heavily. That¡¯s why they were willing to give us a ride.¡±
At this point, Old Master Du even put on a pained and sad expression. ¡°We¡¯ve all signed an agreement. If we don¡¯t send the money over in time, we¡¯ll be in big trouble.¡±
¡°That can¡¯t be right. I heard that when you guys were discovered by the patrol camp, you guys were all lying by the roadside. If you guys hadn¡¯t been discovered early, you guys would be in the mortuary by now.
Why? Since you guys have already said that they would get a huge reward, the other party shouldn¡¯t have left you guys in the wilderness, right?
¡°After all, if you guys die, even if you guys had signed an agreement, where would they go to ask for money?¡±
Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t that easy to fool.
The smile on her face widened, and she became more and more convinced about her guess.
She only paused for a moment before continuing to say to Old Master Du, ¡°So, you still want to continue lying to us?¡±
¡°Are you suspecting us?¡± Seeing that he couldn¡¯t deceive them anymore, Old Master Du simply changed his approach. He red at Lin Suisui unhappily and used, ¡°Yes, we know that we came back in a sorry state this time.
However, we really had no choice. Those people said that they would only help us reach the empire, then they left us by the roadside!
Moreover, with an IOU, they weren¡¯t worried about not being able to get the money.
It was written clearly in ck and white that if anything happened to us, our families would have to pay for it.
Yes, I know you¡¯re going to ask why we agreed to such harsh conditions.
But what else could we have done? It was for the sake of survival!¡±
It had to be said that Old Master Du was good at winning people over.
He covered his face as he cried sadly. It was also because of his words that Yuan Niang and the others, who were originally wary and suspicious of him because of Lin Sui¡¯s doubts, wavered a little.
Perhaps they were really in trouble¡
¡°I see. In that case, you guys are really unlucky.¡± Lin Suisui smiled, but her smile didn¡¯t reach her eyes. Her gaze became even colder. ¡°Not only did you encounter unscrupulous merchants when you guys were escaping, but now that you¡¯re finally saved, you encountered me, who also has malicious intentions towards you guys too.¡±
¡°You¡¡±
¡°Guards, take these two away!¡±
Just as Old Master Du sensed that something was wrong and was about to speak, he was frightened by Lin Sui¡¯s sudden shout. He took a few steps back and fell onto the edge of the bed. Su Le, who had received the order, arranged for someone to tie him up.
¡°You don¡¯t have to exin. I¡¯ve already given you guys a chance to tell the truth, but you guys didn¡¯t cherish it.¡± After Lin Suisui stood up from her seat, she sized up the two people who were pressed to the ground but were still struggling to defend themselves. Then, she exined to the others, ¡°I know what you guys want to say. To be honest, from the moment I saw you guys, I knew that you guys weren¡¯t from our empire.¡±
¡°Do you want to know why?¡± Seeing Old Master Du¡¯s look of disbelief, Lin Suisui smiled at Old Master Du, who still refused to give up and felt that he could still turn things around, with a hint of disdain. ¡°The job you two received was given to you at thest minute, right?
They probably taught you two some basic etiquette and habits of our empire¡¯s people before you two set off.
It had to be said that you guys practiced quite well.
Unfortunately, when you stood up and bowed to me when I entered just now, your right shoulder tilted to the right with your head. This was a gesture that only northern barbarians would do when bowing.
¡°Although you tried your best to hide it, the habit you¡¯ve developed since you were young still manifested itself. No matter how hard you tried to hide it, you still exposed yourself.¡±
Chapter 380 - 380 Question
380 Question
Actually, the movements of the person in front of her were very subtle, but because Lin Suisui had been learning thenguage of the northern barbarians recently, she was much more sensitive to their habits and customs.
Therefore, she could tell at a nce that this man¡¯s actions were strange.
¡°Send them to the Imperial City government.¡± Lin Suisui turned to look at Su Le and instructed in a low voice, ¡°Regardless of whether they¡¯re telling the truth or not, we can get to the bottom of it.¡±
After Su Le led people to carry the two people tied to the ground away, Lin Suisui turned to look at Doctor Luo. ¡°Don¡¯t be surprised. There¡¯s something fishy about these two people, but the six people who were poisoned are probably businessmen.
They were all unconscious just now, so it wasn¡¯t appropriate to ask. Doctor Luo, please keep an eye on them. If anyone among them wakes up, remember to inform me. We¡¯lle over and ask about the situation.¡±
Upon hearing Lin Sui¡¯s instructions, Doctor Luo nodded in agreement. ¡°Previously, I found it strange that those people had been in aa ever since they were sent over.
I heard from the bailiffs that they were already in aa when they were discovered. At first, I didn¡¯t think too much about it. They only thought of sending them to us because the symptoms of one of them couldn¡¯t be hidden anymore.
Because they were sent over by the government office, I asked about their background. The six patients couldn¡¯t answer, so in the end, I could only ask about the two of them.
However, who would have thought that these were actually two wolves in sheep¡¯s clothing?!¡±
Doctor Luo shook his head and sighed. Thinking of how he had almost been tricked, he still felt a lingering sense of fear.
Lin Suisui had other things on her mind, so she didn¡¯t stay in the medical center for long. When she came out, she instructed Su Le to go to the Imperial City government to look for Lu Ze.
Lu Ze had just heard that Lin Suisui had sent him a big gift when someone reported that Lin Suisui hade personally, so he didn¡¯t ask further and walked towards the entrance of the Imperial City government.
¡°Why are you in such a hurry?¡± As Lu Ze reached out to help Lin Suisui up, he looked at her in confusion and asked, ¡°I just came back from outside and heard that you sent two suspected northern barbarian spies over. Before I could interrogate them, you came over.¡±
¡°I¡¯m 90% sure that those two people are northern barbarian spies.¡± Lin Suisui directly voiced her suspicion. ¡°But I have a strange feeling that these two people are targeting our medical center, or rather, me.¡±
Upon hearing Lin Sui¡¯s words, Lu Ze became interested. He looked up at her and asked softly, ¡°Why do you have such thoughts?¡±
¡°If those two people were only entrusted to sneak into the empire to investigate, they would have countless ways to sneak in silently. They wouldn¡¯t have used such an idea that couldn¡¯t withstand scrutiny.
They used voodoo on the members of those caravans, probably to let the city defense camp discover them and use them to find doctors who could treat such illnesses.
¡°Based on the rtionship between our medical center and the government, what would you choose?¡±
¡°Send patients to our medical center for treatment.¡± Lu Ze replied without thinking, ¡°After all, your medical skills have also been praised by many people and everyone is willing to trust you.¡±
¡°Then, they came to our side just like that.¡± Lin Suisui smiled at Lu Ze. She was very impressed with this arrangement.
After all, they had put in a lot of effort ining up with this n.
¡°After they entered the medical center, it was almost impossible for Doctor Luo and the others to resolve such a difficult illness that they had never seen before. Therefore, after Doctor Luo realized that he was helpless about the illness, he sent people to me to get reinforcements.¡±
Lin Suisui analyzed the various developments she could think of. ¡°I don¡¯t know if I¡¯m overthinking things, but I really think that these two people¡¯s target this time is me.¡±
After Lu Ze listened for a while, he thought about it carefully before nodding in agreement with Lin Sui. ¡°You¡¯re right. It¡¯s best to be careful.¡±
¡°How about this? If there¡¯s nothing else, go home and rest first. I¡¯ll interrogate those two people now. No matter what, the most important thing is to get them to talk first.¡±
Hearing that Lu Ze had no intention of refuting her and had already begun to arrange for an interrogation, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t waste Lu Ze¡¯s time or even enter Lu Ze¡¯s spacious study. She turned around and left the Imperial City government¡¯s carriage to go home under the protection of Su Le, Bai Guo, and the others.
Recently, many prisoners had been interrogated in the Imperial City government, but Lu Ze wasn¡¯t Pei Qian, so he actually wasn¡¯t keen on extorting confessions.
Therefore, under most circumstances, the important people would be handed over to Pei Qian for interrogation. However, he didn¡¯t intend to hand the two men sent over by Lin Suisui to Pei Qian this time. Instead, he nned to interrogate them himself.
This piqued Pei Qian¡¯s curiosity. He couldn¡¯t even be bothered with the criminals he had yet to deal with and he carried a small teapot as he walked into the interrogation room where Lu Ze was.
¡°You¡¯re usually afraid that you¡¯ll get stained with blood if you do the interrogation yourself, so why are you doing it yourself today?¡± Pei Qian sat on a round chair at the side as he watched Lu Ze choose torture tools on the table by the wall.
¡°What did these two people do to you? Why are you so hostile to them?¡±
Seeing that Lu Ze was silent, Pei Qian became even more curious and he continued to ask, ¡°Why? Were they rude to Madam Liu?¡±
¡°Sui Sui said that these two people are northern barbarian spies.¡±
Lu Ze pointed out the torture device to Su Qi, who was waiting beside him. Then, he turned around and looked at Pei Qian as he replied calmly, ¡°Their target is Sui Sui.
Although there¡¯s no concrete evidence for the time being, Sui Sui¡¯s doubts make sense.
¡°In that case, I want to ask who instructed these two people to approach the medical center!¡±
Chapter 381 - 381 Confusion
381 Confusion
¡°In that case, it¡¯s indeed worth asking.¡± After hearing Lu Ze¡¯s words, Pei Qian put down the teapot in his hand and walked to Su Qi¡¯s side as he said to him, ¡°Let me do it. I can help your master.¡±
¡ .
Time flew by.
Not long after Lin Suisui returned home, Lu Ze returned from the Imperial City government office. As usual, she habitually wanted to go forward and take his cloak, but Lu Ze took a step back and avoided her. ¡°I¡¯ll go wash up first. I¡¯m a little dirty.¡±
!!
It was the smell of blood.
Lu Ze quickly turned around and walked towards the inner room. Lin Suisui followed behind him. As she helped him get a change of clothes, she looked around to see if there was anything else that needed her help.
With Lin Sui¡¯s help, Lu Ze washed up quickly. Not long after, he came out of the bathroom with wet hair.
¡°I¡¯ll help you dry your hair. Although the weather is warmer now, if you don¡¯t dry your wet hair quickly, you¡¯ll still get a headache from the wind.¡±
Lin Suisui came forward with a towel that she had prepared long ago and helped Lu Ze dry his hair.
As his hair was being dried, Lu Ze told her the good news he had just received. ¡°Those two confessed not long after.
You were right. They were indeed after you.
The reason is that you¡¯ve been reading a book that records many shaman techniques.¡±
Not only did Lin Suisui not expect this, but even Lu Ze was surprised.
This booklet that Lin Suisui had previously obtained was from the shadow guard of the shaman priest. Originally, it was to make it easier for him to study those shaman techniques, but unexpectedly, the person who had alwayspleted missions easily encountered a huge obstacle when entering the border this time.
Actually, the shaman didn¡¯t care if the shadow guard lived or died, but the booklet in his hand was too important!
Many of the prescriptions recorded inside were unique.
The shaman naturally couldn¡¯t let such an important thing fall into someone else¡¯s hands and would definitely think of a way to snatch it back. Therefore, after confirming the whereabouts of the book, the shaman sent these two people over to investigate.
To the shaman¡¯s surprise, her wless n was ruined at the beginning due to a trivial detail.
¡°The order they received was to gain your trust at all costs and think of a way to get the book back.¡±
As Lu Ze looked at Lin Sui, he sighed softly and continued, ¡°But I don¡¯t think it¡¯s that simple, so I¡¯ll leave the rest to Pei Qian.
After all, he¡¯s the best at extracting information from spies.¡±
Lin Suisui froze for a moment before she couldn¡¯t help butugh. Then, she asked, ¡°By the way, do you remember anything else?¡±
¡°What?¡± Lu Ze was curious.
¡°It¡¯s that troupe that¡¯s good at Gu techniques. Two of their members were captured by us and are still imprisoned in the dungeon underground. Later on, we didn¡¯t hear of the whereabouts of this troupe anymore.
Originally, I thought that this troupe had sensed that something was wrong and escaped in advance. I didn¡¯t expect to see news of this troupe at the Cold Food Festival.¡±
When Lin Suisui thought of the booklet that the county governor¡¯s wife had just sent, she told Lu Ze, ¡°I asked the county governor¡¯s wife that since this dance troupe only participates in weddings and birthday banquets, why were they invited to the Cold Food Festival sacrificial ceremony?
The county governor¡¯s wife told me that she didn¡¯t arrange this troupe. Instead, General Gao¡¯s wife personally brought a letter over to invite the dance troupe.
She said that this troupe¡¯s program wasn¡¯t bad and there would be some programs arranged for the Cold Food Festival sacrificial ceremony every year.
The county governor¡¯s wife was very smarmy and was in a precarious position. Therefore, even if the general who stabilizes the north seemed to be on the decline, she wouldn¡¯t offend them openly.
Therefore, the county governor¡¯s wife agreed to add this troupe.¡±
¡°No wonder. Later on, I arranged for someone to search the troupe¡¯s base, but when I went over, it was already empty.¡± Lu Ze nodded in realization. ¡°Later on, we searched the entire city carefully, but we couldn¡¯t find any news of them.
I was wondering if these people really had the ability to fly, since they disappeared right under my watch. Turns out they hid in the General¡¯s residence.¡±
Lin Sui¡¯s story relieved Lu Ze¡¯s doubts.
However, it was also because of this that he thought of another more important thing. ¡°By the way, since they¡¯re good at Gu techniques and went to the general¡¯s residence, could the poison in Gao Xuwei¡¯s body¡¡±
¡°That¡¯s impossible.¡± Lin Suisui denied Lu Ze¡¯s guess very confidently. ¡°I used poison on Gao Xuwei, not Gu.¡±
¡°However, there¡¯s something strange. I¡¯ve arranged for people to keep an eye on the general¡¯s residence, so if this troupe has really been hiding in the general¡¯s residence during this period of time, how could they have avoided my watch?¡±
After Lu Ze figured out the entire story and received an affirmative answer from Lin Sui, he thought of another even more inexplicable problem.
¡°Is there a secret passage to the outside world in the general¡¯s residence?¡± Lin Suisui frowned as she thought carefully. ¡°Another possibility is that they might not have entered the general¡¯s residence but chose another ce to hide for the time being.
They can only rely on Madam Pei and General Gao to go out and discuss things.¡±
¡°You¡¯re right.¡± It would have been better if Lin Suisui had not said anything. As soon as she said that, Lu Ze really remembered the report sent by the shadow guards who had been watching the General¡¯s residence. ¡°They said that recently, Madam Pei often went to the White Cloud Temple in the suburbs to pray for blessings. She said that General Gao had not been feeling well recently, so she was very worried and wanted to pray for him to obtain the blessing of the gods.
From the looks of it, it was probably a lie and she was thinking of ways to cause trouble!
That¡¯s right. The Fourth Prince is in Cloud Mountain City now, so it¡¯s quite possible that she wants to use this troupe to cause trouble at the Cold Food Festival sacrificial ceremony.¡±
Chapter 382 - 382 Conspiracy
382 Conspiracy
This wasn¡¯t because Lu Ze¡¯s subordinates were ipetent, nor was it because he had underestimated his enemy. It was because Pei Qian had always been in charge of matters regarding the general¡¯s residence.
The reason he arranged for two people to go over was that he was used to being in control of the situation.
However, to his surprise, this surveince gave them some different information.
¡°Will anything happen?¡± Lin Suisui was a little worried. In her impression, Madam Pei wasn¡¯t easy to deal with.
Of course, this was mainly because she was arrogant and domineering.
She was a woman who would do anything to achieve her goal, so who knew what trouble she would cause at the sacrificial ceremony this time?
¡°It¡¯s fine.¡± Lu Ze rubbed the top of Lin Sui¡¯s head as heforted her in a low voice, ¡°I¡¯ll handle it. However, if you don¡¯t have anything to do in the next few days, it¡¯s best not to go out. Before wepletely figure out the northern barbarians¡¯ motive, it¡¯s best to be careful.¡±
After hearing Lu Ze¡¯s instructions, Lin Suisui nodded seriously.
She wasn¡¯t really afraid of anything, but since the other party cared so much about this booklet, it was best for her to stay at home and copy it down just in case.
This way, even if she had no choice but to return this booklet or destroy it, she could still keep a copy.
With this n in mind, she and Lu Ze began to get busy with their own matters for the next few days.
A few dayster, Lu Ze brought her another piece of news.
When the two northern barbarian spies were interrogated again, they couldn¡¯t help but reveal new information. This new information was very important to Lu Ze and the others.
To be honest, this matter was a long story.
The current Khan of the northern barbarians wasn¡¯t a ruthless monarch. In his early years, he had participated in the protracted border war between the northern barbarians and the empire and had seen too many casualties.
However, after sacrificing so many people and paying such a huge price, neither side actually benefited from this war in the end.
The empire stopped trading with the northern barbarians and closed the trading border city,pletely isting the northern barbarians from them with the Great Wall.
The northern barbarians started the war because they coveted the empire¡¯s prosperity and strength and wanted to obtain more wealth from the empire!
However, after a few years of war, not only did the northern barbarians not gain any benefits from this war, but their living environment also degraded because of the interruption of trade.
This oue shocked Sr. Khan.
After the initial shock, he began to think of a way to resolve the matter. In the end, Sr. Khan learned that if he wanted to improve the living conditions of the northern barbarians, war definitely wouldn¡¯t work.
Therefore, after Sr. Khan took over, the first decree he issued was to stop the war and focus on recovering.
He humbled himself and sent people to the empire¡¯s Imperial City to seek peace.
Because the northern barbarians had a humble attitude and secondly, the empire couldn¡¯t stand such continuous wars, the empire and the northern barbarians stopped fighting.
Although there was no big war between the northern barbarians and the empire after that, small-scale conflicts and confrontations had never stopped.
Even so, the lives of the ordinary people of the two races had improved greatly.
However, the bnce that Sr. Khan had tried his best to maintain began to show signs of rupturing because of his old age and health.
After all, the grasnd had been fertile for so many years and had umted a lot of wealth.
Sr. Khan¡¯s eldest son was a very ambitious person. Unlike his father, he didn¡¯t care about the lives of ordinary people. He only cared about whether he could expand his territory and have the entire empire under his feet.
However, this idea had never been supported by Sr. Khan.
Because of his son¡¯s militarism, Sr. Khan even thought of passing the throne to his other gentler sons.
This wasn¡¯t what the eldest son wanted to see.
Therefore, after realizing that his father didn¡¯t want him to be a tyrant, he quickly concealed his true intentions and pretended to be a gentle and polite person.
This disguisested until now. Sr. Khan¡¯s health deteriorated day by day, so he could finally put away his disguise and show his true colors.
¡°King Zadeh colluded with the shaman and med Sr. Khan¡¯s illness on the fiendish demons.¡± When Pei Qian thought of what he had heard previously, he couldn¡¯t help but want tough. ¡°This so-called fiendish demon is someone from the empire cursing Sr. Khan.
Therefore, King Zadeh sent spies over with the goal of disturbing the border of the empire.
¡°What¡¯s even more interesting is that King Zadeh only married the second princess consort at the beginning of the year. This second princess consort is actually a woman from the Siamese Kingdom¡¯s royal family.¡±
¡°In that case, King Zadeh is colluding with the Siamese Kingdom?¡± When Lin Suisui heard Lu Ze¡¯s words, she could guess the seriousness of the matter.
If King Zadeh became the new Khan and join forces with the Siamese Kingdom to target the empire, and war broke out in the north and south at the same time, then their empire¡
¡°We can¡¯t be sure about that yet. I¡¯ve already asked Wei Qing to send a secret letter to his father and brother and ask them to investigate the recent movements in the southern border.¡± Lu Ze turned to look at Lin Sui. ¡°Therefore, I¡¯m wondering if these spies in the northern region have any direct connection with the previous troupe.¡±
¡°That¡¯s hard to say.¡± After Lin Suisui thought about it, she felt that it was really possible.
The timing of this troupe¡¯s appearance was too coincidental and coupled with what had happened to the hemp leaves previously, the situation was simply terrifying.
If they had not discovered this by ident and waited for the hemp leaves to spread further and destroy the entire Zhou family¡¯s cavalry, how could they resist the northern barbarians¡¯ prepared army with the strength of the northern region¡¯s ipetent troops?
Wouldn¡¯t the northern region fall into chaos, as King Zadeh wished?!
¡°I have a feeling that these two spies who brought patients to our medical center have other tricks up their sleeves.¡± Lin Suisui looked up at Lu Ze worriedly as she spoke in a low voice.
Chapter 383 - 383 The Wind Rises
383 The Wind Rises
Although she knew that she might be in big trouble now, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t panic at all.
After all, from her perspective, if those two spies really wanted to cause trouble, they definitely wouldn¡¯t just send people to her medical center.
As expected, those people didn¡¯t disappoint her in the end. Trouble came quickly afterwards.
At first, there was just a small rumor that this new medical center had received some patients with strange illnesses. However, this rumor didn¡¯t attract much attention at first. After all, how could people never fall sick?
Since it was an illness and there were many strange things in this world, it wasn¡¯t difficult to understand why they encountered some strange illnesses.
However, in less than half a day, this rumor slowly changed. It was said that this illness was contagious and had already been passed on to four to five people. It might be the gue, which had been spread from the border.
If it was an ordinary illness, everyone would just treat it as a joke. However, since this illness had already developed into a gue, many people couldn¡¯t sit still anymore.
Those older people who had experienced many things before couldn¡¯t sit still anymore after hearing this news.
The more the rumors spread, the more ridiculous they became, especially when an old woman who was an assistant at the medical center confirmed the rumors as well.
For a moment, this rumor spread throughout the entire Cloud Mountain City like a whirlwind.
¡°Have you found out who that woman is?¡± Lin Suisui sat by the window as she listened to Yuan Niang tell her about the recent developments. Then, she put down the medicine in her hand and looked up at Yuan Niang.
She had chosen everyone in the medical center.
Yuan Niang¡¯s expression was also very ugly. She lowered her head in shame and said after a long time, ¡°We found out that that woman is not from our medical center.
¡°It¡¯s the old woman in charge of delivering food every day from the restaurant that has always cooperated with our medical center.¡±
At this point, Yuan Niang looked even more guilty.
She had decided on this eatery. Previously, they had been cooperating well together and the boss, who was a member of the military household, was very reliable, so who would have thought that such a thing would happen this time?
¡°Then what did the boss say about this?¡± After Lin Suisui thought about it for a moment, she gestured for Bai Guo to help Yuan Niang sit down at the side before continuing to ask seriously.
¡°The boss said that the old woman is a distant rtive of her family and only came to work at her cest year.
¡°The boss said that she¡¯s quite ignorant. She¡¯s a good person, but she¡¯s too talkative. The boss said that she didn¡¯t know the severity of her words, so please be merciful and let her off.¡±
Yuan Niang was quite angry at the mention of this.
Although the boss had an extremely good attitude from the beginning to the end, Yuan Niang felt that there was something off.
¡°Did she also say that she didn¡¯t know that mere gossip would cause so much trouble?¡± Lin Suisui nodded. Even if Yuan Niang didn¡¯t say anything else, she could roughly guess what the other party said.
¡°She said that she has a lot of family members that need taking care of at home, so if we hold her ountable, that¡¯ll be too ruthless, right?¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Yuan Niang pursed her lips and forced out a yes after a long time. Actually, even if Lin Suisui didn¡¯t say it, she already felt that something was wrong, but now that it was pointed out, she felt¡
¡°Alright, go over tomorrow morning and settle the rest of the payment with the boss. Let¡¯s end our cooperation with this shop in the future!¡± Lin Suisui was very straightforward and didn¡¯t intend to continue entangling with the people over there. ¡°Then, go and tell Mrs. Luo that we¡¯ll have to trouble her for the food at our medical center in the future.¡±
¡°Yes, I¡¯ll deal with it tomorrow morning.¡± Yuan Niang nodded in agreement with Lin Sui¡¯s decision. ¡°Then, what should we do about those rumors?
When I came out of the medical center tonight, many people were already pointing at me. I¡¯m worried that if I really ignore them¡¡±
¡°It¡¯s fine. Let them spread rumors for the time being.¡± Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t anxious at all. She picked up the medical book at the side and flipped through it as she continued, ¡°It¡¯s still too early to make a move. If we reel in the now, the big fish that¡¯s still lingering at the edge will escape!¡±
Seeing that Lin Suisui had a n, Yuan Niang was relieved. After nodding in relief, she told her what had happened in the medical center today. ¡°Doctor Luo asked me to tell you that two people who have mild symptoms are already showing signs of waking up. If they get better, they¡¯ll wake up in about two days.¡±
¡°Actually, I¡¯ve never seen this kind of voodoo before. For the time being, I can only find some antidotes ording to the records in this journal.¡± When she heard Yuan Niang mention the five merchants who had been poisoned, a trace of pity shed across her face. ¡°But even if they¡¯re saved, their bodies will still bepletely destroyed.
¡°I don¡¯t know if the most seriously injured one can withstand the changes in his body when he wakes up.¡±
¡°After all, being alive is better than anything else.¡± Yuan Niang could also hear the helplessness in Lin Sui¡¯s tone. After she thought about it for a moment, she advised in a low voice, ¡°Among my neighbors in the past, a child¡¯s mother had always been in poor health and her family always mocked her, especially her mother-inw, who criticized her every day.
However, the child¡¯s mother held on to herst breath and didn¡¯t give up on her life. In the end, she only passed away after she saw her son and her daughter both get married.
I went to deliver something to their family once. I was still young at that time, so I didn¡¯t know what was taboo or not. Coincidentally, her mother had a rpse at that time and coughed up blood. She was so thin that she was like a skeleton.
Seeing how anguished she was, I couldn¡¯t help but say that it was too difficult to live like that.
When the child¡¯s mother heard this, she took the opportunity to tell me that if possible, she definitely didn¡¯t want to live like this. However, she still had a son and daughter. If she died, she would be free, but what about her children?
Even if she¡¯s a cripple now, at least her two children still have a mother! But if she really dies, what will happen to the children?
Chapter 384 - 384 Entangled
384 Entangled
¡°Take me for example. At that time, I didn¡¯t want to live anymore. However, after seeing Nanan, I changed my mind and understood why that mother wanted to live on even though life was so difficult.
If I¡¯m alive, Nanan still has a mother, but if I die, what will happen to Nanan?¡±
Yuan Niang said to Lin Suisui in a low voice, ¡°Many people say that death is a relief, but that¡¯s nonsense.
Only the dead person is truly free. What the dead person brings to the people around her is endless pain and torture.¡±
Yuan Niang¡¯s words made Lin Suisui nod and she smiled at Yuan Niang as she said to her happily, ¡°Do you know why I tried my best to save you back then? It was because you weren¡¯t like other women, who gave up easily.¡±
As a doctor, she had seen too many life-and-death separations.
Many people tried their best to survive in desperate situations, but many people in Yuan Niang¡¯s situation chose to give up their lives because they lost hope.
They couldn¡¯t see the children who were crying for food beside them or the rtives who were trying their best to save them. All they cared about were those heartless and ungrateful scumbags.
Many times, she had advised people that there was no point in obsessing over scumbags.
However, most of the time, no one listened to her advice. They wanted to die and she couldn¡¯t stop them.
Yuan Niang was one of the few calm and intelligent women she had ever seen. At the most critical moment, she made apletely different choice from many people and overcame her past to start a new life.
¡°I¡¯m not that good.¡±
Yuan Niang was a little embarrassed by the praise and she blushed as she looked at Lin Suisui with embarrassment. ¡°I¡¯m just a little more afraid of death than others.¡±
The two of them sat together and continued to talk for a while. Seeing that it was gettingte, Yuan Niang stood up and bid farewell. Then, she went back to prepare for the trouble that was about toe.
Early the next morning, Yuan Niang arranged for someone to inform the boss of the eatery of their decision. Yuan Niang wanted to end things on good terms.
Yuan Niang felt that since they had caused such huge trouble this time, they should at least feel guilty Therefore, she only wanted to arrange for someone to go over and inform them to settle the ounts.
However, the other party¡¯s actionspletely exceeded her expectations.
Although the other party was a little unwilling to terminate the cooperation, she didn¡¯t say much about this matter. The main point was when they were matching the ounts, the mistakes stunned the people who had dealt with the ounts in the past.
The ounts on both sides didn¡¯t match at all!
Regarding this, the boss said that they used to pay by the month, and they also bought ingredients by the month, so now that they wanted to end the cooperation, she definitely wouldn¡¯t be able to finish all the ingredients!
Many of the ingredients were facing expiration, so their medical center naturally had to take responsibility for this portion of the losses. Secondly, in order to take over the medical center¡¯s business, their shop had rejected many coborations with other shops. Now that the medical center said that they wouldn¡¯t cooperate anymore, this portion of the losses had to be borne by their medical center.
Upon hearing this twisted logic, Yuan Niang was so angry that she almostughed.
However, she also knew that during these troubled times, it wasn¡¯t suitable to blow things up now. Therefore, after some thought, she decided to go over there personally and talk to the boss in person.
¡°This is a small business that supports our family. There are seven to eight people in the family, and they all rely on this shop to earn money to provide for our family. We have no objections if you don¡¯t want to cooperate, but the things we bought previously and the rejected business deals were all because of your medical center.
I don¡¯t want much. All I want is ten more taels of silver!¡±
Seeing that Yuan Niang hade, the boss went straight to the point.
¡°Alright, since you say so, I¡¯ll do as you say. How about we continue our coboration this month?¡± After listening for a while, Yuan Niang more or less understood what the boss meant. She felt disdainful inside, but she didn¡¯t show it on her face. ¡°This month has just begun, so you have time to contact new customers to provide you with business for next month. Also, there¡¯s no need to waste the ingredients you mentioned!¡±
¡°Is this appropriate?¡± The boss was stumped by Yuan Niang¡¯s attitude and it took her a long time to react. She looked at her as she stammered, ¡°Aren¡¯t rumors spreading? If you still let us provide food, will you be at ease?¡±
¡°That¡¯s nothing. There are many poor people in Cloud Mountain City whock clothes and food. How we deal with your food is our business.¡±
However, there¡¯s something I have to tell you in advance. You¡¯ve been in business in this area for so many years, so let me advise you not to go too far.¡±
After saying this, Yuan Niang had no intention of saying anything else to the boss, so she turned around and left.
The boss stood rooted to the ground for a long time. When she reacted and wanted to chase after her, Yuan Niang¡¯s carriage had already left, leaving her standing at the entrance of the eatery and stomping her feet in frustration.
¡°It¡¯s all your fault. What kind of bad idea is this? Now, you¡¯ve offended her!¡± The boss was furious. After she turned around and went straight to the backyard, she pped the head of her husband, who was sitting on the rocking chair and taking a nap, awake. ¡°Do you know that Yuan Niang came over just now and said that she won¡¯t cooperate with us anymore?!
Such a good business deal has gone down the drain. What are you trying to do?!¡±
¡°What do you know? Women are so short-sighted!¡± The head of the family was startled by the p on his shoulder. When he woke up and heard herints, he was even angrier and he scolded unhappily, ¡°You¡¯re so short-sighted. I¡¯ve already told you that we have to focus on the big picture!
Take a look at who works in that medical center! Theme Mr. Luo!
Do you really believe what he said? If there was really someone powerful behind this medical center, do you think they would open a medical center that only treats ordinary people like us and those poor people at the base of the city wall?
No way!
In my opinion, he¡¯s just bluffing!¡±
Chapter 385 - 385 Business
385 Business
¡°Even so, we don¡¯t have to offend them!¡± The boss looked heartbroken. Thinking about how she would lose her monthly ie, her heart ached.
¡°What about our monthly ie? Without this money, how can we support our second son¡¯s studies?¡±
And the rtives who came over to freeload¡ The thought of it gave the boss a headache.
¡°What are you afraid of? Their shop is obstructing someone else¡¯s way, so they want to see it close down now. How can we not benefit if we help them?
¡°Besides, that shop will be closed in the next two days, while our restaurant will have to stay open for a long time! Shouldn¡¯t we try to earn those 50 taels of silver now?¡±
The owner red at the boss, who was still reluctant to ept this loss. ¡°Stop nagging. Hurry up and get to work.¡±
Although the boss was still a little reluctant, she didn¡¯t dare to disobey her husband¡¯s arrangements, so she turned around and left to prepare the food for the shop today.
As the couple discussed this matter, Lin Suisui also found out about the dispute at the eatery. However, she didn¡¯t say anything after hearing Bai Guo¡¯s report. She only instructed Yuan Niang to handle everything.
Yuan Niang handled this matter quite quickly. After returning, she arranged for a servant to deal with everything. She still had to save her energy to deal with the unforeseen events that would happen in the medical center.
The prescription that Lin Suisui had concocted ording to the journal was quite effective. Just as Doctor Luo had said, the two patients with the mildest symptoms finally woke up that afternoon.
Although their bodies were still very weak, it didn¡¯t stop them from speaking and presenting apletely different story than that of the two spies.
It turned out that they were really merchants who sold silk and cloth to the western region. However, they usually didn¡¯t have a lot of goods, so if they wanted toplete the transaction, they could only follow a familiar caravan most of the time.
They had lived this sort of life for many years, so they were already used to the dangers of this trip.
This time, they did save two merchants who imed to be from the empire along the way. These two people were none other than the two spies who had cried non-stop previously.
¡°They were in a very pitiful situation at that time. They cried and begged the eldest son of our caravan for a long time. The leader was a kind person who sympathized with their difficulties.
Therefore, he agreed to bring them along.
After all, it was just a matter of bringing two people along. The food and water on the way didn¡¯t cost much money. In addition, although those two people were separated from their caravan, they had a lot of money with them. They took out a thousand taels of silver in one go and said that if we could bring them back to the empire safely, they would reward everyone in the caravan.
¡°Our caravan actually doesn¡¯t earn much from traveling back and forth, so everyone was naturally happy to hear about such a good deal.¡±
When the merchant surnamed Guo mentioned this matter, he couldn¡¯t help but smile bitterly. ¡°But how can there be free lunch in this world?
Along the way, the two of them behaved normally. It wasn¡¯t until we entered the northern barbarian grasnd that something happened to our caravan.
At first, the camels and mules who were pulling the goods fell sick one by one. Later on, the old man in charge of leading the way in our caravan also fell sick.
Without the old man¡¯s guidance, we quickly lost our way.
At this moment, the two of them said that they knew the way and asked us to follow them. At that time, we listened to their advice and followed them all the way through the grasnd. Just as all of us were exhausted and felt that we couldn¡¯t hold on anymore, we arrived at a grasnd tribe and finally had a chance to catch our breath.
Later on, we realized that the ce we entered wasn¡¯t a good ce. The people there didn¡¯t treat us as humans at all. Instead, they treated us like animals.
There were more than twenty of us at first, but in the end, only the five of us were left alive.
¡°After that, we lost consciousness and were dragged onto the horse by them. When we woke up again, I saw you guys.¡±
In the end, Mr. Guo was already sobbing. ¡°We really didn¡¯t expect those people to be so vicious!¡±
¡°Alright, it¡¯s over.¡± Doctor Luo advised softly, ¡°After you guys recuperate some more, you guys can return home.¡±
While Doctor Luo was consoling the two merchants inside, Lin Suisui had already stood up and left. Things were as she had guessed. The two spies were actually the real outsiders.
Their goal was to enter Cloud Mountain City and think of a way to stir up trouble in the northern region. Getting the journal back from her was just one of the many missions they hade to the empire for.
¡°Lu Ze isn¡¯t back yet?¡± Lin Suisui asked Su Le, who was following outside the carriage.
Lu Ze left the city early this morning and had gone up the mountain with Pei Qian to deal with Madam Gao. It was unknown if he had returned to the city yet.
¡°Not yet. I heard that he was dyed by something, but he¡¯ll probably be backte. He might note back until tomorrow morning,¡± Su Le replied quickly when he heard Lin Sui¡¯s question.
Lin Suisui nodded and instructed Su Le to arrange for a carriage to return to the residence. She had a feeling that the peacefulness in front of her was just the calmness before the storm.
Some people couldn¡¯t sit still anymore.
After all, there were many people in Cloud Mountain City who wanted something bad to happen to the medical center.
Before the medical center opened, many ordinary people in Cloud Mountain City could only go to other pharmacies and medical centers in the city to treat their illnesses. Many ordinary families couldn¡¯t even afford the consultation fee.
Whether it was the consultation fee or the medical fee, their medical center was much cheaper than those of other medical centers. In addition, Doctor Luo and the other doctors were quite skilled. In just a month, they had already snatched away many businesses from other pharmacies and medical centers in Cloud Mountain City.
Actually, this oue wasn¡¯t difficult to understand. Some herbs only cost one copper coin in their medical center, but elsewhere, but same herbs would cost five or even ten copper coins. Even a fool knew which to choose!
Chapter 386 - 386 Disappointed
386 Disappointed
Those people in Cloud Mountain City who had originally made a killing by monopolizing the pharmacy and medicine business hated this medical center that had suddenly appeared.
Especially when they knew that the medical center had taken over the supply of herbs for the various military camps in the northern region. This was a very lucrative business.
As long as they knew how to operate it, any one of them would be a lucrative business!
Originally, these merchants, who had been in the herb business in the northern region, were thinking of finding an opportunity to get a share of the pie. Unexpectedly, before they could do anything, this entire pie was taken away.
Wasn¡¯t this taking away all the profit?!
However, although they were indignant, no one dared to act rashly. After all, this medical center had suddenly appeared in the northern region. If they were not capable, they probably wouldn¡¯t be able to obtain permission to supply the entire military¡¯s herbs.
Because they didn¡¯t know who the backer behind the medical center was, they could only take action against the medical center very carefully.
For example, this time.
After hearing that the medical center had received patients with strange conditions, someone sensed an opportunity and started to cause trouble for the medical center. This move actually wasn¡¯tplicated. They just started the rumor that the patients being treated in the medical center had the gue.
As long as they led the way in fanning the mes, countlessmoners would finish the rest for them.
Sometimes, this seemingly unorthodox method was actually the most effective. The fear of ignorance would make people lose their rationality and judgment and be monsters that only knew how to follow the bandwagon.
They would forget the favor they had once received and treat their benefactors with malice.
What Lin Suisui was facing now was a group of citizens who had been goaded by rumors and had lost their minds.
They surrounded the entire medical center and shouted angrily for the people in the medical center to drag out the patients infected with the gue and execute them. There were even people who wanted to kill everyone in the medical center.
When Doctor Luo realized that the situation wasn¡¯t right, he instructed someone to close the doors and windows and stop receiving the symptoms. However, even so, he couldn¡¯t stop the people outside who had already lost their minds. Some of them were bold enough to throw stones at the doors and windows of the medical center.
¡°We have to make them hand the people over and burn them to death today!¡±
¡°Yes, burn them to death! Even the people in this medical center deserve to die! If not for them, would the gue enter the city and threaten our lives?¡±
¡°They¡¯re ying the good guys, but if the infection spreads, all the citizens of Cloud Mountain City will suffer!¡±
¡ .
Amidst the cries of themoners outside, some people with ulterior motives had already taken the opportunity to encourage themoners to smash the doors and walls.
Doctor Luo was extremely anxious when he heard themotion outside. He was wondering if he should send the assistants who were still in the medical center away through the back door. Unexpectedly, when he turned around, he was shocked to see that Lin Suisui had already brought Su Le and the others out from behind the screen that led to the backyard.
From her anxious expression, she must have just arrived.
¡°Madam, why are you here at this time? It¡¯s very dangerous here now. You should go back and hide!¡± Doctor Luo couldn¡¯t be bothered to exchange pleasantries and he said to Lin Suisui anxiously, ¡°Themoners outside are crazy and won¡¯t listen to any exnation at all.
If we dy any longer, they might really break in and injure you.¡±
¡°I know what the current situation is. Those people outside are not difficult to deal with. I¡¯ve already gotten someone to inform the county governor, but you also know that we definitely can¡¯t count on County Governor Tang¡¯s speed for the time being.¡±
At the mention of the county governor¡¯s residence, Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help but smile mockingly. However, she quickly regained herposure and looked at Su Le. ¡°Su Le, arrange for someone to open the door.¡±
This trouble was caused by the county governor. Now that there was such a mistake, it was impossible for County Governor Tang to shirk responsibility!
¡°Open the door now?¡± Doctor Luo was shocked by Lin Sui¡¯s decision and he quickly said, ¡°Those people outside can¡¯t be persuaded at all!¡±
¡°Doctor Luo, don¡¯t worry. There¡¯s something that can persuade them!¡± Su Le was very certain. After he raised his hand, a few well-trained guards went up to the second floor with crossbows in their hands. When the people reached the second floor, he raised his hand and two guards quickly pulled open the door.
When themoners waiting outside saw the door open, they became even more restless and fought to squeeze their way in.
However, before they could take a few steps forward, they saw a row of arrowsnd less than five steps in front of them.
The approaching death threat forced the agitated people in the front row to calm down. In the blink of an eye, the guards who rushed out of the medical center had already created an empty space between the crowd and the entrance of the medical center.
At this moment, Doctor Luo apanied Lin Suisui out of the medical center and stood on the steps under the que. Looking at the dense crowd ofmoners below, she raised her voice and said, ¡°I know what everyone is worried about and afraid of, but there are a few things I have to exin in advance to prevent everyone from making wrong judgments.
Firstly, the five patients inside don¡¯t have the gue. They¡¯re merchants from the empire who have been framed and poisoned by the northern barbarians. They were brought back by the patrol camp when they were patrolling outside Cloud Mountain City!
After the county governor¡¯s people discovered that they were unconscious, they sent them to our medical center. They hoped that we could treat them so that they could learn about the situation when they woke up!
Secondly, even if these people are infected with the gue, aren¡¯t you afraid that you guys will die faster if you guyse here to cause trouble and catch the gue?
Don¡¯t forget, sometimes, there are gues that you don¡¯t need toe into contact with in order to get infected. You just need to stay for a period of time in the ces where people have contracted the gue have been!
Doctor Luo closed the door of the medical center not to avoid responsibility, but for the sake of everyone¡¯s health! It¡¯s really disappointing that you guys don¡¯t appreciate it!¡±
Chapter 387 - 387 Interrogation
387 Interrogation
As soon as Lin Suisui said this, the citizens, who were originally agitated and wanted to push forward, quickly retreated, leaving an empty space at the entrance of the medical center.
Because Lin Suisui had pointed out the county governor¡¯s residence this time, County Governor Tang, who was guarding not far away, received the news immediately. After knowing that it was Lin Suisui who came out to maintain order, his first reaction was that something was wrong. Before the bailiff outside the carriage could finish reporting, he quickly instructed the bearers to carry him over.
He couldn¡¯t be med for being surprised. After all, he had always thought that this woman lived in the inner residence.
Even if her medical skills were unparalleled, she was still a woman. Now that there was such trouble in the medical center, how could such a woman rush to the forefront? At first, he thought that she would probably get someone to inform her husband toe out and resolve this matter.
In that case, he could wait a little longer. After General Gu yed the bad guy and finished dealing with the people, he could be the peacemaker. That way, this matter could be resolved, and he wouldn¡¯t offend anyone.
It was simply a good scheme.
However, he didn¡¯t expect that the person who came first wasn¡¯t General Gu, but General Gu¡¯s wife!
If anything happened to General Gu¡¯s wife, he would probably lose his head!
Themotion caused by County Governor Tang¡¯s arrival quickly rmed themoners in the outermost circle and they quickly made way to let County Governor Tang and a group of bailiffs in.
¡°What are you guys doing?!¡± Compared to Lin Sui, County Governor Tang was definitely more intimidating. He only stood on the steps, but many citizens already wanted to escape.
They had been too worked up just now. Now that they had calmed down and thought about it, they discovered many strange things.
They looked at the armored guards who came out of the room to pave the way for Madam Pei just now, as well as the crossbowmen holding crossbows¡
They shouldn¡¯t get involved in this messy situation!
If things went wrong, they might really lose their head.
¡°The patients here were sent over by me for the medical center to help treat. The patients are merchants rescued from the patrol camp and are involved in a big case rted to northern barbarian spies!
¡°On the ount that you guys were misled by the rumors created by people with ulterior motives, if you guys leave now, I can let it go. But if you continue to cause trouble, don¡¯t me me for being rude. I¡¯ll detain all of you and sentence you to be sent to repair the city wall!¡±
County Governor Tang exined the main point of his trip to the crowd very straightforwardly. ¡°As for the gue you¡¯re talking about, these merchants were poisoned by the northern barbarians!
Do you guys want to be captured and interrogated as northern barbarians as well?¡±
Compared to those who spread rumors to beguile people, County Governor Tang¡¯s words were clearly more convincing. At this moment, many people calmed down and thought of the benefits of the medical center. They were afraid that the people in the medical center would remember them and refuse to treat them in the future, so they quickly ran away before the matter blew up.
Seeing that there were only a few people left in the crowd, no matter how indignant the ruffians who had been bribed could be, they could only watch as the situation was brought under control.
Of course, this didn¡¯t mean that there were no bold people among the troublemakers.
Someone in the crowd shouted, ¡°What if you¡¯re in cahoots with this medical center? Is there anything you can show to convince us to believe in your words?¡±
At this moment, the crowd was spreading out, so that person took this opportunity to shout and escape when no one was paying attention. However, he didn¡¯t expect that although the bailiffs brought by County Governor Tang didn¡¯t notice him, the guards that Su Le had previously dispatched to various high ces did notice him.
With Lin Sui¡¯s order, the hooligan, who had only run a few steps away, was pressed down on the spot by the guard who rushed over. He was dragged over and forced to kneel in the empty space at the entrance of the medical center.
¡°Since you have doubts, why did you run away after asking the question?¡± Lin Suisui sneered at the hooligan who had yet to give up struggling. ¡°When I first arrived in the northern region, I heard someone mention that County Governor Tang of Cloud Mountain City is a good official who treats the people like his own children. He has always been amiable and magnanimous.
Although what you said just now was offensive, it wasn¡¯t overboard. With County Governor Tang¡¯s amiable personality, he definitely won¡¯t me you. In that case, why did you run?¡±
¡°I just don¡¯t want to cause trouble!¡± Seeing that Lin Suisui was willing to give him a chance to speak, the hooligan naturally didn¡¯t let go of this opportunity to exin. He looked up at Lin Suisui and said matter-of-factly, ¡°County Governor Tang is an official, so of course amoner like me is worried about getting into trouble!
Besides, what I asked just now was reasonable.
The gue is a serious matter. If the two of you are mistaken, or if the two of you clearly know about it but are hiding it, how can ordinary people like us know?¡±
¡°If it was really the gue and I was a cowardly person like you said, I wouldn¡¯t havee out of the medical center today. Besides, County Governor Tang wouldn¡¯t havee over to exin things to all of you!
After all, ording to you, our lives are much more precious than yours!
¡°So can you understand my exnation now?¡± Lin Suisui was patient. She wasn¡¯t angered by the hooligan¡¯s rebuttal. Instead, she exined to him in a voice that everyone around her could hear.
When the hooligan heard this, he felt that it was about time she let him go, he quickly nodded in agreement and said a bunch of insincerepliments to Lin Suisui in front of everyone. Then, he waited for her to let him go.
Lin Suisui smiled at him from the beginning to the end. It wasn¡¯t until he finished praising him that she said calmly, ¡°So, aren¡¯t you afraid that your boss will deduct your money after you go back?¡±
Chapter 388 - 388 Resolution
388 Resolution
The hooligan didn¡¯t expect Lin Suisui to expose him.
He had been paid by someone to cause trouble, but how did this frail-looking woman in front of him know? He wanted to exin, but the guard beside him quickly came over and examined him. Then, he actually took out a few banknotes from him.
¡°I heard that you hang around casinos and brothels all day long. You rely on helping people collect debts and keep an eye on things to earn a living. You never have extra money on hand. Once you have money, you¡¯ll either drink it all or gamble it all away. So, how did you get the 50 taels of silver on you?¡±
Lin Suisui looked at the banknotes that the guard had taken as she asked the hooligan who was lying on the ground.
This wasn¡¯t a wild guess. During the past few days, this person had put a lot of effort into spreading rumors. Therefore, he naturally received handsome rewards from the mastermind.
Since he had appeared today, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t mind making an example out of him in public.
¡°Forget it. It¡¯s not appropriate for a woman like me to ask too much about such things. Just now, County Governor Tang said that the patients in our medical center are involved in a spy case.
Although I don¡¯t know much about what¡¯s going on outside, the fact that you¡¯re so eager to beguile people and instigate innocent people to attack the medical center is really suspicious.
¡°Why don¡¯t we send you to the Imperial City government that¡¯s supervising this case?! County Governor Tang, what do you think?¡±
As Lin Suisui told him her n, she didn¡¯t forget to ask County Governor Tang, who was standing at the side.
¡°Of course.¡± County Governor Tang nodded repeatedly. He was panicking, so now that Lin Suisui had suggested it, how could he dare to say no?
Besides, Lin Sui¡¯s arrangement was indeed suitable. He was just doing her a favor.
Before County Governor Tang agreed, the guards below pulled the hooligan on the ground up and dragged him out of the crowd.
This straightforward approach made the surrounding crowd fall silent. Then, they dispersed. A momentter, the medical center fell silent again.
Seeing that the crisis had been resolved, Lin Suisui turned around to look at County Governor Tang. ¡°Mr. County Governor, thank for your hard work. Fortunately, you rushed over in time. If you hade anyter, I¡¯m afraid we would have had to exin what happened just now.¡±
Her sarcasm made County Governor Tang¡¯s expression turn ugly.
After a long time, County Governor Tang finally regained his senses and he looked at Lin Suisui as he exined awkwardly, ¡°I rushed over after receiving the news. After all, it¡¯s a little far away, so I arrivedte.
These stupid citizens are too ignorant and easily beguiled by gossip. Please forgive them.¡±
County Governor Tang was very vague. He knew that the frail-looking Madam Pei wasn¡¯t easy to fool. However, now that things hade to this, he could only brace himself and try his best to fool her.
Lin Suisui only gave County Governor Tang a meaningful look. Without saying anything else, she turned around and returned to the medical center, leaving County Governor Tang alone outside the medical center. He was uneasy, but he had no choice but to leave.
After returning to the medical center, Lin Suisui asked Doctor Luo softly, ¡°Have those patients been settled yet?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry, we¡¯ve already settled them in a suitable ce.¡± Doctor Luo followed beside Lin Sui. When he heard her ask about this, he quickly replied, ¡°I followed your instructions and bought a small courtyard not far from our courtyard, then sent them over to settle down.
With Hu Zi and the others guarding there, you don¡¯t have to worry too much.¡±
¡°They¡¯re just tools to the northern barbarians. Now that those two spies have entered the northern barbarian territory safely, I believe no one will cause trouble for them for the time being.¡±
Lin Suisui nodded gently. She was confident in Doctor Luo¡¯s arrangements.
¡°Although on the surface, our medical center is in trouble because of thosemoners who didn¡¯t know the truth and was instigated by other people, at the end of the day, the root cause is not thosemoners.
¡°The masterminds hiding in the dark are the focus of our investigation this time.¡±
¡°Actually, before our medical center opened, I went to look for the medical association in the northern region. However, they rejected us.¡±
At the mention of this, Doctor Luo couldn¡¯t help but smile bitterly.
Just like other businesses in the empire, the medical centers in the northern region and the merchants in charge of the herb business all had a unified association called the medical association.
Highly respected and capable doctors were in charge of all matters in the medical association. Under normal circumstances, the medical association set rules regarding the prices of goods in the business, and members who joined the medical association would do things ording to the rules. If they vited them, they would be punished.
Correspondingly, the members of the medical center would also receive the medical association¡¯s protection. If they encountered any unexpected situations, the medical association would alsoe forward to help.
However, it wasn¡¯t easy to join the medical association.
For example, Doctor Luo had also gone to look for the medical association before their medical center opened, but in the end, the other party invited him out very ¡®politely¡¯ without even listening to Doctor Luo¡¯s introduction.
¡°Now that I think about it, it¡¯s fine if we don¡¯t join. If we do, I¡¯m afraid things will be even more troublesome.¡± As Doctor Luo told Lin Suisui about his visit to the medical association, he couldn¡¯t help but sigh.
If they had sessfully joined the medical association at that time, they would probably have to face the entire medical association¡¯s condemnation now.
¡°Even if we don¡¯t join, trouble will keeping.¡± Lin Suisui took the teacup from Bai Guo. She didn¡¯t agree with Doctor Luo¡¯s words.
This time, those people from the medical association were secretly causing trouble.
Now that it was no longer feasible to hire people to secretly cause trouble, if those people from the medical association were still unwilling to let the matter rest, they would probably have to pay them a visit.
In the past, Lin Suisui would definitely have stayed in the medical center and waited for the other party to cause trouble. However, this time, she had apletely different n.
Chapter 389 - 389 Causing Trouble
389 Causing Trouble
¡°What did you say? You want to go to the medical association again?¡± Lin Sui¡¯s thoughts shocked Doctor Luo, who widened his eyes and looked at Lin Suisui as if he had just met her for the first time. ¡°But we¡¯ve been there before. Those people are not willing to let us in at all.¡±
Only when more than half of the elders and members in the medical association voted in favor could a medical center be officially epted. However, because of the medical association¡¯s rejection and contempt for them, the medical center couldn¡¯t even enter the medical association, let alone hold a meeting.
Most importantly, it wasn¡¯t appropriate for Lu Ze to help.
After all, the most important thing in this kind ofpetition was one¡¯s own strength. Otherwise, if they really got Lu Ze to help, even if they entered the medical association, they would still be criticized for power abuse.
What¡¯s more, the spectors in the medical association would use this to masquerade as people unafraid of the rich and powerful. It really wasn¡¯t worth it!
¡°I¡¯m not going to the medical association. You have the list of shops opened by the elders of the medical association, right?¡± Lin Suisui smiled at Doctor Luo as she continued, ¡°We¡¯ll go one by one ording to the list!¡±
Showing off one¡¯s skills was very popr in all industries.
It was the same even in the medical association.
However, there were many ways for the medical association to show off its skills. They would inform all the doctors in the same city and even the surrounding area about difficult illnesses that couldn¡¯t be treated. Then, everyone would treat such illnesses together. In the end, those who could treat that illness would naturally be recognized as the winner and gain everyone¡¯s respect.
This was the method Lin Suisui used.
She moved those who had the worst symptoms and were already unconscious to the carriage. Then, she went to look for them one by one to cause trouble.
However, she wasn¡¯t the one knocking on the door, but Doctor Luo instead.
Doctor Luo, who had been holding back his anger earlier, led a group of guards and assistants to go door to door to ask for medicine.
Previously, they said that they had seen this illness and that it was the gue. Since these medical centers said that they had been practicing medicine for a few generations, it should be easier for them to treat the illness.
When the doctors and intermediate physicians were evaluating other people¡¯s medical skills, they were able to do it with ease. However, when it was their turn, they only took a look at the miserable state of the patients in the carriage before they couldn¡¯t take it anymore and rolled down from the carriage with pale faces. Then, they began to vomit.
Doctor Luo looked at these ¡®sissies¡¯ with disdain. Without saying anything, he led his men to the next medical center.
There were very few such exciting things to do in North Mountain City.
For a moment, the crowd that was simr to the one that surrounded the medical center yesterday followed Doctor Luo and the others to watch the entire process.
It also made them see for the first time that those doctors and intermediates, who imed to be divine doctors, were actually so ipetent.
At the same time, they became more interested in the medical center that had just opened, but had very capable and kind workers.
Doctor Luo acted as if he didn¡¯t see the crowd behind him and continued to lead people to their final destination, which was the entrance of the medical association.
Pauling Medical Center was considered thergest medical center and pharmacy in the northern region. It had more than ten branches of various sizes in the northern region. Its main branch in Cloud Mountain City was located at the intersection of the most prosperous main street. The doors on both sides were wide open in a magnificent manner.
Probably because he had long received the news that Doctor Luo was bringing people over, when Doctor Luo came out of the carriage, there were already many doctors standing at the entrance of the Pauling Medical Center. Sun Yunzhong¡¯s expression was unpleasant, but his attitude was still polite when facing Doctor Luo.
¡°Doctor Luo, what are you doing?¡±
When Sun Yunzhong saw Doctor Luo approach, Sun Yunzhong¡¯s expression tensed up and his tone was unfriendly.
¡°I¡¯m here to seek medical treatment. Don¡¯t tell me you think I¡¯m here to buy satin to make clothes?¡± Sun Yunzhong¡¯s tone was unfriendly, so Doctor Luo¡¯s attitude was naturally unfriendly as well.
He raised his chin slightly. Although Sun Yunzhong was standing two steps above, because he was short and his aura wasn¡¯t as imposing as Doctor Luo¡¯s, he was intimidated into taking two steps back. Even though he was unwilling, he was already in a disadvantageous position, so he could only snort unwillingly. ¡°You¡¯re clearly looking for trouble!¡±
¡°Be careful with your words!¡± Doctor Luo stared at Sun Yunzhong¡¯s goatee as he scolded with a serious expression, ¡°I believe you know what happened at our medical center yesterday.
The patients are all merchants from our empire and were set up by the northern barbarians. Because this is an important case involving northern barbarian spies, we need to get information from them urgently.
Unfortunately, after so many days, no matter what method our medical center used, although their symptoms had eased, they are still unconscious.
Therefore, we have no other choice. After asking the county governor, I brought the patients to other medical centers to help think of a way to treat them!
I¡¯m not looking for trouble!
Speaking of which, this experience was an eye-opener for me! Previously, the doctors in the medical association all said that they were famous doctors in the northern region, but when they really saw the patients, they either fainted from shock or vomited. Mr. Sun, as doctors, we¡¯ve seen all kinds of wounds, so their reactions shouldn¡¯t have been like that!¡±
Doctor Luo¡¯s words made Sun Yunzhong blush and he wished he could find a hole to hide in.
However, he also knew that now wasn¡¯t the time to retreat. If he took even a single step back, the man in front of him would probably rush forward ten steps! Therefore, although he knew that Doctor Luo was being reasonable, he still quibbled. ¡°Even so, you shouldn¡¯t have brought people to look for trouble!¡±
Chapter 390 - 390 Tricked
390 Tricked
Sun Yunzhong really wanted to tell Doctor Luo that he wasn¡¯t looking for doctors for treatment, but causing trouble instead! Moreover, if everyone found out about this, wouldn¡¯t the medical association be a joke?!
On the one hand, he resented Doctor Luo for being so ruthless. On the other hand, he despised his ipetent peers. If not for the fact that those people were too useless, this person in front of him wouldn¡¯t have brought all the idle people in the city around the city to watch the medical association make a fool of themselves.
¡°What else could I have done if I didn¡¯t do this? It¡¯s not like I¡¯m able to invite everyone from the medical association over!¡± Doctor Luo looked at Sun Yunzhong innocently, as if he didn¡¯t think that he had done anything wrong at all. He even seemed a little aggrieved. ¡°The previous few times I visited the medical association, you guys rejected me. What else could I have done?
¡°The county governor is very anxious about this matter. Now, even the Imperial City government is asking about it. I really have no choice but to resort to this. Please understand and don¡¯t take it to heart.¡±
Doctor Luo¡¯s words exasperated Sun Yunzhong. After a while, he red at Doctor Luo and said angrily, ¡°In that case, where is the patient now?¡±
¡°In the carriage.¡± Doctor Luo took a step to the side and gestured for Sun Yunzhong to look at the carriage behind him. ¡°The patient is in the carriage. Do you want to go in and take a look?¡±
¡°Since you¡¯re here to seek treatment, I¡¯ll have to trouble you to send him to the medical center!¡± Sun Yunzhong snorted and nced at Doctor Luo unhappily. He had also heard that those doctors had been invited into the carriage to check. Who knew if there was a trap waiting for him in the carriage?
Therefore, he didn¡¯t dare to be careless now and he felt that things would be safe only if they happened in his territory.
However, to Sun Yunzhong¡¯s surprise, Doctor Luo didn¡¯t object Instead, Doctor Luo immediately nodded in agreement before turning around and instructing the servant to carry the person in.
It was also because of Sun Yunzhong¡¯s request that the surroundingmoners, who had followed Doctor Luo around more than half of Cloud Mountain City, finally saw the patient¡¯s appearance clearly.
It was a terrifying sight that no one had seen before!
His limbs had shrunk so much that they were almost invisible and his head was like a tortoise that was shrinking back into his body.
He really looked like a turtle hiding in a shell.
In order to slow down the speed of his illness worsening, Lin Suisui had already tried her best to concoct an antidote. However, because she had yet to figure out many of the ingredients of this voodoo and the patient had been poisoned for too long, even if he took the medicine, it only slowed down the speed of his atrophy. In order to prevent the patient¡¯s head from shrinking back into his body and making him unable to breathe, Doctor Luo and the others could only think of a way to get something like a ¡°neck ring¡± to block the patient¡¯s shrinking head first and barely keep the patient¡¯s mouth and nose outside.
Although his appearance was veryical, in order to save his life, there was no other way.
The moment they saw this patient, the surroundingmoners gasped. After Sun Yunzhong took a look, his expression turned ugly.
He finally understood why his peers had such a big reaction after seeing this patient. He was really¡
The patient¡¯s appearance was too shocking.
¡°Where are we sending this patient?¡± Doctor Luo stared at Sun Xingshou as he asked for instructions with a smile.
¡°Carry him into the hall first!¡± Sun Yunzhong suppressed the resistance in his heart. If possible, he really wanted to p himself for asking him to carry the patient out.
Doctor Luo didn¡¯t stand on ceremony with him. After hearing this order, he waved his hand. The servants waiting behind quickly carried a stretcher and sent him into the hall of the medical center.
Along the way, they bumped into the people still blocking the door. Those people quickly retreated, as if they had seen a ferocious beast. However, even so, there were still a few people who didn¡¯t dodge in time and were so frightened by the patient¡¯s tragic state that they started to retch¡
¡°Mr. Sun, this patient has been poisoned by the northern barbarians.¡± Seeing that the patient had been sent in, Doctor Luo looked at Sun Yunzhong as if he had been relieved of a heavy burden and whispered to him, ¡°You¡¯ve been practicing medicine in the northern region, so you should have some understanding of this kind of poison.
¡°I¡¯ll leave the patient to you. If there¡¯s nothing else, I¡¯ll go back first.¡±
¡°Where are you going?¡± Sun Yunzhong didn¡¯t think much of Doctor Luo¡¯s words, but when he heard that Doctor Luo was leaving, he couldn¡¯t help but exim, ¡°Are you nning to leave this patient with me?¡±
¡°What else?¡± Doctor Luo stopped and turned around to look at Sun Yunzhong as he asked in confusion, ¡°This patient¡¯s condition is so serious, so he definitely has to stay behind to be treated by you, Mr. Sun. It¡¯s not convenient for me to stay, right?!
¡°Don¡¯t worry. Everyone knows that I sent the patient to you. I¡¯m absolutely confident in your character and medical skills. If you need anythingter, feel free to send someone to inform us. We¡¯ll definitely cooperate with you!
By the way, the county governor said don¡¯t worry about the medical fees! It doesn¡¯t matter how expensive the herbs are. As long as you can save him, we can afford it!¡±
After saying that, Doctor Luo bowed to Sun Yunzhong, who was ]on the steps. Then, he turned around and left without looking back, leaving Sun Yunzhong standing there in shock.
After Doctor Luo left with his men, Sun Yunzhong realizes that he had been set up.
Thinking of what Doctor Luo had said just now, Sun Yunzhong was so angry that he wanted to p himself!
Those colleagues were not stupid. They thought that bringing this patient out of the car would cause trouble, so they took the initiative to get into the car to treat this patient!
If someone had chosen to ask for the patient to be carried out of the car like him, this patient would have been left in the medical center of those people from before and wouldn¡¯t have been brought to him!
Damn, he had been tricked!
Chapter 391 - 391 Looking for Trouble
391 Looking for Trouble
Realizing that he had be a sucker, Sun Yunzhong was so angry that he almost fainted. As he scolded himself for being stupid, he didn¡¯t forget to make a mental note to get payback against his slippery peers. Of course, he hated Doctor Luo even more.
He would get payback!
However, although he was ovee with hatred, he still had to resolve the problem at hand.
Although he had never seen voodoo with his own eyes, as a doctor who lived in the northern region, he knew about the northern barbarians.
!!
Therefore, since the other party said that this patient had voodoo, he could only reluctantly gather all the doctors in the medical center to check the patient¡¯s condition.
However, to Sun Yunzhong¡¯s surprise, even though he called all the doctors in the entire Pauling Medical Center in Cloud Mountain City and everyone surrounded this patient for a long time, they failed to obtain a definite treatment result.
Sun Yunzhong originally nned to write a letter to ask the doctors who were still at the other branches for help, but before he could finish writing the letter, Pei Qian had already brought the people from the Imperial City government over.
Logically speaking, Pei Qian didn¡¯t have to make a trip down personally today. However, after hearing about the methods these people had used against the medical center, Pei Qian couldn¡¯t sit still anymore.
He walked in with a team of fully armed guards.
When Sun Yunzhong rushed downstairs after receiving the news, he saw Pei Qian sitting in the middle of the hall leisurely while flipping through a medical book he had gotten from somewhere.
Even after seeing hime down, Pei Qian didn¡¯t shift his attention away from the book. Instead, he waited for Sun Yunzhong toe over and greet him respectfully before looking up at him with a smile. ¡°Mr. Sun, you¡¯re really busy.¡±
¡°Mr. Pei, please forgive me. I treated a patient who had just been sent over with a few doctors. That¡¯s why I got dyed from weing you. Please forgive me.¡±
Sun Yunzhong raised his hand to wipe the cold sweat off his forehead as he bowed and exined to Pei Qian carefully. At the same time, he didn¡¯t forget to ask Pei Qian about the purpose of his trip. ¡°May I know why you are here this time?¡±
¡°How¡¯s the treatment of the patient?¡± Pei Qian threw the medical book in his hand onto the short table at the side. After he changed into a morefortable posture, he sized up Sun Yunzhong¡¯s group. ¡°Sun Xing is known as the number one doctor in the northern region, so I believe he won¡¯t disappoint me.¡±
¡°Mr. Pei, this voodoo is really strange. Please give us a few more days and let us¡¡±
Sun Yunzhong could only try to think of a way to ask Pei Qian to give him a few more days. However, just as he spoke, he was interrupted by Pei Qian. ¡°A few days? How many?¡±
¡°This, this¡ I¡¯m writing to the doctors around me and asking them to help take a look¡¡±
Pei Qian didn¡¯t fall for it at all and was unwilling to give him any chance to stall for time, so he interrupted him, ¡°Three days.
The case is urgent and cannot be dyed. If Sun Xing can¡¯t wake this patient up in three days, don¡¯t me me for taking off your golden signboard!¡±
¡°Mr. Pei, aren¡¯t you asking too much? This patient wasn¡¯t handed over to us to deal with in the past, so even if we want to hold someone ountable, shouldn¡¯t the medical center take responsibility for the dy?¡±
Without waiting for Sun Yunzhong to speak, his eldest grandson, who had always had a bad temper, exined to Pei Qian unhappily, ¡°You¡¯re not being fair at all!¡±
¡°Fair?¡±
Pei Qian was about to bring the teacup to his mouth when he suddenly stopped what he was doing. He raised his head slightly to nce at him and the corners of his lips slowly curled up. Qian He quickly stepped forward and pped him twice, causing Young Master Sun, who had been imposing moments before, to fall to the ground.
¡°I¡¯m the one who decides on fairness.
If I say it¡¯s fair, it¡¯s fair! Just like when you guys tried to bribe people to frame the medical center, the people from the medical center didn¡¯t ask you guys for fairness either!
Why did Ie to cause trouble for you guys instead of pursuing the matter with the medical center?
It¡¯s because you guys are from the northern region¡¯s medical association and your grandfather is the leader of this medical association! If you guys can¡¯t even handle this, why operate a medical center? Wouldn¡¯t it be better to close down early on?¡±
After saying that, Pei Qian had no intention of staying any longer. After he ced the teacup in his hand on the table at the side and stood up, he said to the sullen Sun Yunzhong, ¡°No matter what method you use, I want to see the results within three days.¡±
¡°Grandpa, this is clearly¡¡±
After Sun Helin covered his swollen cheek, he still wanted to say something, but Sun Yunzhong quickly said sternly, ¡°Shut up!
What did I warn you about before? You have to be careful in everything you do!
Even if you wanted to attack the medical center, why didn¡¯t youe up with a foolproof n? Can¡¯t you tell why they¡¯re looking for trouble now? They¡¯re clearly trying to knock us down a peg!
Previously, I told you not to act rashly because the backer of the medical center is unknown, but you refused to listen!
Now that you¡¯ve been pped in the face, you still have the nerve to argue!¡±
Seeing his son being scolded, Sun Ruxing, who had been silent at the side, raised his hand and gestured for his son to go treat the injuries on his face. At the same time, he advised Sun Yunzhong very respectfully, ¡°Father, calm down. Helin was too anxious, so he went overboard.
The most important thing now is to think of a way to resolve the current situation. Otherwise, it won¡¯t be easy to deal with Mr. Pei when hees three dayster.¡±
¡°You make it sound nice. Even if we send the letter out, we won¡¯t be able to wait for your uncles toe back and save the day!¡± Sun Yunzhong¡¯s expression was dark as he paced back and forth in the hall in frustration. ¡°The most important thing now is not whether he can be treated or not, but that if anything happens to him, things will be even more troublesome!¡±
Chapter 392 - 392 Shuffling
392 Shuffling
¡°What he means is that this isn¡¯t just our family¡¯s responsibility. Mr. Pei also said that it¡¯s closely rted to the entire northern region¡¯s medical association. In that case, the others naturally can¡¯t stay out of it.¡±
Sun Ruxing lowered his head. His attitude was still humble and polite, but his words made Sun Yunzhong stop in his tracks. Then, he turned around and looked at him with bright eyes. ¡°Yes! You¡¯re right!
Since we¡¯re doomed, we have to get them to suffer together with us!
¡°Arrange for someone to inform the other medical centers in the medical association and get them to find all the doctors in the city. Tell them that Mr. Pei wants the entire medical association to deal with this matter!
!!
If they don¡¯t handle it well and Pauling Medical Center closes down in three days, the other medical centers won¡¯t be able to continue to operate either!¡±
Previously, when they wanted to deal with Lin Suisui¡¯s medical center, Rejuvenation Hall, everyone had a share, so why should the Sun family take the me now?
There was no way they could stay out of this!
The trouble at the various medical centers in Cloud Mountain City didn¡¯t affect Lin Sui. As she administered acupuncture to one of the merchants who was still unconscious, she listened to Doctor Luo report the situation outside today.
¡°It¡¯s time to teach this medical association a lesson.¡± Lin Suisui put away the silver needles and stood up to wash her hands as she said to Doctor Luo in a low voice, ¡°Do you know how much throat medicine, which costs ten copper coins, is sold for in other shops?¡±
¡°It¡¯s sold for at least 30 copper coins. Pauling Medical Center sells it at the highest price. It¡¯s said to be an ancestral secret recipe and costs more than 50 copper coins.¡± Doctor Luo frowned. Upon thinking of the high prices, he couldn¡¯t sympathize with his peers anymore.
¡°Actually, the medicine in the northern region wasn¡¯t that expensive in the beginning.
After General Gao came over to take over the northern region¡¯s affairs, the prices of many things in Cloud Mountain City began to increase. After the medical association passed into the Sun family¡¯s hands, the price of medicine doubled.¡±
The Sun family had controlled the medical association all these years and controlled the price of medicine in the entire northern region, so they earned a lot of profit.
Only medical centers and pharmacies that followed the Sun family¡¯s lead could operate in the northern region. If they were dissatisfied, the Sun family would take revenge on them and they would have no choice but to close down.
At first, Doctor Luo was rejected because Rejuvenation Hall didn¡¯t pay the Sun family the fee to enter the medical association. Later on, because Rejuvenation Hall¡¯s medicine was cheaper than that of the other shops in the medical association, the Sun family became even more envious.
Most importantly, the medical center had its own way of purchasing herbs, so the Sun family¡¯s n to cut off their supply failed. They thought of other ways to suppress the medical center but didn¡¯t expect to encounter such a huge obstacle right from the beginning.
¡°Actually, after I came to Cloud Mountain City early in the morning, I went to the medical center in the city in private to check.¡± Lin Suisui nodded in agreement with Doctor Luo. ¡°At that time, I felt that the medicine and the consultation fee were expensive, but I didn¡¯t think too much about it. Now, it seems that the medical centers in Cloud Mountain City are quite corrupt!
If they can turn over a new leaf and manage their medical centers in a legitimate manner, it¡¯s not impossible to give them a chance to repent. If they refuse to change their ways, they can¡¯t me us for not giving them a way out.
After all, having one more quack like this is an additional disaster for those people who are seeking treatment!¡±
Lin Suisui was actually talking to Lu Ze about how the medical association had sent people to cause trouble for the Rejuvenation Hall, so she wanted to make some adjustments to the medical association in Cloud Mountain City.
Initially, she didn¡¯t think too much about it when she saw that the medical center was doing well every day. Later on, after Doctor Luo reminded her and exined, she realized that the reason thesemoners chose toe all the way to visit their medical center was that they could only afford their medical center¡¯s medical fees now.
Therefore, after discussing it with Lu Ze, Lin Suisui decided to start with this matter. She would chase out all the quacks in the medical association of the northern region so that new doctors who could actually treat people coulde over and change the medical association in the northern region.
¡°But I heard that they¡¯ve already gathered all the doctors and intermediates from all the medical centers in North Mountain City. They¡¯ve even invited doctors without borders and alchemists. If they really think of a way to wake that merchant up, then¡¡±
Doctor Luo was still a little uneasy.
After all, many things in this world were difficult to predict. If someone really had the ability to wake up that patient, wouldn¡¯t all their ns be in vain?
¡°It¡¯s not that I look down on the Sun family and those people from the medical association, but they don¡¯t dare to give it a try.¡± After Lin Suisui finished writing the prescription in her hand, she said, ¡°Actually, if they dare to try, there will actually be hope.
However, those people were afraid of messing up, so no one dared to give it a try.
After all, in their opinion, if they couldn¡¯t wake the patient up, they would at most be punished. ording to what they had experienced previously, they probably still wanted to settle this matter with money!
However, if they tried to treat this patient but failed, the consequences would be dire!
Therefore, they must be discussing it fervently, but no one dares to actually write a prescription!¡±
This was the reason Lin Suisui had asked Lu Ze to arrange for someone to go to the Sun family¡¯s medical center.
Actually, if anyone dared to take responsibility and give it a try, it wasn¡¯t impossible for the medical association to escape from the current predicament. However, those people were already used to taking advantage of various situations. If they really had to stand up and take responsibility, they all acted like cowards.
¡°But why are you so sure that they wille looking for us again in the next two days?¡± Doctor Luo could understand Lin Sui¡¯s guess, but he couldn¡¯t understand why Lin Suisui said that those people would beg their medical center in the end.
¡°Desperate times call for desperate measures. At this moment, there should be smart people who can guess the rtionship between the government and our medical center.
In order to avoid trouble, they mighte over and beg us.¡± Lin Suisui handed the prescription to Doctor Luo. ¡°Try this prescription again. I¡¯ve made some minor adjustments. Let them drink two more doses tomorrow.¡±
Chapter 393 - 393 Argument
393 Argument
Sun Yunzhong had not been in a good mood ever since the patient who had been poisoned entered the Pauling Medical Center.
What little hope he had was finally exhausted by the discussions of the other doctors.
Although everyone was discussing it fervently now, when they really had to decide whose prescription to test, the people who had been articte previously immediately became timid.
No one had the guts, and no one was willing to take responsibility.
!!
This was a dilemma for them.
¡°You guys have been discussing for so long, but you guys still haven¡¯t found a reliable way to treat him?¡± Sun Yunzhong finally became impatient and pped the table heavily. Seeing that everyone in the room had turned to look at him, he questioned unhappily, ¡°You guys have been discussing for so long and arguing for so long already.¡±
Sun Yunzhong didn¡¯t have the patience to stay any longer.
Apart from arguing, these people seemed to be unable to do anything else!
When they signed the agreement to distribute the benefits, they quarreled. When they set the rules that everyone had to follow, they quarreled. Now that the entire medical association was facing demise, they were still quarreling!
¡°Don¡¯t be angry. We¡¯re just discussing it!¡± Kong Xunqi, the head of the Kong family¡¯s medical center, took a sip of tea and looked at Sun Yunzhong with a smile. ¡°As you know, it doesn¡¯t matter if this patient can be cured or not. At most, each family can pay a little money aspensation. But if this patient is harmed by our treatment, we won¡¯t be able to answer to the higher-ups.¡±
¡°So you¡¯re saying that we don¡¯t have to think about how to treat him anymore and should just wait to ept punishment after three days?¡± Sun Yunzhong turned around. He had never gotten along with Kong Xunqi, who was the person who was most dissatisfied with him being the head of the medical association in the northern region.
Now that there was an opportunity to suppress him, Kong Xunqi was naturally the happiest.
Therefore, Sun Yunzhong was also very hostile towards Kong Xunqi.
Kong Xunqi didn¡¯t panic and he even smiled at Sun Yunzhong. ¡°Of course not. I definitely have to try my best.
However, everyone seems to be working in the wrong direction now. How much do we even know about this voodoo?
¡°In my opinion, rather than letting our imagination run wild here, why don¡¯t we try to ask the person who¡¯s most likely to cure this voodoo?¡±
Kong Xunqi¡¯s words attracted the attention of everyone in the room.
Everyone turned to look at him while waiting for him to answer their question. However, at this critical moment, Kong Xunqi stopped talking. Sun Yunzhong was so angry that he almost threw the teacup in his hand at his head.
However, now wasn¡¯t the time to lose his temper, so he red at Kong Xunqi patiently. ¡°Then, what better idea do you have?¡±
¡°Why can¡¯t we go to the Rejuvenation Hall?¡±
Kong Xunqi sighed. Sometimes, he was really puzzled as to how this person in front of him be the head of the medical association?!
He was so stupid!
Or rather, they werepletely blinded by money. Other things seemed to be beyond theirprehension. For example, it was so obvious that the other party already knew about what the medical association had done to their medical center in private. Now that they had resolved the trouble they caused, they came to get payback!
As the saying went, he that hid could find.
Since the medical center wanted to take revenge, the simplest way to resolve the current problem was to take the initiative to visit the medical center to apologize and obtain their forgiveness, so that they could resolve the crisis!
However, these people actually fantasized about finding a way to cure the voodoo poison in three days?!
How delusional!
They were too delusional!
¡°Find the medical center? Why look for them? They¡¯re the ones who caused us trouble! In that case, they¡¯re waiting to make a fool of us. If we go to them for help, wouldn¡¯t we asking to be humiliated?¡±
When a short doctor heard Kong Xunqi¡¯s suggestion, he couldn¡¯t help but shout before Sun Yunzhong could even respond.
With him taking the lead, the hall, which had finally quietened down, became noisy again.
Sun Yunzhong called out to quiet them a few times, but it was useless. In the end, he couldn¡¯t take it anymore and smashed the teacup in his hand on the ground. Only then did he barely manage to control the situation that might go out of control at any moment.
¡°Alright, stop arguing and listen to what Mr. Kong has to say.¡± Sun Yunzhong turned to look at Kong Xunqi again.
Kong Xunqi had always been smart and cunning, so he might have really thought of a good way to resolve this situation this time.
Therefore, after thinking about it, Sun Yunzhong decided to listen to this person¡¯s opinion first.
¡°As you know, this patient was first sent to the medical center by the government.¡± Seeing that the room had quietened down, Kong Xunqi continued to analyze the reason for his decision. ¡°They had more time than us, and Doctor Luo came with such fanfare this time. If they hadn¡¯t made any progress in treating this voodoo, how could he have thought of blowing up this matter?
¡°Aren¡¯t they worried that we¡¯ll find an opportunity to counterattack?¡±
¡°Maybe it¡¯s because the doctor in charge of their medical center is ipetent and can¡¯t cure this voodoo, and he¡¯s afraid of the pressure from the higher-ups, so he wants to push the trouble to us?¡±
Kong Xunqi¡¯s analysis was quickly questioned by his subordinates.
After all, this wasn¡¯t impossible!
At this point, many people began to secretlyin about Sun Yunzhong, who was sitting at the head of the table.
Previously, Doctor Luo had also brought the patients to their respective medical centers, but in the end, he wasn¡¯t allowed to enter their medical center. They only entered the carriage and took a look before returning.
This wasn¡¯t because they were too careful, but because this was the only way to minimize the risk!
However, man proposes god disposes. They had all tried so carefully to avoid trouble, but they didn¡¯t expect Sun Xing to fail at thest juncture.
Chapter 394 - 394 Forgive Me
394 Forgive Me
¡°It never hurts to try.¡±
Kong Xunqi wasn¡¯t surprised to hear their discussions andints. He just turned around and looked at Sun Yunzhong, who was sitting at the head of the table with a dark expression. ¡°Sun Xing, we don¡¯t have much time left. If we dy any longer, the situation will probably get worse.¡±
¡°Doctor Luo used to be a military doctor in the army. Because of some incidents, he was fired and sent to the general room in the army to do manualbor! How can a person like him have the ability to cure voodoo?¡±
Sun Ruxing, who was standing beside Sun Yunzhong, suddenly mentioned Doctor Luo¡¯s past. This was much more convincing than baseless guesses andints.
¡°As far as I know, the person in charge isn¡¯t Dr. Luo.¡± Compared to the others, Kong Xunqi had obviously done some research on the medical center.
Therefore, when he talked about these things now, he was much more knowledgeable than the others.
He was also more convincing.
¡°Are you talking about the general¡¯s wife?¡± Before Kong Xunqi could finish speaking, a disdainful voice sounded. ¡°She¡¯s just a woman. What can she possibly do?¡±
¡°Since this won¡¯t do, you guys can stay here and continue to think about it! I still have some things to do in my shop, so I have to go first.¡±
Kong Xunqi had onlye to make a suggestion and didn¡¯t want to get involved in the trouble. Therefore, after discovering that no one was willing to listen to his suggestions, he couldn¡¯t be bothered to waste his breath. He stood up and nned to leave.
However, just as he had this thought, he was stopped by Sun Yunzhong.
¡°Mr. Kong, you can¡¯t leave yet.¡± Sun Yunzhong couldn¡¯t care less about his dignity anymore. He grabbed Kong Xunqi¡¯s arm and pulled him back to his seat. ¡°I won¡¯t hide it from everyone. This is a critical moment for the medical association in the northern region.
We won¡¯t be able to earn money together like in the past!
I¡¯ve actually been thinking about this for the past two days. It¡¯s just that after our medical association stopped supplying herbs to the military, I felt that something was wrong.
Previously, General Gao had the final say and we just had to send gifts to the general every year. Then, we could enjoy peace for the next year.
But how long had it been since General Gao had appeared outside?
Now, he no longer has the final say in the northern region!
Originally, I thought that he was just an outsider who would leave after a few days, but then General Wei Bei also came.
Later on, the medical center became responsible for supplying the military with herbs.
I¡¯ve been feeling uneasy. Since things havee to this point, I think the higher-ups want to use this opportunity to make a move on our medical association!
Brother Kong, we¡¯ve known each other all our lives and fought for our lives!
We can¡¯t continue fighting like this anymore. We have to work together to get over the current crisis first. Otherwise, our lives will probably get worse day by day.¡±
¡°Since you¡¯ve already said so, let me say something too!¡± Kong Xunqi stared at Sun Yunzhong for a long time before sighing and saying in a low voice, ¡°We¡¯ve been fighting for most of our lives, but look at what we used to fight about in the past and what we¡¯re fighting about now!
In the past, we fought so hard for treatment prescriptions for the sake of treating illnesses and saving people!
But why are we arguing now? How much we can sell medicine for? How much profit it can bring to our medical center?!
Think about it. How long has it been since thest time we discussed medicine?
Do you know how much the price of medicine in the northern region has increased in less than five years?
Actually, from that moment on, I had already thought that if our medical association continued like this, this day woulde sooner orter! We¡¯re doctors, not businessmen.
When I say this, it feels like I¡¯m shooting myself in the foot, but let¡¯s forget it!
¡°We¡¯ve earned enough money over the years. It¡¯s time to stop!¡±
¡°Do you mean that our medical association will be disbanded from now on?¡± Sun Yunzhong didn¡¯t expect Kong Xunqi, who had never spoken to him nicely, to persuade him to quit now¡
Was he crazy?
¡°Even if you want to, you have to have the ability to keep it!¡± Kong Xunqi sighed. Seeing how stubborn he was, he didn¡¯t want to persuade him anymore.
It was useless!
¡°Money is a good thing, but no matter how good money is, we have to be alive to have the chance to spend it! With our current situation, if we continue down this path, we¡¯ll really screw ourselves over!¡±
Kong Xunqi took a deep look at Sun Yunzhong. In the end, amidst themotion, he turned around and quickly left the hall with his people.
However, when Kong Xunqi got into the carriage and the driver asked where they were going, he first said that he was going home. However, after the carriage drove a few steps, he changed his mind and suggested going to Rejuvenation Hall.
When Kong Xunqi came over, Doctor Luo was instructing the medical assistant. When he heard that Kong Xunqi came over, he didn¡¯t panic and continued to instruct the assistant. After he washed his hands in a copper basin at the side, he went to the hall to meet Kong Xunqi, who had been there for a while.
¡°Doctor Luo.¡± When Kong Xunqi saw Doctor Luo, he cupped his hands and bowed to him politely. Then, they went to the private room on the second floor.
¡°Let¡¯s not beat around the bush. I¡¯m here today regarding the patient you sent over previously.¡± Kong Xunqi didn¡¯t waste time exchanging pleasantries and went straight to the point.
¡°I just want to ask if you really have no clue about this voodoo, and that¡¯s why you sent him to another medical center.¡±
¡°Mr. Kong, if I had a way to wake him up, why would I go out and ask you guys for help?¡± Doctor Luo smiled as he replied firmly, ¡°I had no choice. If you guys had let us join the medical association back then, I wouldn¡¯t have caused such a bigmotion this time. I¡¯ve caused trouble for you guys, so please forgive me.¡±
Chapter 395 - 395 The Past
395 The Past
Doctor Luo¡¯s wless response exasperated Kong Xunqi, who stared at Doctor Luo for a long time before saying, ¡°Senior Brother, are you still unwilling to forgive me?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t!¡± Doctor Luo suddenly took two steps back and waved his hand repeatedly as he said to Kong Xunqi, ¡°I can¡¯t afford to be addressed as that. I¡¯m afraid you¡¯ve mistaken me for someone else!
I¡¯m a straightforward person and won¡¯t beat around the bush.
I really don¡¯t know how to treat that patient. If I had a way, why would I leave him in the lurch?¡±
!!
Doctor Luo¡¯s rejection made Kong Xunqi swallow his next words.
He sighed, but was still unwilling to give up. He looked at Doctor Luo and said, ¡°You said that you can¡¯t treat him, but you didn¡¯t say that no one in your medical center can treat him.
Your backer should have a way!¡±
¡°Mr. Kong, what are you saying?¡± Doctor Luo narrowed his eyes at Kong Xunqi. He wasn¡¯t flustered at all and he said with a calm smile, ¡°I¡¯m just a doctor. What the higher-ups think is up to them.
For example, will the doctors below you ask you every few days if you know how to treat this illness or that illness?¡±
Despite seeing that Doctor Luo was unwilling to relent, Kong Xunqi was still unwilling to give up and continued to beat around the bush, but the oue was no different from before. Doctor Luo kept rambling and was unwilling to answer him directly.
In the end, he could only leave.
After sending Kong Xunqi off, Doctor Luo stood up and walked into the inner room, where he saw Lin Sui, who had been sitting inside for an unknown period of time.
¡°I didn¡¯t know that Kong Xunqi is actually your Junior Brother.¡± Lin Suisui put down the teacup in her hand and looked at Doctor Luo with interest as she asked curiously.
¡°We¡¯re not.¡± Doctor Luo didn¡¯t hide anything and simply told her about his past.
¡°When we were young, we did study medicine under the same mentor. He started outte, but he was very diligent and hardworking, so our mentor liked him very much. However, there were some rules.
For example, people like Mr. Kong, whose family ran a medical center of their own, usually weren¡¯t epted as inner sect disciples.
However, when he entered the sect, he hid his identity.
Later on, between me and him, my mentor chose the smarter and more capable Junior Brother as his personal disciple. He hoped that he could learn something useful and be a sect master in the future.
However, three months after my Junior Brother became his personal disciple, another man from the sect suddenly came to visit. He actually recognized my Junior Brother as the young master of the Kong family, which had a medical center.
When he saw that his identity couldn¡¯t be hidden, he had no choice but to reveal his identity.
At that time, our mentor was enraged. Although he was expelled from the sect, this blow of being deceived still affected our mentor¡¯s health greatly.
¡°My mentor wasn¡¯t in good health to begin with. During those two years, he tried his best to teach me everything, but when he saw that the Kong family¡¯s medical center had introduced a pill with the same form as our sect¡¯s medicine, my mentor was so angry that his condition worsened again. In the end, he didn¡¯t survive that winter.¡±
Doctor Luo exined it very briefly, but Lin Suisui still understood what he meant.
In order to obtain secret prescription forms from Doctor Luo¡¯s sect, Kong Xunqi hid his identity and infiltrated his sect to study medicine.
Because Doctor Luo¡¯s mentor cherished talent, he chose Kong Xunqi, who had entered the sectter but was more talented, as his personal disciple and gave up on the more kind-hearted eldest disciple.
In the end, he realized that the sessor of the sect was actually a thief.
He was a thief who wanted to steal the sect¡¯s secret and caused the entire sect¡¯s downfall!
It was no wonder that the old man was so angry that he fell ill.
¡°Actually, my mentor was angry that he kept saying that he had let my mentor down and wanted to repent, but a lot of herbal prescriptions still appeared in the Kong family¡¯s medical center.
¡°That was the hard work of multiple generations of our sect members, but¡¡±
Doctor Luo sighed. Even if he didn¡¯t say it, he knew that Lin Sui, who was also a doctor, could empathize with him.
How could he be nice to such a person?
¡°Alright, the past is in the past. Since we know what he¡¯s like, let¡¯s be careful in the future.¡± Lin Suisui smiled at Doctor Luo and said, ¡°But we have to be more careful about who works in our medical center in the future.
Mr. Pei has already bought the shop next to our medical center. When the timees, it will be even bigger. However, if the ce is bigger, there will naturally be more people. In order to avoid unnecessary trouble in the future, I¡¯ll have to trouble you and Yuan Niang.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry. We¡¯ll pay attention to this at all times.¡±
Not daring to be negligent at all, Doctor Luo nodded repeatedly.
As Lin Suisui and Doctor Luo were talking about the past, Kong Xunqi, who was sitting in the carriage, thought of his past as well.
Did he regret it? To be honest, he did.
Every night, he would dream of the expression on his mentor¡¯s face when he found out about his identity. Every time he dreamed of it, he felt like a knife was stabbing into his chest. The pain was unbearable.
However, if there was another chance for him to choose again, he would still make the same choice.
At that time, the Kong family¡¯s medical center was on the brink of closure. His father and grandfather were ipetent, and his uncle was eyeing the shop. If he didn¡¯t think of a way, the Kong family¡¯s medical center would probably fall into his uncle¡¯s hands in the end.
It wasn¡¯t that he didn¡¯t care about his sect.
At that time, he had used the few recipes from his sect more than once. He wanted to give a portion of the dividends to his mentor and his sect. However, his mentor was unwilling to see him at all. When he heard his suggestion, he didn¡¯t even let him enter the mountain again¡
He didn¡¯t understand. Even if a medical prescription was developed by generations of people, the ultimate goal was still to treat illnesses and save people!
It was just that he was using it now!
He didn¡¯t intend to steal it for himself. He also wanted to share the dividend with his mentor, but his mentor didn¡¯t ept it! He even said that he was greedy and despicable¡
How was he despicable?
Even if a miracle doctor descended, he still had a family to take care of! Moreover, didn¡¯t the concoction of that pill cost money? He just wanted to protect the golden signboard passed down from his ancestors and earn some money to support his family. What was wrong with that?!
Chapter 396 - 396 Rescue
396 Rescue
After Kong Xunqi got someone to park the carriage outside the Kong family¡¯s medical center, he was in no hurry to enter. Instead, he stood at the door and looked up at the que hanging above the main door.
After knowing that Kong Xunqi had returned, Kong Fangzhou, the eldest son of the Kong family, who had been waiting for news at home, quickly came out of the medical center. He was shocked by his father¡¯s despondent expression and quickly came over to ask, ¡°Father, did something happen?¡±
¡°It¡¯s nothing serious.¡± Kong Xunqi ced his hands behind his back and turned to look at his eldest son. Then, he told him what had happened in the medical association today before saying, ¡°Tell everyone in our medical center to be more alert recently. Don¡¯t cause trouble for us at this juncture again!
¡°Also, tell our other rtives to be careful not to cause trouble. If anyone causes trouble for me at this time, don¡¯t me me for being ruthless.¡±
Kong Fangzhou¡¯s heart skipped a beat, but he didn¡¯t dare to retort. He quickly lowered his head as he agreed. Then, he followed Kong Xunqi up the stairs and escorted him into the private room where he usually rested. As he brewed tea for his father, he asked, ¡°Then, did the Sun family say anything?¡±
¡°What can he possibly say? I just paved the way for him in advance. He¡¯ll thank meter. How can he me me?¡± Kong Xunqi sat down and snorted disdainfully. ¡°You don¡¯t know Sun Yunzhong¡¯s ability. It¡¯s fine for him to y tricks, but if it¡¯s really apetition of medical skills, he¡¯s at most second-rate in the northern region¡¯s medical association.¡±
Although Kong Xunqi sounded rxed, he didn¡¯t look rxed at all.
This time, the trouble was much greater than he had imagined. He had to think about how to escape unscathed from this mess.
Even if he couldn¡¯t retreat unscathed, he had to at least cut his losses.
¡ .
Lin Suisui only found out from Lu Ze that Kong Xunqi had gone to see the Fourth Prince tonight.
She couldn¡¯t help but widen her eyes and look at Lu Ze in shock. ¡°No way. He just returned from our medical center in the afternoon. He went to look for the Fourth Prince so quickly?¡±
¡°As expected of the person who revived the Kong family¡¯s medical center from the verge of bankruptcy. His shrewdness is really rare.¡± Lu Ze smiled as he told Lin Suisui about Kong Xunqi¡¯s n. ¡°Actually, he already sensed it from the moment we arrived at Cloud Mountain City and attacked the general¡¯s residence.¡±
While the other families were still umting wealth in a frenzy without knowing about the danger, he had already cut off all shady dealings rted to the Kong family¡¯s medical center.
As for those shady businesses, he quickly closed them all. Even if a few of them ended up losing money, he didn¡¯t hesitate at all.
As for those rtives who relied on the Kong family for a living, they had also been instructed by him to lie low since the new year.
He began to work hard to pull strings everywhere, but after encountering many obstacles, he thought of thisst resort.
In the northern region, there was no one more powerful than the Fourth Prince.
The reason he could seek an audience with the Fourth Prince was actually because of Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry. He had spent a lot of money to find out that the Fourth Prince had a hidden illness.
He probably wants to use this to attract the Fourth Prince¡¯s attention!¡±
¡°Did he get to see the Fourth Prince?¡± Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help but be curious.
She wasn¡¯t interested in whether Kong Xunqi could cure the Fourth Prince, but she was curious about what excuse Kong Xunqi used to get the Fourth Prince to see him.
He couldn¡¯t possibly directly say that he had a way to treat the Fourth Prince¡¯s hidden illness!
Wouldn¡¯t that be equivalent to telling the world that the Fourth Prince was ipetent?!
Besides, how was he going to mention treating the hidden illness when he saw the Fourth Prince?
If he spoke that bluntly, he probably would have been killed by the Fourth Prince in the next moment¡
¡°Of course not.¡± Lu Ze nced at Lin Suisui and held back hisughter as he said, ¡°The Fourth Prince is busy refining pills with the immortal master. How can he have the time to care about him?¡±
Sometimes, Lu Ze really didn¡¯t know if the Fourth Prince was lucky or unlucky to have a cousin like Pei Qian.
If not for Pei Qian¡¯s help, the Fourth Prince and his useless mother probably wouldn¡¯t have been able topete with the Third Prince, who was from the Consort¡¯s faction.
But in terms of luck¡
Pei Qian had dug this series of traps for him.
Now, not only didn¡¯t the Fourth Prince notice that something was wrong, but he also valued Pei Qian even more¡
He was being yed for a fool by Pei Qian.
¡°That¡¯s strange.¡± Lin Suisui touched her chin as she muttered in confusion, ¡°With Kong Xunqi¡¯s intelligence, he should have guessed that the Fourth Prince wouldn¡¯t see him. But even so, he still went over.
Therefore, the person he really wanted to see wasn¡¯t the Fourth Prince.¡±
Lin Sui¡¯s conclusion was very sudden, surprising Lu Ze, who had already walked to her side. He stared at Lin Suisui for a long time before nodding and replying softly, ¡°Yes, he actually went to see Princess Ning Fu.¡±
Princess Ning Fu was probably the most low-key person in the entire Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry.
Ever since what happened at the banquet previously, the Fourth Prince had lost his temper at Princess Ning Fu. Almost every time she went to see the Fourth Prince, Princess Ning Fu would be scolded or even beaten up.
The Fourth Prince didn¡¯t have so many scruples in private and beat women ruthlessly.
Therefore, after suffering a few consecutive beatings, Princess Ning Fu didn¡¯t dare to approach the Fourth Prince anymore, nor did she dare to show any dissatisfaction. She hid in her grandmother¡¯s courtyard and didn¡¯t appear in public unless she had no choice.
She had no other choice but to stay away from the Fourth Prince.
Kong Xunqi had gone to Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry under the ruse of taking the old consort¡¯s pulse. After all, the Kong family¡¯s medical center had always had some dealings with Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry, so this trip wasn¡¯t out of the ordinary.
Even though he was mentally prepared, after seeing the old consort and Princess Ning Fu, Kong Xunqi was still shocked by the two people in front of him and he couldn¡¯t help but exim, ¡°Why are you two so thin?¡±
Princess Ning Fu, in particr, was so thin that she looked like skin and bones, as if even a mere gust of wind could blow her away!
Chapter 397 - 397 Massacre
397 Massacre
The old consort looked even more dejected as she leaned against the head of the bed and raised her hand weakly to dismiss Kong Xunqi¡¯s bow. Then, she said, ¡°Doctor Kong, you don¡¯t have to be so polite. What¡¯s the matter?¡±
Compared to others, Kong Xunqi was very discerning.
He had been managing the northern region for so many years and had always been impartial. Even though Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry was no longer as glorious as before, he had never taken the opportunity to trample on them and had always been courteous to them.
It was also because of this that the old consort treated him quite well.
¡°The weather has been good recently. I haven¡¯t done a check since I came to take your pulsest time and I happened to pass by today, so I wanted toe and see you.¡±
Kong Xunqi lowered his eyes slightly and answered the old consort¡¯s question respectfully. As he did so, he took the medical kit from the assistant beside him and began to check the old consort¡¯s pulse.
¡°Your body can¡¯t take exhaustion or stress. You should rx to help you recuperate.¡±
After a long while, Kong Xunqi retracted his hand and advised the old consort seriously.
¡°I don¡¯t want to be stressed, but I have no choice!¡± The old consort looked at Kong Xunqi as she sighed helplessly. ¡°It¡¯s not like you don¡¯t know that my illness has been around for quite some time already.
I want to recuperate, but you can see what Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry is like now. Now, you¡¯re the only one who doesn¡¯t hit us when we¡¯re down.
¡°Alright, just say what you¡¯re here for today. If I can help, I will, but I¡¯m afraid that with the current position of Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry, not many people will help.¡±
Kong Xunqi wasn¡¯t anxious and insisted that he was just here to take the old consort¡¯s pulse.
Seeing that Kong Xunqi was unwilling to say anything further, the old consort didn¡¯t ask further.
Princess Ning Fu, who had been sitting at the side in a daze, suddenly turned around and asked in a sharp voice, ¡°Is that woman doing well?¡±
¡°Ning Fu!¡± The old consort¡¯s expression changed when she heard Princess Ning Fu¡¯s words.
She scolded Princess Ning Fu unhappily. Then, she turned to Kong Xunqi helplessly and exined, ¡°Ning Fu encountered something previously and became like this after the trauma.
¡°Doctor Kong, if possible, can you take a look at Ning Fu?¡±
The old consort knew that Princess Ning Fu was already in a very bad situation, but she didn¡¯t dare to say anything. After all, this concerned Princess Ning Fu¡¯s reputation.
Although Princess Ning Fu was already notorious, as her grandmother, the old consort still hoped to save her some dignity.
ording to usual protocol, Kong Xunqi took Princess Ning Fu¡¯s pulse first. After heforted the old consort, he changed the topic to the main purpose of his trip.
¡°Your Majesty, there¡¯s something on your mind. After you think things through, you might recover from your illness.¡±
He didn¡¯t know about Princess Ning Fu¡¯s scheme in the past, but after what had happened at the birthday banquet, almost everyone in North Mountain City knew now. Princess Ning Fu had fallen in love with the Fourth Prince and wanted to be his concubine.
With Princess Ning Fu¡¯s status, she could choose any man in the northern region, but she chose a man out of her reach.
Moreover, the Fourth Prince had already been bestowed a marriage by His Majesty and was just waiting for the date to be set. Although Princess Ning Fu was titled, there were no more men in Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry. Therefore, it was actually the most difficult for a so-called ¡°nobledy¡± like her to find a husband.
It was already difficult in the first ce, and after what happened at the birthday banquet, it was even more difficult.
If there was any hope, presumably¡
Hearing Kong Xunqi¡¯s words, the old consort immediately perked up. She looked at him expectantly as she asked, ¡°Doctor Kong, do you have any good ideas?¡±
¡
After hearing Lu Ze¡¯s n, while Lin Sui was shocked, she was also curious. ¡°Then, does Kong Xunqi really have a way to treat the Fourth Prince¡¯s hidden illness?¡±
¡°I knew that you would definitely be interested in this matter, so I didn¡¯t instruct anyone to stop him. I just asked someone to keep an eye on them. If we don¡¯t alert the enemy, we can wait and see if Kong Xunqi really has a way to cure the Fourth Prince.¡±
After Lu Ze handed the modified notes in the northern barbariannguage to Lin Sui, he pointed out a few mistakes she had made when she was copying. Then, he continued, ¡°In addition, I¡¯m afraid we can¡¯t keep the general¡¯s residence anymore.¡±
¡°What?¡± Lin Sui stopped what she was doing and looked up at Lu Ze in shock. ¡°Could it be that General Gao really colluded with those spies at the sacrificial ceremony?¡±
¡°They want to hold the Fourth Prince hostage and threaten us to release the northern barbarian spies we detained previously,¡± Lu Ze said calmly, ¡°Pei Qian has already rushed to the manor outside the city to deal with it. After all, the sacrificial ceremony is in two days. No matter what, we can¡¯t let these people disrupt the ceremony. That would be disrespectful to those heroes who sacrificed their lives for the empire.¡±
While Lu Ze and Lin Sui were talking, there was already a sea of corpses in the Jade Cloud Vi outside the city.
Pei Qian instructed his subordinates to ughter all the trusted aides who came with Madam Pei without hesitation.
Madam Pei originally thought that she had fooled everyone by pretending to be sick and was dreaming of turning the tables in two days when the door of her manor was smashed open.
She almost screamed as she watched her trusted aides being dragged out by those fierce men in ck to be executed. At first, she was still cursing. Later on, when she faced the corpses in the courtyard, she waspletely terrified and she stared nkly at the slender figure who slowly walked in from the courtyard door.
Chapter 398 - 398 Showdown
398 Showdown
How could it be him?
Pei Zhaoyue stared at Pei Qian, who was walking towards her step by step under the moonlight and mes. She couldn¡¯t understand why he would treat her like this. They were rted by blood.
At the same time, Lin Sui, who was listening to Lu Ze¡¯s story, had the same thoughts as Pei Zhaoyue.
She could actually guess that Pei Qian definitely had a past with the Pei family that she didn¡¯t know about, but Lin Sui didn¡¯t expect Pei Qian to be so ruthless.
¡°Pei Qian¡¯s mother was actually forced to her death by the Pei family.¡± Lu Ze knew about Pei Qian¡¯s past better than Lin Sui did. ¡°Pei Qian¡¯s father originally liked his cousin, who grew up with him, and she¡¯s currently Marquis Ning Yuan¡¯s wife.
However, something happened to Marquis Ning Yuan at that time and he needed the help of Pei Qian¡¯s mother¡¯s family.
Then, Marquis Ning Yuan married Pei Qian¡¯s mother, which naturally helped resolve the crisis.¡±
When Lu Ze saw that Lin Sui was listening to his story seriously, he continued, ¡°But Marquis Ning Yuan isn¡¯t a grateful person.
Not only that, but he also resented Pei Qian¡¯s mother because of this and felt that Pei Qian¡¯s mother had gotten between him and his childhood sweetheart.
Therefore, when Pei Qian¡¯s maiden family encountered difficultiester on, Marquis Ning Yuan didn¡¯t help. Instead, he took the opportunity topletely destroy Pei Qian¡¯s family.
After Pei Qian¡¯s maiden family copsed, the status of Pei Qian¡¯s mother in Marquis Ning Yuan¡¯s ministry could be imagined.
Marquis Ning Yuan¡¯s previous n was to abolish Pei Qian¡¯s position as heir. However, at that time, the Fourth Prince¡¯s mother and Consort De were in a fierce dispute. For the sake of Marquis Ning Yuan¡¯s reputation, this matter was temporarily put on hold. Later on, Pei Qian rose up through the ranks and slowly reached the point where he was no longer at his father¡¯s mercy.¡±
It had not been easy for Pei Qian to reach this point.
Outsiders didn¡¯t know what he had experienced.
However, as a member of the Pei family, Pei Zhaoyue knew about it very well.
She stared at Pei Qian, who had walked up to her. After a while, she came back to her senses and asked with a quivering voice, ¡°Why are you here?¡±
¡°Why can¡¯t it be me?¡± Pei Qian tilted his head as he looked at Pei Zhaoyue in confusion. ¡°I always thought that you knew everything!¡±
¡°I¡¯m your aunt! Aren¡¯t you afraid that your father will hold you ountable if he finds out?¡± Pei Zhaoyue was still putting up a struggle.
She could clearly see the killing intent in Pei Qian¡¯s eyes, but she was unwilling to face it.
It wasn¡¯t that she had forgotten about the past, but she didn¡¯t want to think about it. As Pei Qian¡¯s power stabilized bit by bit, she didn¡¯t want to look back at what she had done in the past even more.
Even though Pei Qian had always been respectful to her at that time, the more respectful Pei Qian was, the more she apprehensive felt.
¡°When do you n to tell Marquis Ning Yuan?¡± Not only was Pei Qian not frightened by Pei Zhaoyue¡¯s threat, but he was also curious. ¡°Don¡¯t leave so quickly after you go to the underworld. Wait a little longer. You might be able to see my father soon.
At that time, you can tell him yourself. How about that?¡±
¡°Pei Qian, you actually dare to kill your father?!¡± When she heard Pei Qian¡¯s mockery, Pei Zhaoyue¡¯s eyes widened. She had expected Pei Qian that was crazy, but she didn¡¯t expect him to be crazy to this extent.
¡°Aunt, do you regret choosing Gao Xuwei as your new husband now?¡± Pei Qian didn¡¯t respond to Pei Zhaoyue¡¯s question. Instead, he changed the topic.
¡°Everyone thinks that you took a fancy to Gao Xuwei back then and wanted to marry him at all costs! You must have suffered after you escaped from the capital with such a reputation back then, right?¡±
Pei Qian walked to the chair Qian He had prepared for him and sat down. Then, he continued slowly, ¡°After so many years, you¡¯ve always wanted a child, but no matter how hard you tried, you never got pregnant. You must have felt very indignant, right?¡±
¡°You did all of this?!¡± At this point, how could Pei Zhaoyue not understand the reason behind all her misfortune?
But why?!
She had already admitted her mistake and had already tried her best to make up for it. Wasn¡¯t that enough?!
¡°Yes, Aunt, do you like it?¡± Pei Qian narrowed his eyes as he smiled at Pei Zhaoyue. ¡°I know what you want to say. You want to say that you already realized your mistaketer on. Moreover, when Marquis Ning Yuan wanted to strip me of my position, you even spoke up for me.
But Aunt, do you still remember how my mother died?
Do you need me to help you recall how my mother treated you?!
Do you really not know how sincere my mother treated you and the entire ministry? But what happened to her in the end?!
You heartless people. My mother¡¯s family helped the entire Marquis Ning Yuan ministry survive. You needed my maternal grandfather¡¯s help, so you guys asked Marquis Ning Yuan, who was still just an heir at that time, to trick my mother into this marriage!
But in the end, what did my mother and my grandparents get in return?
Marquis Ning Yuan resented them. In the end, you guys even ruined the lives of my maternal family.
My mother was even locked up by you guys. Even I, who was still young at that time, was abused in every way. In the end, she died a miserable death.
¡°Aunt, did you know that my mother didn¡¯t even close her eyes when she passed away?! I was the one who told her to leave in peace, and that I would definitely avenge her and my grandfather. Then, she finally closed her eyes.
A dirty bloodline like the Pei family is not worthy of continuing to exist!
¡°So, Aunt, it¡¯s impossible for you to have a child in this lifetime! Give up.¡±
Pei Zhaoyue stared at Pei Qian as she roared angrily, ¡°Pei Qian, you¡¯re a lunatic! You¡¯re a lunatic!¡± Pei Zhaoyue felt as if she was seeing Pei Qian¡¯s true colors for the first time and her expression was distorted by fear, but just as Pei Qian had said previously, even if she shouted until her throat was hoarse, she couldn¡¯t escape unscathed.
¡°I¡¯m still General Gao¡¯s wife. Don¡¯t forget that the Fourth Prince is still in the northern region! If you kill me like this, how will you deal with the aftermath?
Pei Qian, don¡¯t forget what you relied on to achieve your current status!
If you really destroy Marquis Ning Yuan¡¯s ministry, what else do you have to rely on? Do you really think you can survive in the royal court all alone?¡±
Chapter 399 - 399:1 Trust You!
Chapter 399:1 Trust You!
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°You don¡¯t have to worry about that.¡± Pei Qian didn¡¯t panic at all in the face of Pei Zhaoyue¡¯s question. He was still calm andposed as he looked at Pei Zhaoyue disdainfully. ¡°Actually, you might not believe me if 1 tell you now, but 1 really didn¡¯t n to attack you now.
Unfortunately, you insisted on shooting yourself in the foot. I couldn¡¯t stop you!
You¡¯ll have to die at the hands of the northern barbarian spies.¡±
As Pei Qian spoke, he slowly stood up. He looked at the ashen-faced Pei Zhaoyue as he exined to her with a smile, ¡°Aunt, don¡¯t worry. After you die, 1¡¯11 report it to the Fourth Prince and do my best to eliminate the northern barbarian spies who infiltrated and avenge you!
As for my uncle, you don¡¯t have to worry.
With me around, 1 definitely won¡¯t let you be too lonely on the road to hell. He will apany you to hell!¡±
¡°Pei Qian, you¡¯ll die a horrible death!¡± When Pei Zhaoyue saw Qian Heing over with the medicine bowl, she screamed and wanted to hide. Unexpectedly, a guard who had been waiting beside her came forward and subdued her without a word. She could only curse angrily as Qian He poured the ck medicine down her throat.
¡°I¡¯m afraid you won¡¯t be able to see if I¡¯ll die a horrible death, but you¡¯ll definitely die a horrible death.¡± After Pei Qian walked in front of Pei Zhaoyue, he slowly bent down and looked at Pei Zhaoyue with a devilish smile. ¡°What I prepared for you is the poison you once arranged for those concubines. Don¡¯t worry, you¡¯ll suffer enough pain before you die.
¡°But that might not be the case. Who knows if you¡¯ll be burned to death or poisoned first?¡±
After saying that, Pei Qian ignored Pei Zhaoyue, who was curled up and struggling on the ground. He turned around and strode out of the imperial court. Without needing Pei Qian to instruct him, Qian He had already started to disguise this ce as a scene of murder and arson with the shadow guards.
After Pei Qian¡¯s carriage reached the foot of the mountain, Qian He caught up and reported to Pei Qian through the carriage curtain, ¡°Master, everything has been arranged.¡±
¡°Keep someone guarding the ce. Don¡¯t let anyone escape!¡± Pei Qian instructed Qian He in a low voice, ¡°Also, have the arrangements in the general¡¯s residence been made?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry, Master. His Highness arranged for the matters in the city to be dealt with. I believe it has already started!¡± Although Qian He had yet to receive a reply from Cloud Mountain City, when he thought about the Crown Prince¡¯s usual style of handling things, he believed that he wouldn¡¯t fail.
¡°Then it¡¯s time for us to meet the Fourth Prince and tell him this sudden bad news,¡± Pei Qian replied. Although his words were heavy, his tone was filled with schadenfreude.
Just as Qian He had reported to Pei Qian, by the time their carriage rushed back to Cloud Mountain City, Cloud Mountain City was already in an uproar.
The entire northern general¡¯s residence had already been lit up by the fire. When County Governor Tang received the news, he rushed over to the scene to investigate without even wearing his official uniform. Looking at the residence that was burning with servants inside, he didn¡¯t feel the warmth of the mes. Instead, he felt a bone-chilling sense of coldness.
Who attacked the general¡¯s residence, which was heavily guarded?
¡°What did you say? Aunt¡¡± When the Fourth Prince was woken up from his dream, he was originally angry, but before he could vent his anger, he was stunned by the news Pei Qian brought him.
¡°Yes, not only my aunt, but everyone in the general¡¯s residence was also ughtered by thieves. I just came from the general¡¯s residence. I¡¯m afraid no one inside was spared.¡±
Pei Qian lowered his eyes and answered this question wlessly.
¡°How could this be? Could it be that Aunt offended someone?¡± The Fourth Prince actually didn¡¯t have much contact with his aunt since he was young and he didn¡¯t have a good impression of her, but this had happened under his nose. If he didn¡¯t figure out the situation, how would he answer when his mother asked?
Although his mother rarely said anything good about his aunt, she was still her biological sister. Now that she was gone, things would probably be different when she mentioned her again.
Therefore, no matter what, the Fourth Prince felt that he had to ask.
¡°It was the northern barbarians.¡± Pei Qian sighed as he exined everything he had investigated to the Fourth Prince. ¡°I just found out that people in the general¡¯s residence have been colluding with the northern barbarians, and therge sum of money my aunt received was from the northern barbarians.
The northern barbarians probably attacked her and General Gao to silence them.¡±
¡°You mean that after being in the northern region for so many years, our aunt and her husband have actually been¡¡±
Before the Fourth Prince could finish speaking, Pei Qian came forward and quickly covered his mouth. ¡°Your Highness, walls have ears. It¡¯s better not to say some things out loud!¡±
¡°Are they crazy?!¡± Although the Fourth Prince was stopped by Pei Qian, his anger didn¡¯t subside. He spat on the ground before ring at Pei Qian. ¡°Were they trying to screw me over?¡±
¡°Therefore, while I heaved a sigh of relief this time, I also broke out in a cold sweat. Fortunately, we came this time. If we hade a littleter and they seeded, we would have been doomed.¡±
Pei Qian consoled the Fourth Prince in a low voice as he dispelled the Fourth Prince¡¯s sympathy for Pei Zhaoyue. ¡°The most important thing now is to use this matter to eliminate those northern barbarians who infiltrated the northern region!
Only by killing them can this matter be truly covered up!
Moreover, as long as we deal with these people, even if anyone mentions it in the future, we can use the excuse that there¡¯s no evidence. Besides, my aunt and the others died at the hands of those northern barbarians. As long as we handle it well, not only will this matter not affect us, but it will also silence those who are trying to frame us.¡±
Pei Qian¡¯s words made the Fourth Prince, who was originally nervous and worried, happy. He heaved a long sigh of relief and patted Pei Qian¡¯s shoulder as he said confidently, ¡°Then I¡¯ll have to trouble you, Song Tao.. I¡¯ve always trusted you!¡±
Chapter 400 - 400: Discussion
Chapter 400: Discussion
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
After Pei Qian told the Fourth Prince everything and saw that he had been appeased, he had no intention of staying any longer. After all, he had a lot of things to do now. He really didn¡¯t want to stay here and waste time with this piece of trash.
However, Pei Qian didn¡¯t expect the Fourth Prince to suddenly cause trouble again.
¡°The sacrificial ceremony will be held the next day, but you¡¯re saying that you won¡¯t participate now?¡± Pei Qian frowned at the Fourth Prince. Although there was no anger in his tone, anyone who knew him would know that he wasn¡¯t in a good mood.
¡°Things are so dangerous now. If 1 participate in the sacrificial ceremony, won¡¯t I be a target? What if those northern barbarian spies choose to cause trouble at the sacrificial ceremony? What would I do?!¡±
The Fourth Prince had not forgotten what happened after he was kidnapped by mountain bandits on the way to the northern region.
He had once believed that the martial arts skills he had learned in the capital were enough. At least, he could deal with those experienced guards and martial artists in his residence with ease!
However, it wasn¡¯t until he suffered that blow in the northern region that he realized that everything he had thought was his delusion!
In front of those desperadoes, the dilettantish skills he had learned made it difficult for him to even protect himself, let alone kill enemies.
After understanding all of this, the Fourth Prince chose to be cautious. After hearing the Immortal Master say that he would have a bloody cmity recently, he thought that there might be danger at the sacrificial ceremony.
Originally, he was still a little hesitant. After all, such an event was very beneficial to winning over the hearts of the people. However, after hearing from Pei Qian that Pei Zhaoyue and General Gao had been killed in front of everyone, his original hesitation finally dissipated.
Yes, it was very important to win the hearts of the people!
But if he died, what was the use of winning people over?!
For them to visit his grave?
¡°Besides, Song Tao, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s appropriate for you to go personally.¡± As if seeing through Pei Qian¡¯s n, the Fourth Prince took the initiative to persuade him again. ¡°The sacrificial ceremony is so important, so those northern barbarian spies definitely won¡¯t let go of the chance to cause trouble that day. If anything happens if you go, I won¡¯t be able to exin it to my uncle.¡±
The Fourth Prince¡¯s words were very perfunctory, but he really didn¡¯t want Pei Qian to go there personally because¡
¡°Besides, that day was so important, so you have to stay by my side to protect me!¡±
Although he wouldn¡¯t participate in the sacrificial ceremony, the Fourth Prince knew that he had to go there personally that day. Otherwise, there would be no way for him to exin himself.
The only person the Fourth Prince felt at ease with was Pei Qian. Therefore, he was worried that something would happen to Pei Qian and he wanted Pei Qian to stay behind to protect his safety.
Pei Qian stared at the Fourth Prince for a long time before saying in a low voice, ¡°Then I can only let Eng go.¡±
¡°Then it¡¯s settled!¡± Upon hearing Pei Qian¡¯s suggestion, the Fourth Prince immediately nodded eagerly and he quickly asked, ¡°Isn¡¯t he in charge of the defense of the entire Cloud Mountain City? Why did something happen to Aunt and the others?!
¡°With my temper in the past, I would have punished him long ago. I didn¡¯t pursue the matter on ount of you, Song Tao, so he should act as the chief priest this time to atone for his crimes!¡±
The Fourth Prince hid his sinister intentions as he looked at Pei Qian and asked, ¡°He probably won¡¯t refuse.¡±
Pei Qian didn¡¯t say anything. He only nodded in agreement to the Fourth Prince¡¯s suggestion before bidding farewell and leaving.
When Pei Qian came to look for Lu Ze, it was alreadyte at night. After a night of trouble, he could finally enjoy a rare moment of peace.
After Pei Qian entered, he sat opposite Lu Ze. After he picked up the teacup on the tea table and drank it all, he praised in satisfaction, ¡°This is good tea.¡±
After Lu Ze nced at him, he ordered people to refill the tea. Then, he said, ¡°You seem to be in a good mood. Why? Did my brother make your wishe true again?¡±
¡°Before I could mention it, he took the initiative to quit being the chief priest.¡± Pei Qian thought of the Fourth Prince¡¯s actions just now. Although he had helped encourage all of this, he still felt disgusted that things had really developed to this point.
He actually spent so much effort to support such an ipetent person for so long!
¡°The arrangements have been made, but there¡¯s something 1 think you should know about.¡± Lu Ze told Pei Qian about what had happened at the medical center. Then, he said, ¡°Kong Xunqi wants to start with Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry, and for the grandmother and grandson in Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry, the best bait is letting Princess Ning Fu get what she wants.
However, I think that bing the Fourth Prince¡¯s concubine is no longer what Princess Ning Fu wants the most now.¡±
¡°She wants to escape?¡± When Pei Qian heard Lu Ze¡¯s reminder, he guessed that Princess Ning Fu might have other ns. However, could it be that she was plotting with the head of a medical center to do something to the Fourth Prince?
¡°I¡¯m afraid it¡¯s not that simple.¡± Lu Ze shook his head gently and turned to look at the night sky outside the window. ¡°The matter with the medical association will end tomorrow.¡±
Originally, 1 didn¡¯t intend to alert the enemy, but there wasn¡¯t enough time. Although there¡¯s no conclusive evidence to prove that the Kong family¡¯s medical center was involved in the hemp leaves incident, there are many clues that point to the Kong family.
Therefore, I¡¯ll have to trouble you to make a trip tomorrow and deal with the Kong family.¡±
There was something fishy about Kong Xunqi. Lu Ze had begun to suspect Kong Xunqi right when he began to investigate the hemp leaves.
However, because Kong Xunqi had always been very cunning, they had not found any evidence that pointed to him.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, we¡¯ll deal with each one of them.¡± Pei Qian nodded. ¡°We definitely won¡¯t let a single fish escape!¡±
At this point, he suddenly thought of something and looked up at Lu Ze. ¡°What about Madam Liu? Are you really fine with letting her face the people from the medical association all alone tomorrow?
ording to my understanding, those people don¡¯t have good intentions!¡±
¡°Sui Sui has already told me not to worry.¡± Lu Ze lowered his eyes and thought about what Lin Suisui had said to him previously. Although he was a little worried, he didn¡¯t want to interfere with Lin Sui¡¯s arrangements. ¡°But I¡¯ve already decided to go with her tomorrow. I just won¡¯t appear in the beginning..¡±
Chapter 401 - 401: Confrontation
Chapter 401: Confrontation
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Just as Lu Ze had estimated, as soon as he apanied Lin Suisui to the medical center the next day, Sun Yunzhong brought a group of people from the medical center to look for him.
Actually, if not for the fact that he had no choice, Sun Yunzhong wouldn¡¯t have made this trip.
He was the head of the medical industry in the northern region and everyone in this industry respected him, but now, he was actually forced to make peace with someone whom the medical center had once expelled. No matter what, this was beneath his dignity!
If word got out, how could he face people in the northern region in the future?
However, the situation in front of him was dire. Between dignity and the lives of his entire family, he chose thetter. After all, if he lost his life, his dignity would be even less important.
However, although he had advised himself countless times before he came, after he really arrived at the medical center, he couldn¡¯t help but feel indignant again. Facing Doctor Luo, he snorted arrogantly as he walked around Doctor Luo.
Doctor Luo didn¡¯t mind his rude attitude. He continued to follow him very politely and asked, ¡°What brings you here, Sun Xing?¡±
¡°Why? Can¡¯t Ie over and take a look if there¡¯s nothing else?¡± After thinking about it, Sun Yunzhong felt that he should knock the medical center down a peg. As long as he could intimidate them first, it would definitely be much easier for him to make requests next.
With this in mind, when Sun Yunzhong spoke again, his tone was filled with criticism and dissatisfaction. ¡°Since you¡¯re running a medical center, regardless of whether you¡¯ve joined our medical association or not, you¡¯ve entered this industry.
Our medical association naturally has the right toe over and take a look to see if there¡¯s anything wrong with your medical center.¡±
¡°What do you think of our medical center, Sun Xing?¡± When Doctor Luo heard Sun Yunzhong¡¯s tone, he guessed that he probably had ill intentions this time. Naturally, he stopped smiling and became serious.
Of course, he knew why Sun Yunzhong hade this time. Sun Yunzhong came to beg, but he still acted to be so high and mighty. In that case, Sun Yunzhong shouldn¡¯t me him for exposing his hypocrisy and showing him the oue of freeloading!
¡°Of course I came to see how you treat patients! Of course, the price of the medicine in your medical center is also a big deal for the entire North Mountain City!¡±
Sun Yunzhong shook his head at Doctor Luo, but Doctor Luo couldn¡¯t help but sneer. ¡°Do you know why so many patients have already entered our medical center during the short time period since you came in?
That¡¯s because our medical center¡¯s fees have always been at least half as cheap as those of your medical center.
As for the quacks and fake medicine you¡¯re talking about, you don¡¯t have to worry about those sorts of things!
The medicine for the military camps in the northern region is provided by our medical center! If our medical center made fake medicine, everyone would have been beheaded already!
Therefore, don¡¯t worry about these things!¡±
Doctor Luo didn¡¯t have a good impression of Sun Xing at all now. Therefore, he tried to provoke him. ¡°Speaking of which, to have the time to worry about us, you¡¯re really idle. I wonder if your problem has been resolved?
I heard that Mr. Pei has been to your medical center and today is to thest day of the deadline. I wonder if the patient¡¯s condition has improved yet?¡±
¡°You¡¯re clearly setting us up!¡± It would have been better if Doctor Luo hadn¡¯t mentioned it. At the mention of it, a short and fat man standing beside Sun Yunzhong couldn¡¯t help but point at Doctor Luo¡¯s nose as he scolded, ¡°You colluded with the people from the Imperial City government to send that patient to our medical association to screw us over, so that you can monopolize the northern region!¡±
¡°Then ask the surrounding people if they prefer our medical center to be the only one, or the medical centers in your medical association?
Hehe, what¡¯s the use of the medical association¡¯s medical centers? Most people in the northern region can¡¯t afford the medicine anyway! So what¡¯s the use of having you guys around?¡±
Doctor Luo¡¯s words caused many onlookers to cheer.
That¡¯s right. Previously, so many medical centers were open, but what was the use? They didn¡¯t dare to go in even when they were sick and would rather find frence doctors to treat them than go to these medical centers.
Who would dare to go in when the fees were so expensive?!
Themoners were not stupid. After listening for a while, they finally understood that these people in front of them wanted to cause trouble and shut the medical center down!
There was finally a medical center that they could afford treatment at, but these bastards actually dared to cause trouble?
Manymoners couldn¡¯t help but start scolding Sun Yunzhong and the others. This made Sun Yunzhong and the others feel a little embarrassed.
However, Doctor Luo didn¡¯t pity them and he continued to mock them, ¡°Don¡¯t say that I did it on purpose. If you hadn¡¯t taken the initiative to cause trouble for the medical center previously, would we have retaliated?
Besides, we didn¡¯t do anything. We just encountered a patient who couldn¡¯t be treated and asked you guys to treat him!
¡°Sun Xing, you¡¯re known as the number one doctor in the northern region. Are you helpless about his condition too?¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. From the looks of it, this doctor is not that capable, but he charges so much money every time he takes a patient¡¯s pulse?!¡±
¡°I wonder where they got the cheek to brag about being divine doctors!¡±
Thements of the surroundingmoners humiliated Sun Yunzhong¡¯s face. His face turned red and he red at Doctor Luo for a long time before saying, ¡°This is indeed the first time I¡¯ve seen such a patient!
If I had more time to think about it, it wouldn¡¯t be impossible to treat him. However, your medical center sent him over to me during thest two days. Isn¡¯t it normal that I can¡¯t cure him immediately?
You keep mocking me, but aren¡¯t you guys even more ridiculous for wasting so much time and still failing to treat that patient?!¡±
¡°Who said that our medical center can¡¯t treat that patient?¡± Lin Suisui slowly walked out from behind the screen and looked at Sun Yunzhong with a smile as she said imposingly, ¡°If your medical association hadn¡¯t been so aggressive, you guys wouldn¡¯t be in such trouble!¡±
Chapter 402 - 402: Punishment
Chapter 402: Punishment
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Lin Sui¡¯s tone was calm, but she was very imposing.
This wasn¡¯t the first time she had interacted with Sun Yunzhong. Because she wanted to help the soldiers get rid of their hemp leave addiction, she went to Sun Yunzhong¡¯s pharmacy to buy herbsst time.
Sun Yunzhong also came over to ask her about the medicine list she had provided.
However, at that time, she was dressed very simply, so she didn¡¯t attract Sun Yunzhong¡¯s attention. He even looked down on her because of her need for herbs.
Fortunately, she had given him enough money at that time, so Sun Yunzhong didn¡¯t reject her.
When Lin Suisui appeared, Sun Yunzhong naturally recognized this woman he had met once but didn¡¯t take seriously.
¡°It¡¯s you?¡± Sun Yunzhong¡¯s expression instantly turned ugly.
His previous evaluation of Lin Suisui was like a p in the face.
How could she not know medicine?
¡°We meet again, Mr. Sun Xing.¡± Lin Suisui smiled arrogantly. ¡°You¡¯re not just here to cause trouble, right?¡±
Sun Yunzhong stared at Lin Suisui for a long time before saying reluctantly, ¡°As the saying goes, don¡¯t burn bridges.
¡°Alright, I admit that our medical association was biased against your medical center previously. We promise that after this matter is over, we will let your medical center enter the medical association. How about that?1¡®
At this point, Sun Yunzhong was actually still thinking of coaxing Lin Suisui with an empty promise.
Perhaps he also thought that this statement was too ridiculous, but after thinking for a moment, he didn¡¯t forget to add, ¡°Otherwise, if our medical association really gets into trouble this time, will your medical center be any better off?
Even if we¡¯re in trouble now, we have friends and rtives backing us. Do you really think you can overturn the northern region1 s medical association?
Aren¡¯t you a little too arrogant?¡±
He used the carrot-and-stick approach.
In the past, Sun Yunzhong¡¯s carrot and stick approach had worked on many people, but this time, not only was Lin Suisui not frightened, but she also retorted, ¡°Whether I¡¯m arrogant or not will naturally be revealed after things settle. I just don¡¯t know if you¡¯ll be lucky enough to wait until that day.¡±
Lin Suisui looked at Sun Yunzhong with an indifferent and calm expression. ¡°Why don¡¯t I exin things to you today? I¡¯ve always been an eye for eye, tooth for tooth type of person.
Since you want to use underhanded methods to force our medical center to close down, I don¡¯t mind returning the favor.
Your medical center is in Cloud Mountain City, but there are still many people in the city who can¡¯t afford treatment, so what does it matter if these medical centers are open or not?
If you¡¯re dissatisfied with our medical center, you can do whatever you want. There¡¯s no need toe and inform me.¡±
¡°You¡¯re being too serious. I¡¯ve always been straightforward, but I don¡¯t have any ill intentions. We all know what your medical center is capable of 1
We¡¯re all doing business in Cloud Mountain City and will sec each other often, so why make things so awkward?
All of this is just a small misunderstanding. Let¡¯s make things clear and resolve the matter. Then, won¡¯t everyone be able to get along harmoniously in the future?!
We thought of many ways, but you guys also know about the patient¡¯s condition, so please think of a way to help us. This way, when we get through this crisis, we will definitely repay your kindness.¡±
Seeing that Sun Yunzhong made things so tense, a short and fat man behind him couldn¡¯t help bute forward and beg Lin Suisui in a humble tone.
With this person talcing the lead, the group of people behind him echoed his sentiment and ignored the unyielding Sun Yunzhong. This angered Sun Yunzhong so much that he almost fainted on the spot.
However, in the face of these people¡¯s pleading, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t show any mercy.
She knew very well that they didn¡¯t truly realize their mistake and were forced to plead due to the current situation. In order to protect the wealth and status they currently had, they had no choice but to lower their heads.
Once they turned things around in the future, they would definitely change their attitude and think of ways to retaliate.
Moreover, Lu Ze had already arranged for people to investigate what these people had done in the past. At this moment, the investigation report was on her desk.
She had only read it once, but she was very shocked by what was recorded inside. Now, these people actually had the nerve to stand in front of her and pretend that nothing had happened¡
Who gave them the courage?
¡°I¡¯m sorry, you guys have the wrong person.¡± Lin Suisui smiled at this group of people disdainfully. Although her tone was gentle, she didn¡¯t leave any room for negotiation. ¡±1 don¡¯t have the ability to help you guys. Please find someone else.¡±
¡°But you said that you have a way just now!¡± Hearing Lin Sui¡¯s order to leave, a man couldn¡¯t help but roar at her, ¡°You said that to Sun Xing just now. Are you going to deny it now?¡±
Lin Suisui tilted her head and revealed a guileless look as she asked, ¡°Did 1 say that?¡± After she thought for a moment, she turned to look at Doctor Luo, who was standing at the side. ¡°Doctor Luo, did you hear me say that just now?¡±
¡°Of course not.¡± Doctor Luo suppressed hisughter and lowered his head slightly as he exined for her, ¡°Perhaps you were too anxious just now and misheard.¡±
¡°Seems like you want to do this the hard way.¡± Sun Yunzhong, who had been listening at the side, understood Lin Suisui¡¯s intentions, so he couldn¡¯t be bothered to keep up a pretense anymore. ¡°You have to think carefully. Your medical center has just opened. Don¡¯t do this the hard way!¡±
¡°Sun Xing, wouldn¡¯t it have been better if you had said so earlier? Why did you hide it for so long and waste everyone¡¯s time?¡± Not only wasn¡¯t Lin Suisui frightened by Sun Yunzhong, but her tone was also very rxed and she looked like she was in an extremely good mood as she said, ¡¯¡¯Tell me, what are your ns? I¡¯ll apany you to the end!¡±
Chapter 403 - 403: Couple Working Together
Chapter 403: Couple Working Together
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
There was muchpetition between people of the same profession. However,pared to other professions, there was much fewerpetition between doctors.
After all, the medical profession was very special. There wasn¡¯t any directparison like that between embroidery workshops or restaurants. After all, it was too difficult to find two patients with the same illness at the same time.
However, this didn¡¯t mean that doctors didn¡¯t have a way topete. It was just that it was too risky for them, so most doctors chose topete in terms of treatment ns.
Theypared their treatment ns and invited judges to evaluate them.
Although this method seemed good, it was limited in the sense that there were no practical way to prove the validity of the diagnosis ns.
Therefore, under normal circumstances, doctors wouldn¡¯t use treatment ns topete with each other. Of course, there were exceptions.
In such cases, doctors often resorted to another crueler method¡ªtopete with poison.
The reason it was cruel was because both sides had to personally or let theirpanions take the poison that the other party had concocted. Then, they had to see who could concoct the antidote first within the specified time.
As for the herbs used for the poison, both sides would discuss it in advance. They could only use the herbs that both sides had agreed on in advance. If they vited the rules, they would be charged with murder.
Although no one would be killed during this kind ofpetition because the toxicity of the herbs would be controlled, if things went wrong, it would still cause great harm to the people who consumed the poison.
However, Sun Yunzhong chose this method in front of everyone.
¡°Aren¡¯t you taking things too far?!¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. Sun Xing, you have to think twice!¡±
Although they also hated Lin Suisui and the others very much, when their lives were really in danger, there were still people who advised them kindly.
However, Sun Yunzhong didn¡¯t listen to their advice at all. He red at Lin Suisui and gritted his teeth as he said, ¡°There¡¯s no need to implicate others. It¡¯s just between you and me. Do you dare to ept the challenge?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t care, but you¡¯re already so old, so your body might not be able to withstand it! If you lose because of your ill health, won¡¯t others use me of winning unfairly?¡±
Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t surprised by Sun Yun¡¯s request.
This was the best solution that Sun Yunzhong could find in the current situation. Not only could he eliminate the threat, but he could also vent his anger!
Moreover, ording to the rules, if he won, he could make the medical center promise him something. This way, their crisis would be resolved!
Sun Yunzhong had everything nned out.
¡°Even I don¡¯t care, so do you have to worry about me, your opponent? Don¡¯t tell me you don¡¯t dare to take the risk?¡± When Sun Yunzhong heard Lin Sui¡¯s words, he didn¡¯t feel that Lin Suisui was thinking for his sake at all. Instead, he red at Lin Suisui with disdain and sneered. ¡°Does your medical center dare to ept the challenge?!¡±
¡°In that case, let¡¯s start.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t say anything else and raised her hand.
However, Doctor Luo couldn¡¯t stand it anymore. He frowned and took two steps forward. Before Sun Yunzhong could agree, he said, ¡°I don¡¯t think this is appropriate.¡±
¡°Who has the final say in Rejuvenation Hall?¡± Sun Yunzhong¡¯s expression was sullen as he red at Doctor Luo, whose face was filled with anxiety. Then, he turned to Lin Suisui and said angrily, ¡°If you don¡¯t dare to, just admit it. There¡¯s no need to waste everyone¡¯s time.¡±
¡°Of course we dare to ept the challenge, but I suggest that we rece the person who will take the medicine with someone else.¡± Doctor Luo refused to relent. As if he didn¡¯t see Sun Yunzhong¡¯s dissatisfaction at all, he exined calmly, ¡°After all, it¡¯s unfair topete like this!
You don¡¯t care, but if word gets out, Rejuvenation Hall will be in the wrong. After all, you¡¯re already so old. If others say that we bullied an old man like you, we won¡¯t be able to defend ourselves!
How about this? I¡¯ll take the medicine, and your son will take it in your ce?
¡°I¡¯m about the same age as your son. This way, no matter who wins or loses, no one else will harp on this matter anymore. It¡¯s the fairest for both of us!¡±
After saying that, Doctor Luo turned to look at Sun Xing¡¯s eldest son with a smile as he said confidently, ¡°Young Master Sun, what do you think?¡±
Sun Yunzhong wanted to refuse, but after hearing the advice of hispanions, he finally nodded in agreement. After all, he wasn¡¯t young anymore, so it would be a little difficult for him to concoct the antidote while suffering the effects of the poison.
¡°Then you take it.¡± Sun Yunzhong turned to look at his eldest son, who didn¡¯t look happy, as he instructed in a low voice with a cold expression, ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯ve been a doctor for so many years. I won¡¯t be defeated by a little girl!¡±
Since they had decided topete with poison, they naturally had to be prepared.
Because this sort ofpetition was really rare, when thispetition began, the entire medical center was already filled withmoners who hade to watch.
It was unknown what he thought of, but before thepetition began, Sun Yunzhong actually took the initiative to move thepetition venue outside the medical center. He said that this way, it would be easier for themoners to supervise¡
Lin Suisui had no objections to this, but Lu Ze, who hade downstairs, stopped Doctor Luo, who was about to walk out with Lin Sui.
¡°Let me be the poison tester.¡± Lu Ze nced at Sun Yunzhong and the others, who were clearly wary and timid towards him. After he handed the longsword in his hand to Su Qi, who was apanying him, he looked at Sun Yunzhong calmly and continued, ¡°Since it¡¯s father and son on your side, it¡¯ll be husband and wife on our side.
This way, it will be fair to both sides. I believe Sun Xing won¡¯t refuse this request..¡±
Chapter 404 - 404: Exposed
Chapter 404: Exposed
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Sun Yunzhong didn¡¯t know much about Lin Sui¡¯s identity, but he had seen Lu Ze before.
He never expected that the famous General Wei Bei in the northern region was actually the husband of the youngdy who had just made a bet with him!
Who had he provoked this time?!
However, at this moment, Sun Yunzhong didn¡¯t have the time to think so much because his eldest son, who was beside him, reacted faster than him and questioned the couple in front of him.
¡°I don¡¯t agree. It seems fair, but won¡¯t we definitely lose if you show up, Mr. Pei?¡± Sun Ruxing questioned Lu Ze and Lin Suisui boldly.
Yes, he had figured it out now.
If thispetition continued, he would definitely die today!
To put it nicely, the people who participated in the battle technique were all close rtives, but the person the other party used to test the poison was General Wei Bei. No matter how bold his father was, it was impossible for him to poison the other party at this moment.
After all, if anything happened, even if they won this time, they would definitely be doomed.
The other party wouldn¡¯t let them off!
¡°In that case, do you want to admit defeat?¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t care about the other party¡¯s change in attitude. She turned to look at Sun Yunzhong and asked, ¡°What do you think, Mr. Sun Xing?¡±
Sun Yunzhong fell silent for a moment before looking up at Lin Suisui and saying firmly, ¡°Yes!¡±
With Sun Yunzhong¡¯s decision, no matter how unwilling Sun Ruxing was, he had no choice but to grit his teeth and apany him. Actually, he also understood the reason his father made such a decision at this moment.
After all, they were in front of the public. If they admitted defeat now, the reputation of their medical center would bepletely ruined. In addition, because they failed to cure the patient, they would still be doomed. Therefore, they might as well risk their lives now to obtain a way out.
Thinking of this, Sun Ruxing didn¡¯t struggle or refute. He simply took the pill from Lin Suisui and stuffed it into his mouth.
He watched as Lin Suisui created poison in front of him in just an hour. However, as someone who had studied medicine for many years and had been in the medical center for a long time, he didn¡¯t understand her method of creating poison. He only knew that those herbs that were not worth mentioning to him had actually been made into this kind of medicine. Not long after he swallowed it, he felt as if his internal organs were burning and he fell to the ground as he clutched his chest. No matter how hard he gritted his teeth, he couldn¡¯t hide the pain in his eyes and the ferociousness on his face.
In contrast to Sun Ruxing, Lu Ze was still sitting in his seat without moving after taking the pill.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t dare to be careless and she quickly used silver needles to stab the acupuncture points ording to her past experience dealing with such patients. Coupled with the medicine to induce vomiting, in less than ten minutes, Lu Ze, who was still a little pale, returned to normal.
¡°How are you feeling? Are you still feeling unwell?¡± Lin Sui, who was staring at Lu Ze as she took his pulse, continued to ask Lu Ze about his condition in a low voice.
Lu Ze smiled at Lin Suisui andforted her softly, ¡°It¡¯s fine. I don¡¯t feel that ufortable.¡±
Lu Ze had always trusted Lin Sul¡¯s medical skills. Therefore, when he took the poison the other party had concocted, he wasn¡¯t worried that Lin Suisui wouldn¡¯t be able to create an antidote.
However, Sun Yunzhong and his son were clearly in a much worse state.
Sun Ruxing was in so much pain that cold sweat broke out on his forehead. However, even after taking the medicine that Sun Yunzhong had concocted for him, he still showed no signs of relief. On the contrary, it was unknown if he had drunk too much, but his current condition was even worse. In front of everyone, he vomited ck blood¡
¡°Oh my god, he¡¯s going to die!¡±
¡°What¡¯s going on? Nothing happened on the other side!¡±
The onlookers were shocked by the scene in front of them and discussed it animatedly. The people from the medical association, who hade with Sun Yunzhong came forward to help diagnose Sun Ruxing¡¯s condition and no longer cared if it was against the rules or not.
However, even after so many people came over to help, they still didn¡¯t manage toe up with an antidote. Sun Ruxing¡¯s condition continued to worsen bit by bit. He vomited more and more blood, forming a stark contrast with Lu Ze, who seemed to be unaffected.
¡°Why don¡¯t we admit defeat? If this continues, Ruxing won¡¯t be able to hold on!¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. What can be more important than Ruxing¡¯s life?!¡±
The families who had always been on good terms with Sun Yunzhong were anxious and began to persuade the pale-faced Sun Yunzhong, who had not given up on continuing to create the antidote.
This was his biological son!
He couldn¡¯t just watch his son die in front of his eyes.
¡°It¡¯ll definitely work this time.¡± After Sun Yunzhong brought the newly prepared medicine over with trembling hands, he handed it to Sun Ruxing and tried to get him to drink it.
However, at this moment, Lin Sui, who had been paying attention to the situation, suddenly said, ¡°If you still want your son to live, I advise you not to let him drink this bowl of medicine.¡±
Lin Sui¡¯s words made Sun Yunzhong¡¯s hand tremble, but he only paused for a moment before continuing to raise his hand to pour it into his son¡¯s mouth. In the blink of an eye, a woman in a purple dress suddenly rushed out from the crowd and quickly knocked over the medicine bowl in Sun Yunzhong¡¯s hand. Her eyes were red and she pushed Sun Yunzhong four to five steps away. Then, she red at Sun Yunzhong and scolded, ¡°Even a monster won¡¯t hurt its own children. Sun Yunzhong, you¡¯re actually worse than a beast!¡±
The woman who rushed out was none other than Sun Yunzhong¡¯s wife and Sun Ruxing¡¯s mother, Sun Zhou.
She roared at Sun Yunzhong, ¡°Don¡¯t you know your own medical skills?
Who gave you the courage and confidence toe here to challenge someone?
Do you really think that you became the head of the medical association because of your medical skills? Sun Yunzhong, you¡¯re getting more and more shameless!¡±
Chapter 405 - 405: A Married Son-In-Law
Chapter 405: A Married Son-In-Law
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
This woman¡¯s sudden appearance made Sun Yunzhong¡¯s expression instantly darken. Before Sun Yunzhong coulde back to his senses, the woman¡¯s words made his face turn red from shock. He took two steps forward to stop the woman from continuing, but the woman didn¡¯t give him a chance at all and continued to push him to the side.
¡°The Pauling Medical Center is the Sun family¡¯s business, but in fact, you guys are a bunch of scammers! If not for my father, the Pauling Medical Center would have closed down long ago!
You want to use this opportunity to kill my son so that the wreaked havoc born by that Little vixen can take over? Pfft!
¡°The Pauling Medical Center can only belong to my son, Ruxing. Even if anything happens to him, my grandson is still around, Don¡¯t even think about giving it to that little vixen¡¯s son!¡±
This woman was quite angry. As she came up to check on Sun Ruxing, she scolded Sun Yunzhong.
Her words made the surrounding onlookers dumbfounded. So the head of the medical association in the northern region was actually a freeloader?
More importantly, it seemed that his so-called impressive medical skills were a lie, and he wanted to abandon his wife after he social climbed¡
This was too unexpected!
¡°Madam, I admit defeat. Please be magnanimous and save my son¡¯s life! 1 have noints about what you want after that. You can kill or torture me!¡±
The woman took his pulse very skillfully. Then, she turned around and knelt in front of Lin Suisui without hesitation.
At this point, Lin Suisui asked Doctor Luo to bring out the antidote she had prepared long ago and get someone to take it for Sun Ruxing.
Then, she helped Sun Zhou, who was still kneeling on the ground, up. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, he¡¯s fine. He just needs to recuperate for a few days after returning.¡¯1
¡°Thank you, Madam. Thank you for your kindness.¡± After Madam Sun Zhou thanked her gratefully, she called a few old women over and they quickly helped Sun Ruxing up, then carried him to the sedan chair.
After this group of people left, Sun Zhou took out a document that she had prepared long ago from her sleeve and threw it at Sun Yunzhong¡¯s face as she sneered. ¡°I want to divorce you!¡±
It was also because of this incident that everyone found out for the first time that the Pauling Medical Center wasn¡¯t the Sun family¡¯s, but the Zhou family¡¯s!
Sun Yunzhong was actually just a son-inw who had married into the Zhou family!
No one expected the matter to end in such a farce. Sun Zhou seemed to have already prepared it. Not only had she prepared the documents and rted asset forms for a divorce, but also written a series of documents from when Sun Yunzhong married into the family. At the same time, she brought the Zhou family¡¯s patriarch and ciders to drag Sun Yunzhong to the county governor¡¯s residence.
Lin Suisui waited until everyone had dispersed and Lu Ze apanied her to the carriage back to the residence before asking him, ¡±Did you arrange for Sun Zhou toe over?¡±
Once she calmed down, she realized that something was wrong.
If she really wanted to divorce Sun Yunzhong, with Sun Yunzhong¡¯s actions over the years, Sun Zhou would have done so long ago. Why would she wait until now?
Although Sun Yunzhong was profiteering, because he knew how to manage things and worked hard for the Zhou family, as time passed, in the face of tempting benefits, many of his ws were ignored.
Therefore, Sun Yunzhong was able to take in concubines and dote on them.
Sun Zhou, who was supposed to be the head of the family, had no choice but to endure it again and again. In the end, even the most basic benefits were jeopardized.
If not for the fact that a stronger faction had stepped forward to support Sun Zhou, she probably wouldn¡¯t have dared to take this step today.
¡°I just told her that if she wants to take back her assets and make Sun Yunzhong pay the price, this is her only chance. If she can stand up for herself, I¡¯m naturally willing to help her. Although it¡¯s impossible for the Pauling Medical Center to be as glorious as before, at least in the future, it¡¯ll be able to operate and they won¡¯t have to worry about their family¡¯s livelihood.¡±
Lu Ze nodded and confirmed Lin Sui¡¯s spection.
The best punishment for a person like Sun Yunzhong was to make him lose everything he cared about and return him to his original state!
After they dealt with Sun Yunzhong and Kong Xunqi was captured by Pei Qian, the entire medical association would copse, since the remaining people wouldn¡¯t be able to carry the burden. After Lu Ze released those people to hoard herbs and replenish such evidence, more than half of the medical association¡¯s medical center, which had once earned a lot from monopolizing the market and selling high-priced herbs, closed.
Lu Ze didn¡¯t intend to let these people off easy. He locked all the criminals in the Imperial City government office. If their family members wanted them to be released, they had to cough up all the dirty money they had earned over the years.
Although many families were unwilling, they couldn¡¯t help butpromise in the end and reluctantly handed over the wealth they had umted.
Lu Ze didn¡¯t embezzle this considerable sum of money. Instead, he used this money to renovate the houses in the slums of North Mountain City. The rest was sent to the orphanage so that the orphans who had lost their families because of the war could be better taken care of.
These arrangements made the citizens of the entire Cloud Mountain City praise Lu Ze. At the very least, everyone could afford treatment now!
The dpidated houses that had idents every winter could finally be renovated. This way, the houses wouldn¡¯t copse again when it snowed in the future!
Lu Ze had discussed these arrangements with Lin Suisui early in the morning, so when he announced his orders outside, Lin Sui, who was at home, wasn¡¯t surprised.
Mrs. Luo praised Lu Ze and Lin Suisui when she came over. As she handed the sweet green rice balls to Bai Guo, she said to Lin Suisui with a smile, ¡°There are rumors that Madam Liu is a Bodhisattva who saves people from trouble spreading outside.¡±
¡°That¡¯s not right. If I were a living Bodhisattva, what would my husband be?¡± Lin Suisui looked at the cute sweet green rice balls. When she heard Mrs. Luo¡¯s words, she frowned slightly and turned around to ask curiously..
Chapter 406 - 406: Gratitude
Chapter 406: Gratitude
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°Eng? They all say that he¡¯s like Hades.¡± Mrs. Luo froze for a moment before she couldn¡¯t help butugh and exin in a low voice, ¡°However, he¡¯s a fair and just Hades.¡±
Themoners were naturally afraid of the Imperial City government and Lu Ze. However, although themoners were afraid, it wasn¡¯t that they didn¡¯t know right from wrong. Although he was ruthless aftering to the northern region, he didn¡¯t target themoners. Instead, he targeted those evil people who had once abused their power in the northern region.
The citizens of Cloud Mountain City were much better off now. Everyone saw this change, so they were naturally grateful to him.
Therefore, after knowing that General Wei Bei would preside over the ceremony the next day, arge number of people expressed joy. After all,pared to the Fourth Prince, who had never appeared in public in the northern region, Mr. Wei Bei, who would definitely stay in the northern region to take care of them in the future, was more popr.
Lin Suisui was about to prepare Lu Ze¡¯s clothes for tomorrow when Yin Qiao rushed in from outside and reported that Sun Zhou wanted to see Lin Suisui.
¡°I heard that the county governor decided on thiswsuit very quickly. Madam Sun, no, she should be called Madam Zhou now. She gave Sun Yunzhong 500 taels of silver and a manor in the suburbs of the capital as the settling-in fee. After all, over the years, Sun Yunzhong had been operating the Pauling Medical Center conscientiously.
As for Sun Ruxing, he would be Zhou Ruxing from now on. He would enter the Zhou family¡¯s genealogy and be the head of the family in the future.
She came here to thank you.¡±
After Lin Suisui thought about it for a moment, she nodded and asked Yin Qiao to invite her in.
Zhou Huiniang brought her daughter-inw to visit this time.
They bowed to Lin Suisui very politely and sat down. Then, Zhou Huiniang said to Lin Suisui apologetically, ¡°It¡¯s all our fault for causing trouble for you previously.¡±
Now that I¡¯ve chased Sun Yunzhong out, I¡¯ve also instructed the Pauling Medical Center to suspend operations. I¡¯ll open it again after I sort out the ounts and herbs inside.
After Pauling Medical Center opens again, for an entire month, Pauling Medical Center will treat anyone whoes unconditionally.
This is also to repay the sins and mistakes of the Pauling Medical Center.¡±
Zhou Huiniang¡¯s attitude was extremely good, but no matter what, she and Sun Yunzhong were still husband and wife. Didn¡¯t she know that Sun Yunzhong was using the Pauling Medical Center for profiteering?
Moreover, every time Sun Yunzhong appeared, he would be apanied by Sun Ruxing and his son. If Sun Yunzhong didn¡¯t tell Zhou Huiniang, Sun Ruxing and his son should have told her, right?
At that time, she didn¡¯t stop them. Now, although it wasn¡¯t toote to make up for it, what had she done previously?
¡°She has been living in the manor outside the city.¡± As if sensing Lin Sui¡¯s doubts, Sun Ruxing¡¯s wife, Mrs. Zhao, who was sitting beside Zhou Huiniang, exined tactfully, ¡°She has been living there since more than ten years ago and has never returned. My father-inw didn¡¯t allow us to visit her previously.
If we went, we would definitely be punished when we returned.
Moreover, not to mention others, even my husband didn¡¯t know that his surname should be Zhou and not Sun.
Actually, my husband did know about my father-inw using Pauling Medical Center for profiteering, but my husband has already persuaded him and said what he needed to say. He didn¡¯t listen to my husband.
Now, my husband has already realized his mistake and he also discussed with my mother just now that in the future, Pauling Medical Center will do volunteer consultations for three days a month for free. No matter what, it¡¯s a form of atonement.¡±
¡°But I don¡¯t understand. Since you already knew that Sun Yunzhong wasn¡¯t a good person, why didn¡¯t you make the decision earlier?¡± As Lin Suisui looked at Zhou Huiniang, she recalled what Lu Ze had told her previously.
Actually, when Sun Yunzhong first showed his true colors, Zhou Huiniang¡¯s parents were still alive. If they had taught Sun Yunzhong a lesson at that time, he probably wouldn¡¯t have be more ambitious and the situation wouldn¡¯t have gotten out of hand.
¡°At that time, my father and mother were worried that people would gossip. Moreover, our family was very unhappy about the marriage. I was my father and mother¡¯s only daughter. If not for Sun Yunzhong, the family would have had sufficient reason to interfere in our family¡¯s matters.
At that time, my father had always been in poor health, so for the sake of our family, he could only endure it for the time being.
I originally thought that he knew how to put himself in other people¡¯s shoes, but in fact, he¡¯s very greedy.¡±
At the mention of the past, Zhou Huiniang looked disappointed and she raised her hand to cover her face in frustration. After a long silence, she exined to Lin Sui, ¡°Fortunately, everything is in the past now.
All of this is thanks to you. If not for you, our family would probably still be living in misery.
With Sun Yunzhong¡¯s personality, it¡¯s impossible for him to hand the Pauling Medical Center over to Ruxing. He¡¯s only thinking about his cousin and the son his cousin had given birth to for him.
He has always felt that Ruxing is a source of humiliation to him!
But if my father hadn¡¯t taken them in back then, their family would have starved to death in the snow!¡±
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t ask further about this past that involved family matters and only nodded. Then, she saw Zhou Huiniang take a box from the servant behind her and ce it on the table beside Lin Suisui with both hands.
¡°This is the bone reconnection method passed down from our family¡¯s ancestors. Our family opened the Pauling Medical Center in Cloud Mountain City with this. There are records of the bone reconnection method and rted prescriptions.¡±
Zhou Hui¡¯s mother handed the slightly yellowed booklet to Lin Sui. ¡°The reason Sun Yunzhong hasn¡¯t divorced me previously is that he hasn¡¯t obtained this yet.
Now, I¡¯m giving this medical book to you as a thank-you gift.
The few bone reconnection methods and external injuries can be used by medical officers in the northern region. I can¡¯t help with anything else, but I can help out by giving this to you.¡±
¡°This is a medical book passed down in your family, so it¡¯s not appropriate to give it to me like this.¡± As a doctor, Lin Suisui naturally knew the value of the medical book Zhou Huiniang handed over, so she rejected it.
However, Zhou Huiniang was very determined to give her the medical book. In the end, after declining for a while, Lin Suisui finally had a suggestion that both sides could ept. ¡°How about this? I can¡¯t ept your medical book, but I can borrow it for a few days before returning it. This way, your family won¡¯t lose the medical book..¡±
Chapter 407 - 407: The Night Before
Chapter 407: The Night Before
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Both Lin Suisui and Madam Zhou epted this happy oue. Seeing that their goal had been achieved, Madam Zhou didn¡¯t stay any longer. She chatted with Lin Suisui for a short while before getting up and leaving.
After sending Madam Zhou and her daughter-inw off, Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t in a hurry to read the medical book that had been left behind. Instead, she picked up the pulse case report that Doctor Luo had just sent over regarding the merchants who had been poisoned.
After drinking a few doses of the medicine that Lin Suisui had previously concocted, the ones with mild symptoms had clearly improved. On the other hand, the two with serious symptoms still didn¡¯t show any improvement. Although the medicine stopped the deterioration of their symptoms, if they couldn¡¯t make them improve, the final oue probably wouldn¡¯t be optimistic.
¡°Madam, Lu Ze said that it¡¯s best if you don¡¯t go out tomorrow.¡± Bai Guo handed the bird¡¯s nest soup that had just been stewed to Lin Suisui as she whispered about tomorrow¡¯s arrangements. ¡°I¡¯m afraid there¡¯ll be trouble outside.¡±
Lin Suisui nodded. After she about it thought for a moment, she told Bai Guo to send a message to the medical center and tell Mrs. Luo not to go out either.
Bai Guo nodded in agreement. Before she could leave, she saw Yuan Niang rush in from outside so quickly that her dress was swaying in the wind, scaring Yin Qiao, who was guarding the door. She couldn¡¯t help but ask, ¡°What¡¯s wrong, Sister Yuan Niang? What made you so anxious?¡±
¡°Something happened.¡± Yuan Niang walked over quickly and said to Lin Suisui, ¡°Something happened to that eatery. The four people who fed us previously were all found poisoned to death at home.¡±
It was obvious that someone wanted to silence them. Just thinking about it made one shiver.
The reason Yuan Niang came over and mentioned this to Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t that she felt that this family was too pitiful, but because something had happened to this family, there was trouble at their medical center.
¡°The county governor¡¯s constables just left the medical center.¡± At the mention of this, Yuan Niang couldn¡¯t help but spit on the ground with an exasperated expression. Then, she said, ¡°They said that when they were investigating, someone said that the boss of this eatery had a conflict with our medical center. There were a few times when we heard the boss scold us in the courtyard.
But we wouldn¡¯t take their lives just because of this, right?
However, the constable said that the poison was in the lily porridge they hadst night. The lilies in the lily porridge were bought from our medical center.¡± ¡°When did you buy the lilies?¡± Lin Suisui looked up and asked. She wasn¡¯t flustered about this usation. After all, their medical center couldn¡¯t possibly poison the lilies that had been sold to this eatery before they even had any conflict with them, right?
¡°It¡¯s been more than half a month!¡± Yuan Niang frowned as she thought about it for a moment. Then, she immediatelyughed. ¡°That¡¯s right. Half a month ago, we didn¡¯t even have any conflict with the boss yet!
Moreover, the boss came to our medical center to buy those lilies herself. We can¡¯t possibly have wanted to poison them at that time, right?
Besides, even if we wanted to do something to her, we wouldn¡¯t have poisoned the herbs from our medical center. Wouldn¡¯t that be equivalent to announcing our crime to the world?
That would be too stupid!¡±
¡°If those bailiffse again, just deal with them as usual.¡± Lin Suisui smiled at Yuan Niang and said, ¡°We¡¯re not guilty, so there¡¯s nothing to worry about.
If they deal with it impartially, we¡¯ll cooperate. Even if someone uses this matter to cause trouble, we won¡¯t be afraid.¡±
Lin Suisui instructed Yuan Niang gently.
She wasn¡¯t worried that those bailiffs would cause trouble, but the current situation was unstable, so she didn¡¯t want to cause trouble. If they could settle the matter easily, it would be fine, but if the other party insisted on taking the opportunity to cause trouble, they definitely were not pushovers.
After saying this, Lin Suisui mentioned tomorrow¡¯s arrangements.
Yuan Niang had always lived in Cloud Mountain City, so she naturally knew that the Cold Food Festival would be lively. She told Lin Suisui everything about this festival. Then, she said, ¡°But you¡¯re right. These are troubled times. When I go back, I¡¯ll discuss with Doctor Luo to close our medical center for a day.¡±
Actually, even if Lin Suisui didn¡¯t say it, Yuan Niang didn¡¯t intend to join in this year. Although she didn¡¯t ask in detail previously, from the few patients who were poisoned by voodoo in the medical center, the northern barbarians were probably causing trouble.
The sacrificial ceremony in Cloud Mountain City in the northern region of the Cold Food Festival was mainly to pay homage to the soldiers who had died defending the border. Therefore, this wasn¡¯t the first time the empire¡¯s greatest troublemaker, the northern barbarians, had chosen this time to cause trouble.
However, Yuan Niang and Lin Suisui didn¡¯t expect that the first to cause trouble this year wasn¡¯t those spies from the northern barbarians, but Lu Ze, who had always been low profile.
¡°Lu Ze has already announced that at the sacrificial ceremony tomorrow, he will use the heads of more than ten northern barbarian spies captured previously as sacrifices tofort those martyred spirits in heaven.¡±
Bai Guo came in with the news that Su Le had just sent back.
¡°This is unexpected.¡± After hearing Bai Guo¡¯s words, Yuan Niang was so shocked that her eyes widened and she said in disbelief, ¡°Thest time weforted the heroic spirits in this way was a few years ago, when His Highness was still in charge of military affairs in the northern region.
Later on, after General Gao arrived, they started cking off on the ritual more and more.¡±
When Yuan Niang mentioned Gao Xuwei, she still couldn¡¯t suppress the disdain on her face, as if she was talking about some scumbag.
¡°Then tomorrow¡¯smotion will definitely be extraordinary,¡± Yuan Niangmented with worry, ¡°The northern barbarians are very vengeful, so Lu Ze probably wants to bait them by announcing it in advance.
However, this way, the danger Lu Ze would definitely face tomorrow would be very great!
Not only are those northern barbarians extremely vengeful, but they¡¯re also especially sinister and cunning! If they can¡¯t defeat us by force, they¡¯ll most likely y dirty! Madam, you have to tell Lu Ze to be careful!¡±
¡°I will.¡± Lin Suisui nodded at Yuan Niang worriedly as she continued to instruct her gently, ¡°After you go back to the medical center, tell Doctor Luo and the others to be careful tomorrow. Although my husband and the others are already prepared, it¡¯s better to be safe than sorry. Prepare more medicine. It might be useful..¡±
Chapter 408 - 408: Request
Chapter 408: Request
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Lin Suisui carefully exined what Yuan Niang needed to prepare, such as medicine, bandages, and bandages. However, when everything was ready, nothing happened the next day.
It wasn¡¯t that everything went smoothly, but Lu Ze and Pei Qian had calcted everything thoroughly, so those who wanted to take the opportunity to cause trouble were caught by the soldiers who had already been lying in ambush.
Not only was the sacrificial ceremony unaffected, but even the surrounding citizens were not affected.
Although this matter was a thorn in Lin Sui¡¯s side, the death of the eatery¡¯s boss still caused them trouble.
Because there was a witness.
¡°I don¡¯t understand. How can such a thing be used as evidence?¡± Yuan Niang was furious at the development of the matter.
This matter wasn¡¯t that troublesome to begin with, but the constable who took over the investigation this time was special.
Constable Liu Zhong was an anomaly in the northern region.
He abhorred evil. Unlike the officials here who preyed on themoners and wreaked havoc on the vigers, he was one of the rare people who would seek justice for themoners.
Because of his personality, he had always been disliked by County Governor Tang and was usually tasked with all kinds of tough assignments. And this time, he happened to be idle in Cloud Mountain City, so this case happened to fall into his hands.
¡°I don¡¯t know what¡¯s wrong with him, but he insists that our medical center is the most suspicious.¡±
Thinking of that stubborn constable, Yuan Niang stomped her feet in anger. ¡°He insisted that someone told him that our medical center bullies people and forced that restaurant into a corner.
When have we ever done that?
I really regret it now. I shouldn¡¯t have been soft-hearted and continued to renew my contract with that restaurant! Now, I caused so much trouble!¡±
At the mention of the past, Yuan Niang couldn¡¯t help but grit her teeth.
Previously, she had seen that the boss of the eatery was having a hard time and that her food was good, so she thought that it was fine to continue working with her. However, who would have thought that she would betray their medical center for just a little bit of money?
After what had happened, wasn¡¯t it only right for her to cancel the cooperation? What did they do wrong?
¡°Don¡¯t be angry. Since you all say that the constable is capable, he must be able to find out the truth.¡± After hearing Yuan Niang¡¯s exnation, Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t that worried.
If that person was really as capable as the rumors said, he would definitely be able to find out the truth.
¡°Just try your best to cooperate with his investigation these few days. I believe that the heavens won¡¯t let innocent people be med. Besides, with our current situation, are you afraid that he will falsely use us?¡±
Lin Sui¡¯s words calmed Yuan Niang down a little. After she thought about it for a moment, she finally nodded in agreement. ¡°I¡¯ll cooperate with him this time. As long as it¡¯s not too much, I¡¯ll satisfy whatever his requests are. I want to see what he can find out!¡±
Yuan Niang was an impatient person, so after making up her mind, she didn¡¯t stay any longer and quickly left without looking back.
¡°I haven¡¯t seen Yuan Niang so angry in a long time.¡± After sending Yuan Niang off, Lin Suisui smiled at Bai Guo, who was standing beside her, and teased, ¡°It seems that this constable is really something.¡±
¡°Constable Liu is a very famous tough nut to crack in the northern region.¡± Bai Guo clearly knew this constable to a certain extent. Seeing that Lin Suisui was interested, she told Lin Suisui what she knew about him.
¡°Actually, he wasn¡¯t like this in his early years.
At that time, his wife was still around and his personality was kind. Many people in Cloud Mountain City had received his help, but the good times didn¡¯tst long. Constable Liu¡¯s wife was chosen by a marquis at that time and he raped his wife while Constable Liu was out investigating a case.
When he returned, his wife had already hanged herself, leaving behind a daughter who was still in her infancy.
Liu Zhong wanted to take revenge, but the marquis had a powerful background. No matter how Constable Liu tried, he still couldn¡¯t avenge his wife and he almost lost his life in the end.
After Lu Ze came to the northern region, he happened to encounter this case, so he took the opportunity to make an example of the marquis and avenged Constable Liu. He even reorganized the military affairs in the northern region.
From then on, Liu Zhong¡¯s personality changed drastically and he always assumed that powerful families bullied others.¡±
If Bai Guo hadn¡¯t told him, she wouldn¡¯t have known that he actually had some ties with Lu Ze.
However, Yuan Niang didn¡¯t know about their past. When she entered the medical center and saw the man who hade in earlier, her scalp went numb and she became angry.
¡°Why are you here again?¡± Yuan Niang red at Liu Zhong and said with disdain, ¡°Constable Liu, if you really suspect that our medical center bullied people and took revenge by killing the boss¡¯s family, please show evidence immediately!
If there¡¯s no evidence, please find evidence immediately, okay? Don¡¯t keeping to our medical center all day long. Our medical center has to receive patients!
How can we receive patients if you stand here like this?¡±
Yuan Niang¡¯s words were harsh, and her attitude was unpleasant. No matter how one looked at it, she seemed a little aggressive, but Liu Zhong wasn¡¯t angry. He continued to look at her coldly, as if he was looking at an unreasonable child. Then, he said in a businesslike manner, ¡°I¡¯m investigating the truth.
However, in order to investigate the truth faster, I also need the help of your medical center.
Please understand if this has caused trouble.
After all, I think everyone wants to wash up as soon as possible.¡±
Yuan Niang felt exasperated and she pursed her lips. After she stared at Liu Zhong for a long time, she said reluctantly, ¡°Alright, tell me. You¡¯vee to our medical center four to five times in the past two days, so if you have anything else to ask, ask quickly!¡±
¡°I¡¯d like to meet the real boss of your medical center.¡± When Liu Zhong heard Yuan Niang¡¯s words, he stated his request directly..
Chapter 409 - 409: Infidelity
Chapter 409: Infidelity
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Yuan Niang suppressed the urge to scold Liu Zhong. Who did he think he was? He actually wanted to see their Madam!
¡°If you have evidence, just show it and arrest us! If not, there¡¯s no need to waste time here!¡±
Yuan Niang nced at Liu Zhong as she said rudely.
Regarding Yuan Niang¡¯s rejection and hostility, Liu Zhong remained calm as he looked at Yuan Niang and exined very patiently, ¡°There are some things that I need to trouble your family to ask about. It¡¯s not that I want to cause trouble, but all kinds of evidence point to your medical center now.
Therefore, I¡¯m just doing this to investigate the case. Please forgive me.¡±
¡°Our master doesn¡¯t interfere in the shop¡¯s matters.
I was the one who arranged for this cooperation with the boss of that restaurant. To be honest, I¡¯m really regretting it now!
We saw that it was difficult for a woman like her to run a business, so we helped her as much as we could. However, she wasn¡¯t grateful at all. She actually colluded with outsiders and betrayed our medical center for money. She helped outsiders create rumors to target our medical center.
I reported this matter to the head of the family. The head of the family said that it wasn¡¯t easy to do business, so it was best to be more understanding and not be too ruthless, in case they acted out of desperation.
Therefore, in the end, I only informed the boss that she wouldn¡¯t have to send food to our medical center in the future. After informing her, we settled all our ounts.
After that, we never interacted again!
I¡¯m telling the truth!
I don¡¯t know why the boss¡¯s family was poisoned to death¡ They were silenced by someone!¡±
Yuan Niang patiently repeated what she had said to Liu Zhong previously. However, at this point, she suddenly had an idea and turned to look at Liu Zhong. ¡°Why don¡¯t you think about why someone wanted to silence their family?¡±
That was very likely.
When Liu Zhong heard Yuan Niang¡¯s analysis, he didn¡¯t look surprised. Instead, he said calmly, ¡°That¡¯s why I wanted to meet your master and see who had a grudge against them.
This is for the sake of finding out the truth as soon as possible. Please ask on my behalf.¡±
Although Liu Zhong¡¯s request was a little too much and iprehensible from Yuan Niang¡¯s perspective, Yuan Niang knew that he was trying his best to find out the truth, so she couldn¡¯t continue to make things difficult for him.
Moreover, Liu Zhong¡¯s attitude had been gentle and polite from the beginning until now. If she continued to re up, she would be the one being unreasonable.
After thinking for a moment, Yuan Niang finally relented and said in a low voice, ¡°Alright, but I can only help you ask for my master¡¯s opinion.¡±
¡°He wants to see me?¡± When Lin Suisui heard Yuan Niang¡¯s report, she was surprised. However, after thinking about it, she could understand why Liu Zhong wanted to see her.
After she thought about it for a moment, she finally nodded. ¡°Alright, get someone to inform him that I¡¯ll wait for him at the medical center tomorrow morning.¡±
It just so happened that she had to go over tomorrow to check the pulse of those merchants who had been poisoned, so she would see Liu Zhong along the way.
After Liu Zhong received the news that Yuan Niang had sent someone over, he rushed over early the next morning.
Although Yuan Niang didn¡¯t make things difficult for him and helped him pass the message, she still didn¡¯t act friendly when she saw him. After she ced the teacup she had prepared on the tea table beside Liu Zhong, she instructed reluctantly, ¡°Our master will be here soon. You have to be gentleter. Don¡¯t offend her!¡±
Liu Zhong thanked Yuan Niang first before saying, ¡°Don¡¯t worry, Miss. I definitely won¡¯t ask about anything unrted to the case.
However, you reminded me of something.
Previously, you said that you were the one who facilitated the cooperation with the boss of the eatery?¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Yuan Niang nodded calmly and replied, ¡°At that time, our medical center had just opened. We were busy and there was no one to cook. Coincidentally, during that period of time, when the shop was preparing, we bought food from that restaurant. Everyone felt that the food tasted good, so we didn¡¯t want to change to another restaurant.¡±
There was nothing to hide.
Everyone was open for business and this restaurant was rtively famous in the nearby area, so it was normal for her to want to cooperate with it.
¡°I see. Then did anything amiss happen midway?¡± Liu Zhong nodded to show that he understood. Then, he continued to ask, ¡°What I mean is, did you have any contact with the boss?¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Yuan Niang nodded and sat down on a chair at the side. After she thought about it, she said to Liu Zhong, ¡°She said that she married an inhumane man. Her husband drank too much and liked to gamble. Almost all the money in the family was gambled away by her husband. It was all thanks to her opening this shop that they could earn a living.
She also said that her husband often beat her.
In short, she sounded very miserable. I saw that she was really pitiful, so I thought of helping her. After all, the food she made at that time was the best in terms of taste and quantity.
Then there¡¯s nothing wrong with us choosing her!
After that unpleasant incident, she came over andined to me once.
She said that it was all because her rtives and women were insensible, and that woman was her husband¡¯s rtive, so it was difficult for her to deal with her.
She asked me to forgive her this time and she promised to personally deliver food in the future.¡±
¡°You didn¡¯t agree?¡± Liu Zhong looked at Yuan Niang in shock.
After all, ording to his investigation, in order to make the girl in front of him change her mind, the boss of the eatery had cried a few times. Once, she even knelt down and begged for mercy in public.
However, the woman in front of him had no intention of changing her mind at all. She asked the assistant to send the boss out of the medical center.
¡°Once unfaithful, never to be forgiven!¡± Yuan Niang met Liu Zhong¡¯s gaze very calmly and replied, ¡°She¡¯s pitiful, but there¡¯s a saying that pitiful people must have something hateful about them.
If she had no way to keep her rtives in check, so I forgave her this time, what about the next time? What about after that? The risk is too high. I can¡¯t afford to take the risk..¡±
Chapter 410 - 410: Resolution
Chapter 410: Resolution
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°But even so, our medical center has not mistreated her.¡± Yuan Niang hesitated for a moment before telling Liu Zhong everything that had happened after that.
¡°Later on, she said that she had prepared the ingredients in advance and that we were making things difficult for her. My boss said that we would buy all the ingredients at the original price and even pay her five extra taels of silver!
Sir, don¡¯t you think we¡¯ve done our best? But what about the boss? She¡¯s an ingrate!
After that, she cursed us almost every day.
Our medical center is doing well, but whose money isn¡¯t hard-earned? Besides, our medical center has the lowest consultation fees and medical fees in the entire Cloud Mountain City. How can we make much profit?
However, my boss said that we can¡¯t afford to offend someone like her. In order not to cause trouble for ourselves, we might as well ignore her!
¡°But look, even if we ignored her, we still got into trouble because of her!¡±
As Yuan Niang spoke, her eyes turned red and she sobbed.
She wasn¡¯t deliberately putting on an act. She was really upset and subconsciously revealed her true emotions.
Of course, she felt aggrieved. Previously, she saw that the boss was quite well-behaved, so she relented and gave her some leeway. However, who knew that she would cause so much trouble for the medical center?
Liu Zhong didn¡¯t expect that a simple question would actually make the youngdy in front of him cry. He could deal with vicious and intimidating people, but he was really at a loss when dealing with such a delicate youngdy.
He was so anxious that he didn¡¯t know what to do and advised awkwardly, ¡°Don¡¯t cry. The matter will be investigated. If it really has nothing to do with your medical center, I will definitely get the county governor to issue a notice to prove it for you guys.
I wanted to find out the truth as soon as possible, so I took the liberty to disturb you these past few days.
I know that your medical center is innocent, but much evidence points to your medical center now, so I have to investigate some things first¡
Don¡¯t cry!¡±
Just as Liu Zhong felt flustered and wanted to coax Yuan Niang, Lin Suisui entered the medical center under the protection of Bai Guo, Su Le, and the others.
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
As soon as Lin Suisui entered, she saw Yuan Niang, who was sitting on the chair at the side and crying uncontrobly. Then, she looked at Liu Zhong, who was blushing. She frowned slightly and asked, ¡°You¡¯re Constable Liu Zhong, right?¡±
¡°I, I, she¡¡± Liu Zhong wanted to exin that everything in front of him really had nothing to do with him, but when he thought about the question he had just asked, he was a little uncertain. Perhaps, he really had something to do with this?
Therefore, after holding it in for a long time, Liu Zhong reluctantly exined everything that had just happened to Lin Sui. Then, he bowed to her apologetically and said, ¡°I¡¯m sorry, I really didn¡¯t mean any harm. I just had something to ask.¡±
¡°I understand.¡± Lin Suisui more or less understood why Yuan Niang was crying so sadly, so she nodded at Liu Zhong and said gently, ¡°I have something to tell Yuan Niang. I wonder if you can go to the private room on the third floor and drink a cup of tea while waiting?¡±
¡°Of course. I¡¯ve troubled you.¡± Seeing that Lin Sui¡¯s attitude was sincere and gentle, Liu Zhong looked even more apologetic and he quickly nodded in agreement with Lin Sui¡¯s suggestion.
Originally, he thought that he would be chased out today!
After settling Liu Zhong down, Lin Suisui walked forward and helped Yuan Niang upstairs with Bai Guo.
As she walked, she coaxed Yuan Niang softly, ¡°It¡¯s not your fault.
Whether it was when you chose to cooperate with the boss of the eatery or when you realized that something was wrong with the boss and stopped the cooperation, you did nothing wrong.
This kind of thing is an ident to begin with. It¡¯s not like you and I can predict the future. How could we have known that so many troublesome things would happenter?¡±
Lin Sui¡¯s words made Yuan Niang stop crying, but she still couldn¡¯t suppress her guilt. ¡°However, it was all because of me. If I hadn¡¯t chosen to cooperate with her back then, there wouldn¡¯t have been so much trouble.¡±
¡°Then I¡¯m the real culprit. If I hadn¡¯t lowered the price of the medicine at the beginning, I wouldn¡¯t have offended those people from the medical association and made them give us a hard time.¡±
Lin Suisui handed the handkerchief in her hand to Yuan Niang as she advised her with a smile, ¡°If not for this, no one would have looked for the boss in order to set us up.
Perhaps she wouldn¡¯t have lost her life.¡±
¡°How is that possible? She deserves it for being greedy!¡± Hearing Lin Sui¡¯s words, Yuan Niang couldn¡¯t be bothered to wipe her tears anymore. She looked up at Lin Suisui with red eyes and retorted, ¡°If not for her evil intentions, how could she have been used by others?¡±
¡°You also know that it was the boss who caused this disaster. Then why do you have to me yourself for the trouble she caused?¡±
Upon hearing Yuan Niang¡¯s words, Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help but cover her mouth and look at her with a smile. ¡°Don¡¯t worry too much. Look, your eyes are swollen from crying. Nanan will be worried when she sees youter.¡±
¡°Nanan is still so young, so how would she know about this sort of thing?¡± Yuan Niang was amused by Lin Suisui and she lowered her eyes in embarrassment as she muttered in a low voice, ¡°But no matter what, what should we do now that this matter has blown up?¡±
¡°Didn¡¯t Constable Liu say that he¡¯s trying his best to find out the truth? Then let¡¯s cooperate with him.¡± Although this matter seemed troublesome now, Lin Suisui was actually not too worried.
Firstly, a good conscience is a soft pillow. Secondly, Liu Zhong was indeed a capable person. She had already learned a lot about this from Lu Ze.
¡°We¡¯re just thinking about where to start rectifying the medical profession. Previously, the price of the medicine was indeed high, but they¡¯ve been operating in Cloud Mountain City for many years after all. Even if they¡¯re already at the end of their rope, a starving camel is still bigger than a horse. They still have a chance.
Therefore, we need something else to prove it. This way, we can further convince the people of Cloud Mountain City that those people from the medical association are all despicable people who only care about profit. Only by chasing those quacks out of Cloud Mountain City can they live a peaceful life..¡±
Chapter 411 - 411: Disposal
Chapter 411: Disposal
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Sometimes, being justifiable wasn¡¯t enough. Many times, those bystanders might not be able to see the truth at all and would lose their rationality over superficial things.
For example, although all themoners might think that it was right for them to make a move on the medical association now, what if the owners of the medical centers began to cry?
There are always many excuses, such as pressure from above or being forced into a corner¡
In short, as long as they could find a suitable person to take the me, these people would me everything on the other party.
As for them, they were just pitiful people who had been deceived and forced to do wrong things.
It was wrong, but it was excusable.
In addition, no matter what, these medical centers still had some foundation. Therefore, if they mentioned the past, they would inevitably gain some sympathy.
Once on shore one prays no more, some kind-hearted people might even use them and say that their medical center had pushed them too far.
They might say that since she had already realized her mistake, why were they still harping on the matter?
Thinking of the potential future trouble, Lin Suisui felt that it was better for her to n ahead.
As expected, just as Lin Suisui had guessed, after the medical shops were sealed off one by one, they finally couldn¡¯t sit still. They couldn¡¯t care less about the conflicts they had when they were together and they united.
The members of the medical center gathered together and spent a day and a night talking, but in the end, they came up with the same dirty tricks.
With Lin Sui¡¯s deliberate condone, rumors of the medical center¡¯s ruthlessness toward their peers spread in just a few days.
Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t surprised by this. Her negligence caused the rumors to spread more and more, and the more they spread, the worse they became.
In the end, there was even a medical center that wanted to use this method to expel the medical center and pharmacy that used to run in Cloud Mountain City. After that, it would monopolize the industry.
As for why the medical fees were so low now, it was just a means to force other pharmacies out of the industry.
In the end, when the medical center in Cloud Mountain City really monopolized the medical center, they would double the price. Then, they would be able to earn back the money they had lost very quickly.
This enraged Yuan Niang very much.
However, she had never been the type to swallow her anger, so she quickly thought of a countermeasure.
Didn¡¯t they like watching drama? Then she would let these people watch as much as they wanted!
She immediately arranged for the two smartest servants in the shop to stand at the door with pen and paper. Then, she noted down the pedestrians who were pointing at the shop outside. They would no longer receive these people¡¯s requests for treatment.
Weren¡¯t they afraid that their medical center would increase the price and cheat them of their money? Then they would nevere to their medical center for the rest of their lives! They could go to those poor medical centers that had been forced into a dead end by Rejuvenation Hall!
Anyway, Rejuvenation Hall wasn¡¯t going to continue serving them.
This move was indeed effective. Although people liked to watch drama, it didn¡¯t mean that they were willing to be the source of drama themselves.
Moreover, this matter concerned their own interests. Who would risk their own financial interests just for fun?
Kind and magnanimous?
Why should they use their own money to be kind and magnanimous to strangers? Their money didn¡¯te from nowhere!
Therefore, with this simple move, the medical center was temporarily removed from the center of attention. As for what happened after that, they could only wait for Liu Zhong¡¯s results.
They didn¡¯t expect Liu Zhong¡¯s investigation results toe out so fast and it surprised them.
On the second day, Liu Zhong had already brought the constables to arrest the culprit.
The mastermind was none other than the medical association members who had followed Sun Yunzhong around previously.
The reason they were arrested was that the boss¡¯s family being poisoned in the eatery was rted to some of these people, or all of them.
In the beginning, those people only wanted to use their rtionship with the boss of the eatery to enter Rejuvenation Hall and find an opportunity to frame Rejuvenation Hall.
However, they not only failed to do so, but also caused a lot of trouble.
Naturally, the money they were promised afterwards was no longer enough.
Knowing that the money that they had been promised was gone, the boss¡¯s family was naturally unhappy. They had offended the medical center for these people¡¯s sake, and they had already lost a lot of business. How could these people go back on their word now?
Therefore, in a fit of anger, the boss said that if those people in the medical center didn¡¯t pay her the money they promise, she would spread the news that those people had bribed her.
The people from the medical association were all thinking of ways to settle the matter peacefully and were trying to turn a big matter into a small one, but the boss was actually trying to cause trouble!
However, after the people from the medical association showed signs ofpromise, the boss of the eatery acted like a fly that smelled rotten meat and started to ask for an exorbitant price.
The people in the medical association were all old people, so how could they withstand such threats?
Moreover, the boss of this eatery had always been an unreliable person. How could she really be expected to keep her word?
Therefore, in the end, he went all out and got someone to poison this family to silence them.
Once this result was out, the entire Cloud Mountain City was in an uproar.
No one expected that the kind-looking bosses of the medical associations were like this in private! Moreover, so many lives had been lost just to deal with Rejuvenation Hall, which had done nothing wrong.
Such terrifying people were actually doctors who treated people in Cloud Mountain City.
The citizens in the city were furious. The cruel and harsh truth from the in-depth interrogation caused the citizens in the entire Cloud Mountain City to want to tear these people into pieces!
With the anger of the people, it became much more justifiable for them to close down their medical centers! When Lu Ze announced that he wanted to chase out all the bosses and family members of the medical centers who were involved in selling fake medicine, the citizens of Cloud Mountain City felt so overjoyed that it was like they were celebrating the new year. Some people even set off firecrackers in the streets to celebrate..
Chapter 412 - 412: Accident
Chapter 412: ident
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Themoners were happy, but the swindlers who had been sentenced to exile and driven out of Cloud Mountain City were not having a good time. Rotten eggs and rotten vegetables were thrown at them.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t join in the fun. However, even though she was sitting in the backyard of Mrs. Luo¡¯s family¡¯s restaurant, she could still hear the firecrackers and cheersing from the main road.
¡°Who would have thought that those people were so evil-hearted?¡± As Mrs. Luo picked the vegetables, she couldn¡¯t help butment when she heard themotion outside, ¡°I just found out that in the past, a child living in our alley only had a cough. After he visited the medical center over there, he passed away after taking the medical center¡¯s medicine.¡±
The child¡¯s family was so angry that they went to the medical center to argue, but they were beaten up.
There was no way for them to get justice.
¡°Now that I think about it, none of these people are good!¡±
¡°Things will get much better in the future.¡± Lin Suisui was watching Mrs. Luo and the others make rice cakes. She actually wasn¡¯t that good at cooking. Lu Ze even teased her that the food she made wasn¡¯t as delicious as his.
However, perhaps she just wasn¡¯t good at this, although Lin Suisui had always wanted to learn to cook, the results were always subpar.
Mrs. Luo and the others were different. Be it Mrs. Luo, her daughter-inw, Fang Liu, or even Fang Rui¡¯er, they were all good at cooking.
What they were making now were yellow rice cakes that had been selling very well in the eatery recently.
Lin Suisui also liked yellow rice cakes, so every now and then, Mrs. Luo would instruct the people in the shop to send yellow rice cakes over for her to cat.
¡°Apart from the medical center, we¡¯ve discussed business with a few more shops. Although we¡¯re a little busy, we¡¯re earning more.¡± As Fang Liu busied with the work at hand, she smiled as she thanked Lin Suisui softly. ¡°If not for your help, we wouldn¡¯t have even dared to imagine having this sort of life.¡±
¡°You guys cook good food and the price is fair, so naturally, it¡¯ll sell.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t care too much about this and said to truthfully Fang Liu, ¡°Besides, I said back then that if the taste wasn¡¯t good and customers were unwilling to buy it, this deal wouldn¡¯t work.¡±
Mrs. Luo and the others were grateful to Lin Suisui, so they naturally wouldn¡¯t make any mistakes in this aspect.
Lin Suisui stayed for a while longer. Seeing that it was gettingte, she stood up and bid farewell. Then, she left through the back door of the eatery and walked out of the alley. Just as she was about to get into the carriage, a person rushed out.
Su Le reacted quickly. As Bai Guo shielded Lin Suisui, Su Le drew his knife and blocked the man who was nning to charge forward.
Lin Suisui recognized the disheveled man in front of her at a nce. He was actually an old acquaintance.
¡°Gu Han?¡±
Lin Suisui stared at the man who was fighting Su Le as he eximed. At the same time, she didn¡¯t forget to instruct Bai Guo to send a signal immediately. Without hesitation, she said to Su Le, ¡°Su Le, capture him alive at all costs!¡±
Gu Han didn¡¯t expect Lin Suisui to have such an expert by her side.
After failing to capture Lin Suisui, he wanted to escape. However, since he had already revealed himself and was recognized by Lin Suisui, how could it be easy for him to escape?
Therefore, even though Gu Han tried to escape, he was still defeated because he was injured and exhausted from all the fighting. He was immediately tied up by Su Qi and the others who arrivedter.
Lin Suisui ordered them to bring Gu Han back to the general¡¯s residence.
¡°Why did youe to the northern region in such a sorry state?¡± Pei Qian rushed back after receiving the news.
He circled around Gu Han, who was tied to the chair and couldn¡¯t move. Then, he asked with a smile, ¡°Did you get kicked out because you couldn¡¯t stay in the northern barbarian territory anymore?¡±
¡°Pfft!¡± Gu Han was gagged and couldn¡¯t speak, but that didn¡¯t stop him from spitting. He was now a tiger that had fallen from grace, but when he had the chance to make aeback, he would definitely crush this bastard in front of him!
¡°Tsk tsk, you have such a bad temper.¡± Pei Qian turned around and sat in the seat closest to Gu Han. Then, he turned around and smiled at Gu Han. ¡°Don¡¯t tell me you think that you can make aeback one day after falling into our hands?¡±
¡°I heard that Sr. Khan is seriously ill. Did you lose the fight for the throne?¡± Pei Qian had some information about the northern barbarians¡¯ movements, so when he saw Gu Han appear in front of him alone in such a sorry state, he could guess what had happened to him.
Among Sr. Khan¡¯s sons, Gu Han was the simplest.
Although he was brave and good at fighting and ranked first among his brothers, the position wasn¡¯t something that could be won with strength. Therefore, after the previous discussion with Lu Ze, Pei Qian and Lu Ze agreed that the first to be eliminated would probably be Gu Han.
¡°Stop mocking me!¡± After Gu Han had his gag taken away by Pei Qian, he red at Pei Qian with bloodshot eyes and said angrily, ¡°I only made a small mistake. Next time, I¡¯ll definitely kill that beast myself!¡±
¡°Were you set up?¡± When Lu Ze came in from outside and happened to hear Gu Han¡¯s roar, he couldn¡¯t help but smile and say, ¡°You do look quite pitiful.¡±
¡°Are you all waiting to see me make a fool of myself?¡± Gu Han was enraged by these people¡¯s gloating expressions.
He roared fiercely, ¡°Alright, now that I¡¯m in your hands, you can do whatever you want! If you want to kill me, kill me. If you want to skin me, skin me. I¡¯ve never been afraid of death!¡±
¡°Did you put in so much effort to appear in front of Lin Suisui just to surrender?¡± Lu Ze shielded Lin Suisui and sat down on a seat further away. When he heard Gu Han¡¯s words, he turned around and smiled at Gu Han. ¡°When you came to make this decision, didn¡¯t you think that you would be mocked by us?¡±
¡°What nonsense are you talking about? Why would Ie looking for you?!¡± Embarrassment and uneasiness shed across Gu Han¡¯s face and he defended himself, ¡°I just wanted to rob some money.. Who knew that I would bump into an acquaintance?¡±
Chapter 413 - 413: Forced
Chapter 413: Forced
Trantor: Henyee Trantions
Editor: Henyee Trantions
Gu Han was in a rather sorry state, but it was also because of his sorry state that he wanted to escape. He had not even thought about it thoroughly yet. If he really epted his current predicament, what would happen next?
He would probably bepletely led by the nose by the two people in front of him!
Seeing that Gu Han denied it, Lu Ze and Pei Qian didn¡¯t force him. Instead, they turned around and asked Lin Suisui if she had found a medicine that could suppress people¡¯s martial arts skills. After drinking it, Gu Han became very weak.
Pei Qian treated Gu Han as an esteemed guest and brought him back to his courtyard politely.
After Pei Qian left with Gu Han, Lin Suisui turned to look at Lu Ze. She felt a little worried about Gu Han.
However, Lu Ze didn¡¯t let her imagination run wild for long and he answered her, ¡°Gu Han actually came to cooperate with us.¡±
Actually, Sr. Khan is a very wise ruler.
His goal was actually to rule over the entire grasnd. He had no intention of bing enemies with the empire. It wasn¡¯t that he didn¡¯t want to, but he knew the difference in strength between the northern barbarians and the empire very well.
If it was a small fight, the northern barbarians might be able to gain some benefits, but if they really went overboard, it would be a disaster for the northern barbarians.
After all, there were many previous examples. The northern barbarians couldn¡¯t afford to take the risk.
On the surface, the northern barbarians seemed to have a strong army, but in fact, if they really fought head-on, where would the northern barbarians find so much rations?
However, how long could theyst by plundering along the way?
However, the empire was different.
Be it in terms of territory or wealth, the empire was far superior to the northern barbarians. If the northern barbarians really fought them head-on, they would be courting death.
Therefore, although there had always been small conflicts over the years when Sr. Khan was in power, there had definitely been no major incursions.
But Sr. Khan was old now.
No matter how fearless a Wolf King was on the grasnd, it would eventually grow old one day.
His sons were unwilling to submit to his rule anymore! His eldest son, King Zadeh, was very ambitious.
Unlike his father, he had long set his sights on the territory of the empire. He wanted to break through the border of the empire and plunder everything in the empire!
In his opinion, he was a man blessed by the heavens and an invincible hero!
The world would be at his feet, and Sr. Khan, who had never given up his power, was the greatest obstacle in his way.
In the past, he had some scruples, but now, Sr. Khan was sick.
Since he was sick, he had an opportunity.
¡°You¡¯re saying that King Zadeh rebelled?¡± Lin Suisui was shocked by the news Lu Ze had told her. Although she didn¡¯t know much about the northern barbarians, she knew what King Zadeh was like.
He was sinister, cunning, and ruthless.
If he really became the new Khan of the northern barbarians in the future, a war between the northern barbarians and the empire would definitely be inevitable.
¡°Actually, a divided northern barbarian is the safest for the empire.¡± Lu Ze had never hidden his thoughts from Lin Suisui. After interacting with her for so long, he was already used to answering all the questions Lin Suisui asked.
¡°Therefore, Gu Han has to return to the northern barbarians.¡± As soon as Lu Ze said this, Lin Suisui understood what he meant.
With King Zadch¡¯s current strength, although it wasn¡¯t difficult to unify the northern barbarians, it would take some time. If he really stabilized his foundation, the next to suffer would definitely be the citizens of the empire.
Therefore, the safest way now was to disrupt everything while he hadn¡¯t stabilized his position yet.
Gu Han was a good chess piece.
¡°Actually, to be honest, the person we want to be Sr. Khan is Gu Han.¡± Lu Ze poured a ss of water for Lin Suisui and handed it to her before continuing, ¡°Although Gu Han is a belligerent person, he more or less knows his limits.
In a sense, he shares his father¡¯s thoughts.
They want to take advantage of our empire, but they know their limits very well.
For all of us, he¡¯s the most ideal rival.¡±
Although it was disgusting, it was better than war.
It wasn¡¯t impossible for the empire to fight the two wars in the north and south, but life would be difficult for themoners. Lu Ze seemed to have thought of something and was silent for a long time before continuing, ¡°Although we can achieve meritorious deeds in war, every meritorious deed will result in many deaths.
¡°It¡¯s not just those brave soldiers. There¡¯s also themoners.¡±
¡°Since Gu Han escaped to the empire safely, it means that he has supporters among the northern barbarians.¡± Lin Suisui took a sip of tea and thought for a moment before saying to Lu Ze, ¡°Besides, since I didn¡¯t hear about the new Khan seeding the throne, it means that Sr. Khan isn¡¯t dead yet.
In that case, it means that King Zadeh hasn¡¯tpletely taken over the Imperial Court yet. He still needs Sr. Khan to win over the people.¡±
¡°Therefore, Gu Han is probably more anxious than us at this moment.¡± Lu Ze smiled at Lin Suisui as he continued, ¡°The fact that Sr. Khan is still alive means that he still has a chance. If Sr. Khan really dies and news of the new Khan seeding the thronees, his situation will be very awkward.¡±
Pei Qian naturally thought of the problem that Lin Suisui and Lu Ze thought of.
He fanned himself as he sized up the indignant Gu Han and he couldn¡¯t help butugh again. ¡°Tsk, I¡¯ve always thought that you were a smart person. I didn¡¯t expect you to care so much about your reputation like those idiots.
Is this the attitude you northern barbarians show when you need help?¡±
¡°Pei Qian, since you already know the purpose of my trip, why ask? Just tell me directly. Will you agree or not?¡± Gu Han turned around to avoid Pei Qian¡¯s mocking gaze, but he still refused to give in.
He must have been crazy to think of coborating with Pei Qian and the others!
At this moment, the empire probably wanted to see an internal war among the northern barbarians the most! If that was the case, why would they help him return to the Imperial Court and calm the rebellion?
Chapter 414 - 414: Naive
Chapter 414: Naive
Trantor: Henyee Trantions
Editor: Henyee Trantions
Gu Han¡¯s stubborn attitude made Pei Qian even more interested. As if he had discovered a new toy, he began to harass him every day, which enraged Gu Han.
However, his body couldn¡¯t exert any strength at all. Not to mention resisting, he didn¡¯t even have the strength to bite his tongue andmit suicide.
Finally, Pei Qian exhausted thest bit of Gu Han¡¯s arrogance by harassing him every day. When Lin Suisui and Lu Ze came over to see him again, Gu Han¡¯s appearance shocked Lin Suisui.
This haggard man with a drooping beard was actually Gu Han?
What had Pei Qian done to him?
¡°Actually, it¡¯s nothing. I just got someone to tell him about the stupid things he did every day.¡± Pei Qian saw the confusion in Lin Suisui¡¯s eyes and exined with a smile.
Gu Han suddenly looked up and red at Pei Qian. However, Pei Qian didn¡¯t care. Pei Qian sighed and said to him very gently, ¡°Am I wrong?¡±
The rage in Gu Han¡¯s eyes instantly dissipated because of Pei Qian¡¯s words.
That¡¯s right. If not for the fact that he had always been headstrong and refused to listen to others¡¯ advice, he wouldn¡¯t havee to this point. Actually, someone around him had reminded him long ago that his eldest brother was rebellious, but he was unwilling to believe it.
He felt that he had always had a good rtionship with his eldest brother, but¡ ¡°Gu Han, you didn¡¯te here just to reflect on your mistakes, right?¡± Lu Ze held Lin Suisui¡¯s hand and sat down at the side before saying calmly, ¡°What do you want to do?¡±
¡°I want you to help me return to the Imperial Court and save my father.¡± Gu Han fell silent for a long time before saying in a hoarse voice, ¡°I still have some supporters left among the northern barbarians, but with my eldest brother¡¯s strength, we probably won¡¯t be able tost long.
If something really happens to my father, he will unify the entire Imperial Court and join forces with the Siamese in the south to invade the empire.
¡°Your empire doesn¡¯t want another war at the border, right?¡±
¡°But why should we help you?¡± Lu Ze began to brew tea with the tea set on the table. As he ground the tea powder, he asked Gu Han without looking up, ¡°First of all, in order to save your father, we have to go deep into the northern barbarian territory.
It was definitely impossible for the entire army to go, so only a small number of elites could go.
What if this is your n to lure us in? Wouldn¡¯t we be sitting ducks?
Do you think I¡¯m stupid enough to take such a risk?¡±
Gu Han fell silent.
He knew that his request was indeed too much. From another perspective, not to mention helping, it would probably be good enough if they didn¡¯t kick him when he was down.
However, for some reason, when he was attacked by his brother in the Imperial Court, they were the first people he thought of.
Gu Han had always known his limits. He wasn¡¯t a smart person, but perhaps because he had grown up in a wolf pack, he had always had an intuition that others didn¡¯t.
His intuition had saved him from countless dangers. This time, he chose to believe his intuition without hesitation.
¡°How can I make you guys believe me?¡± Gu Han looked up at Lu Ze and asked very seriously.
¡°Take this.¡± As Lu Ze spoke, he gestured for Pei Qian to take out the porcin bottle he had prepared long ago and ce it on the table beside Gu Han.
Without even asking what was inside, Gu Han reached out and took the porcin bottle without hesitation. Then, he swallowed the pill inside.
Looking at Gu Han¡¯s straightforward demeanor, Pei Qian, who was sitting at the side, couldn¡¯t help but be surprised. He sized up Gu Han for a long time before saying, ¡°Aren¡¯t you going to ask what¡¯s in this bottle?¡±
¡°It doesn¡¯t matter. After all, I only have a chance to cooperate with you guys after eating it, right?¡± Gu Han¡¯s gaze swept across Lin Suisui calmly before he continued, ¡°Besides, who in the northern region doesn¡¯t know about Your Highness¡¯ medical skills?¡±
¡°It¡¯s not poison. It¡¯s Gu,¡± Lin Suisui said. Although Gu Han didn¡¯t ask directly, she didn¡¯t intend to hide it from him. ¡°If you really want to cooperate, that¡¯s fine. But if you have any evil ideas, what awaits you is even more suffering.¡± ¡°I know what you want to say. You¡¯re all alone, so if you can lure my husband into a trap, it¡¯ll be a win.¡± Without waiting for Gu Han to speak, Lin Suisui continued, ¡°But we¡¯re not fools. We all have backup ns.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. I know your abilities too well.¡± Gu Han snorted. Without Lin Suisui¡¯s reminder, he had almost fallen into the empire¡¯s trap.
He had already captured that woman and was just one step away from taking her across the border!
¡°How do you want us to cooperate?¡± Lu Ze looked at Gu Han as he reached out and patted the back of Lin Suisui¡¯s hand gently tofort her. Then, he said, ¡°There has never been free lunch in this world, not to mention that we¡¯ve been enemies for many years.¡±
¡°Although my brother seems to be in control of the Imperial Court now, that¡¯s only on the surface! As long as we can save my father now, all his lies and deception will be exposed!¡±
Gu Han said to Lu Ze. He had no intention of hiding anything from him.
However, before Gu Han could finish speaking, he heard two chuckles from the other side. One was from Pei Qian, and the other was from Lin Suisui, who was shielded by Lu Ze. He looked at Lu Ze angrily, but realized that Lu Ze couldn¡¯t hide the smile on his face either. He couldn¡¯t help but feel embarrassed and asked, ¡°What are you guysughing at?¡±
¡°I¡¯mughing at you for being too naive.¡± Lu Ze coughed softly and suppressed hisughter. Then, he looked at Gu Han as he said word by word, ¡°I thought that after this chaos, you would be able to see things more clearly, but I didn¡¯t expect you to still be so naive.¡±
¡°Am I wrong?¡± Gu Han¡¯s expression was tense. Although he was a little angry, he was also puzzled.
His father wasn¡¯t dead yet, so he was naturally the ruler of the northern barbarians! If he pointed out that his brother was treasonous, could his brother continue to deceive the entire northern barbarian Imperial Court like now?
Chapter 415 - 415: Qualification
Chapter 415: Qualification
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°But your father is old.¡±
Lin Suisui sighed softly. Before Gu Han could say anything else, Gu Han pointed out this fact.
An old lion was destined to be unable to suppress the restlessness in the tribe.
¡°I believe you know what the northern barbarian nobles hope to obtain. In the past, you were able to stabilize the situation because your father was still young and powerful at that time. Therefore, he could also suppress those withpletely different thoughts and schemes.
However, your father is old and sick now. Moreover, your brother seeded this time. What will the nobles think?
What if the promise your brother gives is more tempting than that of your father?
¡°For example, invade the empire¡¯s territory and share the wealth that has been plundered from the empire? What do you think those nobles will think? Will they still be willing to listen to the instructions of an old and weak Khan and turn down the wealth that they might obtain?¡±
¡°But that¡¯s just a verbal promise! The wealth that can only be obtained after taking over the empire is just empty talk!¡±
Gu Han¡¯s expression turned very ugly, but even so, he still refuted.
Although he felt guilty, he still insisted, ¡°Those people arc not fools. Can¡¯t they tell which is more important?¡±
¡°If they could, your brother wouldn¡¯t have rebelled.¡± Lin Suisui looked at Gu Han sympathetically. ¡°To them, perhaps it¡¯s best if your father dies.
Because in their opinion, they could have obtained that wealth easily. It was only because of your father¡¯s interference that their ambition to expand was blocked.
Therefore, at this moment, most of the northern barbarian nobles arc kissing up to your brother and celebrating the wealth they¡¯re about to obtain!
They might even have begun to discuss how to divide the territory next.
¡°If you go back and tell them now that you want to wake up your father and let everything return to normal, do you think those people will listen to you or kill you, the troublemaker?¡±
¡°They¡¯re delusional!¡± Gu Han raised his hand to cover his face and muttered in anguish, ¡°Even though the grasnd has been peaceful these past few years, the impact ofst year¡¯s snow disaster hasn¡¯t subsided yet. What makes them think that they can get everything they want by attacking the empire at this time?¡±
Previously, when the northern barbarians were at their strongest, they had failed to invade the empire, let alone now¡
What were those fools dreaming about?!
¡°That might not be the case. Let¡¯s take a gamble.¡± Pci Qian poured a cup of tea that Lu Ze had brewed and held it in his hand as he sniffed the fragrance of the tea. Then, he replied indifferently, ¡°If they win, won¡¯t wealth andnd be at their fingertips?
Besides, I heard that they n to cooperate with the Siamese in the south this time?
Wouldn¡¯t their chances of sess be higher this way?¡±
¡°Heh, my brother is only thinking about what his concubine said, but the Siamese Kingdom is not a fool.¡± Gu Han scoffed at this statement.
Thinking of the appearance of the concubine in his brother¡¯s tent, he couldn¡¯t help but feel disdainful. ¡°In short, they¡¯re risking the survival of all the northern barbarians.¡±
Although Gu Han liked to fight,pared to his other brothers, he understood the hardships of the northern barbarian civilians the most.
Because he had been abandoned in the desert for some reason, the wolves raised him before he was five years old. When he was five years old, he was discovered by the nomadic herdsman tribe and brought back to the tribe to be raised. Later on, when he was sixteen years old, he was found by his father and brought back to the Imperial Court. For more than ten years, he had been living in an ordinary northern barbarian herdsman family.
Therefore, he knew very well what the most ordinary northern barbarians needed. He also understood what war meant to ordinary northern barbarians.
War meant the destruction of many tribes and tens of thousands of herdsmen¡¯s families.
¡°I¡¯m unwilling to be enemies with the empire, but not because I¡¯m weak.¡± Gu Han lowered his head. Thinking of what his father had once said to him, he couldn¡¯t help but say, ¡°Although there have been small conflicts at the border all these years, this is actually the result of my father trying his best to suppress them.
You¡¯re right. The nobles are tempted because they haven¡¯t experienced the hardships of the war.
My father said that in thest years of the previous imperial court, when the Central ins was in chaos, the northern barbarians also thought of taking the opportunity to invade and plunder. However, in the end, they were killed by the Central ins¡¯ garrison and almost lost the Imperial Court!
When his father seeded the throne, the entire Imperial Court was in chaos.
It has only been a few years, but once on shore one prays no more! They think that they can break through the empire¡¯s borders and plunder its wealth.
But have any of them ever thought about where the rations and troops wille from?
The empire is vast, so how far can the northern barbarian cavalry charge in for? What will the consequences be if they¡¯re intercepted midway?
They never thought of it at all!¡±
¡°Then why don¡¯t you be the next Khan?¡± Lin Suisui tilted her head and stared at Gu Han, who looked anguished. Then, she suggested, ¡°Won¡¯t all of this be resolved if you be Sr. Khan and eliminate all the nobles who rely on your brother and want to restart war?¡±
¡°But my father is still alive!¡± Gu Han thought of his father, who had always taken good care of him and doted on him. He couldn¡¯t betray him again at this time.
¡°Even if your father can be saved from this serious illness, we don¡¯t know how long he canst. Moreover, he has already been defeated this time. How many northern barbarian nobles will submit to him sincerely?
If you only want to help your father stop this rebellion, what about the next time?¡± Lu Ze looked up at Gu Han as he advised Lin Suisui in a low voice, ¡°There are too many unforeseen events. What will you do in the future?
If your father doesn¡¯t intend to pass the throne to you, but to other brothers, wouldn¡¯t all your efforts be in vain?
Then what¡¯s the point of our cooperation with you?
A new emperor brings a new royal court.
¡°Before you decided to cooperate with us, haven¡¯t you considered if you¡¯re qualified to cooperate with us?¡±
Chapter 416 - 416: Kill Him While He Is Sick!
Chapter 416: Kill Him While He Is Sick!
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Lu Ze¡¯s words were very understandable.
If you be the future Khan of the northern barbarians and can rule over the northern barbarians with absolute authority, you naturally have the right to sit here and negotiate terms with us.
However, if you¡¯re asking us for help with your current status¡
Why should we help you?
You have so many brothers. Wouldn¡¯t it be better to just support one of them as a puppet?
¡°What about you, Your Highness? If the empire encounters such a situation one day, will you also rece your father and ascend the throne?¡± Gu Han stared at Lu Ze as he asked word by word.
He thought that this question would stump Lu Ze, but Lu Ze didn¡¯t care at all. He nodded and replied affirmatively, ¡°Of course.
As long as the empire is safe and sound, as the emperor, he can enjoy afortable retirement. But if the empire no longer exists, even if he¡¯s the emperor, he¡¯s just a fallen emperor. What¡¯s the point?¡±
Gu Han fell silent.
However, Lu Ze and the others were not anxious and didn¡¯t rush him. They sat there and drank tea for a while before getting up and leaving together.
After Lin Suisui left the courtyard where Gu Han lived, she wanted to leave first. In the past two days, she had finally found a way to remove the voodoo, so she naturally didn¡¯t intend to dy things. She was in a hurry to fiddle with her herbs again.
However, before she could take two to three steps, Lu Ze reached out and pulled her back. She looked at Lu Ze in confusion as she asked in a low voice, ¡°Don¡¯t you have something to discuss?¡±
Then why would she go?
¡°Didn¡¯t you say that you were going to see Mrs. Luo and the otherster?¡± Lu Ze met Lin Suisui¡¯s surprised gaze and said in a low voice, ¡°I¡¯ll apany you.¡±
¡°But¡¡±
Before Lin Suisui could react, Lu Ze pulled her back. ¡°Mr. Pei can handle the rest. There¡¯s no need to continue wasting time here.¡±
Pei Qian reached out to stop them, but before he could speak, Lu Ze had already pulled Lin Suisui away. He couldn¡¯t help but sneer, but he wasn¡¯t angry. He knew where they were going next anyway.
Thinking of this, Pei Qian didn¡¯t worry anymore. He turned around with his hands behind his back and walked back slowly.
¡°When did I say I was going to Mrs. Luo¡¯s ce?¡± As Lin Suisui was pulled by Lu Ze, she couldn¡¯t help but ask Lu Ze.
¡°I nned to take you out for a walk today.¡± Lu Ze rubbed the top of Lin Suisui¡¯s head calmly and chuckled. ¡°You¡¯ve been cooped up at home recently, so you should go out and rx.¡±
¡°But I think we¡¯re still a little short of concocting the antidote. Why don¡¯t¡¡± If possible, Lin Suisui wanted to concoct the antidote now.
However, Lu Ze didn¡¯t agree with Lin Suisui and pulled her into the courtyard. ¡°There¡¯s no hurry. I¡¯ve booked a private room at Drunken Jade Restaurant. It serves your favorite Drunken Shrimp Pot.¡±
Cloud Mountain City wasn¡¯t close to the sea, and there were nokes or rivers to rely on, so fresh seafood became a rarity.
Lin Suisui liked seafood very much. Although she restrained her cravings after discovering that these dishes were rare in Cloud Mountain City, Lu Ze still noticed.
Therefore, he would secretly prepare it for Lin Suisui. For example, if there were seafood dishes in the restaurant outside, he would bring Lin Suisui over to satisfy her cravings.
The temptation of delicious food was irresistible.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t refuse anymore. After she returned to her room to change, she went out with Lu Ze happily.
When Pei Qian came over angrily, Lu Ze was peeling thest shrimp for Lin Suisui. He wasn¡¯t surprised to see Pei Qian enter. He picked up a handkerchief at the side and said to him as he slowly wiped his hands, ¡°There are still two dishes that haven¡¯t been served. You came at the right time.¡±
¡°Do you have to be so stingy?!¡± Pei Qian nced at the empty fresh shrimp pot. It was obvious why Lu Ze had sent him away.
Although this ce was quite expensive, there was no need to hide it!
¡°What do you n to do about the northern barbarians this time?¡± Lu Ze ignored Pei Qian¡¯s nagging and poured himself a ss of wine before asking Pei Qian, who had already taken his seat.
They had been plotting this since they arrived in the northern region and discovered the northern barbarians¡¯ movements.
Compared to Gu Han, Zadeh was actually easier to deal with.
Although he was more cunning and crueler than Gu Han, he was more conceited and arrogant. Because of his iplete understanding of himself, he had always believed that he was the leader who could lead the northern barbarian army and sweep through the entire empire!
Therefore, he had long be dissatisfied with the suppression of his old father.
As for them, they just took advantage of the situation and gave King Zadeh some encouragement. Then, he actually attacked Sr. Khan.
Actually, the reason for this arrangement was that both Lu Ze and Pei Qian had the same understanding.
No matter what, there couldn¡¯t be a unified northern barbarian empire.
With this battle for the throne, even if they sent Gu Han back to the Imperial Court and asked him to kick King Zadeh out of power, it would take at least a few years for him to tame the entire Imperial Court.
These few years were enough for the empire.
At that time, who knew how many unforeseen events there would be?!
However, in order for all of this to be sessfully implemented, he or Pei Qian had to personally bring people to infiltrate the Imperial Court. This was an extremely risky mission, so Lu Ze decided to go personally.
¡°I¡¯ll go.¡± Without Lu Ze mentioning it, Pei Qian already understood his n. He nced at Lu Ze unhappily and finished the wine in his ss. Then, he said, ¡°Lead the army and be on guard. If anything goes wrong, use the second n we agreed on previously. We¡¯ll mobilize the Imperial Court and beat up the northern barbarians first.¡±
We¡¯ll kill him while he¡¯s unprepared!
Although doing so would deepen the northern barbarians¡¯ hatred for the empire and might even cause war, if they didn¡¯t take this opportunity to attack the northern barbarians, should they wait until King Zadeh seized the throne and stabilized the northern barbarians before fighting them?
¡°I have some ties with Gu Han. With this rtionship, even if he wants to attack, he¡¯ll at least leave some leeway. It¡¯s safer than you, the crown prince, going over..¡±
Chapter 417 - 417: Alliance
Chapter 417: Alliance
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°No, I¡¯ll go.¡±
Lu Ze rejected Pei Qian¡¯s suggestion very bluntly and raised his hand to stop him as he continued, ¡°You¡¯ve never been to the northern barbarian territory. Marching on the grasnd is not an easy task.
You might have met Gu Han a few times, but in the northern barbarian territory, if you hadn¡¯t experienced life on the grasnd at all, it was hard to guarantee that you wouldn¡¯t be led by the nose by Gu Han after entering the grasnd.
There¡¯s another reason I¡¯m asking you to stay outside.
It¡¯s much more convenient for you to mobilize troops and prepare rations in the northern region than for me to do it.¡±
Lu Ze was telling the truth.
Although Pei Qian didn¡¯t want to admit it, he couldn¡¯t refute Lu Ze.
¡°I¡¯ll go too.¡±
Just as he was wondering if there was a way to change his mind, he heard Lin Suisui, who had been eating at the side, make a request that neither of them expected.
¡°No!¡±
¡°No way!¡±
Almost at the same time, Pei Qian and Lu Ze rejected this request.
¡°It¡¯s too dangerous, and the march is very arduous. I won¡¯t be able to take care of you like before,¡± Lu Ze said as he looked at Lin Suisui. Perhaps because he felt that he had rejected her too bluntly just now, he softened his tone and tried his best to tell her the reason for his rejection. ¡°Therefore, you have to stay in the city this time.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, if everything goes smoothly, I¡¯ll be back in a month.¡±
¡°Have you thought of a way to treat Sr. Khan¡¯s illness?¡± Lin Suisui had her reasons for insisting on going.
¡°I know that this trip will be dangerous and arduous, but I¡¯m not afraid! I know how to ride a horse, recognize herbs, and have good medical skills. If you bring me along, you won¡¯t have to bring military doctors along.
I won¡¯t be a burden!¡±
Seeing that Lu Ze and Pci Qian were silent, Lin Suisui thought about it for a moment and continued, ¡°I know that when you decided to let Gu Han seed the throne as the new northern barbarian Khan, you no longer cared about Sr. Khan.
But since it¡¯s a coboration, shouldn¡¯t you think about how Gu Han feels?
It¡¯s obvious that he can¡¯t abandon his father. His main purpose for this trip was to think of a way to save his father. Even if he can save his father, his father won¡¯t live for much longer, but in the end, he will have fulfilled his wish.
This will also be beneficial and helpful to your cooperation in the future.
If we encounter a situation like that, even if we sessfully control the northern barbarians in the end, won¡¯t Gu Han think about how we ignored his father this time?
At that time, wouldn¡¯t all our efforts be in vain?¡±
Trying their best to save him but not getting a good oue waspletely different from not saving him at all!
Lu Ze was silent for a long time before saying, ¡°I¡¯ll think about it.¡±
Being able to make Lu Ze waver in his decision was quite a sess for Lin Suisui, so she didn¡¯t pursue it anymore and nodded, indicating that she was willing to listen to his arrangements.
The three of them returned to the residence after dinner.
Gu Han didn¡¯t make Pei Qian, Lu Ze, and the others wait too long. He gave an answer the next morning.
Just as Lin Suisui had suggested previously, Gu Han also asked how to deal with his father¡¯s condition.
Although he had epted their previous suggestion and be the new Khan after returning, it didn¡¯t mean that he was willing to watch his father die.
¡°We¡¯ll bring doctors along and try our best to treat your father.¡± Lu Ze answered Gu Han¡¯s question very quickly.
However, perhaps because of his straightforwardness, Gu Han couldn¡¯t help but feel suspicious. ¡°Although my father isn¡¯t in good health, he won¡¯t fall unconscious just like that.
What can an ordinary medical officer do?
No matter how poor the northern barbarians are, it¡¯s not difficult for us to find an ordinary doctor.¡±
¡°Your father might not be sick Perhaps he was poisoned.¡± Lu Ze didn¡¯t ignore the suspicion and distrust in Gu Han¡¯s eyes. Before Gu Han could speak again, he sighed softly and said, ¡°The doctor I arranged to apany me is not the type of doctor you think She¡¯s my wife.¡±
¡°Crown Princess?¡± Gu Han gasped, and the suspicion in his eyes instantly turned to shock. Although he had just arrived in Cloud Mountain City, he knew a lot about this ce, so he naturally knew that the Crown Princess, who was disguised as Madam Liu, was actually a doctor with superb medical skills.
However, he didn¡¯t expect Lu Ze to really be willing to bring her to the northern barbarian Imperial Court.
After all, this was an extremely risky trip for them.
As if thinking of something, Gu Han looked at Lu Ze with disapproval. ¡°Your Highness is actually willing to let the Crown Princess take the risk
It seems that you¡¯re really thinking for the empire¡¯s sake.¡±
For the sake of power, he was willing to sacrifice his wife, who he had always seemed very protective of?
¡°I¡¯m just using this to show my sincerity in cooperating with you. You¡¯re worried about your father. If we can¡¯t let your father wake up, even if we can sessfully cooperate and expel your brother from his current position, you¡¯ll remain suspicious of us.
As for your father¡¯s condition, if we arrange for other doctors to go over now, they might not be able to treat him.
¡°My wife¡¯s medical skills are undoubtedly the most promising and she¡¯s the most suitable person to treat your father. That¡¯s why I¡¯m considering letting her follow me to the northern barbarian Imperial Court.¡±
Although Gu Han didn¡¯t criticize him explicitly, he couldn¡¯t hide the dissatisfaction in his voice.
Lu Ze told Gu Han the reason for his decision.
King Gu didn¡¯t expect Lu Ze to think so much about it. Guilt appeared on his face, but it was quickly reced by sincerity. He stood up and bowed to Lu Ze respectfully. Then, he promised him solemnly, ¡°I¡¯m willing to swear that as long as I¡¯m the king of the northern barbarians, I definitely won¡¯t allow the northern barbarians to take the initiative to start a war with your empire!
I¡¯m willing to form an alliance with the empire and share peace together!¡±
Chapter 418 - 418: Departure
Chapter 418: Departure
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
No matter how unwilling Pei Qian was, seeing that Lu Ze had already made the decision, he could only suppress his dissatisfaction and cooperate with the arrangements.
After knowing that Lu Ze had agreed to her traveling with him, Lin Suisui began to make preparations.
For example, the herbs they needed to bring, as well as various pills and tools that were convenient to carry.
Because this matter couldn¡¯t be leaked, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t rm anyone. On the other hand, Pei Qian didn¡¯t give up on making Lin Suisui change her mind. However, after trying to persuade her a few times but receiving no response, he simply gave up. Then, he began to cooperate and n. He tried his best to prepare everything perfectly so that nothing went wrong at the critical moment.
Because time waited for no one, they started choosing the people that would go to the northern barbarian territory.
This group of elite soldiers was personally chosen by Lu Ze. There were a total of more than a hundred people, but they were not alone. Zhou Hengchang¡¯s Zhou family¡¯s army was guarding the back.
These people interacted with the northern barbarians all year round and were quite familiar with marching on the grasnd. This way, if anything happened, they could help each other.
As for the northern region army, it was controlled by Pei Qian, Wei Qing, and the others. If the situation changed, they would quickly send out troops and wouldn¡¯t give the northern barbarians any chance to catch their breath.
However, these arrangements definitely couldn¡¯t be revealed to Gu Han.
Therefore, when they disguised themselves as a caravan and set off, Gu Han didn¡¯t notice anything wrong. Because of Lu Ze¡¯s calmness, he trusted Lu Zepletely now.
Therefore, as soon as they left the border, Gu Han told Lu Ze everything.
¡°My subordinates set up camp not far from here. We¡¯ll be able to meet them before tonight.¡± As Gu Han rode beside Lu Ze, he whispered to him about their next itinerary.
Not surprised by this, Lu Ze nodded.
After all, it was definitely impossible for Gu Han to reach Cloud Mountain City safely all alone.
Because they were disguised as a caravan, this saved Lin Suisui the trouble of riding a horse. As she sat on the shaft of the front carriage and stared at the endless pasture, she finally understood why Lu Ze insisted that Pei Qian stay behind.
In such an environment, if one wasn¡¯t an experienced person who had been in and out of it all year round, they would probably fall into a quagmire and quickly lose their way.
Wwith Gu Han leading the way, the journey was quite smooth. At dawn, they really saw a few scattered white tents in the direction of the horizon.
Lin Suisui saw more than ten fast horses rushing over quickly. Gu Han whistled a few times, which was echoed by the excited shouts of hispanions, who had stayed here to wait for him.
Lin Suisui watched as this group of people ran over from afar. Then, they cooperated and blended into their team. In less than ten minutes, they arrived at the temporary camp.
There were about a hundred soldiers brought by Gu Han.
They didn¡¯t have time to wait here these past few days, so they prepared a lot of food. After they took out the wild sheep they had hunted from the grasnd and washed them, they began to prepare the northern barbarians¡¯ specialty-roastmb.
After Lin Suisui alighted from the carriage, she didn¡¯t go far from Lu Ze.
As she looked at the busy camp, she didn¡¯t n to join in and cause trouble. Instead, she chose a quiet ce to sit down and observe the actions of the people in front of her.
Before long, Lin Suisui felt that something was wrong.
She kept feeling that something was staring at her from the side. This nervousness and uneasiness made her get up from the ground quickly. As she retreated to the middle of the camp, she carefully sized up the grasnd outside.
As expected, she saw a bush not far away shake. A white furry head popped out from inside. Then, it plunged into her arms and pushed her to the ground¡
¡°Little White, why are you here?¡± Lin Suisui reached out and rubbed Little White¡¯s fluffy tiger head. Although she was surprised, she was more worried and shocked. ¡°Didn¡¯t I tell you to stay at home obediently?¡±
The grasnd wasn¡¯t suitable for tigers, and this trip was too dangerous, so Lin Suisui didn¡¯t want to bring Little White along.
Therefore, before she left, she entrusted the task of taking care of and feeding Little White to Bai Guo.
However, she didn¡¯t expect this little fellow, who looked fine before she left, to secretly follow her!
¡°What should we do?¡± Lin Suisui had no choice but to bring Little White, who was excited to see her, to look for Lu Ze. Then, she looked at Little White helplessly as she asked Lu Ze for a solution.
¡°Since it¡¯s here, let it follow us.¡± Lu Ze wasn¡¯t surprised by Little White¡¯s appearance. This little fellow was very cunning. It had probably discovered their n to go out long ago, so it had been lying low. It waited for them to go out today before following them.
Moreover, it had the experience of being chased back halfway, so this time, the little fellow didn¡¯t appear immediately. Instead, it tailed them all the way and it only appeared when it knew that it was impossible for them to chase it back.
However, there were also benefits to Little White being around.
If it followed Lin Suisui, firstly, it could intimidate some factions and secondly, it was a form of protection for her.
¡°White Tiger!¡± Gu Han came over to invite Lu Ze and Lin Suisui over for dinner. As soon as he appeared, he was shocked by Little White, who stood in front of Lin Suisui and stared at him warily.
He had heard of them having an auspicious white tiger before, but he didn¡¯t expect Lin Suisui and Lu Ze to raise it safely until now. After all, even if it was an auspicious animal, it was still a tiger that would eat people!
When a wild tiger went crazy, it was extremely terrifying.
However, what did he see in front of him? Not only did this white tiger not leave, but it was also protecting the woman in front of him. This¡
He must be seeing things!
¡°It¡¯s fine. Little White, he doesn¡¯t have any ill intentions for the time being.¡± Lin Suisui could feel Little White¡¯s tension, so she quickly squatted down and stroked the top of Little White¡¯s head gently tofort it. ¡°He probably came over to call us for dinner.
You must be starving after traveling with us all day.. Let¡¯s go over and see what there is to eat first, okay?¡±
Chapter 419 - 419: Shaman
Chapter 419: Shaman
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Little White wasn¡¯t afraid of strangers, so it followed Lin Suisui through the camp and towards the tent.
The soldiers who came with Lu Ze and the others weren¡¯t that shocked. After all, although white tigers were rare, this wasn¡¯t the first time they had seen them. Previously, it had gone out with Lu Ze many times.
They had already passed the stage of shock
However, the northern barbarian soldiers who came with Gu Han reactedpletely differently. Firstly, in their belief, white tigers were auspicious animals and emissaries of Tengri!
Therefore, when they saw Little White, many people couldn¡¯t help but kneel down and kowtow to Little White respectfully while praying. For a moment, the situation was difficult to control.
Fortunately, Lin Suisui had been reminded by Lu Ze when she first came over, so although she was shocked, she wasn¡¯t too surprised. She followed Lu Ze through the crowd to thergest bonfire in front of the tent calmly.
Little White had found Lin Suisui, so it was in a very good mood. It followed Lin Suisui. When she sat down, ity beside her obediently and purred in satisfaction.
Lu Ze was very fast. After a while, he came over with arge te of fresh raw mutton that had just been cut and ced it in front of Little White. After watching it cat heartily, he walked around and sat beside Lin Suisui. ¡°Little White gave me an idea?¡¯
¡¯ What?¡± Lin Suisui turned around and asked curiously as she looked at Lu Ze, who was putting his cloak over her shoulders.
¡¯¡¯Another way for entering the Imperial Court.¡± Lu Ze reached out and held Lin Suisui¡¯s slightly cold hand as he led Lin Suisui to Little White, who was lying at the side.
¡°You mean ..1¡¯ Lin Suisui froze for a moment, but when she thought of the attitude of those northern barbarian soldiers just now andbined it with the northern barbarian customs she had previously understood, she quickly understood Lu Ze¡¯s n. While she was shocked, she also revealed a hint of excitement.
¡°It depends on whether Gu Han is willing to cooperate or not.¡± Lu Ze nodded and turned to look at Gu Han, who had been observing them.
¡°What?¡± As expected, Gu Han, who had sensed themotion, immediately responded. Although he felt that there was something wrong with the way Lu Ze and Lin Suisui looked at him, he couldn¡¯t help but ask.
¡°I said that we can enter the Imperial Court in another way.¡± Lu Ze looked at Gu Han as he told him his n calmly.
Just as Lu Ze had expected, his suggestion was met with Gu Han¡¯s rejection. ¡°Arc you crazy?! Have you ever thought about the consequences if we get exposed in the end?
¡°This is sphemy against Tengri. You will suffer retribution!¡±
¡°Could it be that Little White isn¡¯t an auspicious animal?¡± Hearing Gu Han¡¯s words, Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help but raise her eyebrows slightly as she retorted, ¡°Since Little White appeared beside us at this time, it means that this is Tengri¡¯s guidance!
Tengri was unwilling to see the northern barbarians being ruled by a cruel sovereign, so he arranged for Little White to appear at this time so that we could enter the Imperial Court more smoothly, save your father, and resolve the crisis!
This is clearly a gift from Tengri!¡±
Lin Suisui spoke in the empire¡¯snguage at the beginning, but she had already changed to the northern barbariannguage at the end. Coupled with her high and mighty appearance, she really looked like a shaman priest from the northern barbarian territory.
¡°You actually know the northern barbariannguage?¡±
King Gu Han didn¡¯t expect Lin Suisui to use the northern barbariannguage so skillfully. As he stared at Lin Suisui in a daze, the suspicion in his eyes was reced by reverence.
Lin Suisui also sensed the change in Gu Han¡¯s tone, so she simply yed along and continued to lie. ¡°That¡¯s why I said that this is the guidance of Tengri!
I also had this thought after meeting Little White! The northern barbariannguage suddenly appeared in my mind!
This is not a lie, but a miracle!11
After the difficult start, Lin Suisui got into the zone. She stared at Gu Han with a high and mighty gaze as she said, ¡°Gu Han, don¡¯t tell me you think I can master the northern barbariannguage in just a few days?¡±
Lin Suisui¡¯s question was like the straw that broke the camel¡¯s back Itpletely eliminated Gu Han¡¯sst trace of suspicion.
He quickly stood up and knelt down in front of Lin Suisui as he muttered prayers respectfully. It was also because of Gu Han¡¯s action that the northern barbarian soldiers, who had been paying attention to themotion, knelt down and bowed to Lin Suisui piously.
Lin Suisui raised her head and replied to them in the northern barbariannguage. She entered character very quickly. At this moment, Little White stood up and let out an imposing tiger roar, which deepened the conviction of the northern barbarian soldiers who were lying on the ground. They didn¡¯t dare to doubt Lin Suisui¡¯s identity anymore.
With Little White¡¯s cooperation and the spectacle that Lin Suisui used the Gu in her hand to show in the next few days, King Gu Han had even more respect for her.
The result of this approval was that Gu Han suddenly realized that his subordinates, who had originally been puzzled by his n to find the empire to cooperate to save Sr. Khan, no longer doubted his decision.
After all, the miracle of Tengri was on their side!
In that case, Gu Han, who they followed, was recognized by the Tengri and was the next Khan blessed by the gods!
He was the leader of the northern barbarians!
¡°This is good.¡± After hearing Gu Han¡¯s story, Lu Ze said matter-of-factly, ¡°With the protection of Tengri, your n to be the next Khan will be much smoother.¡±
¡°But, but¡¡± Gu Han turned around to look at Lin Suisui¡¯s carriage. When he calmed down after the initial shock and excitement, he realized that something was wrong.
What a coincidence!
¡°There arc no buts. She¡¯s the envoy of Tengri. From now on, you have to remember this fact..¡± Lu Ze looked at Gu Han as he retorted, ¡°If even you have doubts about this, how arc you going to convince other people next?¡±
Chapter 420 - 420: Goddess
Chapter 420: Goddess
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Once he epted his identity, the rest was rtively simple.
At first, Lin Suisui was still a little inexperienced in acting, but as she learned along the way, by the time she arrived at the first tribe that Gu Han was familiar with, she already mastered the demeanor of a ¡®goddess¡¯ perfectly.
The tribe in front of them was actually not that big. ording to Gu Han, this was where his biological mother had once been born and raised.
At the moment, Gu Han¡¯s cousin was in charge of the tribe¡¯s matters.
Seeing Gu Han return, his cousin, Mo Rigen, was very excited and happy. He first came up and gave Gu Han a bear hug. After a while, he let go of his cousin and called the members of the tribe out to wee the guests.
¡°After knowing that something had happened in the Imperial Court, I arranged for someone to investigate your news immediately. When they said that you were gone, I was very anxious!¡±
Mo Rigen wrapped his arms around Gu Han¡¯s neck as he said anxiously, ¡°Where have you been for so many days?¡±
¡°I, ahem, the Goddess saved me.¡± Gu Han wanted to say that he had escaped to the border of the empire, but when he thought of the oue of Lu Ze¡¯s previous discussion with him, he changed his words.
¡°I was attacked from the front and back. I felt like I was going to die!
¡°The envoy from Tengri saved me. She told me that everything that happened in the Imperial Court was seen by Tengri. He didn¡¯t want the grasnd to fall into chaos again, so he sent a goddess to stop this disaster.¡±
Gu Han thought of Lu Ze¡¯s previous instructions. He could say these words, but for him to boast that he was the sovereign chosen by Tengri¡
He really couldn¡¯t bring himself to say it.
¡°You mean that you¡¯re the next king chosen by Tengri?¡± Mo Rigen gulped. Although Gu Han didn¡¯t say it explicitly, Mo Rigen was smart and immediately understood the deeper meaning behind his words.
He didn¡¯t wonder if the ¡®goddess¡¯ that Gu Han was talking about was real or fake.
As long as this ¡®Goddess¡¯ was on his cousin¡¯s side now, her background wasn¡¯t that important!
¡°Yes,¡± Gu Han nodded as he replied reluctantly. He was a little worried that Mo Rigen wouldn¡¯t believe him, so he said to him in a low voice, ¡°When you see herter, you¡¯ll know.¡±
While the two of them were talking, Gu Han had already brought Mo Rigen to the carriage Lin Suisui was in.
Gu Han bowed to the carriage very respectfully before saying, ¡°Mr. Gu, we¡¯ve already arrived at the tribe I mentioned to you previously. This is the tribe of my cousin, Mo Rigen.
Please move in to rest.¡±
After Gu Han invited them in respectfully, the tightly shut carriage door moved.
Lu Ze, who was dressed in northern barbarian clothes, walked out of the carriage and nced at Gu Han, who was standing on the ground. Then, he alighted from the carriage and reached out to the half-open door.
Lin Suisui ced her hand on the back of Lu Ze¡¯s hand and slowly walked out of the carriage.
She was wearing traditional northern barbarian female clothing and had a long veil on her face. Mo Rigen, who was carefully observing her movements, didn¡¯t see her face clearly. He could only see a pair of clear and indifferent eyes.
The white tiger that jumped out of the carriage dispelled most of Mo Rigen¡¯s doubts.
A white tiger!
Moreover, the white tiger was so respectful to the ¡®Goddess¡¯¡
There was definitely no mistake about her identity!
With Little White¡¯s help, Mo Rigen epted Lin Suisui¡¯s identity as told by Gu Han.
When Lin Suisui entered the tribe, he had already quickly gathered the highest-ranking members of the tribe and they bowed to her piously to wee her to the tribe.
In order to show his sincerity, he even contributed the best tent in the tribe to the Goddess.
¡°What do you n to do next?¡± After settling Lin Suisui and the others down, Mo Rigen suppressed his excitement as he asked Gu Han.
In his opinion, although Zadeh controlled most of the Imperial Court now, if Gu Han arrived with the goddess, even Zadeh would be knocked down a peg!
¡°I haven¡¯t thought about it yet.¡± Gu Han frowned slightly. ording to his previous discussion with Lu Ze, they wanted to gather the forces of some tribes around the Imperial Court and go to the Imperial Court to confront Zadeh.
However, he couldn¡¯t tell Mo Rigen his n directly now.
He thought for a moment before continuing, ¡°As you know, this time, Zadeh even killed the priest. He has already betrayed Tengri and degenerated into an apostle of the devil.
If we bring the Goddess to the Imperial Court like this, what if he attacks the Goddess?
If the Goddess gets hurt, we mightpletely anger Tengri. At that time, Tengri will inflict divine punishment and we will encounter misfortune together.¡±
¡°But we can¡¯t just let him do whatever he wants in the Imperial Court!¡± Mo Rigen scratched his head in annoyance. Although he also felt that what Gu Han said made sense, he was a little indignant about letting Zadeh off just like that. ¡°Therefore, if that¡¯s not possible, can we contact more tribes?¡± Zadeh looked at Mo Rigen as he asked. Seeing that the time was about right, he suggested tentatively, ¡°This way, we¡¯ll have more strength. This way, even if Zadeh refuses to surrender and continues to cause trouble, we can still resist!
At the very least, we can protect the goddess from being hurt by Zadeh.¡± ¡°That¡¯s a good idea!¡± Mo Rigen¡¯s eyes lit up as he hurriedly nodded. ¡°This way, even if we can¡¯t be qualified exorcists, at least we won¡¯t be guilty of colluding with a demon!
Moreover, no one wants our future sovereign to be a devil!¡±
He believed that even if the tribes they found next didn¡¯t believe in the believers of Tengri, they would believe in the rights they would obtain after his cousin took power.
If they could help at such a critical moment, when his cousin became the king in the future, these tribes would definitely receive the remuneration they deserved.
If they could settle down in the Imperial Court, who would be willing to wander around aimlessly like now?!
Chapter 421 - 421: Help
Chapter 421: Help
Trantor: Henyee Trantions
Editor: Henyee Trantions
Gu Han and Mo Rigen discussed with Lu Ze for a long time. In the end, they decided to stay in Mo Rigen¡¯s tribe to rest. After contacting the surrounding tribes, they would go to the capital to save Sr. Khan and drag Zadch down from his current position!
Originally, Gu Han thought that Lu Ze would object to his suggestion, but to his surprise, Lu Ze agreed without even raising a single objection.
After everything was arranged and Gu Han left with Lu Ze, he couldn¡¯t help but whisper to Lu Ze, ¡°I thought you would object to my suggestion.¡±
Gu Han couldn¡¯t help but feel a little smug. It seemed that he wasn¡¯t aplete idiot!
¡°I wanted to object, but after thinking about it for a moment, it¡¯s useless to object, so I might as well give it a try first.¡± After Lu Ze nced at the smug Gu Han, he poured cold water on him calmly.
¡°Is there a problem?¡± Gu Han was stunned. Then, he turned to stare at Lu Ze with shock. Since there was a problem, why hadn¡¯t he taken the initiative to mention it just now?
¡°There are too many problems, so I don¡¯t know where to start.¡± Lu Ze nodded as he said. Without any euphemizing, he said, ¡°It¡¯s understandable that you want to find people from the surrounding tribes to help.
But how can you be sure that this news won¡¯t be leaked?
If word gets out and Zadches up with a countermeasure, how will we deal with the situation? You northern barbarians worship Tengri, so after seeing Little White, you guys believed in Suisui¡¯s identity as a saint.
But how much can you expect from a person who even killed the shaman priest?¡±
¡°Then, what should we do?¡±
Gu Han was dumbfounded.
Although Lu Ze¡¯s words were a little unpleasant, it was the truth. His brother, Zadeh, had always advocated absolute strength. If he had a chance of winning, he wouldn¡¯t bow down at all.
As for believing in Tengri, unless Tengri could really send down divine punishment immediately, otherwise¡
¡°How about this for now?¡± After Lu Ze nced at Gu Han, he thought about it for a moment before continuing, ¡°Contact the surrounding tribes first. If it¡¯s feasible, we¡¯ll arrange things ording to the method we discussed.
If anyone has doubts about this cooperation, we can only wait and observe the situation. As for how to deal with the next matters, we have to consider it first for the time being.¡±
Although Gu Han was puzzled, seeing how calm Lu Ze was, he epted this arrangement.
Madam Liu was the Crown Princess and this person¡¯s wife!
If the news really leaked, the most endangered person would be Madam Liu!
After sending off Gu Han, Lu Ze, who had returned to the tent, saw that Lin Suisui was still awake. He frowned in disapproval and said, ¡°Why aren¡¯t you asleep yet?¡±
Themp in this tent was too dark, so reading under this sort of lighting wasn¡¯t good for the eyes!
¡°You didn¡¯te back, so I couldn¡¯t sleep.¡± Lin Suisui was engrossed in the book in her hand. When she saw Lu Zee over, she was startled. As she put away the book, she wheedled to get away with it.
However, Lu Ze, who had always fallen for this trick in the past, didn¡¯t buy it this time. He came over and took the sheepskin booklet from Lin Suisui¡¯s hand. Then, he knocked her forehead gently. ¡°When did you learn to be so glib?
Do you think I can¡¯t tell that you¡¯re trying to appease me with this trick?¡±
¡°I was wrong. Actually, I didn¡¯t finish reading this, so I wanted to watch it before sleeping.¡± Lin Suisui raised her hand to cover her forehead. As she admitted her mistake, she didn¡¯t forget to continue coaxing Lu Ze. ¡°Besides, I was waiting for you toe back!
¡°How is it? Have you discussed everything already?¡±
¡°Just as we expected, Gu Han and the others n to join forces with the surrounding tribes to mobilize troops and enter the Imperial Court to force Zadeh and the others to hand over their control of the Imperial Court.¡±
Lu Ze nodded. After he came over and sat down beside Lin Suisui, he told Lin Suisui the oue of his discussion with Gu Han. Then, he said, ¡°Therefore, I didn¡¯t stop them. I might as well let them continue to cause trouble!¡±
¡°Have you forgotten that before we set off, you said that Gu Han isn¡¯t good at dealing with such matters? Now, we¡¯re just following the n we discussed. Don¡¯t think too much about it.¡±
Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t surprised by this oue. As she poured Lu Ze a cup of milk tea, she continued, ¡°The more this matter blows up, the better.
Let¡¯s wait and see.¡±
In their early discussion, no matter what happened, Gu Han had to take over, and Zadch couldn¡¯t die!
It would be best if they could cut off most of his strength and give him a chance to escape with the remaining soldiers. They would make him believe that as long as he thought of a way, there would always be a chance to make aeback.
With Zadeh dragging Gu Han down, at least the northern barbarians wouldn¡¯t bepletely stable. In that case, that should be able to prevent major wars at the border for the time being.
Lin Suisui and Lu Ze chatted for a while before turning off the lights and going to sleep.
When Lin Suisui walked out of the tent the next morning, Gu Han had already arranged for messengers to deliver the letter to the surrounding tribes. All they could do now was wait.
Since she had nothing to do, Lin Suisui wanted to learn more about the life of the northern barbarians.
Although they had not interacted much, from the situation in the tribe in the past two days, Mo Rigen was a good leader. Although the tribe wasn¡¯t big, most of the people in the tribe were hospitable, magnanimous, and kind.
Because the adults in the tribe knew her identity, most of them were very restrained and careful when interacting with her. Inparison, she had been on good terms with the children in the tribe for the past two days.
With candy to be rewarded, those children didn¡¯t care if they were disrespectful to Tengri or not and immediately be her most obedient stalkers.
Today, ck Cloud Pearl, who had always liked Lin Suisui very much, started crying in front of Lin Suisui.
¡°What¡¯s wrong?¡± Lin Suisui was shocked. As she quickly reached out and pulled her over to wipe her tears, she asked her in a low voice, ¡°Did someone bully you?¡±
¡°Sister, it¡¯s Little Cloud. Please save it!¡± As the little girl looked at Lin Suisui, she couldn¡¯t help but cry..
Chapter 422 - 422: Comes True
Chapter 422: Comes True
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
As ck Cloud Pearl exined through sobs, Lin Suisui finally understood why she was so sad.
It turned out that the ewe, which had apanied the ck Cloud Pearl since it was young, had a difficultbor.
In the northern barbarian herdsman¡¯s family, once such a thing happened, the final oue would usually be to cut open the ewe¡¯s stomach. This way, themb might be able to survive.
However, Little Cloud was the ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s favorite ewe. A child naturally wouldn¡¯t think about gains and losses like adults would. In her opinion, the adults were trying to take her little friend¡¯s life!
She couldn¡¯t find anyone to ask for help. In the end, she thought of the envoy sent by Tengri.
In her opinion, since Tengri was an omnipotent god, it naturally had a way to save Little Cloud¡¯s life!
Then this girl, who was always as gentle as her mother, definitely had a way too!
¡°Alright, can you stop crying for now?¡± Lin Suisui took out a handkerchief and wiped the tears off ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s face gently. Then, she coaxed her gently, ¡°If you want to save Little Cloud, can you bring me over to take a look now?¡±
¡°Sure.¡± Hearing that Lin Suisui was willing to apany her to save Little Cloud, ck Cloud Pearl couldn¡¯t be bothered to cry anymore and quickly wiped her face with her sleeve. Then, she grabbed Lin Suisui¡¯s hand and pulled her to the left side of the tribe.
ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s tent was on the left side of the tribe. Because Little Cloud was giving birth, the family was busy dealing with the situation in the sheep pen.
To the northern barbarians, it actually wasn¡¯t umon for them to encounter difficultbor, so everyone was already used to it. Although they felt pity, it wasn¡¯t that they couldn¡¯t ept it.
Therefore, the adults didn¡¯t take ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s reaction to heart.
After all, everyone had simr experiences when they were young. When she grew up, she would get used to it.
However, no one expected her to really drag Lin Suisui over.
¡°You can¡¯t enter!¡± As soon as she saw Lin Suisui, ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s mother was shocked. Without any hesitation, she knelt in front of her and said respectfully, ¡°The sheep pen is too dirty. How can we let you enter with such a noble status?
It¡¯s all ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s for being insensible and rming you!¡±
ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s mother was so anxious that she was about to cry. When she heard themotion, not only ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s mother, but her family and the nsmen who knew that the ewe was giving birth here were also frightened.
They all came over and crawled around Lin Suisui respectfully and timidly.
¡°It¡¯s fine.¡± Lin Suisui slowly walked forward and helped ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s mother up as she exined to her in a low voice, ¡°Everything has a soul. Tengri won¡¯t let any living being suffer.
ck Cloud Pearl likes Little Cloud very much. If anything happens to Little Cloud, ck Cloud Pearl will definitely be very sad.
Her prayer moved me, so I want to go in and take a look. If possible, Tengri doesn¡¯t want his believers to be sad.¡±
As Lin Suisui spoke, she walked towards the sheep pen.
No one expected her to do this. After all, they had seen shamans before. It was impossible for such high and mighty apostles toe to such a dirty ce.
Such a dirty ce would dirty their clothes and disgust them.
As the surrounding people prayed, Lin Suisui walked into the sheep pen and saw the exhausted ewe, Little Cloud.
Its situation was very terrible.
From the current situation, there was a serious mismatch. Themb came out first with a hind leg wrapped in a fetal membrane. Under such circumstances, themb couldn¡¯t be born safely.
Although Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t a vet, doctors were usually the same.
She turned around decisively and said to ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s mother, who was guarding the entrance of the sheep pen, ¡°Can you get me a basin of hot water? I also need strong liquor and scissors.¡±
The safest way she could think of now was to stuff themb¡¯s leg back and cooperate to adjust its fetal position. However, Little Cloud had to cooperate and stop struggling. This was very difficult, so the only other way was to perform a C-section.
With her around, there was still a chance of saving Little Cloud, but the chance was rtively slim.
After Lin Suisui thought about it carefully, she decisively chose the former first.
The things she had asked ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s mother to prepare were also useful.
Although ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s mother didn¡¯t know what Lin Suisui wanted to do, because of her status, she cooperated instinctively.
Soon, everything Lin Suisui needed was prepared for her.
Not only did themotion attract many nsmen, but it also rmed Gu Han. Lu Ze came very quickly. Without any hesitation, he passed through the crowd and came to Lin Suisui¡¯s side. ¡°Do you need my help?¡±
¡°Help me press Little Cloud down. Although it looks exhausted now, adjusting the position of themb will definitely rm itter. You have to help me press it firmly and not let it move.¡±
Lin Suisui instructed Lu Ze straightforwardly.
Lu Ze squatted down and restrained Little Cloud ording to Lin Suisui¡¯s request. Gu Han, who had rushed over with him, had grown up on the grasnd, so when he saw Lu Ze¡¯s posture, he knew what he needed to do. Without Lin Suisui¡¯s reminder, he quickly walked over to cooperate with Lu Ze. The two of them restrained Little Cloud¡¯s limbs together to help Lin Suisui.
When Mo Rigen came over, Lin Suisui had already begun to correct the fetal position of themb.
He was stopped by a subordinate who had followed Lu Ze over. He stuck his head out, but couldn¡¯t see what was going on inside. He could only hear Little Cloud¡¯s miserable wail¡
After hesitating for a moment, Mo Rigen retreated to the side quietly and squatted down to ask ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s mother, who was still praying in a low voice on the ground. After hearing the cause and effect of the matter, he knelt down with his nsmen and prayed for Tengri¡¯s blessings.
He didn¡¯t know what Gu Han and the others were doing, but his intuition told him that the best thing to do now was to cooperate with them with all his might.. Even if it was fake, he had to treat all of this as real!
Chapter 423 - 423: Seeking Medical Care
Chapter 423: Seeking Medical Care
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
With Lu Ze and Gu Han controlling the ewe, the rest was much easier.
Lin Suisui controlled her strength very well and her movements were very swift. She didn¡¯t let the ewe suffer too much as she pushed themb back and began to adjust its position.
With her experience, it didn¡¯t take long for the littlemb to be born.
However, unlike human babies, there was another problem after themb was born¡ªit had to learn how to stand up.
However, Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help the wetmb in front of her.
Although the ewe cloud had already exhausted its full strength, it still didn¡¯t rest. It licked the cub¡¯s body carefully and used its head to gently support its weak body as it tried its best to stand up.
Lin Suisui waited patiently at the side as she watched the littlemb try it bit by bit. In the end, it didn¡¯t disappoint. Under the expectant gazes of her, Lu Ze and Gu Han, it stood up sessfully¡
This oue was the best.
Not only did ck Cloud Pearl cheer happily, but even her parents bowed to Lin Suisui in gratitude again.
No one had expected this.
Themb that they originally thought was beyond saving actually ended up safe and sound!
This was an unimaginable oue.
For these herdsmen who lived on the grasnd, this was a miracle.
Lin Suisui used her own method to silence all the voices of doubt in the tribe.
¡°Heh, I didn¡¯t expect you guys to really have a way to save that ewe.¡± Gu Han didn¡¯t expect Lin Suisui to give him such a surprise.
He told the public that Lin Suisui was an envoy from Tengri and a goddess.
However, they needed some evidence to prove that she was a goddess. To these simple and honest herdsmen, there wasn¡¯thing more convincing than reviving the dead.
With this, when the leaders of the surrounding tribes came over, he would have more confidence in convincing them to support him in finding Zadeh.
¡°I was just lucky.¡± Lin Suisui looked at the mother and son who were snuggling up and licking each other as she replied to Gu Han in a low voice, ¡°If I hade a littleter, or if you hadn¡¯t helped me control the ewe and suppress its resistance, things wouldn¡¯t have been able to go so smoothly.¡±
¡°But this isn¡¯t the power of Tengri.¡± Gu Han looked at Lin Suisui and thought for a moment before suddenly saying, ¡°If, I mean, if we can cooperate smoothly this time, can you teach our nsmen medicine?¡±
Seeing Lin Suisui looking at him in shock, Gu Han also sensed that his request was a little presumptuous, so he quickly exined, ¡°Actually, this idea has been in my mind for a long time.
You¡¯ve been in this tribe for a few days and have seen the situation of our tribe.
To be honest, my brother¡¯s tribe is quite rich, but even in a tribe like theirs, most of them still have to tough things out after falling sick.
If they really couldn¡¯t take it anymore, they could only ask a witch doctor for help.
However, the witch doctors here are equivalent to the empire¡¯s fortune tellers. They look impressive, but in fact, they¡¯re very ipetent.¡±
As Gu Han apanied Lu Ze and Lin Suisui back, he said, ¡°If the patient was cured, they would say that the patient received Tengri¡¯s blessing and forgiveness. If he wasn¡¯t cured, they would say that the patient was disloyal andmitted too many sins, so he was unable to be forgiven by Tengri, who punished him and took him away.¡±
¡°But you northern barbarians also have really powerful witch doctors.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯tpletely agree with Gu Han.
She knew that the northern barbarians actually had powerful doctors as well.
For example, the person who wrote the booklet she had been reading must be an expert in medicine.
Since there was such a person among the northern barbarians, if Gu Han really wanted to promote medicine, wouldn¡¯t it be easier to ask these people for help than to look for a foreigner like her?
¡°But they won¡¯t take an ordinary tribe like ours seriously.¡± Gu Han said as he scratched his head. Perhaps because Lu Ze and Lin Suisui had already seen him in his most disheveled appearance, he didn¡¯t hide it anymore and simply revealed it.
¡°I¡¯ve looked for a few witch doctors in the Imperial Court previously, but they rejected me.
Not to mention the witch doctors in the Imperial Court, even the witch doctors in our tribe rarely take the initiative to help the herdsmen of other tribes.
They usually had extremely high prestige in their tribe, so they don¡¯t care aboutmoners.
¡°In addition, unlike the empire, the northern barbarians don¡¯t have reimednd to grow food. Most of the people live in the same region for generations.
People of the grasnd live on horseback.
They had no fixed residence and they were always on the go, like cattle and sheep.
Many herders have never taken medicine or seen a doctor in their entire lives. That¡¯s why I was wondering if you could help me teach my people some medical skills.¡±
¡°There¡¯s something I want to ask you.¡± Upon hearing Gu Han¡¯s plea, Lu Ze, who had been silent at the side, suddenly asked Gu Han suspiciously, ¡°Actually, many doctors from the empire came to live with the northern barbarians previously, but I remember that most of those doctors were executed by the northern barbarians as heretics.
¡°Can you northern barbarians truly ept our empire¡¯s medical skills?¡±
¡°We don¡¯t have to be too proficient. We just want to master the identification of some herbs and some basic methods to treatmon illnesses.
I won¡¯t let your empire¡¯s people take the risk.
My idea is that if you agree, Madam Liu, after things stabilize, I¡¯ll send people from the various tribes who are interested in learning such medical skills to the empire.
I heard that you opened a medical center in Cloud Mountain City that also epts apprentices. In that case, just treat them like ordinary apprentices.¡±
Since Gu Han made this request, he naturally thought of the arrangements long ago.
He also knew that his nsmen might not be able to ept medicine at first, so he didn¡¯t require them to be as proficient as Madam Liu. They only needed to be able to usemon herbs on the grasnd to treat ordinary illnesses..
Chapter 424 - 424: Setback
Chapter 424: Setback
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°I know the empire¡¯s rules. When mentors ept disciples, they have to pay tuition.¡±
Seeing that Lin Suisui didn¡¯t speak, Gu Han seized the chance to offer another condition that both Lin Suisui and Lu Ze couldn¡¯t refuse. ¡°How about this? If you ept me, I¡¯ll send a hundred superior-ss horses to the empire.¡±
¡°¡ Are you serious?¡±
It had to be said that Gu Han¡¯s condition was too tempting. After Lin Suisui nced at Lu Ze, she quickly understood what he was thinking, but she still didn¡¯t show any joy. Instead, she looked at Gu Han calmly as she asked again,
¡°Of course,¡± Gu Han replied firmly.
The people of the empire weren¡¯t good at raising horses, so to them, a hundred superior-ss horses were very rare. However, the northern barbarians didn¡¯tck horses, cattle, or sheep!
Compared to the decreasing number of nsmen, a few horses were nothing!
This was a mutually beneficial deal!
¡°I don¡¯t want to hide it from you. Do you really think that the northern barbarians haven¡¯t had wars and conflicts with the empire all these years just because of my father?
Actually, no.
The main reason was that we don¡¯t have enough troops.
A few years ago, there was a locust gue after the drought. After the locust gue, there was a blizzard. After that, there was arge-scale gue on the grasnd. Many herdsmen and livestock in the tribes died in just a few days.
I had once made a simr suggestion to my father, but it was rejected by Zadeh.
Now, since you guys said that you want me to be the new ruler of the northern barbarians in the future, I¡¯ll definitely want to make the lives of those ordinary northern barbarians better as soon as possible.¡±
Gu Han¡¯s idea was very surprising.
Lin Suisui stared at Gu Han in shock for a long time, as if this was the first time she had seen him. Then, she said, ¡°You mean that when I impart my medical skills to your nsmen in the future and help your n strengthen, you guys will attack the empire and be our greatest threat?¡±
¡°But haven¡¯t the doctors of the empire always said that all living beings are equal and that everyone is a patient in your eyes?¡± Gu Han asked. Actually, he regretted what he had just said, but now that he had said it, it was definitely toote for him to regret it.
Therefore, he still looked at Lin Suisui with thest shred of hope and argued with a pleading expression, ¡°Madam Liu, you¡¯re such a strong and outstanding doctor. You can¡¯t possibly watch those herders die in pain after contracting the disease, right?¡±
¡°When doctors treat patients, they treat them equally. Although patients are equal, doctors have a belonging. For example, I¡¯m from the empire, so I¡¯m definitely unwilling to help an enemy.¡±
Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t angry. She simply exined the truth calmly, ¡°But what you said makes sense. How about this? I have a few simple prescriptions. The herbs can all be found on the grasnd.
These might not work for serious illnesses, but they¡¯re more than enough to help treat fevers and such.
I can ask if anyone in the tribe is willing to learn it. If there is, I¡¯ll teach them. After I leave in the future, they should be able to deal with simple illnesses in the tribe.
As for the rest, you can discuss it with my husband in detail after this matter is over.¡±
Lin Suisui¡¯s words were very vague yet reasonable.
After all, Gu Han, wasn¡¯t Sr. Khan of the northern barbarians yet. He had yet to obtain the throne that represented the highest authority for the northern barbarians, so everything he said was empty talk.
Gu Han seemed to have sensed this, so he smiled at Lin Suisui in embarrassment. As he thanked her for helping, he also knew that it was indeed too early for him to say these words.
If he couldn¡¯t get that position, all his ns would probably be in vain.
However, he didn¡¯t expect Lin Suisui to be willing to teach his nsmen medicine right now.
As Gu Han thanked Lin Suisui, he whispered that his previous promise was definitely still effective. As if he was worried that Lu Ze and Lin Suisui would be worried, he quickly added, ¡°I¡¯ll pay for the expenses this time!
Even if I¡¯m not rich, I can afford a few hundred superior-ss horses.
At the very least, I won¡¯t let you work for nothing, Madam Liu.¡±
Although Gu Han had a good idea, it wasn¡¯t easy to implement it. Of course, what surprised Gu Han the most was that the greatest obstacle came from Mo Rigen.
¡°I actually don¡¯t mean anything else. I just don¡¯t think this is beneficial.¡± Mo Rigen frowned as he told Gu Han his reason for refusing.
¡°Previously, the shaman said that those are all hardships bestowed by the heavens. They¡¯re the sins we have to atone for!
¡°The physical pain is only temporary. We¡¯re actually atoning for our sins by suffering! Now, you¡¯re telling me that we have to use the grass and leaves we found on the grasnd to relieve the pain of our sins. Don¡¯t you think that¡¯s sphemy?¡±
Mo Rigen nced in the direction of the tent where Lin Suisui lived and hesitated for a moment before continuing, ¡°Besides, aren¡¯t you afraid that the Goddess will be angry?¡±
After this afternoon¡¯s incident, Mo Rigen had basically confirmed Lin Suisui¡¯s identity.
Therefore, at this moment, he was even more concerned about Lin Suisui¡¯s attitude and feelings than those of Gu Han. After all, the reason they wanted to oust Zadeh was the existence and guidance of the goddess.
However, if Gu Han did something that the Goddess couldn¡¯t tolerate, would they be abandoned by the Goddess and punished by the heavens?
Gu Han looked at Mo Rigen, who was frowning while trying his best to persuade him. He suddenly remembered what Lin Suisui had said to him when he had decided toe over to discuss this matter with Mo Rigen first.
She said that if he encountered Mo Rigen¡¯s objection, use the blessing of Tengri to persuade him.
What did he say at that time?
At that time, he told Lin Suisui confidently that his brother would definitely support his decision fully!
However, reality proved him wrong..
Chapter 425 - 425: Doubt
Chapter 425: Doubt
Trantor: Henyee Trantions
Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°This was suggested by the Goddess.¡±
Gu Han swallowed hard. Although they were unwilling to admit it, the truth was that using Lin Suisui¡¯s identity as a cover was really very useful.
At the very least, it was much more effective than his exnation.
Mo Rigen was originally rejecting him with a serious expression, but now that he mentioned that this was Lin Suisui¡¯s idea, Mo Rigen¡¯s attitude instantly softened.
¡°Is it really the Goddess¡¯s idea?¡± Mo Rigen looked at Gu Han worriedly and asked.
It wasn¡¯t that he didn¡¯t trust his brother, but the person in front of him was really unreliable. He had tricked him more than once previously, so he didn¡¯t dare to be careless.
¡°Why don¡¯t you ask the goddess?¡± Gu Han looked at Mo Rigen with pain. ¡°Am I that untrustworthy to you?¡±
¡°I think it¡¯s better to be careful.¡± Mo Rigen didn¡¯t answer Gu Han¡¯s question directly. He just turned around and coughed in an attempt to brush things over. ¡°So you don¡¯t believe me?¡± Gu Han grabbed Mo Rigen¡¯spel and said angrily, ¡°I¡¯m your good buddy!¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. If I hadn¡¯t treated you as a good buddy, would I have let you enter my tribe again?¡± Mo Rigen was quite indignant about Gu Han¡¯s usation. ¡°Think about it. How many times have you tricked me in the past?!
Yes, I admit that you¡¯re right, but this is all for the sake of our tribe.
But what was the use?
Are your father, your brothers, and the nobles of the Imperial Court willing to ept your actions?¡±
At this point, Mo Rigen remembered some past memories that he was unwilling to delve into. He sighed softly and was silent for a long time before saying, ¡°I know that this will hurt your feelings, but you know that there are some things that can¡¯t be rushed.¡±
¡°I¡¯m sorry. I was too hasty previously.¡± Gu Han looked at Mo Rigen guiltily as he apologized in a low voice. However, he quickly thought of something and asked in confusion, ¡°However, in that case, why did you support me in finding Zadeh to seize the throne this time?¡±
Wasn¡¯t that even riskier?!
¡°Yes, what you did in the past was indeed very unreliable. However, although this matter is dangerous, it¡¯s the right choice.¡±
Mo Rigen exined his thoughts to Gu Han without hiding anything. ¡°Although your previous ideas weren¡¯t reliable, it wasn¡¯t that those ideas were impossible, but that you had no way or ability to implement them.
However, if you really sessfully chase Zadeh away and be the new northern barbarian Khan, your ideas might really be implemented in our northern barbarian territory.¡±
Mo Rigen patted Gu Han¡¯s shoulders as he exined very seriously, ¡°Most importantly,pared to Zadeh, I think you¡¯ll bring less harm.¡±
Gu Han had naive and simple thoughts sometimes, but at least he wasn¡¯t a bad person.
However, Zadeh was different.
He was a lunatic who only cared about killing and squandering!
If he really stabilized his position, in the future¡
¡°Brother, did something happen?¡± Although Gu Han was slow-witted sometimes, he was terrifyingly sensitive about certain things.
Compared to him, who made a hasty escape previously, Mo Rigen knew more about what had happened in the Imperial Courttely.
From Mo Rigen¡¯s current state, it was obvious that something extremely terrifying had happened in the Imperial Court while he was away!
¡°Zadeh controls the entire Imperial Court. ording to the rumors, Sr. Khan is seriously ill, so he¡¯s in charge of the affairs of the northern barbarians now.
His actions were naturally questioned and opposed by many people.
You might have been able to stand up to him. However, ever since you left the Imperial Court, the people who stayed behind became even weaker.
Now that the Imperial Court is under his control, as long as they dare to object to him, he¡
He has already ughtered the few nobles your father trusted the most. Even the tribesmen behind them were demoted to ves.
In short, the entire Imperial Court is already in chaos. We, tribesmen living outside, are also frightened by this news.¡±
¡°Why didn¡¯t you say so earlier?¡± When Gu Han heard Mo Rigen¡¯s words, he was so angry that his eyes turned red. Without asking further, he knew which families Zadeh had killed.
He used to be the minister his father trusted the most!
¡°Therefore, you can¡¯t cause any more trouble now.¡± Mo Rigen sighed as he patted Gu Han¡¯s shoulders again and he advised earnestly, ¡°I didn¡¯t tell you because I didn¡¯t want you to be distracted.
¡°You know your temper very well. If we can¡¯t subdue you and you rashly bring people to the Imperial Court, won¡¯t you be bringing everyone to their deaths?!¡±
Gu Han turned around in frustration. After a while, he calmed down and turned to look at Mo Rigen. ¡°Let¡¯s go. I¡¯ll bring you to see the Goddess.¡±
He didn¡¯t want to continue on this topic. He was afraid that if he continued to ask, he would really be tempted to rush into the Imperial Court and sh Zadeh.
But that wouldn¡¯t do.
Just as Mo Rigen had said, he was no longer alone. He couldn¡¯t die as a result of his own recklessness. Therefore, after thinking about it, he finally decided to change the topic to divert his attention.
Mo Rigen nodded and followed Gu Han towards the tent where Lin Suisui lived.
Hearing that Mo Rigen hade to see her, Lin Suisui knew without thinking that Lu Ze¡¯s guess must have been right. Mo Rigen didn¡¯t support Gu Han. Instead, he objected. As for Gu Han, it was obvious that he couldn¡¯t resolve the matter now, so he could only use hisst resort¡ªreinforcement.
¡°Goddess, I just want to know if Gu Han came to look for me because of your instructions.¡± After Mo Rigen bowed to Lin Suisui, he asked the main question for his trip..
Sorry for the inconvenience. Thank you very much!
Chapter 426 - 426: Even If The Sky Collapses, I’ll Hold It Back!
Chapter 426: Even If The Sky Copses, I¡¯ll Hold It Back!
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°That¡¯s right. I suggested this to Gu Han.¡± In the face of Mo Rigen¡¯s question, Lin Suisui replied very frankly.
Her straightforwardness stunned Mo Rigen.
Because this was beyond his understanding, he was silent for a long time before asking, ¡°But why?
¡°I¡¯m not doubting your intentions, but every time we mentioned this kind of thing previously, the shaman would always reprimand us and say that all the suffering was the will of Tengri.
It¡¯s a sin that we need to redeem.¡±
After falling sick, they could only endure it.
This was something that all the tribesmen were already familiar with.
But now, the goddess in front of him told him that it was Tengri¡¯s idea to teach them how to take medicine and treat illnesses¡
¡°Tengri is benevolent and magnanimous. Even if people make a mistake, people have to be given a chance to repent.¡± Lin Suisui looked at Mo Rigen. Although she didn¡¯t know how their shaman priest interacted with them previously, now that she had used the same attitude as when sheforted the patients, it was really a little out of the ordinary.
Mo Rigen was already in awe of Lin Suisui, so when he heard Lin Suisui¡¯s advice, he was so touched that he almost cried.
Although he had rejected Gu Han¡¯s suggestion, how could he really object to treating illnesses and saving people?
After all, everyone in this tribe had been through thick and thin. How could he not be sad to see his nsmen suffer from illnesses?
He knew about the abilities of those doctors from the empire.
They only needed to find somemon herbs on the grasnd to treat fevers. However, because the shaman who lived not far away at that time received the news, not only did he send people over to kill the doctor who lived in their tribe for being disrespectful to the gods, but even the child who was cured was burned to death.
Thinking of the tragic scene at that time, Mo Rigen felt sorrowful.
However, things were different now. Since the Goddess had already said it, even if a shaman came over to reprimand him, he would have a reason to refute him!
Thinking of this, Mo Rigen bowed to Lin Suisui again and said respectfully, ¡°We¡¯ll listen to your arrangements.¡±
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t stand on ceremony with Mo Rigen anymore.
No one knew the situation of the tribe in front of them better than Mo Rigen.
Therefore, she told Mo Rigen her request. ¡°I need a few honest and smart young children. It would be even better if they were girls.
It¡¯s not that I¡¯m unwilling to teach it to boys, but most men on the grasnd will pasture outside when they reach adulthood. Girls will be the ones dealing with herbs.
In addition, girls often interact with wild vegetables outside, so it¡¯s easier for them to distinguish herbs than boys.¡±
In fact, Lin Suisui was very cautious. With Mo Rigen¡¯s trust in her now, even if she didn¡¯t exin, Mo Rigen wouldn¡¯t question her decision at all.
Therefore, this matter was quickly settled under Mo Rigen¡¯s arrangements.
Three girls and two boys came over together.
Among these three girls, one was ck Cloud Pearl.
When the five children were brought over, apart from ck Cloud Pearl, who had interacted with Lin Suisui before, the other children were very cautious.
After their parents knelt down and kowtowed to Lin Suisui, they followed Lin Suisui into the tent where she lived.
Lin Suisui had already gone out with Lu Ze to find herbs yesterday. She knew that many children here were illiterate, so she used the simplest method. She taught them how to identify the herbs and then told them the ratio of the herbs.
The first step was the identification of herbs.
Lin Suisui divided the five fresh herbs needed to treat the cold into five portions and handed them to the five children who came this time. Then, she taught them how to recognize these five herbs bit by bit.
About an hourter, she instructed the five little fellows, ¡°Now, bring these five herbs home. Get your father and mother to bring you to the nearby pasture to try to find these herbs.
¡°Bring over the herbs you picked tomorrow at the same time as today. I have a reward for the one who does the best job.¡±
As she spoke, Lin Suisui had already taken out a small colorful ball wrapped in colorful thread and spread it out for the little fellows to see. ¡°So, you guys have to do your best!¡±
Seeing such a beautiful reward, not to mention the three girls, even the two little boys couldn¡¯t suppress the desire in their eyes. They brought their herbs back and looked for their families for help.
Not long after these little fellows left, Lu Ze lifted the curtain and came in from outside the tent. He nced at Lin Suisui, who was drinking tea, and asked curiously, ¡°Have those children left yet?¡±
¡°Yes, I just ced the real thing in front of them. I taught them how to differentiate those herbs first. When they be familiar with it, I¡¯ll teach them how to brew medicine.
Although the method is a little stupid, fortunately, they don¡¯t know many prescriptions, so it¡¯s feasible.¡±
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t intend to teach them everything. She only taught them somemonly used prescriptions used to treat colds and diarrhea.
Their ultimate goal was to cooperate with Lu Ze¡¯s arrangements and schemes.
¡°The earliest is probably tomorrow. The patriarchs of the other tribes will rush over.¡± Lu Ze took the tea Lin Suisui had poured for him and whispered to her the news he had just obtained from Gu Han.
¡°Perhaps there will be shaman priests apanying us.¡± Lu Ze nced at Lin Suisui, who was listening to him attentively, and reminded her, ¡°Gu Han wants you to be careful. If you need their help, feel free to ask.
In addition, if the shaman priests and witch doctors offend you, you don¡¯t have to be polite to them. Just deal with them however you want.
Even if the sky copses, I¡¯ll hold it up for you!¡±
Sorry for the inconvenience. Thank you very much!
Chapter 427 - 427: He’s the Best
Chapter 427: He¡¯s the Best
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°When the timees, won¡¯t you be by my side? If anything happens, it won¡¯t be my turn to ask.¡± Lin Suisui was amused by Lu Ze¡¯s words and looked at Lu Ze mischievously.
Lu Ze wasn¡¯t as rxed as she thought. Even though he knew that Lin Suisui was joking to diffuse his worry, Lu Ze still looked at Lin Suisui very seriously and continued, ¡°There will be times when I¡¯m not by your side. Although I arranged for shadow guards to protect you, I¡¯m still a little worried.¡±
No matter what, this was Gu Han¡¯s territory.
No matter how well he arranged things, he was still a little worried that he would neglect something.
¡°I know. I won¡¯t leave the tent unless it¡¯s necessary.¡± Lin Suisui nodded and promised Lu Ze in a low voice. Her voice was very soft andforting. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯ll try my best to protect myself. I won¡¯t distract you.¡±
After a pause, as if she was worried that Lu Ze would misunderstand, she quickly added, ¡°Don¡¯t think too much about it. We¡¯re husband and wife now, and we¡¯re in someone else¡¯s territory, so we¡¯re naturally in the same boat.
When I¡¯m protecting myself, I¡¯m protecting the both of us.¡±
Lu Ze smiled as he reached out to pull Lin Suisui into his arms. He hugged her tightly for a long time before letting go of her reluctantly. Then, he lowered his head and rubbed her forehead as hemented regretfully, ¡°Unfortunately, we¡¯re in someone else¡¯s territory now.¡±
At such a close distance, Lin Suisui naturally felt the change in Lu Ze¡¯s body. She blushed and broke free from Lu Ze¡¯s arms. Then, she spat softly as she said angrily, ¡°Why are you still thinking about irrelevant things at a time like this?!¡±
Lu Ze wasn¡¯t angry. He simply said shamelessly, ¡°How is this irrelevant?¡±
Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t win against Lu Ze, who wanted to tease her. She only resisted for a round or two before being forced topromise. She was so angry that she punched his shoulder gently. Then, she turned around and went to tidy up the herbs on the table at the side.
Knowing that Lin Suisui was thin-skinned, Lu Ze stopped and came over with a smile to help Lin Suisui. Just as the two of them were packing up the herbs on the table, from outside the tent, someone asked whether they could enter.
¡°Tonight is the Wee Moon Festival of our grasnd. There¡¯s a gathering in the tribe. Do you two want to join in the fun?¡± Gu Han didn¡¯t beat around the bush and exined his intentions as soon as he entered.
¡°Alright.¡± Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help but feel excited when she heard his words.
After all, she had only learned that there was such a festival on the grasnd from those northern barbarian books.
The people on the grasnd would ughter livestock on this evening to worship the Moon Goddess. They would pray that the pasture would be lush in the future and that there wouldn¡¯t be a drought that year.
Then, the entire tribe would put on their most morous clothes and dance around the bonfire under the moonlight.
¡°Heh, we¡¯ll start preparingter! It¡¯s already starting to get lively outside. If you don¡¯t have anything else to do, you cane to join in the fun.¡±
Gu Han liked lively events, so after extending the invitation, he left without looking back.
Not long after Gu Han left the tent, cheers came from outside. It was indeed quite lively.
Lu Ze didn¡¯t dy things any longer. After he brought Lin Suisui out of the tent, he walked towards the crowded ce.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t expect that the reason this ce was so lively was that Gu Han and Mo Rigen were catching sheep here.
¡°This is a custom unique to the northern barbarians. On such a festive day, they have to show off the strength of their tribe to the gods. Therefore, they raise a special ram in advance to fight sheep.
This kind of sheep is very irritable. At this moment, they will let the warriors of the tribe go forward and fight this ram until the warriors subdue it.¡±
Lu Ze knew that this was the first time Lin Suisui had seen such a scene, so he came over and whispered into her ear.
It was obvious that this wasn¡¯t just for show. When a manic ram was at its most angry, it could stab people in the chest and abdomen with its sharp horns.
Therefore, Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help but worry for the two people present.
However, it was obvious that her worry was a little overboard.
Be it Gu Han or Mo Rigen, they were all experienced in dealing with such situations. Not long after, the previously unruly ram was ced on the ground by them.
Today¡¯s most important sacrifice had been sessfully captured. The rest was the prairie people¡¯s forte.
Delicacies that could only be enjoyed on the grasnd were sent to the table where Lin Suisui was sitting.
Most of the grasnd children could sing and dance. Amidst the music of their own musical instruments, they stood up and walked into the arena. Then, they began to dance around the bonfire.
It was also at this moment that Lin Suisui saw another side of Gu Han.
Mo Rigen and Gu Han sang a tune that only the children of the grasnd could understand.
This peaceful and blissful scene made Lin Suisui understand why Lu Ze had cooperated with Gu Han.
Gu Han was a normal person!
He had experienced the lives of ordinary northern barbarians and knew what the herdsmen of these ordinary northern barbarian tribes wanted the most.
ughter and plunder actually wouldn¡¯t bring them any good days. Instead, they would instantly fall into dire straits.
These people couldn¡¯t obtain the wealth they had plundered during the war, but they had to ept all the damage and influence caused after the war.
¡°Actually, it would be good if Gu Han could continue like this.¡± Lin Suisui looked at Gu Han, who was singing with Mo Rigen and a few young men because he had drunk too much. She suddenly said to Lu Ze, ¡°If his current performance is the real him and not his disguise.¡±
¡°None of us can guarantee what the future will be like.¡± Lu Ze turned to look at Lin Suisui with a smile and replied in a low voice, ¡°But in this current situation, he¡¯s indeed the most suitable person to be Sr. Khan in the future. Be it for our empire or these ordinary northern barbarians, he¡¯s the best candidate..¡±
Chapter 428 - 428: Shaman
Chapter 428: Shaman
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
They couldn¡¯t think too far ahead and could only focus on what they saw now.
As Lin Suisui looked at the happy-go-lucky Gu Han, she suddenly felt that he was indeed quite suitable.
¡°There will be shaman priests this time?¡± Lin Suisui turned around and asked Lu Ze, who was sitting beside her.
¡°Yes.¡± Lu Ze nodded affirmatively. To the northern barbarians, the shaman priest was even more powerful than the tribe leader.
ording to Gu Han, they were unlucky this time. Coincidentally, An Duo, the shaman who was heading to the Imperial Court happened to be resting in Ivan¡¯s tribe. When he heard this news, he naturally wanted toe over and take a look.
An Duo had always resented Mo Rigen over a small matter. Usually, he woulde over and torture Mo Rigen¡¯s tribe whenever he had the chance, so he definitely wouldn¡¯t let go of such an opportunity this time.
¡°I heard that a doctor from the empire once stayed in Mo Rigen¡¯s tribe for a period of time previously. Later on, he was executed by An Duo under the pretext of heresy because he saved a child having a high fever?¡±
Lin Suisui was no stranger to An Duo.
Previously, she had heard ck Cloud Pearl mention this past, so she asked.
Lu Ze nodded and said with certainty, ¡°Yes, it¡¯s him.¡±
Therefore, this was also the reason Mo Rigen and Gu Han had looked for him to discuss it. This shaman wasn¡¯t easy to deal with. ording to his n, he intended to go out tonight.
However, after he told Lin Suisui this idea, he received Lin Suisui¡¯s objection. ¡°ording to their schedule, they¡¯ll probably reach us tomorrow. If you attack An Duo at this time, it¡¯ll be too obvious and arouse suspicion.¡±
This was because An Duo¡¯s destination originally wasn¡¯t their ce.
The reason they came this time was that they had heard the news about her. Therefore, at this critical moment, the death of a priest who might see through her identity as a goddess would clearly change their future arrangements.
Perhaps those tribal leaders would choose to cooperate because they believed in Mo Rigen, but what if¡
What if someone had a good rtionship with An Duo and used this matter to cause trouble?
Therefore, Lin Suisui only thought for a moment before looking up at Lu Ze, who was in front of her. With a hint of smugness, she raised her eyebrows and said, ¡°Have you seen a ¡®miracle¡¯ before?¡±
Lu Ze shook his head gently, but it was obvious that he was intrigued by Lin Suisui¡¯s words.
¡°Then, I¡¯ll show you a miracle.¡±
As Lin Suisui spoke, she raised her hand slightly and made a few gestures as her expression became solemn. Just as Lu Ze was curious about what Lin Suisui wanted to do, he suddenly heard exmations from the surrounding crowd.
Fireflies!
Large amounts of fireflies were summoned from all directions. The light of a single firefly was weak, but the effect of the light formed by thousands of fireflies was shocking.
At this moment, Lin Suisui had already closed her eyes. With a slight flick of her hand, the fireflies seemed to have been guided by someone and converged in front of Lin Suisui. In front of everyone, these fireflies actually formed a very gorgeous pattern in the air¡
This shocking disysted for about ten minutes. Then, the fireflies formed four streams of light and disappeared in front of everyone.
This mysterious but gorgeous disy shocked everyone present, especially the northern barbarians, who believed in Tengri more than their lives. At this moment, they looked at Lin Suisui, who had been surrounded by the light of the fireflies just now, as if they were looking at a goddess.
Looking at the northern barbarians who suddenly knelt down and prayed to her, Lu Ze thought he understood why Lin Suisui did this.
The shocking thing was that the northern barbarian soldiers who followed Gu Han were actually mixed in with the crowd that kowtowed to Lin Suisui.
Lu Ze remained calm. After watching the scene in front of him, he lowered his voice and said to Lin Suisui, who had returned to the tent to rest, ¡°Are you going to rope in the herdsmen of the tribe here and the northern barbarian soldiers who were by Gu Han¡¯s side previously?¡±
¡°I¡¯ve thought about it. Those people came in a hurry this time, so I don¡¯t think they¡¯ll bring too many soldiers. Therefore, as long as we win over the soldiers under Gu Han, as well as the warriors under Mo Rigen, we won¡¯t be alone.¡±
Lin Suisui told Lu Ze her n in a soft voice. As if thinking of something, she continued, ¡°Moreover, those people will definitely be more convincing than us introducing ourselves.¡±
¡°Yes, that¡¯s a good idea.¡± Lu Ze nodded in agreement with Lin Suisui¡¯s n. ¡°However, we have to be careful.¡±
¡°Anyway, I¡¯ve already decided. I¡¯ll stay in the tent for the next few days unless I have no choice.¡± Lin Suisui replied to Lu Ze¡¯s worries with ease.
She wasn¡¯t a fool. At such a time, hiding was naturally the best solution.
Lin Suisui¡¯s attitude made Lu Ze heave a sigh of relief. Fortunately, this little girl didn¡¯t go against him on this matter. Otherwise, he would have to change some of his next arrangements.
The other party came quickly.
More than 40 followers led by the leader of the Ge He Sa Tribe surrounded a dpidated carriage. The outside of the carriage was painted with all kinds of strange patterns and runes. It didn¡¯t look like a pattern that had been decorated for aesthetic purposes.
Of course, what shocked Lin Suisui even more was that the people pulling this carriage were not horses, but a group of about twenty bare-chested ves..
Chapter 429 - 429: An Duo
Chapter 429: An Duo
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
As Lin Suisui looked at the ves who knelt on the ground and crawled like livestock after pulling the carriage into the camp, her heart ached.
This kind of thing wouldn¡¯t happen in the empire.
Although there were indeed many families who mistreated their servants, even the emperor of the empire didn¡¯t have the guts to humiliate his people in front of everyone.
However, among the northern barbarians, this was very normal.
Over the past few days, she had heard about some northern barbarian customs from the others in the tribe. What was mentioned the most was the attitude of the nobles in the Imperial Court towards the northern barbarians.
There were actually many tribes like them among the northern barbarians.
However, Mo Rigen was a good chief, so the people of the tribe had not suffered too much. However, some other tribes werepletely different.
Most of the tribe members there were the private assets of the tribe leader.
They had to work hard on a daily basis. It was alsomon for them to be beaten and starved. What was even more terrifying was that sometimes, when the leader of the tribe was in a bad mood, he would even kill people to vent his anger.
Sacrificing living people was even moremon.
Someone like An Duo, who only used people as ves, was already considered benevolent.
At the very least, these ves could survive for the time being¡
Shaman An Duo alighted from the carriage arrogantly. He was a gloomy-looking man.
There was no hair on his head, but there were strange patterns drawn in ck and white. Actually, not only on his face and head, but even various parts of his body had this strange pattern.
He raised his mean eyes and sized up his surroundings with pride and disdain. When he didn¡¯t see the person he wanted to see, his expression turned even darker as he looked at Mo Rigen with an unfriendly gaze. ¡°Why are you guys the only ones here?¡±
¡°We¡¯re believers of Tengri, so it¡¯s understandable that we came out to wee Tengri. However, the Goddess is different. How could you let here out to wee you?¡±
Mo Rigen looked at the An Duo shaman in disbelief, as if his request was unreasonable.
This made shaman An Duo, who was already unhappy, look even more enraged. He red at Mo Rigen as he said word by word, ¡°Goddess? Mo Rigen, do you know the price of offending Tengri?
I¡¯ve already heard about the background of this goddess. Do you really believe her?¡±
Shaman An Duo was really enraged now.
This wasn¡¯t the first time he had interacted with Mo Rigen¡¯s tribe.
The first time they met could be traced back to five years ago.
No matter how much he disliked Mo Rigen, he knew very well that Mo Rigen was a very smart and capable tribal leader. The wealth of their tribe was far beyond that of other surrounding tribes.
If he could obtain the worship of this tribe, his life would improve substantially.
However, to his surprise, Mo Rigen rejected his request to stay in their tribe.
The reason was that firstly, the conditions in their tribe were rtively harsh and they lived in the open all year round, so they were afraid that he wouldn¡¯t be able to adapt. Secondly, there were not many people in their tribe to begin with, so they naturally couldn¡¯t provide enough people to take care of him.
In short, he had been rejected.
This was an oue he didn¡¯t expect.
With his status, which tribe wouldn¡¯t wee him with joy? Unlike Mo Rigen and the others, who actually dared to reject him!
Such an ungrateful tribe deserved retribution!
But at that time, Mo Rigen had Gu Han backing him.
No matter how much he wanted to attack, he had to consider Gu Han!
However, things were different now. The Imperial Court had already changed. Because of the rebellion, Gu Han was missing!
Without Gu Han, Mo Rigen¡¯s tribe was a piece of cake for him!
It was also because of this that he temporarily slowed down his pace towards the Imperial Court. He had toe over and take over this tribe first!
After all, Mo Rigen had always been cautious. It was rare for him to be in such a vulnerable position!
Goddess¡
Hehe, how ridiculous!
¡°Of course not.¡± Mo Rigen lowered his head and maintained a respectful attitude, but there was no hint of humility in his tone.
He lowered his eyes as he exined calmly, ¡°We were lucky enough to see a miracle, so¡¡±
¡°How can a goddess appear so easily? A miracle? Do you ignorant mortals know what a miracle is?¡± Before Mo Rigen could finish speaking, An Duo refuted him impatiently, ¡°Perhaps it¡¯s a trick!¡±
¡°What nonsense are you talking about?! I¡¯m not blind. If it wasn¡¯t the Goddess who saved my life, could it be you?¡± Gu Han suddenly walked out of the tent at the side and red at shaman An Duo as he sneered. ¡°Also, we saw the miraclest night. Do you mean that we¡¯re all fools?
You have to think carefully about it before you speak!
You said yourself that sphemy is a serious crime!
Do you want retribution for offending the Goddess here?¡±
It wasn¡¯t only shaman An Duo. The guests from the other two tribes who came with him didn¡¯t expect to see the unscathed Gu Han here either.
For a moment, they were dumbfounded. However, by the time they reacted and wanted to respond, a group of organized northern barbarian soldiers suddenly appeared and disarmed them. Then, they were brought into the tent used for discussion in the tribe.
Shaman An Duo struggled and resisted, but they came prepared this time. Without giving him time to react, someone stuffed a ck pill into his mouth. In an instant, his body weakened and he could only be dragged away.
¡°Please forgive me, shaman An Duo. You¡¯ve always been very capable. In order to give us a chance to talk peacefully, I took the initiative to use Tendon Softening Powder on you for the time being. I¡¯ll apologize to you after we¡¯re done discussing the next matter.¡± Mo Rigen smiled respectfully, but his smile didn¡¯t reach his eyes, making him look very cold..
Chapter 430 - 430: Punishment
Chapter 430: Punishment
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°What are you doing?¡± Despite how arrogant and domineering shaman An Duo was, he was a little flustered by now.
He owed his currentfortable life to his subordinates.
If those people no longer trusted him and obeyed him, with his own strength, he was actually a paper tiger without any lethality. With just a gentle poke, he would fall apart.
He was frustrated. How could he have been so careless?!
Since he had enmity against Mo Rigen and the others, why did hee over without preparation? He didn¡¯t even bring a few soldiers to protect him!
Wasn¡¯t this like amb entering the tiger¡¯s den?
¡°I¡¯ve already said that I just want to talk to you about the cooperation.¡± After Gu Han walked over, he sat in the main seat and looked at the dissatisfied tribe leaders without any guilt.
¡°As everyone knows, I¡¯m being pursued by my brother now. If he wants to kill me, I can¡¯t just wait for death, right?
I know you want to say that with Zadeh¡¯s strength, we won¡¯t be able to resist!
Originally, I thought so too. It wasn¡¯t until I was seriously injured and saved by the goddess that I realized that Zadeh wasn¡¯t the northern barbarians¡¯ future king at all!
He stole a position that should not belong to him!
Besides, my father is still alive, but he¡¯s been imprisoned by Zadeh.
¡°What I want is for everyone to contribute their manpower and attack the Imperial Court with me. I want everyone to save my father and chase out Zadeh, who attempted to kill his father and brother!¡±
Gu Han spoke nonchntly, but their expressions were unpleasant.
Of course, they knew that Zadeh obtained the position through improper means!
But what else could they do? Now that he had power, it was only a matter of time before he seeded the throne! If they resisted him now, the consequences¡
¡°Do you want to live a life like this for generations toe? Think about it again. How many nobles in the Imperial Court are born to enjoy such a life?
Those are the spoils from me and my father waging wars.¡±
Gu Han wasn¡¯t angered by the whispers of doubt and continued to persuade them.
¡°I can promise you guys the same benefits my father once promised.
However, there¡¯s something I have to say in advance.
As the saying goes, wealth and danger are intertwined. If you want to obtain benefits, you have to pay the price!
I admit that I¡¯m indeed inferior to Zadeh in terms of strength, but don¡¯t forget that I have the protection of the goddess! Just based on this, I think I have an advantage over Zadeh!
Besides, Zadeh¡¯s bloody massacre in the entire Imperial Court had made everyone in the Imperial Court panic. Even the two nobles who had once supported him had their entire families wiped out by him!
How long are we gonna let him continue?
Moreover, even if he can obtain the throne, are you really willing to entrust your future to a lunatic who only knows how tomit murder?¡±
It had to be said that Gu Han¡¯s persuasion was very useful.
At least, when Gu Han left the tent in the end, there was much less rejection in their eyes.
They were all smart people, so they naturally knew what choice was more beneficial to them.
However, An Duo wasn¡¯t the kind of person who would do as he was told. Fortunately, be it Mo Rigen or Gu Han, they didn¡¯t underestimate him. That was why drugged shaman An Duo, so that they had the upper hand from the beginning.
This way, no matter how capable he was, he probably couldn¡¯t do anything to them in front of everyone.
However, just because he couldn¡¯t do anything didn¡¯t mean he couldn¡¯t say anything.
Shaman An Duo was good at beguiling people to begin with. In order to survive, he racked his brains to dissuade everyone by telling them how high the risk of entering the Imperial Court like this was.
When Gu Han saw that An Duo was constantly making sarcastic remarks, he suddenly felt that it wasn¡¯t a good idea to keep him here. Therefore, when he reached the entrance of the tent, he stopped in front of shaman An Duo. Without another word, he grabbed An Duo¡¯s cor and took him away.
¡°Gu Han, where are you taking me?¡± An Duo was a little flustered.
Previously, when he was with others, he didn¡¯t think so, but now that he was brought out by Gu Han alone, he felt that he might be directly killed as Sacrifice-
Thinking of all kinds of possibilities, An Duo was terrified. Therefore, when Gu Han brought shaman An Duo to the ce he had previously agreed on with Lin Suisui and Lu Ze, he couldn¡¯t help but put on a fearless expression as he red at Gu Han. ¡°Kill or torture me however you want!¡±
¡°Tsk, who wants to kill you?¡± Gu Han could see the fear in shaman An Duo¡¯s eyes at a nce. He snorted in disdain and pulled shaman An Duo, who was unable to move because of his limp body, forward. ¡°Let¡¯s go. You¡¯ll know why I brought you over when we reach there!¡±
Although shaman An Duo was already filled with despair, when he was really brought out by Gu Han and tied to a pir that had been erected at the side at some point, he panicked.
An Duo struggled as he begged Gu Han, ¡°No, you can¡¯t treat me like this! I don¡¯t have any enmity with you. I won¡¯t listen to Zadeh¡¯s orders in the future. I¡¯ll be loyal to you,okay?
Please, let me go. Let me go!¡±
However, Gu Han didn¡¯t respond. Instead, he crossed his arms and took a few steps back. As he sized up the women who had rushed over at some point in time with wood in their hands, his mood immediately improved.
¡°We don¡¯t have any enmity, but can¡¯t you think of what kind of blood feud you have with this tribe?¡± Gu Han turned around and reminded shaman An Duo kindly, ¡°So, who gave you the courage to barge in alone?¡±
Chapter 431 - 431: Becoming a Butterfly
Chapter 431: Bing a Butterfly
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
An Duo was already on the brink of tears, so Gu Han¡¯s mockery made him even angrier.
However, his desire to live quickly calmed him down.
In order to survive, he had to lower his head.
Thinking of this, An Duo began to act pitifully.
However, probably because he was used to acting high and mighty, not only didn¡¯t the act garner the sympathy of the surrounding people, but it also made people want to burn him to death.
When Lin Suisui came over with Lu Ze, An Duo was already frightened out of his wits by the herdsmen pouring oil on the firewood. He didn¡¯t expect them to refuse to give him a way out!
Seeing that begging for mercy didn¡¯t work, An Duo decided to go all out. Just as he was about to scold the group of people in front of him before he died, he saw that the herdsmen who was pouring oil on the firewood previously suddenly put down the things in their hands and bowed in one direction respectfully.
If it was Mo Rigen¡¯s tribe, it was impossible for anyone to enjoy such treatment.
So¡
When An Duo looked up in the direction of the crowd, he saw Lin Suisui walking towards him.
¡°Shaman An Duo,¡± Lin Suisui said in fluent northern barbariannguage. An Duo, who was originally suspicious and wary of her, heaved a sigh of relief, but the hostility and scrutiny in his eyes didn¡¯t subside.
¡°You¡¯re the goddess they¡¯re talking about?¡± Although An Duo wasn¡¯t sure why the other party had taken the initiative to appear in front of him at this moment, his survival instincts told him that if he wanted to live, this was probably his only chance.
It was one thing to ask the other party for help, but he still had to maintain his attitude at the beginning.
Otherwise, if the other party pushed her luck, wouldn¡¯t he have no way out?
However, although An Duo had thought of everything, he still underestimated Lin Suisui¡¯s strength.
¡°You don¡¯t have to care if I¡¯m a goddess or not. I just want to ask you, are you familiar with this situation?¡± Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t in a hurry to negotiate with him. Instead, she changed the topic to the current situation.
¡°So what?!¡± An Duo¡¯s heart skipped a beat. He knew that these people in front of him would probably want to settle scores with him again.
However, he didn¡¯t regret it, nor did he feel that he had done anything wrong.
¡°It¡¯s only right for them to be burned to death for sphemy!¡± An Duo straightened his neck and stared at Lin Suisui as he said word by word, ¡°Even if that child had woken up, it was because she made a deal with the devil.
Leaving her alive only would have caused greater trouble!
I made that choice for the safety of their tribe!¡±
At this point, An Duo was still unwilling to give in.
In his opinion, it was only right for him to make such a decision.
¡°Then there¡¯s nothing else to say.¡± Lin Suisui looked at An Duo for a long time before sighing regretfully. Then, she turned to Lu Ze, who was beside him. ¡°Let¡¯s do it.¡±
When An Duo saw Lu Ze, who had taken the torch from someone else and was walking towards him with a cold expression, he couldn¡¯t help but scream, ¡°No, no, don¡¯te over!¡±
However, in the face of An Duo¡¯s instructions, Lu Ze walked to the stack of firewood and was about to reach out to light it¡
An Duo¡¯s scream could be heard from five miles away, but Lu Ze, who was closest to him, felt something else. He nced at the wetness under him in disdain. In the end, he didn¡¯t throw the torch in his hand on the pyre that had been sshed with oil. Instead, he stopped less than a foot away.
¡°I was wrong. 1 know my mistake now!¡±
Seeing that admitting his mistake worked, An Duo quickly roared, ¡°I admit to my mistake. Don¡¯t burn me!¡±
Although he didn¡¯t know what he had done wrong, in the current situation, admitting his mistake was the best solution.
After Lin Suisui nced at Lu Ze, she took two more steps forward. Then, she looked at An Duo gently and asked, ¡°Do you really know your mistake?¡±
¡°Yes, I do!¡± An Duo sounded like he was about to cry. ¡°I was wrong. I won¡¯t do it again!¡±
¡°It¡¯s good that you admitted your mistake. Since you know your mistake, you have to correct it.¡± Lin Suisui¡¯s tone was gentle as she coaxed, ¡°Are you really willing to repent and atone for your previous crimes?¡±
An Duo was already in a panic, so he nodded repeatedly. ¡°Yes, I¡¯m willing. Don¡¯t kill me. I¡¯m willing to do anything you ask!¡±
¡°Only after breaking out of a cocoon and bing a butterfly will one know the greatness of the world.¡± When Lin Suisui raised her hand slightly, she saw a blue-winged butterfly fly over from somewhere. It pped its wings andnded on her fingertips. In an instant, it quickly curled up, as if it had been guided by something. As silver threads flew, the beautiful butterfly actually turned into a white cocoon at her fingertips.
¡°Give this to him.¡± Lin Suisui looked at Lu Ze and said in a low voice, ¡°He only admitted his mistake in order to survive. He actually doesn¡¯t know what he did wrong at all.
As long as he finds an opportunity, he will backstab us.¡±
Before An Duo could recover from the shock, he saw that Lu Ze had already arrived in front of him with the cocoon. Before he could protest and refuse, the man in front of him pinched his chin with a cold expression and forced the cocoon into his mouth. After he pped the back of his neck, the cocoon slid into his throat¡
¡°Shaman An Duo, I need you to be obedient.¡± Lin Suisui smiled at the terrified An Duo and said, ¡°If you¡¯re obedient, this butterfly will be in your body. But if you¡¯re disobedient, your body will be its cocoon.
The flesh and blood all over your body will be nutrients for it. Think about it, your final appearance will probably be like that of a withered leaf that shatters at a mere touch. Tsk¡
Of course, if you don¡¯t believe me, you can try to resist, but I can¡¯t guarantee the consequences..¡±
Chapter 432 - 432: Opponent
Chapter 432: Opponent
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°You¡¯re not a goddess at all!¡±
Because of fear, An Duo was trembling uncontrobly and he stared at Lin Suisui as if he was staring at a terrifying monster. How could such a terrifying woman be an envoy of Tengri?!
What wasughable was that the surrounding people actually treated her as a goddess!
Was there such a terrifying goddess in this world?!
¡°Whether I¡¯m a goddess or not is not up to you to decide.¡± Lin Suisui smiled at An Duo. Perhaps because the oue had been decided, she didn¡¯t continue to waste her energy on An Duo. Instead, she nodded at Lu Ze. Then, she turned around and left without looking back.
An Duo didn¡¯t know what Lin Suisui and the others were going to do to him, but he knew at least one thing.
He would probably have to live in misery after this¡
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t know how Lu Ze dealt with An Duo. At least, when she saw the An Duo shaman in the afternoon, An Duo, who had seemed so high and mighty previously, was already as submissive as a dog that would wag its tail at her at any time.
No matter what, on the surface, his submission seemed very sincere.
¡°I want to find out about some things about the Imperial Court.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t keep An Duo in suspense and made her request directly.
At first, they didn¡¯t want to use An Duo like this, but only An Duo had been to the Imperial Court after Zadch¡¯s rebellion.
Moreover, ording to Lu Ze¡¯s interrogation just now, not only had An Duo been to the Imperial Court, but he had also seen Zadeh and even had the chance to see the unconscious Sr. Khan.
After they repeatedly confirmed that An Duo wasn¡¯t lying, Lin Suisui and Lu Ze changed their next ns. With An Duo around, her status as a goddess would probably be more stable.
¡°I¡¯ve only seen Sr. Khan once.¡± An Duo, who already knew that he had no other choice, was very tactful. At this moment, he told Lin Suisui and the others everything he knew about the Imperial Court. ¡°But from the looks of it, Sr. Khan is fine for the time being.
However, we were just going through the motions. The person who¡¯s really in charge of taking care of Sr. Khan¡¯s condition now is Zadeh¡¯s concubine.¡± ¡°Is the concubine you¡¯re talking about from Siam?¡± An Duo¡¯s words made Lin Suisui frown slightly. This wasn¡¯t the first time she had heard news of this concubine!
¡°Yes!¡± An Duo nodded repeatedly and replied with certainty, ¡°It¡¯s her.
¡°When we went to see Sr. Khan, she was by his side. She never even left, ahem, even when people helped him take off his clothes.¡±
Everyone present was smart, so they naturally wouldn¡¯t think in a direction they should not think in.
Then the only remaining possibility¡
¡°You mean that the reason my father was unconscious is rted to this concubine?¡± When Gu Han heard An Duo¡¯s story, his eyes immediately widened. He had thought of countless possibilities, but he never expected that his father¡¯s illness was actually because of a woman!
¡°I¡¯m not sure about that.¡± Seeing Gu Han clench his fists with bloodshot eyes and look like he was about to beat someone up, An Duo subconsciously moved back. He had been beaten up a little too often for the past two days, making him feel like he would be beaten up the next moment.
¡°But there¡¯s definitely something wrong with that concubine.¡±
After An Duo thought about it for a moment, he couldn¡¯t help but say, ¡°Zadeh isn¡¯t the king yet. He¡¯s telling the public that he¡¯s handling government affairs on behalf of Sr. Khan because he¡¯s seriously ill.
In order to silence the nobles of the Imperial Court, he naturally needed shamans like us to treat Sr. Khan.
However, as you know, we have to go forward and check on the patient!
However, from the beginning to the end, we only nced at Sr. Khan lying on the bed through the curtain. As for Sr. Khan¡¯s condition, it was the concubine who told us about it.
At that time, a witch doctor couldn¡¯t help but raise this question to the concubine.
That witch doctor wasn¡¯t able to leave with us.
He died that night.¡±
Thinking of the scene at that time, An Duo couldn¡¯t help but feel a little afraid. ¡°At that time, the consort was very polite. She let that witch doctor stay to check on Sr. Khan¡¯s condition all alone and sent us all out.
Originally, we wanted to wait for the witch doctor toe back at night to ask about the situation. Unexpectedly, we received news of the witch doctor¡¯s sudden death the next morning.
Although we all know that there¡¯s something fishy about this matter, who is stupid enough to interfere in the Imperial Court¡¯s matter?
With such an obvious warning, wouldn¡¯t we be courting death if we continued to ask?
Therefore, after that day, we spent the next few days very quietly before leaving together.¡±
After saying this, An Duo couldn¡¯t help but take a careful look at Lin Suisui, who was sitting at the side. Seeing that she didn¡¯t look like she wanted to harm him, he heaved a sigh of relief and continued, ¡°Besides, that concubine acted very strange when she was with Zadeh.¡±
¡°How so?¡± Mo Rigen frowned. He had seen King Zadeh before. He was a very fierce and difficult person to deal with, so he probably wouldn¡¯t be at the mercy of a woman¡
¡°Zadeh acts extremely mighty and arrogant outside, but after returning to the inner tent and seeing that concubine, he¡¯s like a mouse seeing a cat. Even his footsteps are very gentle, let alone his attitude.
It didn¡¯t match the rumors saying that Zadeh doted on that concubine.
On the contrary, it looked like¡
¡°It was just like how I treat the Goddess now. Instead of Zadeh doting on her, Zadeh is more like a dog trying to curry favor with her!¡±
¡°You know your ce quite well.¡± After hearing An Duo¡¯s story, Lu Ze nced over and mocked him with a smile.
An Duo wasn¡¯t angry about this. He only smiled at Lu Ze ingratiatingly. He had suffered at Lu Ze¡¯s hands. So what if he mocked him? That was the truth!
His life was in their hands now. In order to survive, so what if he was mocked as a dog?!
At the very least, if a dog met a good master, the dog could enjoy life with its master!
¡°It seems that I made the right choice toe this time.¡± Lin Suisui turned to look at Lu Ze with an unprecedentedly solemn expression..
Chapter 433 - 433: Countermeasure
Chapter 433: Countermeasure
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t hide her doubts. However, in order to let Lu Ze and the others understand better, she decided to tell the people in front of her what she knew.
¡°It¡¯s said that after Chi You¡¯s defeat, the Magi who used to serve him were also punished. In order to survive, they had no choice but to leave their hometown and migrate to a ce where few people lived.
There were three important branches of witchcraft that were popr in the Chi You tribe at that time.
Some of them hid in the mountains and joined forces with the local natives. Some traveled even further and reached the current Siamese Kingdom. Some of them developed ck magic.
I don¡¯t know much about ck magic, but I do know a little about Gu techniques and the tame head technique.¡±
Lin Suisui changed the topic to this concubine. ¡°Since she¡¯s a princess sent by the Siamese royal family for marriage, it¡¯s normal for her to be proficient in the tame head technique.¡±
Upon hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s words, Gu Han mmed his palm on the table and scolded, ¡°I knew it. When those Siamese envoys came over back then, I felt that something was wrong!
Those people say that everything is for the sake of the two countries, but there¡¯s still an empire between us and the Siamese Kingdom! How can we befriend them?
Originally, my father wasn¡¯t interested in their marriage proposal, but my brother took a fancy to the Siamese princess!
Even though he had a wife, he still wanted to take the Siamese princess in as a concubine!¡±
¡°Let¡¯s talk about thister. The most important thing now is to think about how to resolve the matter at hand,¡± Mo Rigen sighed as she advised Gu Han, who had clearly lost control of his emotions.
Everyone knew that Zadeh was a bad person, but scolding Zadeh wouldn¡¯t solve the problem.
¡°If that¡¯s the case, even if we gather people to attack the Imperial Court, the situation will probably be very troublesome.¡± Without waiting for Gu Han to speak, Mo Rigen continued, ¡°If Khan can¡¯t wake up, Zadeh will be able to refute what you said.
¡°In addition, if the situation really worsens and Zadeh is also controlled by that princess, even if you enter the golden tent, you¡¯ll be courting death!¡±
This wasn¡¯t because Mo Rigen didn¡¯t trust Gu Han¡¯s strength.
He knew very well that although his brother was usually smart, it was extremely easy for him to lose control of his emotions when he encountered such a thing. Once he lost control, it would be difficult to tell who was controlling who.
He knew about Gu Han¡¯s weakness, and so did Zadeh, who was in the Imperial Court.
Therefore, if he attacked in a fit of anger now, it was very likely that he would fall into a trap.
¡°I don¡¯t know much about Sr. Khan¡¯s situation, but if I¡¯m given some time, I should be able to find a way to get the tame head technique from that princess.¡±
Although Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t absolutely confident that she could wake Sr. Khan up from hisa, wasn¡¯t the Siamese princess still around?!
As long as they caught her, would they have to worry about not being able to find a solution?
¡°Sigh, I was so angry that I forgot about this!¡± Hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s reminder, Gu Han, Mo Rigen, and the others were enlightened and amused.
An Duo listened to Lin Suisui and the others from the side. From the beginning to the end, he didn¡¯t dare to interrupt. When they were almost done discussing, he came forward and said carefully, ¡°Um, I won¡¯t have anything to do with this, right?¡±
He had already sworn loyalty and promised not to tell anyone what had happened here. Therefore, could he leave now?
If he obtained permission, he would definitely leave immediately without any hesitation.
¡°How can that be? I still need your help.¡± It would have been better if An Duo had not mentioned it. As soon as he spoke, Lin Suisui turned around and noticed him.
Looking at the devastated An Duo, Lin Suisui smiled and said, ¡°I still need your help to confirm my identity as a goddess.
Not only do I need your help to confirm it, but I also want you to spread this news as far as possible!
If possible, before Gu Han and the others gather the surrounding tribes and send troops to the Imperial Court, I want you to spread the news of the descent of the goddess to at least half of the northern barbarians, especially those in the Imperial Court. You have to let everyone know of my existence.¡±
¡°Are you crazy?¡± An Duo couldn¡¯t help but blurt out. After he finished speaking, he realized that he had said the wrong thing and quickly reached out to cover his mouth. Then, he took a few steps back in fear. Seeing that Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t angry, he heaved a sigh of relief and lowered his hand as he exined with tenterhooks, ¡°What I mean is that if you really announce your identity now, Zadeh and the others will definitelye to cause trouble for you in advance.¡±
In their eyes, there was no such thing as a goddess.
Those who could be used by them were goddesses. If they became enemies with them, they would be considered demonesses and would be sent to the stake!
¡°What we want is for them to make a move.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t speak, but Lu Ze, who was beside her, exined, ¡°Only when they make a move can we find a w and carry out our next move!
You don¡¯t have to worry too much about it. Since the Goddess has arranged for you to do something, do it! As long as you can do the task assigned to you, no matter what happens in the future, it has nothing to do with you!
But if you can¡¯t handle it well, I don¡¯t mind getting someone else to do it!¡±
¡°Yes, I can!¡± Upon hearing Lu Ze¡¯s threat, An Duo instantly became obedient and nodded quickly in agreement.
After discussing the details again, seeing that it was gettingte, they stood up and parted ways. Lu Ze apanied Lin Suisui out of the tent. Looking at the sunset on the distant horizon, Lin Suisui suddenly had the urge to go out for a walk.
Lu Ze naturally had no objections to Lin Suisui¡¯s suggestion. He asked the people around him to send a message to Gu Han and the others, who had already left quickly to deal with the matter. Then, he brought Lin Suisui out of the tent and rode towards the vast grasnd on his horse.
¡°You¡¯ve brought troops to the depths of this grasnd before, right?¡± Looking at the scenery that had barely changed, she suddenly asked Lu Ze, who was leaning against her back..
Chapter 434 - 434: Miracle
Chapter 434: Miracle
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°Yes.¡± Lu Ze nodded as he told her about the past calmly. Lin Suisui¡¯s eyes lit up with interest. Seeing that she was interested in this topic, Lu Ze exined the trivial matters in more detail.
¡°You guys usually relied on the stars in the sky to determine the direction in the grasnd, but what if it was cloudy or raining that day?¡±
Lin Suisui admired Lu Ze¡¯s ability to rely on the stars in the sky to determine the direction, but although she admired him, she still had questions.
There would be different weather on the grasnd every day. In such weather, when they returned, the sky would definitely be filled with stars.
But what if it was cloudy and rainy?
They couldn¡¯t just sit down and waste time waiting!
¡°Traveling on the grasnd when it rains is not convenient.¡± Lu Ze exined to Lin Suisui very patiently, ¡°When we sent troops, we also took a good look at the weather and avoided the rainy season on the grasnd.
The rainy season is not suitable for marching on the grasnd.¡±
At this point, Lu Ze raised his hand and pointed at a lush vegetation not far away as he said to Lin Suisui, ¡°The grasnd looks calm now, but there are actually many hidden dangers.
It¡¯s very likely that there¡¯s a swamp hidden in those low-lying ces. If people go over, they¡¯ll fall into it and find it difficult to escape.¡±
While listening to Lu Ze exin what he had experienced on this grasnd bit by bit, Lin Suisui¡¯s initial shock was reced by heartache.
Not only did she pity Lu Ze for the hardships Lu Ze had encountered in the past, but she also admired the empire¡¯s soldiers who had ventured deep into the grasnd and might even be buried there.
If not for the sacrifices of these people, the empire wouldn¡¯t have been able to secure the border for so many years.
¡°Actually, arge part of the reason the Siamese Kingdom contacted the northern barbarians was to target our empire.¡± Lu Ze talked about the past for a while before suddenly changing the topic to the current trouble.
¡°The new king of the Siamese Kingdom has only been on the throne for a few years, but he¡¯s a ruler with power and influence. He¡¯s only been on the throne for a few years, but he¡¯s already conquered some small tribes around the Siamese Kingdom and integrated them under his rule.
Since he has such ambition, it¡¯s only a matter of time before he attacks our empire.
The northern barbarians are a formidable enemy in the north. ording to the principle that the enemy of an enemy is a friend, if the Siamese Kingdom joins forces with the northern barbarians and starts a war with our empire from the north and south, our empire would definitely face difficulties in dealing with both sides.
That will be the best opportunity for them to take advantage of the situation.¡±
¡°The Siamese people had everything nned out, but they didn¡¯t expect Gu Han to choose to ask us for help in this battle for power.¡±
After Lu Ze¡¯s reminder, Lin Suisui understood the key point without much effort.
If Gu Han had note to Cloud Mountain City to look for her and Lu Ze and ask them for help, the princess of Siam would definitely have had enough time and energy to n out everything. When she really took control of the northern barbarians and cooperated with the Siamese Kingdom, the empire might really fall into an unprecedented crisis¡
¡°That¡¯s right. They definitely didn¡¯t expect that Gu Han would choose to trust us at such a critical moment.¡±
Lu Ze was silent for a long time before saying slowly.
If they had not met Gu Han on the way, Gu Han probably wouldn¡¯t have thought of them when he encountered trouble this time. Then, it was naturally impossible for them to find out the truth behind the chaos in the northern barbarian Imperial Court.
Or, even if they found outter on, it was definitely impossible for them to have the upper hand like now.
¡°In that case, don¡¯t worry too much about it.¡± Lin Suisui turned her head and looked at the solemn Lu Ze as she coaxed him gently, ¡°You¡¯ve always advised me not to worry too much about it, so why are you so stubborn when it¡¯s your turn?¡±
¡°You¡¯re right. We should think positively.¡± Lu Ze lowered his eyes and rubbed Lin Suisui¡¯s forehead gently. Then, he said in a low voice, ¡°Suisui, my good luck is actually you¡¡±
Lin Suisui felt that Lu Ze had been acting a little strange for the past two days, especially now.
However, she didn¡¯t think too much about it. She only thought that Lu Ze was still afraid about the impact this matter would have if he didn¡¯t discover it. Therefore, when she heard Lu Ze say this, she was a little embarrassed andined with a blush, but she didn¡¯t push Lu Ze away.
The two of them rode outside until the moonlight appeared before returning to the camp.
It was unknown how Gu Han and Mo Rigen convinced the three tribal leaders, but by the time Lu Ze brought Lin Suisui back to the bonfire and sat down, those people had already changed from their previous cold expressions to drinking and chatting amiably.
Lu Ze and Lin Suisui didn¡¯t participate in their conversation, but just because they didn¡¯t participate didn¡¯t mean that the tribal leaders wouldn¡¯t notice.
They had heard about the legend of the Goddess when they came over, so when they saw Lin Suisui at this moment, they naturally knew her identity.
An Duo had probably already made some arrangements previously, so at this moment, the tribal leaders were very polite and respectful to her.
Lin Suisui¡¯s attitude was also very gentle. She wasn¡¯t as high and mighty as they had expected. This made the tribal leaders feel a little ttered. Thinking of the various miracles they had heard about this goddess from the surrounding people previously, the reverence on their faces intensified. They didn¡¯t dare to be disrespectful to her at all.
Although the tribal leaders in front of her were respectful to her, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t stop there. She seized the opportunity to show the ¡°miracle¡± of the fireflies gathering again.
Actually, Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t deliberately showing off, but in order to cooperate with An Duo, she still had to put in some effort.
As expected, with An Duo adding fuel to the fire, the effect was much more effective than before.
Therefore, when the other group of tribal leaders rushed over the next day, without Gu Han and the others persuading them, the tribal leaders had already spoken up and told them about what they had seenst night¡
After this, things became much simpler. At least in terms of winning people over, they were sessful..
Chapter 435 - 435: Rage
Chapter 435: Rage
Trantor: Henyee Trantions
Editor: Henyee Trantions
Everything was going very smoothly for Lin Suisui and the others. At this moment, Zadeh, Gu Han, and the concubine, Nina, were not in a good mood.
Before Nina could finish listening to her subordinate¡¯s report, she smashed the cup in her hand in exasperation and growled angrily, ¡°Bastard, trash!
You guys couldn¡¯t even kill a person. If you guys had killed Gu Han on the spot previously, there wouldn¡¯t be so much trouble now!
¡°What goddess? I think it¡¯s just an excuse for Gu Han to fight his way back to the Imperial Court!¡±
Everything went smoothly ording to the n she had discussed with her father and brother, except for the seriously injured Gu Han! She originally thought that he was just a boorish person who only knew how to charge forward and wouldn¡¯t be able to cause much damage to them, but such a boorish person caused her so much trouble!
And all of this¡
Thinking of this, Nina became even angrier. She turned around and walked to the side of the tent where Zadeh knelt like a puppet. Then, she punched and kicked him until she was exhausted.
¡°Trash, it¡¯s all your fault for ruining my n!¡±
Although she was angry, Nina also knew that venting alone couldn¡¯t resolve the problem. She panted for a while to calm herself down before turning to her subordinate, who was still kneeling on the ground and trembling. ¡°Where is that so-called goddess and that damn Gu Han now?¡±
¡°At this moment, they¡¯re in Gu Han¡¯s cousin¡¯s tribe. It¡¯s about five days¡¯ journey from the Imperial Court,¡± the subordinate replied respectfully.
Nina frowned and pondered for a moment before saying, ¡°Get He Da to bring the people from the phoenix camp over. If possible, kill them all!¡±
She didn¡¯t believe in Tengri. If there was really a god protecting them, Sr. Khan and his son wouldn¡¯t be kneeling here like dogs!
Although she wasn¡¯t worried, the subordinate kneeling on the ground while listening to her instructions was more or less worried. Seeing his cautious expression, Princess Nina frowned slightly and asked unhappily, ¡°What¡¯s wrong? Why are you still standing here instead of getting it done?¡±
¡°Princess, that goddess doesn¡¯t seem to be lying. Many people said that they¡¯ve seen a miracle. Moreover, she was able to revive the dead with a single move. This was all witnessed by people¡¡±
Before he could finish speaking, he was kicked to the ground by Princess Nina. She lowered her head and stared at her terrified subordinate as she said, ¡°If you let me hear anything about the goddess again, I¡¯ll use you as bait!¡±
No matter how bold that subordinate was, he didn¡¯t dare to say anything else. After he kowtowed to her to apologize, he turned around and ran away without looking back.
After sending her subordinates away, Princess Nina turned around and saw that Zadeh, who was still kneeling there in a daze, actually revealed a strange and awkward smile. The anger she had finally extinguished couldn¡¯t help but re up again. ¡°What are youughing at?¡±
¡°Heh, I¡¯mughing at you for being unable to continue pretending.¡± Although Zadeh had no choice but to kneel on the ground and bow to the woman in front of him, he didn¡¯t really submit to her.
How could he notugh when he saw Nina suffer?
¡°You used all your tricks to control the northern barbarians, but as long as Gu Han is still outside, he has ways to target you!
You won¡¯t be smug for long!¡±
Upon hearing Zadeh¡¯s curse, Princess Nina smiled. Then, she walked to King Zadeh¡¯s side slowly and squatted down to look at him. After a long time, she patted his shoulder with a cold expression and she mocked Gu Han, who was already curled up in pain on the ground, ¡°Yes, I won¡¯t be smug for long, but you can only watch me be smug for the rest of your life!
¡°Don¡¯t worry, if I die, I definitely won¡¯t let you have an easy time either!¡±
Princess Nina snorted and left without looking back.
No one noticed that a figure had quietly left the royal tent before Princess Nina came out.
Zadeh¡¯s eldest consort was personally chosen by Zadeh¡¯s mother when she was still alive. Compared to the concubines that Zadeh personally took a fancy toter on, Molevin could only be considered average.
However, Molevin was a very smart and tactful woman.
She knew that Gu Han didn¡¯t have much affection for her, so after she had a son and a daughter, she chose to lie low. No matter how many women came and went around Zadeh, she just stayed in her tent and took care of her children.
This earned the admiration of everyone.
As for Zadeh, because of her obedience and understanding, he didn¡¯t deprive her of her dignity. In short, as long as she didn¡¯t cause trouble, her position was stable.
However, Molevin still sensed that the atmosphere in the Imperial Court had been strange recently.
She originally wanted toe over today to discuss how the preparations for their son were going, but she didn¡¯t expect to hear such a terrifying truth outside the tent.
After Molevin covered her mouth and ran away with vignce and caution, she tried her best to remain calm as she avoided the crowd and returned to her tent.
¡°Wn, call Hassan and Mona over. Don¡¯t rm the others.¡± Molevin returned to the tent and sat in front of the dressing table for a long time to calm down. Then, she turned around and instructed Wn, who had been serving her.
¡°Mother, has the colt Father prepared for me returned?¡±
Not long after Wn left, Molevin heard cheerfulughter outside the tent. Her youngest son, Hassan, rushed in and threw himself into Molevin¡¯s arms.
Molevin rubbed the soft hair on the top of her son¡¯s head. After a long silence, she said, ¡°I haven¡¯t told your father yet. Next time, ask your father for it yourself.
You¡¯re a man now, so you naturally have to do this yourself!¡±
¡°Then I¡¯ll go now!¡±
Hassan wriggled out of his mother¡¯s arms and was about to turn around to run out. However, before he could take a few steps, he was pulled back by Molevin, who was behind him. This puzzled Hassan, who turned around and looked at his mother in confusion.. ¡°What¡¯s wrong? Is my father busy now?¡±
Chapter 436 - 436: Departure
Chapter 436: Departure
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
11 Yes, your father has been very busy recently, so you have to be obedient.¡¯1 Molevin reached out and pulled her son, who still knew nothing, into her arms as sheforted him in a low voice, ¡°You can¡¯t disturb him. When your father is done, he¡¯ll remember to bring you to pick foals.¡±
Compared to Hassan, Mona, who was older, was clearly more sensible. Although she still didn¡¯t understand the situation, at least she knew that her mother was unhappy.
Therefore, she didn¡¯t make any requests to her mother like her brother. Instead, she leaned against her mother obediently in an attempt tofort her mother, who was clearly in low spirits.
¡°Wn,e here. I have something to tell you guys.¡± Molevin hugged her children and was silent for a long time before pulling her most trusted maidservant and her two children into the tent.
She didn¡¯t speak directly. Instead, she let go of them and called Wn to start packing up everything she could now, such as jewelry and money.
Seeing that Wn was still stunned, she said bluntly, ¡°Quick, help us pack up.¡± ¡°Consort, what are you doing?¡± Although Wn was puzzled, since Molevin had spoken, she couldn¡¯t just stand there. As she came over to help, she asked in confusion, ¡°Did something happen?¡±
¡°Wn, listen to me. Something big is about to happen to the Imperial Court. I¡¯m not confident that I can protect Mona and Hassan. I can¡¯t find anyone else I can trust here.
You grew up with me. The only person I can trust is you.
In a while. I¡¯ll ask you to bring people to escort Hassan and Mona to the Erlun Tribe on the pretext that their grandmother is sick and wants to see her grandchildren.
If everything in the Imperial Court is fine. I¡¯ll personally go to the Erlun Tribe to pick you guys up. If¡
If you hear that there¡¯s a change in the Imperial Court, tell my father and brother that no matter what, they have to find Gu Han and listen to his instructions to cooperate with him to fight their way back to the Imperial Court to avenge us.
I¡¯ll write two letters, one for my father, and the other for you to safe keep and hand to Gu Han!
Do you understand?¡±
Molevin spoke very quickly. As she gave Wn simple instructions, she continued to pack her things. She also knew that Wn couldn¡¯t understand the instructions she was giving now, but she didn¡¯t have much time to exin now. She could only look at Wn and order affirmatively, ¡®T know that you won¡¯t understand everything I¡¯m saying now, but you have to believe me. Only then can we at least save Hassan and Mona!¡±
Wn had rarely seen Molevin so flustered. How could she dare to doubt or be dissatisfied? She quickly nodded in agreement as she asked Molevin worriedly, ¡°But aren¡¯t you going with us?¡±
Logically speaking, since Molevin had discovered that something was wrong, there was still time to leave with them!
¡°I can¡¯t leave. Firstly, I¡¯m Zadeh¡¯s Consort. If 1 leave. I¡¯ll arouse suspicion and attention. At that time, none of us will be able to escape!
Secondly, Zadch, my husband is still here, so I can¡¯t leave!
¡°Wn, listen to my instructions. 1¡¯11 leave these two children to you in the future. You must bring them back to the Erlun Tribe safely and hand them to my father and brother!¡±
Molevin held back her tears and turned to look at Wn as she instructed solemnly.
Wn¡¯s eyes turned red. She could understand the Consort¡¯s feelings at this moment, but she also knew that this wasn¡¯t the time to be sad. If they dyed any longer, the matter would probably worsen, so she stood up first and said, ¡°Then I¡¯ll help the two young masters pack their clothes first.¡±
¡°I don¡¯t want to leave my mother!¡± Although Hassan still didn¡¯t understand why his mother wanted to send him away, he was unhappy at the thought of leaving her and was about to cry.
¡°Don¡¯t you want foals? Your father is busy now, but your uncle has a lot of foals, so you can go there and ask for one first. This way, you will have a few foals in the future!¡±
Mona listened to her mother and Wn¡¯s conversation. Although she didn¡¯t understand, from the situation, she know that as children, what they needed to do the most now was to do as they wore told. Otherwise, they would bring disaster!
Therefore, without needing Molevin and Wn to persuade them, Mona began to help her mother coax her brother.
Molevin looked at her sensible daughter with reluctance, but he was also gratified and worried. She would probably never see her children again!
All of this was prepared very quickly. In the afternoon, Molevin had already ordered a small team of guards to escort Hassan and Mona¡¯s carriage out of the Imperial Court with Wn.
It was impossible not to rm others. Therefore, when Molevin and the others reached the edge of the Imperial Court, they were stopped by a team of horses behind them.
¡°Where are you going?1¡¯ Princess Nina rode out from behind the guards and asked Molevin bluntly.
¡°How dare you be so rude to the Consort?¡± Wn was furious with Princess Nina¡¯s attitude. Before Molevin could speak, she stood up and scolded Princess Nina rudely.
No matter how doted on she was, she was just a concubine!
¡°Do I have to report to you, a mere concubine, first?¡±
¡°In terms of rules, I really shouldn¡¯t and don¡¯t dare to ask about the Consort¡¯s arrangements. However, things are different now. I heard that assassins have infiltrated the Imperial Court, and there are also bandits around. For the Consort¡¯s safety, I had no choice but toe over and ask.
After all, you two are husband and wife. If anything happens to you, he will be sad.¡±
In the face of Wn¡¯s scolding, Princess Nina wasn¡¯t angry and exined to Molevin with a smile, but there was no respect in her eyes.
¡°Sorry for worrying you. I¡¯m not leaving the Imperial Court. I just came to send Wn and the others off.¡± The smile on Molevin¡¯s face was faint, and there was no emotion in her tone, as if she was just talking about something mundane. ¡°My mother isn¡¯t in good health, so she sent a message saying that she wanted to see the children. That¡¯s why I arranged for Wn to bring the children back first..¡±
Chapter 437 - 437: Vicious
Chapter 437: Vicious
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°But aren¡¯t you worried about the children going back alone?¡± After Nina looked at the mere dozen-odd guards, her gazended on the carriage in the middle. ¡°It¡¯s quite dangerous outside now!
Why don¡¯t you wait a little longer, Consort? After everything calms down, can¡¯t you let him apany you and the children?¡±
¡°Nina, you¡¯re worrying too much. The Erlun Tribe is only two to three days away from here. This isn¡¯t the first time these two children have visited my father and mother alone!
Therefore, you can rest assured.
Zadeh has been so busy recently that he doesn¡¯t even have time to pick a foal for Hassan. How can he have the time to bring us back to the tribe?
Moreover, I¡¯m really worried about my mother¡¯s health, so I want Wn to go back and take a look first. If there¡¯s really no other way, I¡¯ll report it to Zadehter for him to let me return to the tribe to apany my mother for a few days.¡±
When Molevin met Nina¡¯s scrutinizing gaze, she replied to her questioning calmly.
¡°In that case, sorry to disturb you.¡± Nina stared at Molevin for a long time before smiling. Then, she instructed the mounted guards behind her to make way and let Wn and the others leave.
After Wn and the others left, Molevin heaved a sigh of relief. When she turned around and saw that Princess Nina had not left, she couldn¡¯t help but frown slightly and ask in confusion, ¡°Is there anything else, Nina?¡±
Molevin actually didn¡¯t have much contact with Nina before.
She wasn¡¯t a jealous person. After knowing that her husband couldn¡¯t belong to her alone, no matter how deep her feelings for him were, they became weaker and weaker as more concubines entered the family.
To her, the most important thing now was her children. As for the rest, it wasn¡¯t important!
For example, she had long guessed that it was impossible to hide the news that she had sent them out of the Imperial Court. If she had left with them, with Nina¡¯s suspicious personality, she definitely wouldn¡¯t have agreed to send them away so easily.
Therefore, in order to protect her two children, she could only choose to stay.
¡°I always thought that you hated me.¡± As Nina sized up Molevin, who was looking at her calmly, she couldn¡¯t help but feel curious.
In her opinion, she was basically snatching Zadeh from her now. Then as Zadeh¡¯s consort, shouldn¡¯t she be angry and hate her to the core?
However, strangely, she couldn¡¯t see any anger or resentment in this woman¡¯s eyes.
It was as if neither she nor Zadeh had anything to do with her!
¡°Why should I hate you? Just because you have my husband¡¯s favor now?¡± Molevin raised her eyebrows slightly and looked at Nina in confusion. ¡°There¡¯s no need for that.
You¡¯re not the first concubine he brought back, so you definitely won¡¯t be thest.
These are all his decisions. What¡¯s the point of me hating you?
After all, even without you, there would be other women.¡±
¡°I heard that you thought of a way to get Zadeh¡¯s mother to facilitate this marriage because you loved Zadeh back then.¡±
Clearly not believing Molevin, Nina frowned slightly. Before she came, she had investigated everyone in the Imperial Court, so she knew everything about the Consort in front of her.
Zadeh didn¡¯t select her as the Consort, but another girl. Because the Consort was mediocre-looking, Zadeh naturally didn¡¯t like her.
However, this woman, who had once risked everything to marry Zadeh, was actually so calm when she saw her, who had snatched her lover¡
No matter how she looked at it, something was wrong.
¡°Yes, but you also said that was back then.¡± Molevin smiled as she said very calmly, ¡°Who hasn¡¯t made mistakes before?
At that time, Zadeh was like the most dazzling full moon on the grasnd, making people have the urge to get close to him!
However, after interacting with him, I realized that everything was just my imagination.
The radiance of the full moon is destined not to fall on just one person. Zadeh¡¯s love is the same.
However, since you mentioned what happened back then, I believe you know that the girl he once liked became his concubine. In the end, can you still find her whereabouts?
But I¡¯m still here. I¡¯m still his irreceable Consort!
Therefore, you should take a good look. For men like him, love is the most fickle thing!¡±
As she watched Molevin turn around and leave, Nina was silent for a long time before she couldn¡¯t help but lower her eyes andugh. She had really misjudged this Consort.
She thought that she was a woman who would target people over jealousy.
Unexpectedly¡
What an interesting woman! What a pity!
Nina slowly rode her horse back to the tent where Zadeh was. When he saw Nina lift the curtain and enter, Zadeh, who was lying on the ground, didn¡¯t show much emotion. He was like a tiger that had fallen into a trap. After exhausting all his efforts, he was only left with exhaustion and despair.
Therefore, he no longer cared what would happen next.
¡°You probably don¡¯t know who I just went to see.¡± Nina slowly walked in front of Zadeh and raised her toes to hook Zadeh¡¯s chin. With disdain and teasing, she said, ¡°I went to see your Consort, Molevin.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t touch her!¡± Zadeh, who had a dejected expression, instantly regained his courage and roared because of Nina¡¯s words. ¡°She has nothing to do with this matter and won¡¯t affect your future n. Let her go!¡±
¡°Do you know that she just sent away two children in front of me?¡± Nina waspletely indifferent to Zadeh¡¯s roar. She chuckled and continued to tease him. ¡°Her acting was wless, but as you know, I¡¯ve never trusted anyone!
The more impable her performance was now, the more I felt that there was something fishy about her!
She¡¯s a smart woman, but unfortunately¡¡±
¡°Nina, what are you going to do to them? You vicious woman!¡± Zadeh was really in despair this time. He had always thought that as long as he endured everything alone, this disaster wouldn¡¯t affect the others, but he didn¡¯t expect it to be toote.. He was doomed!
Chapter 438 - 438: Rescue
Chapter 438: Rescue
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Lin Suisui was suddenly woken up from her sleep at night.
Usually, Lu Ze wouldn¡¯t wake her up at night. Now that Lu Ze was calling her so anxiously, something big must have happened.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t dare to dy and quickly got up to put on her clothes.
Lu Ze also used this opportunity to tell her the entire story.
This matter started with Little White.
Now that they were in the wilderness, Little White was like a mouse in a rice jar. It didn¡¯t have to stay in the small courtyard like before and could run around.
However, after going out for a walk, Little White realized that this pasture¡ wasn¡¯t suitable for it to use as a hunting ground.
Firstly, the color of its fur was too prominent in this pasture. It couldn¡¯t be hidden at all! After a few mistakes in hunting wild sheep, Little White began to use other methods.
For example, pretending to be dead.
It learned how to disguise itself and pretended to be injured. However, this didn¡¯t deceive the sheep. Instead, it attracted hungry wolves.
Therefore, a grudge between Little White and the wolves was formed.
Little White was fighting alone, but the wolves had the advantage in numbers. Moreover, this pasture was their home ground. However, Little White was quite strong, so the two sides had been in a stalemate for a long time, but neither of them had the upper hand.
After discovering that Little White was confronting the wild wolves, in order to ensure Little White¡¯s safety, Lu Ze sent a few shadow guards to follow from afar. Once Little White encountered danger that couldn¡¯t be resolved, they had to interfere and help. At the very least, they couldn¡¯t let Little white be bullied.
This night, when they went out with Little White to harass the wolf pack again, they discovered a big and two small shepherds being chased by the wolf pack.
Little White went out to cause trouble. Although they didn¡¯t know the other party¡¯s background, they couldn¡¯t leave them in the lurch. After bringing the three herders back, they realized that they were actually acquaintances.
¡±They¡¯re Zadch¡¯s nephew and niece. That adult was the most seriously injured. Half of her arm was torn off by the wolves. The two children are also seriously injured. We have to see if we can save their lives first.¡±
As Lu Ze spoke, he apanied Lin Suisui to the tent where the three injured were ced.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t even bother to greet Gu Han, who was at the door, as she instructed Lu Ze, ¡°Get someone to help prepare hot water. Then, get a few medical officers with us to bring herbs to stop the bleeding.¡¯1
Before they entered the tent, they could already smell the smell of blood. It was obvious how seriously injured the people inside were.
At this moment, there were no acquaintances around, so the task of helping Lin Suisui fell on Lu Ze.
After Lu Ze prepared all the things Lin Suisui needed ording to her request, he took out the prescription inside and asked the medical officers waiting outside to boil the medicine.
After Lin Suisui took a closer look, she realized the injuries on the two children were easy to deal with. They were basically external injuries. The most serious injury was a cut on the little girl¡¯s arm. She debrided and sutured it. After applying medicine, she asked Lu Ze to arrange for someone to move the two children out and settle them in the tent at the side.
¡°Get the doctor outside to prepare some medicine for them to drink. Then, prepare some food for them to eat before drinking the calming soup. If possible, it¡¯s best to hire a few nannies who arc good at taking care of children.
After all, they¡¯re young, so they must have been frightened. If they have a kind nanny to take care of them at this time, it can lower their fear and vignce.1¡®
Lin Suisui was busy dealing with Wn¡¯s injuries as she instructed Lu Ze to bring the two children out and settle them down.
Lu Ze nodded. Without hesitation, he lifted the curtain and instructed Gu Han, who was guarding the door, toe in. Then, they brought the children out.
On the other side, Lin Suisui continued to focus on treating Wn¡¯s seriously injured arm. The injuries on Wn¡¯s body weren¡¯t all caused by the wolves¡¯ bite.
Coupled with what Lin Suisui had discovered about the two children previously, she concluded that the three of them encountered human pursuit. They escaped the killers, but not the wolves.
Fortunately, they were quite lucky. If not for Little White and the others, they would have died in the wolves¡¯ stomachs.
Lin Suisui was busy until the sun rose. Then, she heaved a long sigh of relief after she dealt with the external injuries on Wn¡¯s body. This was very different from dealing with sword injuries.
Her mentor had taught her that dealing with the bite wounds of beasts waspletely different from dealing with other external injuries. Because beasts ate raw food all year round and their saliva was poisonous, when dealing with the bite wounds of beasts, they had to remove the meat from the wound first, disinfect it, then suture it and apply medicine.
It was much harsher and more terrifying than dealing with other injuries.
At first, Lin Suisui asked Gu Han to find two bold herdswomen toe in and help. However, none of themsted until the end. Even medical officers who dealt with such external injuries all year round couldn¡¯tst any longer and ran out with pale faces.
In the end, Lu Ze came over to help her and only then did she finish treating Wn¡¯s injuries.
¡°Next, we have to wait and see if she can wake up.¡± Lin Suisui walked out of the tent and instructed Gu Han, who was guarding the door, about what to pay attention to next.
¡±After the effects of the anesthetic fade, the wounds will definitely hurt. You have to give her the medicine we prepared previously on time. Feed her half a bowl of ginseng soup every hour.¡±
After exining some things, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t stay long. She was tired and had not slept all night. Even if she wanted to stay now, Lu Ze wouldn¡¯t agree.
Therefore, Gu Han didn¡¯t ask further. He only nodded repeatedly and wrote down what Lin Suisui had instructed.
Lin Suisui was very exhausted. When she returned this time, she didn¡¯t even bother to wash up before she fell asleep on the bed.
Lin Suisui slept soundly. When Lin Suisui woke up again and sat up in a daze, it was already ten o¡¯clock at night. Amidst her confusion, Lu Ze walked over.
Seeing that she was still groggy, he couldn¡¯t help but smile.. ¡°You¡¯re awake? Are you hungry?¡±
Chapter 439 - 439: Devil
Chapter 439: Devil
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°I warmed up some porridge for you. You slept for two days and one night. 1 wanted to wake you up to eat, but I saw that you were sleeping too soundly and couldn¡¯t bear to.¡±
As Lu Ze spoke, he went to the copper basin at the side to twist a handkerchief and handed it to Lin Suisui for her to wash her face.
Lin Suisui was shocked by Lu Zers words. She turned around and looked at Lu Ze in shock as she asked in disbelief, ¡°I slept for two days?¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Lu Ze nodded. If not for the fact that her breathing was stable and she didn¡¯t show any symptoms of fever or other diforts, he would have gone crazy from worry.
¡°Then, how¡¯s that girl now?¡± When Lin Suisui woke up, she couldn¡¯t care less about anything else. She only thought about the seriously injured woman she had saved previously. She wondered if she was safe now.
¡°She had a high fever, but our doctor prescribed a prescription and it subsided. She has already recovered a little this afternoon after she drank some soup and is in good spirits. She even told Gu Han about their encounter.¡±
After Lu Ze handed the handkerchief to Lin Suisui, he turned around to help her scoop porridge, ¡°it s simr to what we guessed previously. Instead of the entire Imperial Court being under Zadeh¡¯s control, it¡¯s in Princess Nina¡¯s hands.
Molevin, Zadeh¡¯s eldest consort, realized that something was wrong, so she wanted to send the two children to her father and brother¡¯s tribe to save their lives.
However, such a hugemotion naturally couldn¡¯t be hidden from Princess Nina.
From what Wn said, they had interacted with Nina at the Imperial Court¡¯s exit before they left. From the situation at that time, Nina had probably been fooled by Molevin.
However, it was obvious that Princess Nina was just pretending to believe her.
It was impossible for her to let go of anyone who might leak the news! It was the same for the two children.
Not long after Wn and the others left, they discovered the pursuers behind them. For the past few days, they had been trying their best to escape, but they were no match for those well-trained pursuers.
The team of mounted guards escorting them was all killed. Only Wn escaped to our vicinity with the two children. You know what happened after that.¡±
¡°It seems that Princess Nina is not just cold-blooded and cruel.¡± Lin Suisui took a sip of porridge and couldn¡¯t help but sigh after hearing Lu Ze¡¯s story. ¡±She¡¯s very unscrupulous. It can be seen that we have to be more careful next.
¡°Moreover, from the looks of it, 1 feel that our current life is a little too stable.1¡¯
Since Princess Nina didn¡¯t even intend to let go of the two children and news of her status as a goddess should have already spread to the Imperial Court, why didn¡¯t they do anything?
Could it be that Princess Nina didn¡¯t care at all?
However, this didn¡¯t seem like a judgment she would make, so¡
¡°Two waves of scouts came over, but they were dealt with before they could get close.1¡® Lu Ze naturally knew what Lin Suisui was worried about and gave her an answer.
It wasn¡¯t that Princess Nina had forgotten to deal with them. She sent people over, but failed.
Lu Ze downyed it, but in the Imperial Court, Princess Nina, who had received the news at this moment, was so angry that she almost hacked her subordinate to death.
Failure, failure, failure again!
When did the people of the phoenix camp be so useless?
¡°Where is Mr. He Gan now?¡± After taking a deep breath, Princess Nina suppressed her anger and tried her best to maintain herst bit of rationality as she asked her subordinate, who was kneeling on the ground.
¡°He followed your instructions and chased after the group of people who escaped from the Imperial Court. ording to the news from Mr. He Gan, now¡¡± The subordinate repeated Princess Nina¡¯s arrangements in a low voice.
He Gan couldn¡¯t be med!
The princess in front of him was too reckless!
¡°It¡¯s just ten guards, a woman and two children. He¡¯s been chasing them for a few days, but there are still no results?¡± Princess Nina interrupted her subordinate impatiently. ¡°Did he screw up too?¡±
¡°Mr. He Gan sent someone to report that he had already chased that woman and child into the wolf pack¡¯s range. They¡¯re probably already dead.¡±
The subordinate reported respectfully and carefully.
¡°What do you mean? If we don¡¯t see their corpses, everything is just spection!¡± Princess Nina rubbed the space between her eyebrows in frustration. After a while, she said impatiently, ¡¯¡¯Forget it. Send a message to He Gan and ask him to put this matter aside. Since it¡¯s already confirmed that only that maidservant and the two children escaped, they probably won t be able to survive on the grasnd for long!
Get He Gan to bring people to look for that goddess and tell him that I don¡¯t care what method he uses, but I have to see the head of that goddess this time!¡±
At this point, Princess Nina smashed the teacup in her hand on the ground as she scolded her subordinates fiercely, ¡°If you mess things up for me again. I¡¯ll cut you all up and throw you guys into the ten thousand worm pit!¡±
The subordinate didn¡¯t dare to say another word. He hurriedly kowtowed and left the tent.
After sending this subordinate away, Princess Nina turned around and walked to Zadeh. Then, she said to him maliciously, ¡°Did you hear that? Your two children arc probably going to be tom into pieces!¡±
¡°Tengri definitely won¡¯t let a vicious woman like you seed in your scheme!¡± Zadeh sneered. Over the past few days, he had understood Princess Nina¡¯s personality. The more agitated he was, the angrier he became, and the more he lost control of his emotions, the happier she felt. On the other hand, when he confronted her calmly, she wouldn¡¯t be able to do anything else.
Besides, for some reason, he felt that Hassan and Mona would be safe.
Perhaps it was because father and children had telepathy!
¡°Don¡¯t tell me you¡¯re still fantasizing that those two children can survive on this vast grasnd?¡± Princess Nina frowned at Gu Han, who waspletely indifferent to her malice. She refused to give up and continued to antagonize him, ¡°Think about it. It might be fine during the day, but those hungry wolves on the grasnd won¡¯t let them off at night! The meat of children is so tender and delicious. Perhaps your two children arc crying in pain now.. Hahahaha!¡±
Chapter 440 - 440: Regret
Chapter 440: Regret
Trantor: Henyee Trantions
Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°But aren¡¯t you unable to find the children¡¯s corpses?¡± Zadeh controlled his emotions. Although his heart ached and he wished he had the ability to escape now and rush to the child¡¯s side to save them from danger¡
He didn¡¯t want to worry too much about the past now, because the more he thought about it, the more he regretted it.
If possible, he wouldn¡¯t have been so willful and easily bewitched by beauty.
However, it was toote to regret it now. The only thing he could do was pray that Tengri would show mercy and save his children!
If possible, he was willing to give up everything, even his life.
¡°It¡¯s just a matter of time!¡± Nina¡¯s expression froze, but she quickly reacted and pped Zadeh hard in the face. ¡°Are you mocking me?
You¡¯re just someone I defeated. Are you worthy?!¡±
¡°It doesn¡¯t matter if I¡¯m worthy or not, but you¡¯re jumping to conclusions too early!¡± Zadeh chuckled as the mockery in his eyes intensified. ¡°You still don¡¯t have a way to control the entire Imperial Court, so even if you want to kill me now, you don¡¯t dare to.
You don¡¯t even dare to punish me!
You must feel awful, don¡¯t you?
¡°How dare you say that you¡¯ve been defeated by me? Are you worthy?¡±
Zadeh¡¯s words struck Nina¡¯s sorcspot. She screamed in anger and raised her leg to kick Zadeh¡¯s chest. After she kicked him to the ground, she roared angrily, ¡°Shut up! What do you know?!
Zadeh, don¡¯t be so smug!
¡°Just you wait. I¡¯ll remember everything you just said clearly. After I deal with everythingter, I¡¯ll definitely tear you into pieces!¡±
The furious Nina didn¡¯t stay much longer. After throwing a tantrum, she turned around and left without looking back.
Zadeh was already used to Princess Nina¡¯s personality. He slowly closed his eyes and began to think about the possibility of escaping the current predicament.
When a very faint rustling sound attracted his attention, he stopped thinking and opened his eyes to look in the direction of the sound. Zadeh looked at Molevin in shock. ¡°Why are you here?¡±
¡°I¡¯m here to save you.¡± Molevin pursed her lips and crawled in through the gap in the tent that she had painstakingly created. Then, she began to use the dagger in her hand to help him cut the hemp rope that bound his hands.
However, before she could cut it, Zadeh dodged. ¡°Don¡¯t waste your effort. I won¡¯t be able to leave.
¡°Don¡¯t worry about me. Leave quickly while no one is paying attention. Go find your father and brother. No matter what, run as far as you can.¡±
Zadeh knew very well that the two hemp ropes tied to his hands and legs had never trapped him here.
It was the sorcery that Nina had cast on him.
He actually wanted to find an opportunity to resist, but for some reason, he couldn¡¯t disobey the orders given to him by Nina.
Later on, he found out that this was actually the tame head technique that had always been popr in the Siamese Kingdom.
¡°That woman cast a spell on me. Even if I run out with you now, I won¡¯t be able to run far enough before rming her.¡± Seeing that Molevin was still unwilling to give up and wanted to continue untying his rope, Zadeh had no choice but to exin reluctantly, ¡°At that time, neither of us will be able to escape and will be trapped here until we die.¡±
¡°It doesn¡¯t matter if we die, but what about the children? You have to save them!¡±
¡°I¡¯ve already asked Wn to send Hassan and the others to my brother and father.¡± Molevin still didn¡¯t know that the children she had sent out had been hunted down by the concubine. She was thinking that now that the children were safe, that was why she had the courage toe over and try to save Zadeh, Zadeh.
¡°What¡¯s wrong? Did something happen to the children?¡± Molevin paused, and from Gu Han Zadeh¡¯s words, she keenly sensed that something was wrong.
She turned around and stared at Gu Han Zadeh in disbelief. She had yet to receive a reply from him. When he avoided her gaze, she guessed what had happened.
She staggered a few steps back and fell to the ground as she muttered, ¡°No way, Wn had already brought them out of the capital safely!
That¡¯s impossible. I¡¯ve already tried my best not to attract her attention. Why, why is she so cruel?!
She won¡¯t even let go of two children!¡±
¡°The worst hasn¡¯t happened yet. I only heard her say that she arranged for people to chase after Hassan and the others.¡± Seeing that Molevinwas sad, Gu Han felt a rare sense of heartache. He sighed softly and repeated his conversation with Princess Nina to Molevin. Then, he met her shocked gaze and continued, ¡°They haven¡¯t found their corpses yet, which means that the children might not have been killed yet!
The children might still be alive, so you have to think of a way to leave the Imperial Court and look for them!¡±
Zadeh lowered his voice and suggested to Molevin softly, ¡°I know that Wn grew up with you. Your tribe has a uniquemunication symbol.
No one else canpare to you two in this aspect.
This time, you sent Wn away to escort Hassan and the others out of the capital. I believe Wn must have made some markings along the way just in case.
I don¡¯t recognize these marks, so even if I escape, I won¡¯t be able to find the children!
¡°But you¡¯re different. With these markings as a guide, you can follow them and look for them. Perhaps they¡¯re trapped somewhere now and waiting for us to save them!¡±
¡°What will you do if I leave?¡± It was undeniable that after Molevin weighed the pros and cons, she was tempted.
Compared to the children, whose fate was unknown, the man in front of him wasn¡¯t that important! However, it was impossible for her to abandon him right away, so Molevin still asked.
What she didn¡¯t expect was that this made Zadeh¡¯s eyes light up..
Chapter 441 - 441: Vicious
Chapter 441: Vicious
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°I¡¯m fine.¡± Zadeh was only excited for a moment before quickly calming down.
He knew very well that this wasn¡¯t the time to be sentimental.
If they wasted any more time, they would probably all die here. He knew very well how crazy Princess Nina was.
¡°Molevin, you have to leave.¡± Zadeh took a deep breath and looked at Consort Molevin as he continued, ¡°Nina hasn¡¯tpletely controlled the Imperial Court yet, so she can¡¯t kill me for the time being.
But you¡¯re different. If you stay, she can take your life at any time.
Listen to me. You have to save the children quickly. If possible, go find Gu Han! Let him bring people back. That might even save my life.
Otherwise, the two of us will be trapped here.¡±
At this point, Zadeh panted and continued to move to Molevin¡¯s side. Then, he lowered his voice and said, ¡°I hid the token under the saddle in the pine valley in advance. Sneak over and find a way to leave the Imperial Court after taking the token.¡±
Molevin fell silent for a long time before finally nodding slowly and saying in a low voice, ¡°I don¡¯t know if I can sessfully escape, but no matter what happens, I hope you can think about the children.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry, I won¡¯t die so easily.¡± Zadeh smiled at Molevin.
Molevin didn¡¯t hesitate anymore. She turned around and left quickly.
Zadeh didn¡¯t dare to think about anything else. He closed his eyes silently and began to pray for Molevin and his two children. If possible, he was willing to use his life to make up for the mistakes he had made. He only hoped¡
Although Lin Suisui and the others didn¡¯t know the Imperial Court¡¯s current situation, they learned some inside information that they didn¡¯t know previously from Wn¡¯s story.
¡°It seems that Zadeh has really been controlled!¡±
At the mention of his brother, Gu Han¡¯s expression turned ugly.
He thought of the past from a long time ago, when he had just been found by someone from the wolf pack and brought back to the tribe to see Zadeh for the first time.
At that time, he was very shy and didn¡¯t get along well with the other children in the tribe. They bullied him, a child nicknamed a demon.
It was Zadeh who beat up the group of people who bullied him.
¡°Whether he was controlled or not, it¡¯s his fault that this happened.¡± Mo Rigen didn¡¯t have much sympathy for Zadeh.
He pursed his lips and said disdainfully, ¡°If not for his lust, how could he have fallen into a trap?¡±
¡°However, if Zadeh has really been controlled, at least that means the Imperial Court isn¡¯t united.¡± Lu Ze threw the wooden block in his hand into the bonfire in front of him and said, ¡°Because if the entire Imperial Court is subdued by Nina now, there¡¯s no need for her to keep Zadeh alive.
Moreover, since she arranged for someone to chase after these two children, it meant that this woman was already suspicious of the Consort.
Therefore, if I¡¯m not mistaken, if that Consort doesn¡¯t leave the Imperial Court quickly, she¡¯ll be doomed.¡±
¡°Is the Consort in danger?¡±
Wn, who was originally lying on the bed and recuperating, was shocked by Lu Ze¡¯s words. Without regard for her injuries, she struggled to get up and walk out, but Lin Suisui, who was guarding beside her, quickly stopped her. ¡°Don¡¯t move. You¡¯ve just recovered. If you tear your wound, your condition will worsen.
Don¡¯t worry too much about it. The Consort isn¡¯t a fool. If she senses that something is wrong, she will naturally think of a way to leave the Imperial Court in order to survive.¡±
¡°No, Zadeh is still in the Imperial Court, so the Consort definitely won¡¯t leave.¡± Wn shook her head in anguish and said with certainty, ¡°Although the Consort keeps saying that she doesn¡¯t care about Zadeh anymore, how can she bear to abandon him at this juncture?
She asked me to leave with the two young masters in advance, so she could save Zadeh.
If she can save Gu Han, they can escape together. If she can¡¯t save him, they can at least die in one ce.¡±
Wn had grown up with Molevin and she knew her master¡¯s personality better than her parents did, so this guess was most likely correct.
¡°But what if King Zadeh lets her go?¡± Lu Ze looked up at Wn. ¡°What if Zadeh lets Molevin leave first on the grounds that the children are in danger? She would probably leave.¡±
¡°But how did Zadeh know that the children were attacked?¡± Gu Han was a little puzzled. They were still a distance away from the Imperial Court!
¡°Princess Nina told him!¡± After Lin Suisui settled Wn down, she answered Gu Han¡¯s question. ¡°From what Wn said, Princess Nina is quite arrogant and domineering.
She had probably suffered a lot at Gu Han¡¯s hands previously. Now that there was an opportunity to deal a blow to Gu Han, she naturally wouldn¡¯t let it go!
She probably went over to Zadeh immediately after receiving the news reported by her subordinate.¡±
¡°This woman is too vicious!¡± Although Mo Rigen didn¡¯t have a good impression of Zadeh, it didn¡¯t stop him frommenting about Princess Nina¡¯s inhumanity.
This was simply too vicious!
¡°Therefore, Wn, think about it carefully. If your eldest consort escapes from the Imperial Court, which path is she most likely to take?¡± Lin Suisui turned around and looked at Wn, who was on the bed, as she asked very seriously, ¡°If we can guess her route, we can send a pair of light cavalry to receive her. We might have a chance to salvage the situation.¡±
¡°The Consort will definitelye to us.¡± Wn was silent for a long time before she finally told Lin Suisui and the others about the mark she had agreed on with the Consort. ¡°Along the way, I¡¯ve made marks that only the Consort and I can recognize. If the Consort can sessfully escape from the Imperial Court, she will definitely follow the marks!¡±
¡°Then can you draw the marks and tell us about them now?¡± When Gu Han heard Wn¡¯s words, he stood up and said seriously, ¡°I¡¯m worried about leaving this matter to others. I¡¯ll bring people personally.. No matter what, I¡¯ll definitely save the Consort!¡±
Chapter 442 - 442: Mirage Mushroom
Chapter 442: Mirage Mushroom
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Facing Gu Han¡¯s request, Wn hesitated.
Seeing that she was silent, Lin Suisui could guess what Wn was thinking. She couldn¡¯t help but persuade her in a low voice, ¡°You have to think carefully. I know the mark used tomunicate between you two is very important and unsuitable for others to know about.
The logo can be changed in the future, but if you really miss the chance to save her because of this, the Consort might really die.¡±
Lin Suisui felt that Wn should be able to tell which was more important.
As expected, as soon as Lin Suisui said this, Wn didn¡¯t hesitate anymore. She nodded in agreement with Gu Han¡¯s suggestion and drew on the sheepskin.
After Gu Han received the mark, he ordered his men to set off without any dy.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t set off with Gu Han. Instead, she stayed behind to help Wn treat her injuries. Then, seeing that there were not many herbs left to stop the bleeding and inmmation, she wanted to bring Little White around to search for more.
Her apprentices were very cooperative. When they heard that she was going out, they immediately surrounded her and apanied her out.
This pasture was lush, so if nothing went wrong, their tribe could continue to stay here for a long time.
¡°Can Little White defeat the alpha wolf?¡± The little fellows surrounded Lin Suisui. Unlike the elders at home, they had a natural sense of reverence for Little White. To them, Little White was a cute and novel furry creature that they rarely saw.
¡°I think so.¡± Lin Suisui actually didn¡¯t know much. After all, she didn¡¯t have aprehensive understanding of Little White¡¯sbat strength. Besides, she had heard that wolves lived in groups on the grasnd.
No matter how powerful Little White was, it had to be more careful when dealing with wolves.
¡°But Little White is so beautiful!¡± ck Cloud Pearl looked at the big cat that waszily rolling in the grass not far away enviously. If possible, she really wanted to go over and roll with it¡
¡°Not only is Little White beautiful, but it must also be very powerful!¡± The boys beside ck Cloud Pearl were more concerned about whether Little White was powerful enough. If they could see Little White fight the wolf pack now, it would be even more exciting.
As Lin Suisui listened to the children chatter beside her, she focused on finding herbs. They had not brought many herbs for stopping bleeding this time, so they should save as much as they could.
After a while, the children began to search for herbs with Lin Helin.
After searching for a while, ck Cloud Pearl suddenly eximed, ¡°Sister, look, this is so beautiful!¡±
Lin Suisui¡¯s attention was attracted by the ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s cry. She put away up a herb in her hand before turning to ck Cloud Pearl¡¯s side. Seeing that ck Cloud Pearl couldn¡¯t help but reach out, Lin Suisui immediately shouted, ¡°Don¡¯t touch it!¡±
ck Cloud Pearl was startled, but she still stopped and looked back at Lin Suisui in confusion. ¡°This is so beautiful. It¡¯s even more beautiful than the rainbow bridge in the sky that my mother once pointed out to me!¡±
¡°Come over quickly.¡± Lin Suisui¡¯s expression was a little ugly and she couldn¡¯t be bothered to exin to these little fellows further. She only called all of them to her side first. It wasn¡¯t until all the children gathered beside her that Lin Suisui heaved a sigh of relief and exined to them, ¡°This thing is poisonous.¡±
¡°Huh!¡±
ck Cloud Pearl and the other children were shocked when they heard Lin Suisui¡¯s words. Who would have thought that such colorful mushrooms would be poisonous?!
¡°You have to remember that in the wilderness, the more colorful something is, the more poisonous it is.¡± Lin Suisui reached out and rubbed their heads as she exined.
There were some things that were too profound for children to understand in detail, but they should at least know about it.
¡°Then, we have to destroy it!¡±
When ck Cloud Pearl heard that it was poisonous, she wanted to go to the side and find a rock to smash it. However, she was stopped by Lin Suisui with a smile. ¡°Do you know the way back?¡±
They had not gone far on this trip. When they turned around, they could still see the white roof of the tent in the distance.
¡°I know. Do you want us to go back and look for Big Brother?¡± Although ck Cloud Pearl was still young, she had seen Lin Suisui and Lu Ze sleeping together more than once. Without Lin Suisui saying anything, she could guess what Lin Suisui needed them for.
¡°Yes, tell Big Brother to bring my medicine box over.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t correct the ck Cloud Pearl. Instead, she asked her and her other twopanions to pass the message.
ck Cloud Pearl nodded obediently and ran back with her twopanions.
Not long after Lu Ze received the news, he quickly rode over. Seeing that Lin Suisui was fine, he heaved a sigh of relief. After he dismounted with the first aid kit, he said in a low voice, ¡°ck Cloud Pearl was very vague. I thought something had happened to you.¡±
¡°I discovered a Mirage Mushroom.¡± Lin Suisui held Lu Ze¡¯s hand gently as she raised her hand to show him the colorful mushroom on the fungus cap not far away.
¡°This is the first time I¡¯ve seen a fresh Mirage Mushroom. This kind of Mirage Mushroom is very rare. Usually, when it appears, at most, one or two colors will be distributed on the cap. With so many colors, its toxicity should be the highest and rarest among this kind of mushroom.¡±
As Lin Suisui introduced it to Lu Ze, she squatted down and began to take out tools from the bottom of her medicine box. ¡°This kind of Mirage Mushroom can be used in many ways. Although it¡¯s very poisonous, a small amount of Mirage Mushroom isn¡¯t lethal. It will only make people hallucinate.¡±
As she spoke, she dug up the mushroom and ced it in the box that she had taken out from the bottom of the medicine box. With the help of this thing, she had another chance of winning against Princess Nina, who she had yet to meet.
¡°Pei Qian sent a message that the tribes that support Zadeh are gathering outside the Imperial Court and are all moving in the direction of the Imperial Court.¡± As Lu Ze helped Lin Suisui get on the horse, he told her about the message he had just received. ¡°It seems that Princess Nina also sensed that something was wrong and wants to use Zadeh¡¯s influence to further strengthen the Imperial Court¡¯s defense.¡±
¡°Do you think Zadeh can save the Consort?¡± Lin Suisui was still thinking about the Consort.
If they could save the Consort safely, it might be of great help to their next ns!
Chapter 443 - 443: Misdirection
Chapter 443: Misdirection
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°If the Consort can sessfully leave the Imperial Court, with Zadeh¡¯s ability, it shouldn¡¯t be that difficult to save her.¡± Lu Ze was very calm.
If they could save the Consort, that would be for the best. If not, it would be a pity, but it wouldn¡¯t affect the overall situation.
However, Lu Ze turned to look at Lin Suisui and suddenly asked, ¡°If you were the Consort, would you choose to leave the Imperial Court?¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Lin Suisui was silent for a moment before looking up and replying with certainty, ¡°I would leave first. It¡¯s better than being trapped and helpless.¡±
If one person escaped, there was always a possibility of asking for help. With the two of them trapped in the Imperial Court and the fate of the two children outside unknown, the Consort would definitely make the same choice as her.
¡°No matter what danger happens in the future, if you can leave, that will be the best, since I hope you can be safe.¡± Not only was Lu Ze not angered by Lin Suisui¡¯s decision, but he also seemed to be relieved.
¡°I¡¯m most likely the reason you encounter danger.
If possible, it¡¯s naturally best if you and I can stay safe and grow old together. But if not, I also hope that you can be safe.¡±
¡°We definitely can.¡± Lin Suisui was unwilling to think too much about what would happen next. It wasn¡¯t that she was deliberately avoiding it, but there were some things that she could only make choices on when the time came.
When things actually happened, she might hesitate.
The small interlude between Lin Suisui and Lu Ze didn¡¯t rm the others in the tribe. Things were peaceful in the tribe.
Because it was still early, Lin Suisui taught ck Cloud Pearl and the others how to pack up the herbs they had collected before getting up to return to their tent.
When she got up and turned around, she saw An Duo, who hadn¡¯t been seen for a long time.
¡°Goddess.¡± An Duo had suffered a lot at Lin Suisui¡¯s hands previously, so when he saw her again, he was very respectful and polite.
¡°An Duo.¡± Lin Suisui nodded to greet An Duo. She originally thought that An Duo had juste by chance, but she didn¡¯t expect that he came to look for her specifically.
¡°More than ten warriors from the tribes have already gathered and are rushing to the Imperial Court.¡± An Duo told Lin Suisui the information he had just obtained worriedly.
¡°Although we have some influence in these tribes, it doesn¡¯t work sometimes. I¡¯ve tried my best to ask those acquaintances to dissuade the leaders of the tribes, but most people still chose to rush to the Imperial Court.¡±
An Duo said it very implicitly, but it wasn¡¯t difficult to understand.
Although they believed in Tengri, the authority of their immediate boss was more powerful¡
The future prosperity of every tribe was in danger. In Mo Rigen¡¯s previous words, if they couldn¡¯t even fill their stomachs, how could they worship Tengri?
¡°It¡¯s fine.¡± Lin Suisui smiled at An Duo and didn¡¯t me him for not doing a good job. ¡°Some things can¡¯t be forced.¡±
¡°Are you really unafraid of that concubine?¡± An Duo was a little hesitant, but in the end, he couldn¡¯t help but say, ¡°I-I have a friend. A few days ago, he went to the capital again under orders. He angered that concubine and J, the witch doctor who barely escaped, sent me a letter. He said that he had turned into a pool of blood under their noses¡¡±
As An Duo spoke, he took out a crumpled letter and handed it to Lin Suisui.
¡°Are you really not worried?¡±
¡°Only demons know this kind of technique, right?!¡± Lin Suisui took the letter from An Duo¡¯s hand, but she didn¡¯t open it. Instead, she looked at him very calmly as sheforted him, ¡°Even when Tengri punishes people, it wouldn¡¯t use such evil methods!
Since you call me Goddess, I naturally have a way to protect you.¡±
As she spoke, Lin Suisui spread her hands and a butterfly with light blue wings flew up from her palm. The letter that had been in her palm just now disappeared in the blink of an eye.
This wasn¡¯t the first time An Duo had seen Lin Suisui disy this technique, but this was the first time he had seen it at such a close distance.
After his initial shock, he felt admiration.
He quickly knelt down piously and kowtowed to Lin Suisui to show his loyalty.
After Lin Suisui sent An Duo away, she saw Lu Zeing out from behind the tent at the side. She smiled as she took out the letter from her sleeve. ¡°I saw that An Duo was frightened, so I used a trick to reassure him.¡±
It was just an illusion created by using illusion parasites. Perhaps it might not be effective on determined people, but it was enough for An Duo, who had already lost hisposure.
Lu Ze took the letter from Lin Suisui and read it before saying, ¡°It seems that the concubine is really afraid of you.¡±
It was also because of this fear that she began to use the carrot and stick approach in the Imperial Court.
This made the nobles and citizens in the Imperial Court question Lin Suisui¡¯s identity.
¡°It doesn¡¯t matter. The more afraid she is, the more it means that she really hasn¡¯t gained a foothold in the Imperial Court yet. Therefore, for the time being, be it Zadeh or Sr. Khan, they should be safe.¡±
Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t nervous at all and she said to Lu Ze, ¡°After all, they¡¯re probably still useful to her.¡±
¡°However, we can¡¯t rule out the possibility that this concubine will fight to the death if she¡¯s forced into a corner.¡± Although Lu Ze agreed with Lin Suisui, he was still worried. ¡°After all, if it were me, if I still can¡¯t control the situation after so long, in order to avoid getting myself killed in the end, I can only cut my losses short.
Killing Sr. Khan and Zadeh, then framing the empire for their deaths will be the best solution for the Siamese Kingdom.
This way, no matter who among the northern barbarians inherited the throne in the end, in order to convince the public, they would have to take revenge for Sr. Khan and Zadeh.
Once the northern barbarians start a war with the empire, the Siamese Kingdom in the south will be able to reap the benefits!¡±
Chapter 444 - 444: Every Cloud Has A Silver Lining
Chapter 444: Every Cloud Has A Silver Lining
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Gu Han didn¡¯t make Lin Suisui and Lu Ze wait too long. Around sunset the next day, Gu Han finally brought back the unconscious Consort, Molevin.
It was only after Lin Suisui approached that she realized that Consort Molevin wasn¡¯t the only one who was injured this time. Even Gu Han was seriously injured.
Although most of the guards Gu Han had brought over this time had returned, most of them were injured. Gu Han¡¯s arm was also injured. He helped Molevin take two stabs. Fortunately, although the injuries looked terrifying, they were only superficial wounds.
After checking and seeing that there was no serious wound, Lin Suisui arranged for the apanying doctors to help Gu Han and the injured guards bandage their wounds while she focused on treating Molevin.
Unlike Gu Han and the others, Molevin¡¯s condition was much more serious. Not only were there obvious knife wounds and prating wounds from arrows, but she had also been poisoned by Nina.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t know much about the tame head technique, but because this technique was of the same origin as the parasite technique, although she couldn¡¯t find a solution for the time being, she could find a way to suppress it.
After receiving the news that Molevin had been saved, Wn, who was recuperating, was the first to lose her cool.
She was unwilling to lie down anymore and insisted oning over to see the Consort first.
¡°When will your injuriespletely recover if you keep this up?¡± When Lin Suisui received the news, she came over and said to Wn angrily, ¡°The Consort is not in good health now, so she needs someone to take care of her!
Not only will you not be of any help, but you¡¯ll also cause trouble!
If you¡¯re really worried about the Consort, then recuperate. When you recover, you can personally take care of the Consort!¡±
¡°Is the Consort¡¯s condition really that bad?¡± Hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s words, Wn didn¡¯t dare to act rashly anymore. As shey on the bed, tears flowed down her face. ¡°It¡¯s all my fault. I¡¯m so useless!
If I had brought the news back safely, the patriarch definitely would have been able to rush to the Imperial Court in advance to save the Consort!¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry too much about it. Even if you bring the news back, the final oue will only be worse.¡± Lin Suisui looked at Wn and sighed. In the end, she couldn¡¯t help but persuade her in a low voice, ¡°You should recuperate first. The Consort¡¯s condition has stabilized for the time being. She might wake up in the next two days. Her external injuries aren¡¯t serious. With me taking care of her, there shouldn¡¯t be a problem.¡±
Afterforting Wn, Lin Suisui returned to the tent where Molevin was ced. At this moment, not only was Lu Ze there, but even Gu Han, who had just bandaged his wound, came over.
As soon as Gu Han saw Lin Suisui, he couldn¡¯t wait to tell her about his trip.
ording to Gu Han, their trip was very smooth at first. With the mark Wn had told them about as a guide, they quickly found traces left behind by Wn and the others when they were attacked on the way.
There were broken boxes, blood from injuries after the fight, and broken axles and debris from the carriage.
However, they didn¡¯t see Molevin¡¯s whereabouts.
After Gu Han considered it, he decided to wait a little longer instead of rashly approaching the Imperial Court.
After all, this move was too risky. It was very easy for him to expose himself and get discovered.
He didn¡¯t bring many people with him, so if they fought, he would most likely suffer.
Fortunately, Gu Han didn¡¯t wait long before he discovered Molevin¡¯s whereabouts.
However, she wasn¡¯t alone on this trip. She had a mighty team of pursuers behind her.
From the looks of it, the other party wanted to kill Molevin.
Although Gu Han didn¡¯t understand why that concubine was so hostile to Consort Molevin, this situation showed the importance of him saving Consort Molevin at this moment.
Therefore, Gu Han rushed forward with his guards without any hesitation. Although Gu Han¡¯s guards were heroic and good at fighting, the difference in numbers was too great. In the end, although they escaped the encirclement, they suffered heavy losses.
Along the way, those people didn¡¯t stop chasing them. Fortunately, they encountered the scouts Lu Ze had sent along the way. Only then did they barely defeat the group of pursuers chasing after them like hyenas and return to the camp.
¡°Are those people that strong?¡± Mo Ri frowned. He knew about the guards Gu Han had brought out very well. They were definitely top-notch experts. It was an exaggeration to say that they could fight a hundred people alone, but it wasn¡¯t difficult for one to deal with two to three ordinary riders.
How did he get beaten up like this?
¡°Those people weren¡¯t very strong, but their techniques were a little strange.¡± Gu Han scratched his head and organized his words before saying in a low voice, ¡°Those people didn¡¯t seem to be afraid of death.¡±
¡°Ahem, what I mean is that they didn¡¯t seem to be afraid of pain at all. Unless I cut their necks with a knife, they would still rush over and attack us without caring about anything else.¡±
At the mention of that scene, Gu Han still felt a lingering sense of fear and he turned to look at Lin Suisui. He really couldn¡¯t ept such a creepy thing, so he could only ask for their opinion. ¡°What was going on?¡±
Gu Han was most worried that if they encountered such opponents when they attacked the Imperial Court, what would they do?
¡°I suspect that these people are under some kind of taming head technique.¡± Lin Suisui frowned and was silent for a long time before saying, ¡°However, I haven¡¯t seen them in person yet, so I can¡¯t jump to conclusions.
It would be best if I could take a look at the corpses left behind by those people.¡±
¡°Although there aren¡¯t any now, those people probably won¡¯t give up on chasing after Consort Molevin.¡± Before Lu Ze came in, he listened to his subordinate¡¯s report, so he had a certain understanding of those pursuers.. He said to Gu Han and Mo Rigen with certainty, ¡°From now on, we have to strengthen the defense of the camp and guard against these people!¡±
Chapter 445 - 445: Save
Chapter 445: Save
Trantor: Henyee Trantions
Editor: Henyee Trantions
The ambush was faster than Lin Suisui and Lu Ze had expected. At night, the camp weed the first wave of assassins.
However, this group of assassins¡¯ main goal was to investigate the news, so in terms of strength, they were definitely inferior to Mo Rigen and the others, who were prepared. They ughtered this group of people without much effort.
¡°It¡¯s not that I don¡¯t want to keep one or two of them alive, but these people are clearly sacrificial soldiers.¡± Gu Han exined to Lin Suisui in embarrassment, ¡°When they realized that they couldn¡¯t escape, they all chose to consume poison.¡±
These sacrificial soldiers had poison sacs in their mouths. Since they wanted tomit suicide, it was impossible for them to capture them alive.
Gu Han and the others couldn¡¯t be med.
¡°What about the corpses of these sacrificial soldiers?¡± Lin Suisui was still more concerned about that. ¡°Were these sacrificial soldiers as difficult to deal with as the ones you encountered on the way?¡±
These people couldn¡¯t imagine how terrifying the tame head technique was.
¡°Although they¡¯re not as difficult to deal with as the previous ones, they¡¯re not easy to deal with either.¡± Gu Han froze for a moment before telling the truth.
While Gu Han was answering Lin Suisui¡¯s question, Mo Rigen had already arranged for two corpses to be carried in.
From the looks of it, the corpses of these assassins were not much different from ordinary people. However, because they had died from poisoning, their appearances were a little scary.
Lin Suisui stood up and approached to take a look, but she didn¡¯t do anything abnormal, so she turned to look at Gu Han. ¡°Is it convenient for me to take a look at them alone?¡±
Gu Han didn¡¯t refuse Lin Suisui¡¯s straightforward request. He knew very well that some things were inconvenient to expose, so he nodded and left with Mo Rigen.
After the two of them left, Lin Suisui lowered her head and squatted down to examine the two corpses on the ground carefully.
She wouldn¡¯t be able to tell anything from a simple examination of people who had been poisoned by the tame head technique. What Lin Suisui used was a small technique in the parasite technique. However, the results were not as she had guessed.
There were no signs of the tame head technique.
¡°This isn¡¯t surprising.¡± After hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s exnation, Lu Ze¡¯s reaction was very calm as he replied, ¡°As you said, the tame head technique isn¡¯t easy to use. In that case, the princess, who is proficient in the tame head technique, is definitely not someone who uses the tame head technique on anyone she sees.¡±
¡°That¡¯s true.¡± Lin Suisui nodded in agreement.
Sometimes, the conditions for the tame head technique were even harsher than creating parasite poison.
Even if Princess Nina was a very brilliant tame head technique practitioner, it didn¡¯t mean that she could do whatever she wanted!
Some resources were very precious and difficult to obtain, so they couldn¡¯t be wasted.
After understanding this, Lin Suisui felt that it was a pity. If she could learn this tame head technique in advance, she could more or less understand how powerful Princess Nina was. Now, it seemed that the hope was slim.
Upon hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s words, Lu Ze gave her a good suggestion. ¡°You should take a look at the situation of the Consort who had just been saved by Gu Han.
I¡¯m not saying that the Consort was really poisoned by the tame head technique, but the time Consort Molevan left the Imperial Court was really a little coincidental.
If Princess Nina had already suspected Consort Molevin at that time, in order to control her, who was an influential figure by Zadeh¡¯s side, she might have used the tame head technique on her.
No matter what, it¡¯s better to be prepared!¡±
When Lin Suisui heard this, she felt that it made sense. However, in order to protect the Consort, Gu Han guarded the tent where the Consort was resting tightly. Not to mention humans, even a fly or mosquito probably couldn¡¯t fly in.
She didn¡¯t want to trouble others when there was no clue yet, so just as Lin Suisui was thinking about an excuse to go over and see Consort, someone stopped outside the tent and bowed while reporting that Consort Molevin had woken up and wanted to see the goddess.
Lin Suisui and Lu Ze rushed towards the tent where Consort Molevin was resting without hesitation.
When Lin Suisui and Lu Ze entered the tent, they realized that Gu Han and the others had already arrived.
At this moment, Consort Molevin was in a good state and she was leaning against the big pillow at the head of the bed. When she saw Lin Suisui and Lu Ze enter, she forced herself to get up to bow to Lin Suisui respectfully. Then, under Lin Suisui¡¯s persuasion, shey back down.
¡°I heard that I was able to escape safely this time because of your help. Not only me, but even the children were saved because of you.¡±
Consort Molevin was extremely grateful to Lin Suisui, so she thanked her profusely.
¡°This is all Tengri¡¯s blessing.¡± Lin Suisui lowered her eyes slightly and tried her best to maintain her facade as the goddess.
¡°However, since you¡¯re awake, do you feel ufortable anywhere?¡±
Lin Suisui had no intention of wasting time here. She changed the topic and went straight to the point. ¡°Previously, when you were brought back by Gu Han, I only checked your external injuries briefly. There were no major problems.
However, I believe you also know that Consort Nina, who is still in the Imperial Court, is a devil!
The power in her body is evil. I¡¯m very worried that it will affect your body, so can you let me check?¡±
Lin Suisui¡¯s request was very reasonable.
As if afraid of Consort Molevin¡¯s objection, Lin Suisui turned to look at Gu Han, who was standing at the side, and said very seriously, ¡°After I check the Consort, I¡¯ll check you.
This evil power has a strong negative impact on one¡¯s body. When it res up, it will be toote to control it.¡±
Upon hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s words, Consort Molevin naturally didn¡¯t dare to be careless. She nodded at Lin Suisui quickly and said, ¡°I know what you¡¯re talking about very well. Zadeh changed drastically because he was affected by the evil power!
If not for that, I would have escaped from the Imperial Court with him this time.
Moreover, not only Gu Han, but even Sr. Khan was injured by this evil force.. Goddess, please think of a way to save them no matter what!¡±
Chapter 446 - 446: Forgiveness
Chapter 446: Forgiveness
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
The taming technique on Consort Molevin had not been applied for long, so it was the perfect time to remove the effect of the taming technique on Consort Molevin.
Lin Suisui naturally didn¡¯t give up this opportunity. She didn¡¯t know the tame head technique, but with her understanding of parasite techniques, she found away.
Since the tame head technique was connected to the parasite technique in certain aspects, she thought of a way to remove the parasite technique and see if she could lure out the tame head technique on Consort Molevin with medicine.
However, toplete this, she had to obtain Consort Molevan¡¯s approval.
After all, if she didn¡¯t cooperate, everything would be in vain.
Originally, Lin Suisui was worried that Consort Molevin would object, but she didn¡¯t expect her to agree so readily. Before Lin Suisui could even finish exining the effects, she nodded in agreement.
¡°I¡¯m not sure if this will seed. If it doesn¡¯t, your life might be in danger.¡±
Consort Molevin didn¡¯t care, but Lin Suisui still felt that she had to make some things clear in advance.
However, Consort Molevin wasn¡¯t too surprised to hear this and smiled at Lin Suisui brightly. ¡°I know.
That thing is deadly to begin with!
How can there be a good ending if demons are involved?! But I don¡¯t want to be a sacrifice to the demons!
Goddess, please, no matter what the oue is, I can ept it! If you fail in the end, I only beg you to kill me!
I don¡¯t want to be controlled by demons to the point that not even my soul can rest in peace in the end!¡±
Consort Molevin¡¯s decision wasn¡¯t only for Lin Suisui to hear, but also for Gu Han.
¡°Zadeh has already been controlled by her. He¡¯s living a life worse than death!
But Zadeh hasn¡¯tpletely lost his conscience! He asked me to bring out Sr. Khan¡¯s seal and give it to you!
No matter what, you can¡¯t let the northern barbarians be controlled by that devil!
No matter what, you have to take back the Imperial Court and avenge him and his father!¡±
Consort Molevan took out the seal she had brought from the Imperial Court and handed it to Gu Han.
¡°Your brother made an unforgivable mistake.
But now, he has already realized his mistake, so please forgive him.¡±
Consort Molevin¡¯s tone was filled with helplessness and pleading. She also knew that her request was a little too much, but it was better to say it out loud. From her point of view, Zadeh was definitely doomed this time.
In that case, she naturally hoped that Gu Han would forgive him.
In that case, even if she and Zadeh died this time, at least her two children would be properly settled.
¡°I won¡¯t forgive him! Ever!¡± Gu Han was silent for a long time before looking up and saying with bloodshot eyes, ¡°I understand your n. Don¡¯t worry, this is my grudge against him. It won¡¯t affect the two children!
If anything really happens to you guys this time, I¡¯ll guarantee the safety of your children.¡±
After a pause, Gu Han continued, ¡°Now that we northern barbarians have encountered such a cmity because of his greed and ambition, Zadeh has to bear more than 70% of the responsibility.
If I forgive him, how angry and indignant will those dead people feel?¡±
Gu Han¡¯s words made Consort Molevan, who still had some expectations that he would change his mind, give uppletely.
Yes, all of this was because of Zadeh¡¯s ambition¡
Gu Han had already done his best by agreeing to protect her children, so she wasn¡¯t qualified to ask for too much.
After making the decision, Lin Suisui began to prepare for pulling out the tame head technique.
Fortunately, the tame head technique had not been nted for long, so although it took some effort, it was sessfully removed in the end.
However, although the tame head technique had been removed, Consort Molevan still suffered a lot and looked much weaker, as if she had aged seven to eight years.
Fortunately, she was in good spirits. After chatting with the two children for a while, she smiled gratefully when she saw Lin Suisui enter. After she let the two children go out to y, she looked at Lin Suisui and said in a low voice, ¡°Goddess, thanks to you, I feel much better today than yesterday.¡±
¡°That¡¯s good.¡± Lin Suisui raised her hand to take Consort¡¯s pulse before continuing to instruct, ¡°You have to take care of yourself. You¡¯re quite weak, so it¡¯ll take a while for you to recover.
If you don¡¯t rest well during this period of time, your life will definitely be affected in the future.¡±
¡°It¡¯s already Tengri¡¯s blessing that we survived.¡± Consort Molevin lowered her eyes and prayed. Then, she looked at Lin Suisui as she said, ¡°It¡¯s also thanks to your pity and kindness.
However, many people in the Imperial Court are still beguiled by the demons. Please save them!¡±
Consort Molevan was still worried about Zadeh, who was in the Imperial Court and whose fate was unknown.
Her escape definitely anger the concubine, Nina! She wondered if Nina would take revenge on Zadeh.
¡°Gu Han and the others are already discussing a solution to this matter. After they discuss it, they will definitely save the Imperial Court immediately.¡± Lin Suisui¡¯s answer was very vague.
She didn¡¯t want to discuss this matter with Consort Molevan in detail. It wasn¡¯t that she didn¡¯t trust Consort Molevan, but this matter involved too many things. Before it was dealt with, it was better to say as little as possible! If news leaked, it might reveal their n! If anything went wrong, all their previous efforts would be in vain.
¡°Will Gu Han be fine?¡± Molevin clearly still cared a lot about Zadeh. However, the only thing she could do was think of a way to ask for some useful information from Lin Suisui or Gu Han to calm her worries and uneasiness.
¡°Gu Han and the others will definitely think of a way to resolve the danger to the Imperial Court. As for the rest, it¡¯s not something we can decide or control.
Consort, what you should do now is to recuperate and not worry so much.
After all, there are some things that can¡¯t be changed even if we sit here and discuss them,¡± Lin Suisui said as she looked at Consort Molei. Although she knew about Molevin¡¯s worries, there were some things that could only be done by waiting..
Chapter 447 - 4-47: A Way Out
Chapter 4-47: A Way Out
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Zadch wasn¡¯t in a good state. It could even be described as worse than death.
Molevin¡¯s safe escape was both a source offort and the beginning of a nightmare.
Princess Nina vented all her anger on him.
This woman had all sorts of ways to make his life a living hell.
Sometimes, the pain wasn¡¯t unbearable. What was even more terrifying was that he couldn¡¯t sleep or move. He could only feel the bone-deep itchiness all over his body¡
¡°Where¡¯s the seal? Do you still want to continue resisting to the end?¡± Nina walked to Zadeh¡¯s bed with a bowl of soup and looked down at him as she asked.
¡°Don¡¯t tell me you still think that by resisting until the end, you can really wait for your brother, who hates you to the core, to save you?¡±
Seeing that Zadeh and Gu Han didn¡¯t speak, Nina couldn¡¯t help but chuckle. ¡°Stop dreaming. 1 can¡¯t guarantee anything else, but at least until theye to the Imperial Court, I can make you regret your life a living hell every day!¡±
¡°I don¡¯t know what you¡¯re talking about.¡± Zadeh¡¯s voice was hoarse fromck of water for a long time. It was ear-piercing and unpleasant. ¡°Even if you kill me now, I won¡¯t be able to conjure something 1 don¡¯t know about.¡±
¡°You helped Molevin sessfully escape, right? Without you, I believe Consort wouldn¡¯t have made such a decision so quickly.
What a joke! You actually did such a thing under my nose? Have you thought about the consequences after the matter was exposed?¡±
After Nina took a deep breath, she continue agitating Zadeh, who hadpletely lost all resistance and hope for survival.
¡°Actually, I have a good impression of Consort Molevin.¡± Even after seeing that Zadeh didn¡¯t reply, Nina wasn¡¯t angry. She only smiled and continued, ¡°Originally, I nned to give Consort a way out. After all, it had been a long time since I had met such a smart person.
Unfortunately, because of your interference, I had no choice but to attack her. I¡¯m guessing that she has the seal now, right?
Why? Are you nning to hand the seal to her and let her bring it to your brother?
Hehe, don¡¯t tell me you still think that your brother can resist me after obtaining the seal?
Then you¡¯re going to be disappointed.
The Consort doesn¡¯t have long to live. Not only her, but everyone she interacts with will die too!
It¡¯s impossible for your brother, Gu Han to survive to sec you. The entire northern barbarian Imperial Court will submit to me!
¡°But don¡¯t worry. I can let you live and watch me rule the northern barbarians!¡±
As Nina spoke, she pulled out the sharp hairpin on her head and pricked Zadeh¡¯s arm. ¡°Haven¡¯t you always wanted to defeat the empire and enter the border?
Don¡¯t worry, I can do all of this for you. However, you can only watch.
The glory will no longer belong to you, but to our child, the new Khan of the northern barbarians in the future!¡±
¡°What do you want?¡± Zadch was frightened by the strange smile on Nina¡¯s face and wanted to hide, but when he moved, he remembered that he had long lost the ability to control his body. He could only watch in horror as Nina sat gently by his bed and picked up the bowl of soup she had brought in previously.
¡°You¡¯ve been exhausted these past few days, right? This is meat soup I made myself. Come, drink it quickly. We should have a child!¡±
Nina smiled as she gently fed the bowl of meat soup to Gu Han, like a wife who was concerned about her husband.
¡°No, you b*tch, 1 don¡¯t¡ urn¡¡± No matter how much Zadchn objected, under Nina¡¯s control, his body finally went against his wishes and submitted to Nina.
Perhaps Gu Han didn¡¯t know what had happened in the Imperial Court, but Lu Ze, who had nted spies in the Imperial Court, received the news immediately.
¡°If it¡¯s really that simple, Nina will use this method.¡±
Although this change sounded sudden, it didn¡¯t affect Lu Ze¡¯s judgment.
He looked at the worried Lin Suisui as he exined to her in a low voice, ¡°Don¡¯t worry. The northern barbarian Imperial Court isn¡¯t like the empire. Their status was obtained through fighting with their strength.
Nina was able to stabilize the Imperial Court because Zadeh was still around.
Therefore, even though Sr. Khan was unconscious and his remaining brothers had been killed by Zadch, there wasn¡¯t much trouble in the Imperial Court.
However, once Zadeh is gone, it¡¯s impossible for Nina to control the entire Imperial Court with just a child.¡±
¡°But Nina is proficient in the tame head technique. What if she can use the tame head technique to control those nobles and force them to submit to her?¡±
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t dare to be careless. The power of the tame head technique couldn¡¯t be underestimated.
If one was a brilliant tame head technique practitioner, not only could one control living people for one¡¯s own use, but one could even use dead people as tools.
¡°There¡¯s a certain possibility, but there¡¯s not much room for maneuvering.¡± After Lu Ze thought about it for a moment, he gave his opinion, ¡°It has to be known that to those people in the northern barbarian Imperial Court, be it submitting to Sr. Khan or submitting to Zadeh, they were forced to submit because they were not strong enough.
Now that Sr. Khan was seriously ill, if anything happens to Zadch, who wouldn¡¯t want to be the overlord of the grasnd?
Besides, Zadeh had a son.
Consort Molevin¡¯s mother¡¯s tribe wasn¡¯t weak. Since the eldest prince was around, how could the child in Nina¡¯s wombe into power?
More importantly, Nina was a foreign woman!
Therefore, I think Nina is looking for a way out for herself. When she has no choice in the future, that¡¯ll be a way out for her.
Now, she did this because she wanted to intimidate Zadeh, in hopes that he would submit to her first.
¡°However, no matter what, it¡¯s a reminder to us.. I¡¯m afraid our previous arrangements will have to be brought forward!¡±
Chapter 448 - 448: Hesitation
Chapter 448: Hesitation
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°Isn¡¯t this too risky?¡± Upon hearing Lu Ze¡¯s suggestion to bring people to the Imperial Court alone, Gu Han¡¯s first reaction was to object.
Although he didn¡¯t object to taking the risk at some point in order to obtain victory, Lu Ze¡¯s suggestion was really too risky.
They were unfamiliar with the northern barbarian territory, so it would probably take a lot of effort to find the Imperial Court, but they actually wanted to go over and investigate the Imperial Court first?
How was this any different from courting death?
¡°By the time you guys agree to set off together, you¡¯ll probably be able to send a congrattory gift to your newborn nephew.¡±
In the face of Gu Han¡¯s worries and doubts, Lu Ze¡¯s response was quite rude.
He had been paying attention to the situation these past few days.
After receiving Gu Han¡¯s invitation, many tribal leaders came over. Even Consort Molevin¡¯s father and brother received the news and rushed over with their men.
Although it seemed that their strength had increased, because there were too many people participating, everyone had their own schemes and considerations. As a result, after so many days of arguing, they still didn¡¯te up with aprehensive n that satisfied everyone.
To put it bluntly, there were too many people and not enough to satisfy everyone.
Actually, at this moment, if there was a decisive leader, things wouldn¡¯t be soplicated. However, Gu Han wasn¡¯t good at this. He always wanted to satisfy everyone, so he kept dragging his feet. Even though Mo Rigen was so anxious that he wanted to flip the table, Gu Han was still hesitating.
Actually, it wasn¡¯t that Gu Han was ipetent and cowardly, but he was hindered by kindness.
Gu Han had always been a very loyal person. In his opinion, these tribal leaders owed these people a favor for bringing people from their tribe to help him at this time. Therefore, he always thought that no matter what, he couldn¡¯t let them down.
¡°That¡¯s right. They¡¯re so noisy every day. When will it end?¡± Upon hearing Lu Ze¡¯s words, Mo Rigen became angry and turned around toin to Gu Han unhappily, ¡°From the beginning to the end, they only talked about how much benefits they would get after the matter waspleted. Who said how they were willing to contribute?¡±
Gu Han¡¯s face turned red. He knew that both Lu Ze and Mo Rigen had a point, but he felt a little guilty about setting the rules without allowing others to voice their opinions.
¡°What are you hesitating about?¡± Seeing that Gu Han was silent, Mo Rigen became even angrier. ¡°Why don¡¯t you ask those people tomorrow and see which of them can really use the entire n¡¯s strength to cooperate with us to snatch back the Imperial Court?!
If they were really willing to help, there was naturally nothing to say about their future status!
But they¡¯re the only ones who have spoken from the beginning to the end. Why should we give in to them?¡±
Mo Rigen felt that his suggestion was very fair!
¡°Moreover, just as Mr. Pei said, if we dy any longer, we won¡¯t have to trouble ourselves anymore. Since they¡¯ve already taken over the Imperial Court, what¡¯s the point of going over?¡±
Mo Rigen was really anxious.
The seal was in Gu Han¡¯s hands now, but the premise was that he had to establish himself first!
If this continued, it was difficult to guarantee that others wouldn¡¯t have ulterior motives. Not to mention anything else, Consort Molevin also had a son! Now, her father and brothers hade to her side as well.
As time passed, they would have the power to support Consort Molevin¡¯s son in the takeover. At that time, what would Gu Han have to do with the throne?
¡°We have our priorities.¡± Lin Suisui listened for a while before persuading him, ¡°Consort Molevin is a very assertive woman.
Moreover, she has deep feelings for Zadeh. If there¡¯s still no progress, she¡¯ll most likely think of a way herself.¡±
¡°No matter what, it¡¯s too dangerous for you guys to go to the Imperial Court now.
Actually, I¡¯ve been thinking about it for the past few days. I¡¯ve taken what you guys said just now to heart. I know that it¡¯s my fault for dying it for so long. I was too greedy.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯ll resolve this matter immediately. Therefore, to be safe, I suggest that you wait a little longer. At that time, it¡¯ll be safer for us to go to the Imperial Court together.¡± Gu Han finally revealed his n to Lu Ze.
¡°It¡¯s not thatplicated. Suisui and I decided to go to the Imperial Court first because of the change in the situation.¡± Lu Ze insisted on his n. ¡°We¡¯ll set off alone. If the identities of ourpanions are simple, we won¡¯t attract that much attention. It¡¯ll be rtively safer.¡±
¡°But what identity are you going to use to go to the Imperial Court?¡± Gu Han frowned. ¡°You probably don¡¯t know, but the tribes that support Zadeh are all gathering around the Imperial Court. If you go over at this time and rm them, I¡¯m afraid it won¡¯t be easy to deal with the aftermath.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry about that. We¡¯ve already made ns.¡± Lin Suisui smiled as she revealed their arrangements, ¡°We n to set off with An Duo. With his help, I believe we won¡¯t encounter much trouble along the way.¡±
¡°Can An Duo be trusted?¡± When Gu Han heard Lin Suisui¡¯s arrangements, not only did he not heave a sigh of relief, but he also became even more nervous.
Others might not know, but he knew.
An Duo was an unscrupulous viin!
¡°That¡¯s right. Shaman An Duo is not a good person!¡± For once, Mo Rigen stood on Gu Han¡¯s side regarding this matter. ¡°The evil things he did previously are simply innumerable!¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry about that. He won¡¯t have a chance to betray us.¡± Lin Suisui smiled. She had absolute confidence in controlling An Duo. ¡°Unless he really doesn¡¯t want to live anymore.¡±
Although Mo Rigen was still a little worried, seeing how confident Lin Suisui was, he couldn¡¯t say anything else.
¡°Of course.¡± Ever since Lin Suisui subdued An Duo that day, she had never let down her guard against him. There had naturally been many small conflicts that others didn¡¯t know about. Now, An Duo listened to her every word. Actually, it was because he had no choice but to lower his head after suffering so many losses.
Just as Gu Han was wondering if he should dissuade Lu Ze and Lin Suisui again, a panicked cry for help suddenly came from outside¡
Chapter 449 - 449: Sending a Goat to the Tiger’s Den
Chapter 449: Sending a Goat to the Tiger¡¯s Den
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Consort Molcvin fainted very suddenly. Because she had recovered quite well in the past two days, she would go out of her tent to y with the two children for a while every afternoon. Sometimes, she would even talk to her father and brother, who doted on her.
Everyone, including Lin Suisui, was very happy about Consort Molevin¡¯s improvement.
In order to let her recuperate better and because they knew that she was worried about Zadeh, in the past few days, be it Gu Han or her father and brother, they used the best news they could tofort her.
Today was the same. She was chatting with her oldest brother and ying games with the children, but this peacefulness didn¡¯tst long. Without warning, she spat out ck blood and fell to the ground weakly, as if her spine had been sucked out.
This sudden change in situation frightened the people around her. As everyone hurriedly sent the Consort back to the tent, they immediately arranged for someone to look for Lin Suisui for help.
Because something had happened to Consort Molcvin, Lin Suisui and the others could only end their discussion for the time being. Under the guidance of the maidservants who came to look for them for help, Lin Suisui and Lu Ze quickly rushed to the tent where Consort Molcvin lived.
Consort Molevin¡¯s condition looked a little bad, so Lin Suisui frowned slightly and walked to Consort¡¯s side to take her pulse without saying anything.
¡°It¡¯s poison.¡± After Lin Suisui took her pulse, she looked at the Consort¡¯s tongue and eyelids. In the end, she came to a conclusion that made everyone¡¯s hearts skip a beat.
It had to be said that Nina was very capable and scheming.
The tame head technique she used was clearly bound to poison. Even though the tame head technique was removed, it didn¡¯t affect the poison. Therefore, even if Consort Molcvin could escape the tame head technique¡¯s control now, the poison would still make her suffer.
¡°I¡¯ve already controlled the spread and damage of the poison in the Consort¡¯s body, but it¡¯s only a temporary solution.¡±
An hourter, Lin Suisui finally put away herst silver needle and turned to look at Consort Molevin¡¯s brother as she told him the oue of the treatment.
¡°If we want topletely eliminate the damage the poison causes to the Consort¡¯s body, the most direct way is to get the antidote from Nina.¡¯1
Of course, Nina wouldn¡¯t give the antidote to them so readily.
What she wanted was the submission of the entire tribe.
¡°We¡¯ve already decided to go to the Imperial Court in advance.¡¯1 Lin Suisui looked at Consort Molevin¡¯s brother as she continued slowly, ¡°Perhaps we can cooperate and enter the Imperial Court to restrain Nina and make her hand over the antidote.¡±
¡°But why are you helping us?¡± Consort Molevin¡¯s brother wasn¡¯t stupid. He didn¡¯t believe in free lunch, so after Lin Suisui made such a suggestion, his first reaction wasn¡¯t joy, but vignce.
¡°Of course I¡¯m not helping you for nothing. I naturally have my reasons for going to the Imperial Court.
After so many things have happened, 1 believe you can also tell that Zadeh isn¡¯t suitable for bing the sessor.
Inparison, Gu Han is the most suitable candidate.
¡°I helped you save Consort Molcvin because I hope that you can stand on Gu Han¡¯s side.¡± Lin Suisui looked at Consort Molevin¡¯s brother as she said with a smile, ¡°Besides, when Consort Molcvin came out of the Imperial Court previously, she also helped bring out Sr. Khan¡¯s seal and disrupted Concubine Nina¡¯s n. This helped Gu Han a lot.
Therefore, it¡¯s not difficult to understand why I helped the Consort escape danger.¡±
¡°Do you really think Gu Han is suitable for bing the future Khan?¡± Consort Molevin¡¯s brother frowned slightly and was silent for a long time before questioning Lin Suisui, ¡°You should have seen what has happened these past few days.
I admit that Gu Han is indeed brave and good at fighting! However, when dealing with other things, he¡¯s too soft-hearted and hesitant!1¡¯
Seeing that Lin Suisui had no intention of interrupting him, Mo Enze continued, ¡°Being brave and good at fighting can¡¯t solve all problems.
You probably know what the northern barbarians will face next because of this chaos in the Imperial Court.
If he has always been so indecisive, then¡¡±
¡°I admit that you¡¯re right, but in the current situation, the only suitable candidate is Gu Han.
I know that from your perspective, there¡¯s another more suitable candidate, Prince Hassan.
However, don¡¯t forget that Prince Hassan is still young. Perhaps you can help from the side. After all, Prince Hassan is a smart child. There¡¯s no need to worry too much, so he will definitely learn to be a good ruler.
However, Prince Hassan¡¯s father, Zadeh, is still alive. If you support his son to take the throne, there will be too many unexpected situations in the future. Besides, even if Zadeh doesn¡¯t cause trouble, how can you make the other nobles and tribes, who arc already tempted to take the throne, submit willingly?
Moreover, the reason Gu Han has been so hesitant those past few days is not because of his indecisive personality, but because he values rtionships too much.¡± Lin Suisui told Mo Enzo about the reason behind Gu Han¡¯s hesitance. Then, she said, ¡°Just as you said just now, the northern barbarians have already experienced such turmoil, so there really can¡¯t be any more trouble. Therefore, Gu Han is the most suitable candidate for this position.
Of course, if you¡¯re worried, you can supervise and advise him. Gu Han is not the kind of person who won¡¯t listen to advice.¡±
¡°But aren¡¯t you afraid of danger if you go to the Imperial Court at this time?¡± Mo Enzo didn¡¯t answer Lin Suisui immediately, instead, he changed the topic.
He briefly exined the situation in the Imperial Court before saying, ¡°Nina won¡¯t admit defeat so easily.¡±
In that case, Lin Suisui, who was clearly against her and had great beguilement power, would naturally be a thorn in her side.
They were far away now, so Nina¡¯s influence was more or loss out of reach. Once Lin Suisui approached the Imperial Court, then¡
Wasn¡¯t that like a sheep sending itself into the tiger¡¯s den?
Chapter 450 - 450: Cooperation?
Chapter 450: Cooperation?
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°There¡¯s definitely danger, but if we don¡¯t take the risk, the Consort can only wait for death. Are you willing to ept that, Patriarch Mo Enze?¡±
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t answer Mo Enze¡¯s question directly. She only smiled at Consort Mo levin, who was lying on the bed beside her.
Of course, it was dangerous to go to the Imperial Court, so she wanted to share the risk.
Mo Enzo¡¯s tribe was a considerable faction among the northern barbarians. They were nobles who had always been by Sr. Khan¡¯s side and had territories that other tribes didn¡¯t have, as well as cattle, sheep, army poption, and ves!
If they were willing to cooperate and help, their n to infiltrate the Imperial Court would go much smoother.
This was because situations change and things usually didn¡¯t go as nned. In the beginning, Lu Ze and Lin Suisui actually didn¡¯t want to implicate Mo Enze and the others. After all, Mo Enze and the others seemed very powerful and were the strongest among the tribes who came to participate in the discussion this time, but it was also because of this that other unexpected things arose.
However, Nina was causing trouble at this moment and that gave them an opportunity to cooperate.
If Mo Enze really cared about Consort Molcvin and treated her as his most important family member, he probably wouldn¡¯t refuse this cooperation.
After all, not to mention saving Consort Mo levan, their goal was to get rid of Nina and restore the stability of the Imperial Court.
¡°Of course 1 have to save my sister,¡± Mo Enze replied to Lin Suisui firmly.
Yes, he was indeed ambitious, but he had his own judgment. Lin Suisui¡¯s previous judgment about Prince Hassan had always been something he and his father had been hesitating about.
If not for this, there would be no need for them to stay here and feign civility with Gu Han.
He was plotting for the prosperity of the Erlun Tribe, but he wasn¡¯t a fool who didn¡¯t know his limits. Their tribe definitely wasn¡¯t strong enough to directly seize the throne. Therefore, at the moment, the only way was to cooperate with Gu Han.
Moreover, it was best if the future ruler was more benevolent to the northern barbarians in the future. For example, although Sr. Khan was said to be a little too gentle and weak, everyone could see that when he was in power, life was the most peaceful and stable for themoners.
He wasn¡¯t a fool who would lose his rationality over small profits. He naturally knew what could bring the greatest benefit to their tribe.
Therefore, he chose one of the solutions ho had discussed with his father and brothers.
¡°What do you need our tribe to do, Goddess?¡± After confirming their choice, the rest was much simpler. There was no need for unnecessary scheming. In order to achieve their goal, everyone began to brainstorm.
¡°You don¡¯t have to do much for the time being. Wo just want to return to the Erlun Tribe with you guys.¡± Lin Suisui smiled as she said softly, ¡°After all, if we go alone, I¡¯m afraid Gu Han will be worried and won¡¯t let us go.¡±
The Erlun Tribe¡¯s base wasn¡¯t far from the Imperial Court.
It took less than a day¡¯s journey for the Erlun Tribe to reach the Imperial Court. This was also the reason Consort Molevan wanted her maid to bring the two children back to the tribe.
However, she didn¡¯t expect Nina to bo so vicious that she didn¡¯t even lot the two children off.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, we won¡¯t go to the Erlun Tribe. We¡¯ll leave after we roach the vicinity.¡± Before Mo Enze could speak, Lin Suisui continued, ¡°For the time being, we don¡¯t want Nina to vent her anger on the Erlun Tribe.¡±
¡°That¡¯s no big deal.¡± Mo Enzo frowned and said almost subconsciously, ¡°Even if you hadn¡¯t appeared in the Erlun Tribo, Nina wouldn¡¯t have let us off just because of Molevin.
Therefore, you don¡¯t have to worry about anything. If you need our help, just toll us.
After all, we agreed to cooperate, so there have to be sacrifices. If everyone is afraid of death and hides, what right do we have to share the spoils of war in the end?¡±
It was easy to talk to smart people.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t participate in the next discussion. With Lu Ze and the others discussing, she got up and returned to the tent. She wanted to use the tame head technique she had taken from Consort Molcvin to sec if she could make any useful antidotes.
What Nina nted in Consort Molcvin was a parasite.
It was a little simr to the peak parasites that Lin Suisui hade into contact with previously. They used the unique master-servant rtionship of insects to control those who cast spells.
The parasite in Consort Molevin¡¯s body had yet topletely hatch, so there was no way for Nina to control Consort Molevin for the time being. However, the poison red up first.
Lin Suisui had never encountered this sort of poison before.
It was probably a secret technique from the Siamese Kingdom.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t find any direct connection between this poison and the tame head technique even after a while, so she could only stop for the time being and put this matter aside.
Not long after Consort Molcvin woke up, someone came to inform Lin Suisui.
Lu Ze and the others were still discussing something, so there was no one else in her tent. Seeing Lin Suisui, Consort Molevin smiled. Clearly, she was actually prepared to deal with the current situation.
¡°That woman is extremely vicious. She doesn¡¯t even let children off. How can she let me off so easily?¡± Consort Molevin coughed softly before looking up at Lin Suisui. After thinking for a moment, she asked very seriously, ¡°Goddess, you don¡¯t have to hide it from me. Is my body beyond saving?¡±
¡°Why do you ask?¡± Lin Suisui retracted her hand from taking Consort Molevin¡¯s pulse and frowned slightly as she asked in confusion.
¡°If there¡¯s no hope, I really don¡¯t want to drag my father and brother down.¡± Consort Molcvan lowered her eyes slightly and said in a low voice, ¡°Nina must n to threaten my father and brother by using me.
My life isn¡¯t worth much. I can¡¯t let the entire tribe get doomed just because of me.
¡°Besides, Nina is very vicious.. If they agree to her request, not only won¡¯t that save me, but the entire tribe will also be doomed!¡±
Chapter 451 - 451: He Seemed Angry
Chapter 451: He Seemed Angry
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
In terms of understanding Nina, no one here couldpare to Consort Molevin, who had interacted with her several times. Seeing that Lin Suisui didn¡¯t reply immediately, she continued to tell her everything that had happened after she met Nina.
When Princess Nina had just arrived in the northern barbarian territory, she wasn¡¯t as cruel and cold as she was now.
At that time, she looked like a cute and gentle little girl. She had a charm that waspletely different from that of northern barbarian women. Almost as soon as she appeared, she attracted the attention of Zadeh and the others.
¡°Gu Han is an exception.¡± At this point, Consort Molevan couldn¡¯t help butugh. ¡°Actually, ording to his father¡¯s n, he wanted to wed Princess Nina to Gu Han back then.
After all, among his many sons, only Gu Han wasn¡¯t married yet.
Moreover, no matter what, Nina is a princess from Siam. With such a noble status, she should at least be a consort.¡±
¡°Gu Han rejected it?¡± Upon hearing Consort Molevin mention this, Lin Suisui was intrigued and asked.
¡°He didn¡¯t refuse directly, but after receiving this news, he left the Imperial Court with his men. Sr. Khan was furious, but there wasn¡¯thing he could do about it.¡± When Molevan talked about these past events, she couldn¡¯t help butugh. However, as sheughed, she seemed to have thought of something and a mocking expression appeared on her face. ¡°Now that I think about it, Gu Han¡¯s decision was the most unexpected at that time.
The marriage partner he rejected was the one his remaining brothers fought over.¡±
¡°How did Gu Han find out about this?¡± Lin Suisui brought over the soup that had been ced beside Consort Molevin. She wanted her to drink it to moisten her throat, but she didn¡¯t forget to ask the obvious question.
ording to Consort Molevin, Gu Han actually wasn¡¯t Sr. Khan¡¯s favorite son. Among the many sons, he didn¡¯t have a mother to speak up for him, nor did he have a powerful maiden tribe to rely on. He didn¡¯t know how to curry favor with his brothers, and when he spoke, he often angered Sr. Khan¡
Therefore, how did Gu Han escape before the secret decision was announced to the public?
¡°Of course there are people who don¡¯t want Gu Han to marry Princess Nina.¡± Consort Molevin froze for a moment before she smiled bitterly and said, ¡°I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s a blessing or a curse. If Gu Han hadn¡¯t left back then and stayed¡ No, with Gu Han¡¯s personality, he probably wouldn¡¯t have married Nina even if he stayed.
Later on, Sr. Khan chose Zadeh and asked him to marry Princess Nina as his concubine.
Actually, I¡¯ve already gotten over this. After all, I¡¯ve been married to Zadeh for many years, so I know his personality better than anyone else.
At first, Nina was gentle and sensible. Even when Gu Han¡¯s concubines targeted her, she chose to avoid them.
In fact, in the beginning, I even protected her.
Butter on, everything slowly changed.¡±
Consort Molevan couldn¡¯t remember when it started, but Zadeh became more and more irritable, while Nina was also bing more and more unruly¡
She was like a poisonous snake that bared its fangs and attacked everyone around her.
¡°In short, Nina is not an easy opponent. For her to infiltrate the Imperial Court and have everyone at her fingertips, it can be seen that this wasn¡¯t her idea alone.
Perhaps the Siamese Kingdom had ulterior motives.
I don¡¯t want to put the entire Erlun Tribe in danger. Goddess, I know it¡¯s selfish of me to think this way, but if there¡¯s really no cure for me, I¡¯d rather choose to die in an aboveboard manner than be involved in schemes.¡±
As Consort Molevin looked at Lin Suisui, she begged in a low voice, ¡°Please understand and agree to my request.¡±
¡°I¡¯m afraid I can¡¯t.¡± Lin Suisui looked at Consort Molevin as she replied without hesitation, ¡°I can understand your feelings.
If therees a day when I¡¯m in your situation, in order to prevent my family from being threatened, I will make the same choice as you.
However, it¡¯s obvious that this predicament won¡¯t change just because of your decision.
Although the Erlun Tribe has been your home since you were young, its prosperity is inseparable from the safety of all the northern barbarians.
Even if you choose to die now, will the Erlun Tribe really be able to retreat?
Obviously, that¡¯s impossible.
¡°Don¡¯t forget that the Erlun Tribe is one of the most trusted noble ns and has wealth and strength that other tribes can¡¯tpare to. Just based on this, even if all the northern barbarians are in turmoil in the future, or if Nina controls the Imperial Court, do you think they will let the Erlun Tribe off?¡± ¡°The Goddess is right. Sister, don¡¯t let your imagination run wild!¡± As if to confirm Lin Suisui¡¯s words, before Consort Molevin could respond, Mo Enze¡¯s anxious response came from the door. After he lifted the curtain, he quickly came in from outside and looked at his pale sister lying on the bed worriedly. Molevin¡¯s words made him feel a lingering sense of fear. Fortunately, he had heard these words. Otherwise¡
¡°Molevin, I once told you that if you¡¯re unhappy in the Imperial Court, you can go home at any time! Neither our father nor 1 will ignore you.
¡°Also, even if you hadn¡¯t encountered this cmity, the Erlun Tribe wouldn¡¯t have been able to stay out of it.
What you need to do now is to recuperate. I¡¯m still around, so I can deal with the other matters!¡±
Lu Ze, who hade in with Mo Enze, didn¡¯t look happy. He nced at Lin Suisui, who had stood up from the bed, and said in an extremely indifferent tone, ¡°Patriarch Mo Enze, please try to advise her. We won¡¯t stay and disturb the two of you anymore.¡± Then, he reached out and pulled Lin Suisui out of the tent.
Lin Suisui was stunned by Lu Ze¡¯s pull. Although she didn¡¯t ask, she could sense that Lu Ze was in a bad mood.
He seemed angry, but why?
Chapter 452 - 452: Fraud
Chapter 452: Fraud
Trantor: Henyee Trantions
Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°What¡¯s wrong?¡± As Lin Suisui was dragged out by Lu Ze, she staggered behind Lu Ze.
For a moment, she couldn¡¯t tell what had happened. She thought that something had happened during Lu Ze¡¯s conversation with Mo Enze and the others.
But¡
That shouldn¡¯t be the case!
ording to Lu Ze¡¯s temper, even if he encountered any setbacks or unhappiness outside, he definitely wouldn¡¯t vent his anger on her. Therefore, could it be that she was the one who made him unhappy?!
But she hadn¡¯t done anything, right?
Lin Suisui carefully recalled everything that had happened just now. She couldn¡¯t understand what she had done wrong to make him throw such a tantrum.
It seemed that she had never seen him so angry.
¡°You don¡¯t know?¡± Lu Ze stopped and turned around to look down at Lin Suisui, who was being held by him. The little girl¡¯s face was flushed because she was anxious. However, the confusion in her eyes made him feel as if a basin of ice water had been poured on him.
What could he do?
The little girl in front of him was very smart. However, she was a fool who knew nothing about romance.
She wasn¡¯t enlightened at all!
¡°I really don¡¯t know!¡± Lin Suisui was confused by Lu Ze¡¯s question. She wasn¡¯t a worm in his stomach. How could she know why he lost his temper?!
¡°What¡¯s wrong with you? What did I do wrong? Just say it!¡±
Lin Suisui tilted her head and looked at Lu Ze with a serious yet innocent gaze. She was actually really curious. She had not done anything, so why was Lu Ze so angry?
Lu Ze pursed his lips and spoke in a low voice after a long time, ¡°No matter what happens in the future, you don¡¯t have to sacrifice yourself.¡± He looked at Lin Suisui with a deep gaze, as if he had a thousand words to say, but in the end, he only said this.
¡°I was wondering what made you so angry. So it¡¯s this!¡± Lin Suisui froze before she remembered what she had just said to Molevin. She couldn¡¯t help but chuckle as sheforted Lu Ze, ¡°I know. I just don¡¯t want Molevin to give up so easily!
Besides, didn¡¯t I say that unless I had no choice, I¡¡±
¡°Not even as ast resort. Never!¡± Lu Ze interrupted Lin Suisui¡¯s hypothesis. ¡°At any time, you have to remember that your safety is the most important! No one or anything canpare to that!
¡°Not even me. Do you understand?!¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry, I won¡¯t give up so easily.¡± Although Lu Ze shouted at Lin Suisui, Lin Suisui was happy. She reached out and scratched Lu Ze¡¯s palm as she coaxed him with a smile, ¡°Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ve always be by your side. If anything happens, you¡¯ll protect me!¡±
Lu Ze didn¡¯t speak. Although he wasn¡¯t as tense as before, it was obvious that he was still angry, so Lin Suisui continued to coax him with a smile.
Fortunately, Lu Ze¡¯s anger subsided quickly. The next day, when Lin Suisui mentioned that she wanted to discuss things with An Duo, Lu Ze had already regained hisposure and apanied Lin Suisui to meet this old fox.
An Duo was very sly.
Whether it was from Mo Rigen or from Mo Enze and the others, the things they had heard about An Duo were extremely legendary.
He wasn¡¯t an orthodox shaman. To put it bluntly, he was a quack.
In the beginning, he was just a child from an ordinary shepherd¡¯s family in the tribe. His family had never been rich. Just like many ordinary northern barbarian herders, he listened to the tribe leader¡¯s arrangements and lived in the tribe while praying for a peaceful life.
However, An Duo wasn¡¯t someone who could stay idle.
The leader of their tribe was an old shaman. Perhaps because of long-term influence, An Duo found a shortcut to striking it rich.
This shortcut was the shaman¡¯s daughter.
The old shaman had many sons, but only one precious daughter.
An Duo¡¯s target was this shaman¡¯s daughter. The method he used was also very simple. After falling seriously ill, he suddenly said that he had obtained the blessing of Tengri and couldmunicate with gods and exorcise ghosts.
An Duo was lucky that some of his subsequent prophecies really became true. In addition, he had a glib tongue, so over time, he really made a name for himself.
In addition, An Duo was quite devoted. After he married the shaman¡¯s daughter, from then on, he only had this wife by his side. At the same time, he respected and loved his wife¡¯s family from the beginning to the end. He didn¡¯t change just because he had be rich.
Therefore, as time passed, he obtained more connections and believers than the old shaman previously had and achieved his current status.
Of course, the reason An Duo had such great influence on the northern barbarians was that he was smart and knew how to adapt to the situation.
To put it bluntly, this person was a smarmy suckup.
If the situation was bad, he would escape very quickly. When he saw that the situation took a turn for the worst, he would immediately react and change his stance.
For example, this time, while everyone was still hesitating, he admitted defeat almost immediately. After this period of time, even the Mo Rigen tribe, who had a huge conflict with him previously, began to change their opinion of him and ease up.
Therefore, such a person was simply a natural-born chatan!
At this moment, this chatan was bowing to Lin Suisui respectfully. He knelt down in front of Lin Suisui, who he met less than a month ago and who was young enough to be his granddaughter.
Even though he knew that Lin Suisui¡¯s identity was definitely not as simple as that of a ¡®goddess¡¯, he still didn¡¯t show any unwillingness or reluctance. He acted like the most devout believer expressing heartfelt respect for the god he worshiped..
Chapter 453 - 453: An Duo Taking Advantage of Others’ Misfortune
Chapter 453: An Duo Taking Advantage of Others¡¯ Misfortune
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡¯ An Duo, there¡¯s actually no need for you to do this.¡±
Even though Lin Suisui was used to this, she was still a little unustomed to An Duo¡¯s attitude and felt very awkward.
However, An Duo didn¡¯t think that there was anything wrong with his actions at all. Instead, he exined to Lin Suisui, ¡°Madam, do you know why every time I host a ceremony, there¡¯s always a sea of people and tens of thousands of people are my devoted followers?1¡®
¡°Why?¡± Actually, Lin Suisui was very curious about this.
After all, ording to Mo Hi gen, Mo Enze, and the others, when An Duo¡¯s sacrificial ceremony began, countless believers would attend. Not to mention asking them to submit offerings, even if one asked them to hand over their lives, those believers didn¡¯t hesitate at all, as if they were not going to die, but to shoulder some kind of glory.
This was really surprising.
¡°That¡¯s because, whether it¡¯s true or not, 1 have to treat the matter withplete trust. 1 have to believe that God will bless me because of my ritual. I have to believe that 1 canmunicate with ghosts and that I¡¯m God¡¯s spokesperson.
¡°I know that you must have a certain level of ability and that you probably have a motive foring to us northern barbarians. Your disguise may deceive these simple and foolish people. However, it is far from enough from earning people¡¯s trust/¡¯
An Duo shook his head at Lin Suisui as he spoke to her very seriously. His tone was less fawning, and there was actually a hint of lecturing.
In the past few days, he realized that there was actually a lot of doubt about the identity of the ¡¯goddess¡¯ in front of him, but this wasn¡¯t important.
After all, he knew very well what Tengri was.
Their goal was to support Gu Han to be the now northern barbarian Khan!
Regardless of whether he was willing or not, because of their previous interaction, his life was actually in the hands of the ¡®goddess¡¯ in front of him.
Therefore, instead of thinking of a way to go against her, his choice was very simple¡ªto ept it.
However, he wasn¡¯tpletely unconcerned. He had interacted with Nina before, and she didn¡¯t give him a good feeling.
Moreover, one of the main reasons why he could survive until now was because he was adaptable and submitted to circumstances.
From the looks of it, Nina controlled the Imperial Court and was about to use Gu Han¡¯s influence to control all the northern barbarians!
However, this was just an illusion!
Just the fact that Zadeh had killed his brothers in the Imperial Court and exterminated some of the opposing nobles was enough to make those nobles and tribes feel apprehensive about him.
Who would want a lunatic who might kill them at any time to take over?
Therefore, if Gu Han didn¡¯t step forward to take the position, it was only a matter of time before the northern barbarians rebelled!
Originally, he was thinking about who to seek refuge with. Now, there was no need for him to think about who to seek refuge with.
An Duo had already confirmed his goal and he wasn¡¯t an indecisive person Therefore, since there was an opportunity for him to show off, he naturally wouldn¡¯t give up.
Of course, he knew very well that in front of these people, his position was inferior to even that of the white tiger beside the Goddess. However, this didn¡¯t matter. As long as the other party was willing to give him a chance, he was confident that he could let the other party see his strength.
¡°Next, if you want to sessfully convince the tribes around the imperial Court, the first thing you should do is to convince yourself first. You have to convince yourself that you¡¯re the ¡®Goddess¡¯, the reincarnation of Tengri in this world!
You have control over the change of power in the entire Imperial Court.
Only by convincing yourself and sessfully entering the character of ¡¯Goddess¡¯ can you make the world worship you, believe in you, and follow your lead.¡±
Seeing that Lin Suisui didn¡¯t interrupt him and continued to listen to him, An Duo continued, ¡°The nobles and tribes around the Imperial Court say that they believe in Tengri, but that¡¯s bullshit!¡±
At this point, An Duo cursed and spat on the ground as he mocked the tribes around the Imperial Court and the nobles in the Imperial Court. ¡°They believe in their own interests!
If Tengri could bring them benefits, they would listen and choose to obey Tengri unconditionally. Otherwise, even if Tengri descended into the world and asked them to hand over their wealth to help those poor herders, they would definitely burn Tengri to death as a lunatic.
This is the so-called devout belief of those people!
Therefore, you should think more about what to use to persuade them and what benefits to offer!
If it really doesn¡¯t work, at least use something to subdue them like you did to me previously!
That way, they¡¯ll have no choice but to obey you like dogs and crawl at your feet without daring to resist.¡±
¡°Then what do you think is the fastest way to achieve your goal?¡± As Lin Suisui looked at An Duo, she suddenly wanted to hear him continue.
¡°It¡¯s definitely toote to reason with them now. Those nobles have always been very cautious. If you talk things out with them, that¡¯ll dy things until the birth of Zadeh and Nina¡¯s child!
Therefore, the most useful solution now is to treat them as dogs.
Tame them and make them listen to you!¡±
At this point, An Duo¡¯s tone clearly contained a hint of schadenfreude. ¡°Those people are all talk anyway. We just need to get them to appear when the timees. There¡¯s no need to go through so much trouble.¡±
He had already been forced to hand over his life, so there was no reason for him to be the only one to suffer!
Those princes and nobles usually acted arrogant in front of them. Now, it was time for those people to have a taste of what it was like to kneel down like a dog!
In the future, everyone would be dogs.. Who was nobler than the other?
Chapter 454 - 454: Harvest Festival
Chapter 454: Harvest Festival
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°An Duo, your reaction is really surprising.¡± Lu Ze couldn¡¯t help butugh after hearing An Duo¡¯s suggestion.
Compared to Lin Suisui, Lu Ze understood An Duo¡¯s intentions better.
Still, there was nothing wrong with the suggestion.
In order to better understand and control the situation, Lu Ze had never given up on nting moles among the northern barbarians.
After so many years of development, there was already a considerable number of spies among the northern barbarians.
However, the location of these moles was very hidden. At the same time, their status in the northern barbarians wasn¡¯t high, so they could only provide information and couldn¡¯t affect the overall development.
Therefore, when Lu Ze came to cooperate with Gu Han this time, he also had other ns, such as finding a more useful ally.
And now, a potential ally had appeared.
In terms of status, An Duo was very suitable. To the northern barbarians, An Duo was sometimes even more influential than those nobles with military power!
The rest would depend on An Duo¡¯s attitude and performance.
Lu Ze had a n in mind, so his attitude towards An Duo became more scrutinizing and probing.
¡°There¡¯s nothing strange about that. There¡¯s a saying in the empire: ¡®A wise man submits to circumstances.¡¯ My life is in the hands of the ¡®Goddess¡¯ to begin with, and I don¡¯t have the ability to resist. In that case, I definitely have to choose the path that¡¯s most beneficial to me.
Moreover, your current n is actually an excellent opportunity for me.
¡°People are ambitious. If there¡¯s a chance, who doesn¡¯t want to climb up the ranks?¡±
An Duo had no intention of hiding his ambitions and desires. After all, it was useless to hide such things.
After he stated his n very frankly, he seemed more reliable.
¡°But this isn¡¯t without risk. Aren¡¯t you worried at all?¡± When Lin Suisui heard An Duo¡¯s thoughts, she couldn¡¯t help but widen her eyes in surprise and she looked at An Duo in dismay.
After all, this was the first time she had encountered a shaman like An Duo, who was still in the mood to consider his ambition even under the threat of death and used his current situation to obtain the greatest benefits for himself.
¡°Hch, in my current situation, I¡¯m already on the verge of death. It¡¯s said that wealthes from danger. If I can gain your trust, I can rise up. If not, I¡¯ll be dead meat either way, so I won¡¯t lose out.¡±
ShamanAn Duo was very open-minded about this.
He chuckled as he bowed to Lin Suisui and Lu Ze respectfully. Then, he said, ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I promise that I won¡¯t be disloyal. I¡¯ll definitely cooperate with your n.
As for the future, the two of you can quietly observe my attitude and decide whether I¡¯m qualified to cooperate with the two of you over the long term.¡±
¡°Then let¡¯s take it one step at a time.¡± Lu Ze smiled. He didn¡¯t give a clear answer, but he didn¡¯t reject him directly.
In terms of understanding the northern barbarians, even Lin Suisui and Lu Ze, who were prepared, were definitely inferior to shaman An Duo.
Lu Ze didn¡¯t hide anything and simply asked shaman An Duo for the most suitable time to go to the Imperial Court.
¡°Actually, returning with the Erlun Tribe along the way isn¡¯t a bad idea, but if you want to expand your influence, it¡¯s best not to miss the harvest festival.¡±
After An Duo thought about it for a moment, he suggested with certainty, ¡°The northern barbarians¡¯ annual harvest festival will be in seven days.
It¡¯llst for about ten days. This period of time will be the busiest inside and outside the Imperial Court. There would be wrestling, sacrificial rituals, and other activities around the Imperial Court as people pray to the gods for a smooth-sailing new year.
During this period of time, there were countless ceremonies.
¡°I also hold a Spiritual Conference every year during this period. If you can disy your divine power during this period of time, the impact will definitely be shocking.¡±
This was what Lu Ze had told Lin Suisui previously.
Lin Suisui remained calm and asked An Duo some more questions before letting him leave.
After An Duo left, Lu Ze told Lin Suisui the results of his discussion with Mo Enze, Gu Han, and the others. Then, he said, ¡°We also want to use the Harvest Festival as an opportunity to rush to the vicinity of the Imperial Court.¡±
¡°But I¡¯m sure Nina will expect us to use the Harvest Festival as an opportunity.¡±
After Lin Suisui thought about it carefully, she was still a little worried.
The best opportunity they could think of was naturally the same for others. Therefore, this trip was a risky opportunity.
¡°Yes, so this trip is very dangerous. You have to be careful.¡± Lu Ze rubbed the top of Lin Suisui¡¯s head gently and didn¡¯t forget to instruct her, ¡°When the timees,e with me. No matter where you go, don¡¯t be alone.¡±
Lin Suisui nodded repeatedly. She naturally wouldn¡¯t refuse Lu Ze.
She knew her own strength. At this moment, what she needed to do was to listen to all the arrangements and not cause trouble.
Therefore, when they set off the next afternoon, Lin Suisui rejected Mo Enze¡¯s suggestion to let her sit in the same carriage as Consort Molevin.
After all, Consort Molevin still had two children by her side, so she would naturally feel more at ease with the children along the way. As for her physical condition, they could just stop the carriage and let her check if anything happened.
Upon hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s arrangements, Mo Enze didn¡¯t force her anymore. Instead, he followed Lin Suisui¡¯s instructions and let her sit in the carriage at the back with Lu Ze.
Gu Han knew that it was impossible for Lin Suisui and the others to change their minds at this moment, so while he arranged for a pair of guards to protect them, he solemnly promised Lu Ze and the others that he would definitely rush to the Imperial Court to meet them before the harvest festival ended.
Hearing King Gu¡¯s promise, Lu Ze smiled, but his response was very cold. ¡°You¡¯d better remember the promise you made now. You know that time waits for no one.
If you don¡¯t appear on that day, don¡¯t me me for making the decision on my own and recing you with someone else..¡±
Chapter 455 - 455: Mole
Chapter 455: Mole
Trantor: Henyee Trantions
Editor: Henyee Trantions
There were not many people from the Erlun Tribe who came with Mo Enze this time, but they were smart. Therefore, in addition to Lu Ze¡¯s subordinates and the guards arranged by Gu Han, the defense was quite tight.
When they guessed that Concubine Nina might arrange for someone to assassinate them and cause trouble, everyone no longer dared to be careless. They were afraid that if they rxed even a little, they would bring about a disaster.
Lin Suisui¡¯s carriage was behind Consort Molevin¡¯s carriage. Almost all the men were riding horses, but Lu Ze chose to take a carriage. This surprised Mo Enze, but when he saw An Duo¡¯s colorful carriage, he swallowed his doubts.
Although there were many people in this group, they were not slow.
Mo Enze sent out scouts. When night fell on the grasnd, their follow-up troops arrived at the temporary camp that had already been set up in front.
Everything went ording to n. Nothing unexpected happened.
Lin Suisuiwent to Consort Molevin¡¯s tent to check her condition and modify the ratio of two herbs first. Then, she put away her things and stood up to leave.
However, just as she reached the door, Lin Suisui suddenly stopped and turned around to look at the maidservant who had brushed past her and entered the tent with a tray.
¡°Who is that?¡± Lin Suisui retracted her gaze and turned to ask Consort Molevin¡¯s nanny, who had sent her out.
¡°She came with me to serve the Consort. Wn was injured previously and is still recuperating. Silver Pearl is an old woman who has been helping Consort¡¯s nanny. She¡¯s capable and smart. I¡¯ve chosen the right person by bringing her over this time.¡±
Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t too interested in these things. Instead, she continued to ask, ¡°Has she always been serving the Consort?¡±
¡°Yes, because she¡¯s meticulous and reliable, I handed these things to her to deal with.¡± The nanny could tell that something was wrong from Lin Suisui¡¯s tone, so she stopped smiling and looked at Lin Suisui nervously. ¡°What¡¯s wrong?¡±
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t answer the nanny¡¯s question directly. Instead, she instructed Bai Guo, who was beside her, in a low voice, ¡°Call someone over.¡±
Without any hesitation, Bai Guo turned around and left in a hurry. Yin Qiao, who was left behind, guarded Lin Suisui¡¯s side warily.
When Bai Guo went over to deliver the news, Lu Ze was discussing the next arrangements with Mo Enze. When he heard that something had happened to Consort Molevin, Mo Enze rushed over with Lu Ze. Without needing Lin Suisui to exin, they surrounded the Consort¡¯s tent.
¡°What¡¯s wrong, Brother?¡± When Consort Molevin saw Mo Enze, who was walking in quickly from outside the tent, she frowned in confusion. Looking at Mo Enze¡¯s obviously dark expression, her intuition told her that something bad had happened.
¡°Have you drunk medicine?¡± Mo Enze didn¡¯t answer Consort Molevin¡¯s question directly. Instead, he walked over. When he saw that the medicine in the medicine bowl by the bed was still steaming and didn¡¯t look like it had been drunk, he heaved a sigh of relief. Before anyone could react, he reached out and grabbed Silver Pearl, who was standing at the side.
This sudden change in situation shocked Consort Molevin. Before she could scream, the next scene stunned her.
Silver Pearl, who Molevin originally thought would be seriously injured by her brother¡¯s attack, turned around and dodged the fatal blow. She counterattacked Mo Enze immediately.
However, Mo Enze wasn¡¯t the only one who had entered the tent. Lu Ze and the others attacked together and instantly pressed down Silver Pearl, who was still resisting.
Because there had been a precedent of sacrificial soldiers taking poison in advance, Lu Ze immediately reached out and dislocated her chin. Then, the guard behind him quickly went forward and used a cruel but very effective method to break Silver Pearl¡¯s gums and take out the poisonous pill.
¡°How did you discover that something was wrong with this person?¡± After they tied up Silver Pearl and dragged her away, Mo Enze turned around curiously and asked Lin Suisui, who was standing at the side with a calm expression.
¡°I wasn¡¯t sure, but the smell on her body made me a little suspicious.¡± Lin Suisui simply told him the reason she realized that something was wrong. ¡°I¡¯m much more sensitive to herbs than others.
Among the medicine she had just served, there was clearly an additional medicine that I had not listed in the prescription.
Taking this herb for a short period of time won¡¯t cause much harm. It¡¯ll only make people sleepy and dispirited.
I asked the wet nurse and found out that she had been in charge of the medicine during this period of time, so I became suspicious.
In the current situation, it¡¯s better to be careful.¡±
¡°It¡¯s all thanks to your vignce this time. Otherwise, I really don¡¯t know what would have happened next.¡± Mo Enze heaved a sigh of relief when he heard Lin Suisui¡¯s exnation.
At least she wasn¡¯t using any lethal poison now. If she used poison to deal with his sister, who was already injured¡
It was unimaginable!
¡°She probably won¡¯t use poison for the time being. Her goal is probably to show everyone that I can¡¯t relieve the effects of the medicine on Consort.
This way, her master behind the scenes will wait for an opportunity to negotiate with you guys. Perhaps they will be able to get what they want.¡±
In this short period of time, Lin Suisui figured out the other party¡¯s n. The other party was quite scheming, but she wasn¡¯t a pushover either.
Mo Enze and Lu Ze didn¡¯t stay any longer. They went out to ask the mole for information.
On the other side, Lin Suisui took Consort Molevin¡¯s pulse carefully and checked the bowl of medicine again. Then, she rxed andforted Consort Molevin, ¡°It¡¯s fine. I¡¯ll hand the adjusted prescription to the wet nurse.. For the next period of time, leave the brewing of the medicine to the wet nurse!¡±
Chapter 456 - 456: Naga
Chapter 456: Naga
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
With this previous incident, even without Lin Suisui¡¯s instructions, the wet nurse didn¡¯t dare to hand over the important task of brewing medicine to anyone else. As she nodded repeatedly, she didn¡¯t forget to scold Silver Pearl for being disloyal.
¡°Perhaps you¡¯ve misunderstood Silver Pearl.¡± Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help but sigh when she heard the granny¡¯sint. ¡°Perhaps this mole isn¡¯t a Silver Pearl at all?¡±
With the northern barbarians¡¯ Face Changing Technique, she suspected that someone had reced the Silver Pearl and snuck in without anyone knowing.
This was quickly confirmed. Not long after, Bai Guo, who was guarding the door, walked in with a solemn expression and whispered something to Lin Suisui.
Lin Suisui¡¯s expression changed slightly when she heard this. She nodded at Bai Guo, then turned around and whispered to Consort Molevin and the nanny, ¡°Patriarch Mo Enze and the others went over to check just now. That mole wasn¡¯t Silver Pearl, but someone disguised as Silver Pearl.¡±
This news didn¡¯t make Consort Molevin or the nanny feel much more rxed, especially Consort Molevin. Her expression changed. ¡°Then, then Silver Pearl¡¡±
She didn¡¯t ask what happened next. To be able to disguise herself so well that no one who had been interacting with her realized anything was wrong, the real Silver Pearl was probably dead.
¡°I¡¯m going over to take a look. Consort, don¡¯t worry too much about it. Rest well. Don¡¯t let those people seed. That¡¯ll be the best counterattack against them.¡±
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t answer Consort Molevin¡¯s question. She stood up before nodding and bidding farewell.
She didn¡¯t tell Consort Molevin that the method that person used was simr to the northern barbarian face-changing technique she knew previously. They both had to remove the victim¡¯s face and process it¡
After Lin Suisui walked out of Consort Molevin¡¯s tent, under Bai Guo and Yin Qiao¡¯s escort, she went straight to the slightly shorter tent not far away.
At this moment, there was already a bonfire inside, and the mole tied to the rack at the side had already lost all ability to resist or escape. The meridians in her hands and feet had been severed, making her look miserable and pitiful.
However, she wasn¡¯t dispirited. Instead, she looked like an enraged female wolf.
¡°She doesn¡¯t look like a northern barbarian.¡± There were many people around Mo Enze who were proficient in torture. The bearded man in front of him came over and expressed his opinion very bluntly. ¡°She isn¡¯t from the empire either. I found a tattoo that looks like a peacock feather on her back. If I¡¯m not mistaken, she should be a shadow guard from the Siamese Kingdom¡¯s royal family.¡±
¡°Then it has something to do with Nina.¡± Mo Enze snorted as he turned around and nced at the mole, who was gritting her teeth. Then, he said disdainfully, ¡°To be able to be a shadow guard of the royal family, you must have some capabilities. You must be very stubborn as well!
I¡¯m very patient!
Since you fell into my hands today, you¡¯re unlucky! I want to see if you¡¯re tougher or if I have more tricks up my sleeve!
¡°In short, it¡¯ll be fine if you admit it in advance, but if you refuse, don¡¯t me me for being ruthless!¡±
¡°Can I check her condition first?¡± Mo Enze was about to ask someone to torture her when Lin Suisui suddenly took a step forward and said to Mo Enze, ¡°Since she¡¯s a shadow guard of the Siam royal family, we can¡¯t treat her like an ordinary person.¡±
Although Lin Suisui¡¯s suggestion confused Mo Enze, after seeing that Lu Ze had no objections, he took two steps back and gave up his seat to Lin Suisui.
Lin Suisui had guessed that there might be the tame head technique in the mole¡¯s body. She had seen parasites who died from the bacsh once they crossed the line.
Lin Suisui checked this mole the same way she had checked Consort Molevin¡¯s body previously. Unexpectedly, she realized that something was wrong.
¡°If I¡¯m not mistaken, someone had used the tame head technique on her when she was young. The greatest use of this tame head technique is to iste people.
Those under the tame head technique would no longer feel anything from the outside world.
This included taste, touch, and, more importantly, pain.
They are numb to all contact from the outside world. For example, even if you cut off her limbs in front of her, she won¡¯t feel anything.¡±
As expected, as soon as Lin Suisui said this, the woman tied to the torture rackughed smugly and red at Mo Enze provocatively. ¡°Naga has already blessed me. With her protection, how can you guys hurt me?
¡°Just use whatever methods you have. I¡¯m not afraid of you stupid animals!¡±
¡°I¡¯m curious if Naga really blessed you or not.¡± After Lin Suisui smiled at the smug woman, she turned around and gave the furious Patriarch Mo Enze a look to calm him down. Then, she turned around to look at the smug woman. ¡°Why don¡¯t we give it a try?¡±
The tame head technique actually originated from the empire.
Even if there were other developments in the Siamese Kingdom, in the end, they were all the same. Lin Suisui had experience dealing with the tame head technique in Consort Molevin¡¯s body, so she was much more familiar with it this time.
She used the parasite technique again. In her words, she was fighting poison with poison.
However, this time, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t use a poisonous parasite that could kill people. Instead, she used a rather precious medicine parasite.
As she looked at the soft, white worm that Lin Suisui took out and emitted a strong herbal scent, a trace of fear shed across the mole¡¯s face. She wanted to dodge, but at this moment, she was already tied to the torture rack. There was no possibility of struggling, so she could only watch as the worm quickly burrowed into her body along the wound on her wrist.
¡°You should feel honored. This medicine parasite is very rare. I haven¡¯t used it even once ever since I mastered it. If you really want to thank me, thank God Chi You for the gift!¡± Lin Suisui smiled as she exined to the woman patiently, ¡°You¡¯ve never experienced everything in this world since you were young, right? From now on, you can at least be aplete person..¡±
Chapter 457 - 457: Assassin
Chapter 457: Assassin
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Lin Suisui was a doctor. ording to a doctor¡¯s understanding, to be called a person, the most basic requirement was perception of this world.
One had to taste all the vors in the world, smell all sorts of scents, and feel pain. Only then would one be aplete person.
Otherwise, what was the difference between living in the world and being a walking corpse?
What Lin Suisui had to do now was to use the medicine parasite to reconstruct the woman¡¯s body in front of her. She didn¡¯t know if this move would work on the tame head technique, but she could at least try it.
As it turned out, Lin Suisui was quite lucky this time. The method she used was very effective on this woman tied to the torture rack.
¡°I have to remind you of a few things.¡± As Lin Suisui observed the expression of the woman in front of her, she guessed the effect of the medicine parasite after fusing. When she saw that the pain and fear on her face could no longer be hidden, Lin Suisui smiled happily and she said to the woman in front of her with a hint of mischief, ¡°Your perception of this world has been interrupted for too long. Now that it¡¯s suddenly renewed, you¡¯ll probably feel it quite too intensely.
In words that everyone can understand, your perception of pain might be much better than that of others.¡±
In other words, it was very painful for her.
The pain that had been blocked and forgotten was like a powerful tsunami at this moment. As the tide receded, it made aeback and instantly destroyed the defense she had built.
The sense of pain that she had forgotten for many years was like the whistling north wind from the grasnd, corroding her sense of rationality.
The pain thatpletely exceeded her imagination made her break down and scream.
When Lin Suisui saw the molepletely lose herposure, she turned around and nodded at Lu Ze. She had no intention of staying.
There was no need for her to do anything else.
Lu Ze personally sent Lin Suisui out. After instructing Bai Guo and the others to protect Lin Suisui, he returned to the tent where he interrogated the mole.
Things were destined to be chaotic tonight.
Not long after Lin Suisui returned to her tent, there was the sound of swords shing outside.
With Bai Guo and Yin Qiao protecting her, Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t too affected. In less than five minutes, the sounds of fighting outside stopped.
Not long after the sounds outside stopped, Lu Ze lifted the curtain of the tent and strode in while reeking of blood.
¡°I¡¯m fine. Are there assassins outside?¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t wait for Lu Ze to ask before reassuring him.
¡°Yes.¡± Lu Ze nodded and exined the entire situation to her before saying, ¡°The people who came this time were just testing the waters. Just as we imagined previously, this trip probably won¡¯t be peaceful.
I¡¯ll get Su Le to bring people to guard outside to protect you. Don¡¯t worry, I definitely won¡¯t let anyone hurt you.¡±
Lin Suisui naturally had no doubts about Lu Ze¡¯s arrangements. However, she wasn¡¯t only worried about her own safety, but also about Lu Ze¡¯s safety.
At the mention of this, Lu Ze rubbed the top of Lin Suisui¡¯s head calmly as he said with a smile, ¡°We¡¯re not the ones who will suffer, but Nina, who¡¯s waiting for news in the Imperial Court.¡±
Lu Ze¡¯s guess was right. The next day, after receiving the news, Nina was so angry that she threw away the breakfast sent by the maidservants.
She originally nned to defeat them one by one.
Although she had Zadeh under control, Consort Molevin had escaped with the seal!
ording to her guess, Consort Molevin should have brought all of this back to the Erlun Tribe immediately. Compared to Gu Han, who was actually already at the end of his rope, the Erlun Tribe was a greater threat to her.
After knowing that Patriarch Mo Enze of the Erlun Tribe had set off to meet Gu Han, she made up her mind to strike first.
However, what she didn¡¯t expect was that Mo Enze, who clearly didn¡¯t bring many subordinates to Gu Han¡¯s base, actually had such powerful people. She lost 10% of the shadow guards she had sent for the assassination.
What made her even angrier was that one of the two shadow guards she had brought from the Siamese Kingdom actually got killed too.
¡°Princess, do you want me to go over and investigate now?¡± Another shadow guard asked her. Compared to those subordinates who were only worthy of kneeling on the ground in front of Nina, she clearly had greater say.
¡°What can you do there? Do you want to get killed?¡± Nina regained her usual calmness after her outburst.
She turned around and nced at Ting Nuo in disdain as she rejected her suggestion.
¡°Get He Gan to arrange for someone to try again. We have to investigate the other party.¡± After Nina walked to the short table at the side, she poured herself a cup of milk tea and took a few sips before instructing Ting Nuo, who was waiting at the side, ¡°You don¡¯t have to ask about Shixin anymore!
I¡¯m doing this for your own good. Do you know why I¡¯ve never liked Shixin? It¡¯s not because she¡¯s not strong enough. In fact, she¡¯s stronger than you in many aspects!
However, there¡¯s something about her that I can¡¯t tolerate!
She¡¯s too independent. She doesn¡¯t listen to orders and acts on her own! Even after obtaining some important news, she¡¯ll hide it and even ask my brother for a solution!
For example, this time, if she had reported what had happened in the camp earlier and asked us to make preparations, how could she have lost contact with us?
Ting Nuo, don¡¯t learn from her, understand?¡±
¡°Yes,¡± Ting Nuo lowered her eyes slightly and replied respectfully. Then, as if she had thought of something, he looked up at Nina hesitantly and asked in a low voice, ¡°Then, is there really no need to find Shixin¡¯s whereabouts?
¡°What if she¡¯s still alive and it¡¯s just not convenient for her to contact us for the time being?¡±
Chapter 458 - 458: Erlun Tribe
Chapter 458: Erlun Tribe
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
As a shadow guard, anything could happen when one was carrying out a mission outside.
As a shadow guard, Ting Nuo could actually understand some of Shixin¡¯s actions. From the day they were chosen to enter the secret camp, they had already lost the right to live like normal people.
She had long resigned herself to this reality.
But Shixin was different.
She had not lost her ambition. That was why she tried her best to seize every opportunity to climb up.
However, she didn¡¯t know that she was already in deep waters, so how could she have the chance to escape?
¡°You¡¯re delusional.¡± Upon hearing Ting Nuo¡¯s hypothesis, Nina, who was sipping milk tea, couldn¡¯t help butugh. Then, she turned around and sized up Ting Nuo in contempt, as if she was a fool. ¡°In her current situation, death is the greatest gift to her!
As a shadow guard, you naturally know the consequences otherwise!¡±
Thinking of the ¡°divine spell¡± nted in their bodies, Ting Nuo couldn¡¯t help but shiver. Then, she gritted her teeth and left with her head lowered.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t know about the incident in the Imperial Court, but she was busy checking the corpses of the dead sacrificial soldiers to see if she could find any traces of the tame head technique.
Lu Ze and the others were not idle either. They interrogated the shadow guard, Shixin, who was on the verge of breaking down.
It was also because of Shixin¡¯s help that they found out more about Nina, who was in the Imperial Court.
For example, she wasn¡¯t the real princess of the Siamese Kingdom, but the adopted daughter of the Siamese Kingdom¡¯s King.
It was said that the Siamese Kingdom¡¯s king had at least dozens of adopted daughters like her.
Like raising parasites, these girls had been collected from all over the Siamese Kingdom since they were young.
Only the most outstanding ones were qualified to be the adopted daughter of the Siamese Kingdom¡¯s king and be entrusted with heavy responsibilities. Those with mediocre qualifications would either end up like Shixin, who had been transferred to the shadow guard camp to be nurtured as shadow guards, or be stepping stones for others to climb up the ranks and die in the end.
As the best among this group of girls, Nina was assigned the heavy responsibility of controlling the northern barbarians.
¡°She crossed thousands of mountains and rivers from the Siamese Kingdom, so there must have been a limit to the number of people she brought with her.¡± Lu Ze whispered his opinion to Lin Suisui, ¡°But she¡¯s proficient in the tame head technique, so we can¡¯t be careless.
If I¡¯m not mistaken, Nina will probably be more cautious in the future.¡±
Actually, there was another guess that he didn¡¯t say. It was very likely that Siam would send reinforcements after sensing that something was wrong.
After all, ording to Shixin, ever since she entered the northern barbarian territory, she had never stopped reporting what had happened to the eldest prince in Siam.
The eldest prince could probably sense that the situation with the northern barbarians was about to go out of control. If the other party was really as smart and quick-witted as Shixin had said, it was definitely impossible for him to ignore everything that had happened with the northern barbarians.
Therefore, it was better to end things with the northern barbarians quickly!
Lin Suisui and the others finally arrived outside the Erlun Tribe two days before the Harvest Festival. Although there were still countless assassination attempts along the way and there seemed to be a lot of people, their strength was clearly iparable to that of the first batch of assassins who attacked them.
Lu Ze and the others didn¡¯t even have to do anything. Just Mo Enze¡¯s guards were enough to repel those disunited assassins.
Because they had long received the news that the ¡®goddess¡¯ was about to arrive at the tribe, when Lin Suisui and the others¡¯ carriage arrived at the Erlun Tribe, almost all the people inside and outside the camp rushed to the entrance to wee them.
Although no one had seen Lin Suisui, who was in the carriage, yet, no one dared to be negligent when they saw the solemn An Duo guarding outside the carriage.
Lin Suisui was wearing a veil and didn¡¯t even show her face as she sat in the carriage. She had already attracted the curiosity of most people in the Erlun Tribe because of the feeling of mystery that An Duo had created right from the beginning.
Consort Molevin¡¯s parents didn¡¯t pay much attention to the carriage Lin Suisui was in. They were more concerned about Consort Molevin, who was sitting in another carriage.
After the convoy entered the camp and stopped in front of the most magnificent tent, Consort Molevin alighted from the carriage with red eyes. As soon as she saw her nanny, Duo Gole, she couldn¡¯t help but rush forward and hug her.
Seeing this scene of mother and daughter reuniting, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t disturb them. Instead, she asked Bai Guo to secretly ask about Mo Enze and the others¡¯ residence before leaving quietly.
When Lin Suisui saw Consort Molevin and her family again, it was already the evening banquet.
Since neither Lin Suisui nor Lu Ze wanted to be too ostentatious, only Consort Molevin¡¯s family was present at this so-called wee banquet.
Seeing Lin Suisui, Duo Gole stood up and bowed to her very respectfully. Then, she said to Lin Suisui gratefully, ¡°Tengri, if not for your help, my poor daughter would have been separated from me forever.¡±
¡°The Consort was lucky. I just helped out.¡± Lin Suisui lowered her eyes slightly and replied politely. Just as An Duo had said previously, she was a goddess now and not an ordinary person, so she had to maintain this sense of distance from them.
It wasn¡¯t only Duo Gole. The elder sisters-inw of Consort Molevin were also grateful to Lin Suisui for saving Consort Molevin.
Although they had just interacted, Lin Suisui could still sense the intimacy and harmony between Consort Molevin¡¯s family.
It was no wonder that the Erlun Tribe, as one of the eight lords beside Sr. Khan, had been prosperous until now. It was probablyrgely rted to their unified tribal atmosphere.
During the meal, they talked about the uing harvest festival.
However, at the mention of the celebration, Duo Gole sighed helplessly and said in a low voice, ¡°Yesterday, the Imperial Court sent an order that there will be no celebrations inside or outside the Imperial Court this year.
It¡¯s said that Sr. Khan is seriously ill and there are many things to do in the Imperial Court, so it¡¯s inappropriate to hold a harvest festival at this time.
After all, Sr.. Khan¡¯s fate is unknown, so who can celebrate in high spirits?¡±
Chapter 459 - 459: Planning
Chapter 459: nning
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Duo Gole¡¯s words made Lin Suisui and the others¡¯ expressions change slightly. No one expected that despite everything that had been nned, they encountered such an incident.
Although Lin Suisui was shocked, she didn¡¯t show it on her face. She attended this family banquet and chatted with Duo Gole and the others calmly for a while before getting up to leave with Lu Ze.
As soon as they left the tent, Lin Suisui asked Bai Guo to invite An Duo over.
¡°Has this happened before?¡± Lin Suisui smiled at An Duo and went straight to her purpose for inviting him over today.
¡°No.¡± An Duo shook his head and replied with certainty, ¡°The Harvest Festival is a big deal. Any form of disrespect is punishable by death. How can we anger the gods just because of a single person¡¯s illness?
Actually, before I went to the banquet just now, I already received some news about the harvest festival. However, it wasn¡¯t confirmed yet, so I didn¡¯te over to report.
Everyone is very against this arrangement now, so I¡¯m afraid there will be trouble in the Imperial Court again in the next two days.¡±
For the northern barbarians, the Harvest Festival was a festival that couldn¡¯t be sphemed against. The grander the celebration, the better, because this could augur a peaceful year.
However, Zadeh, who was in charge of the Imperial Court¡¯s affairs, had made such a decision that angered everyone.
Not only couldn¡¯t they celebrate, but even the ritual to worship the gods was called off¡
This not only angered the ordinary people, but even the lords and nobles who had supported Zadeh previously expressed great dissatisfaction and anger.
¡°In that case, this unforeseen event might also be an opportunity.¡± After Lin Suisui pondered for a moment, she turned to look at Lu Ze with a smile. As expected, she saw the same mirth in his eyes.
¡°Then I¡¯m afraid we¡¯ll have to trouble you next.¡± Lu Ze nodded at Lin Suisui before looking at An Duo, who was still in a daze. ¡°Since everyone has a lot of dissatisfaction with Zadeh, you might as well use this opportunity to stir up more trouble.¡±
With Lu Ze¡¯s reminder, shaman An Duo immediately reacted. He couldn¡¯t help but nod repeatedly with excitement. ¡°Yes, that¡¯s true! If it¡¯s handled well, we can even find a more suitable opportunity for you to appear in front of everyone!¡±
With a target, An Duo¡¯s next move became much easier.
He was very good at keeping people in suspense. After he released a few messenger pigeons and sent a few believers to send messages, everything was almost settled.
As expected, just as Lin Suisui and the others had guessed, this method of sowing discord brought great trouble to Nina, who just made the decision in the Imperial Court.
¡°Ahem, ahem, even if you kill me, you made this stupid decision yourself.¡± Zadeh spat out a mouthful of blood as he smiled at the furious Nina provocatively. His face was filled with schadenfreude. His back wascerated by the whip, but he was still smiling.
¡°I¡¯ve advised you not to be stupid, but you didn¡¯t listen to me!
Actually, this is all because you¡¯re too selfish and conceited. If you put yourself in their shoes, you would understand. What would happen if someone asked you to stop worshipping the Naga Snake God?¡±
¡°How dare you!¡± Before Zadeh could finish speaking, Ting Nuo, who was beside Nina, whipped him heavily. Ting Nuo red at Zadeh with an extremely ugly expression as she shouted, ¡°How dare you insult Naga?!¡±
¡°You guys can¡¯t even stand me mentioning it. Then, what do you think those people will think when you guys call off the Harvest Festival?¡± Zadeh wasn¡¯t angry after being whipped. Instead, he smiled even more happily.
He leaned against the ground as he stared at Nina with resentment in his eyes. ¡°Just wait for retribution!¡±
¡°Don¡¯t be smug too early.¡± Nina turned around and nced down at Zadeh with a cold smile. ¡°Things have just begun. Put away your smugness first. We still don¡¯t know who will win in the end!
Don¡¯t think I don¡¯t know that many of the people causing trouble here were instructed by your good brother! ¡®Goddess¡¯¡
Hehe, I want to see how impressive this ¡®Goddess¡¯ is!¡±
After saying that, she turned around and gave Ting Nuo a look. Ting Nuo quickly retreated. Seeing that he and Nina were the only ones left in the tent, Zadeh¡¯s expression immediately changed. He stopped being smug and shrank back in fear to get as far away from Nina as possible.
Nina only nced at him and chuckled. After she walked to the short table at the side and poured a ss of wine, she walked towards Gu Han with the wine ss in her hand. ¡°Gu Han, what are you hiding from? We¡¯re husband and wife. Besides, I want to give birth to a cute prince for you!¡±
¡°Don¡¯te over!¡± Zadeh struggled to avoid Nina¡¯s grip. Unexpectedly, Nina moved quickly and mped down on Zadeh¡¯s chin, forcing the wine into his mouth.
¡°This is the only use I have for you now! Otherwise, do you think I¡¯d be willing to pretend to be civil to a piece of trash like you?¡± Nina threw away the wine ss in her hand and reached out to tug at Zadeh¡¯spel. ¡°You¡¯d better listen to me. There¡¯s a limit to my patience!
If you¡¯re still so useless that I can¡¯t get pregnant, don¡¯t me me for using other methods!
After all, when the timees, won¡¯t it be up to me to decide if this child¡¯s father is you or not?¡±
At this point, Nina tightened her grip.
The man in front of her was too useless!
If she still couldn¡¯t get pregnant, she could only use other methods! What she needed now was only a child.
After the situation in the future stabilized, as for who the child¡¯s father was¡
Who would dare to question it?!
¡°How dare you!¡± Zadeh was so angry at Nina¡¯s shamelessness that his face turned ashen. He couldn¡¯t help but curse, but just as Nina had said, he couldn¡¯t resist at all now. As the medicine in the wine gradually took effect, he quickly lost his rationality and ability to think.. He followed Nina¡¯s wishes and became entangled with her¡
Chapter 460 - 460: Guest
Chapter 460: Guest
Trantor: Henyee Trantions
Editor: Henyee Trantions
After discovering that her instructions had angered the public, Nina quickly made changes. In the name of Zadeh, she announced that the Harvest Festival would continue, but on this basis, she added another rule, which was to ask the people to pray for Sr. Khan¡¯s safety and wellbeing.
Compared to the previous arrangements, this one seemed much more reasonable.
¡°Someone from the Imperial Court has informed us that we shamans are to enter the golden tent to preside over the prayer ceremony the next day.¡±
After receiving the news from the Imperial Court, An Duo rushed over almost immediately to report to Lin Suisui.
An Duo instinctively felt that something was wrong with this arrangement.
It wasn¡¯t that he had not been to the Golden Tent before. Previously, when he didn¡¯t know Nina¡¯s identity, he already felt that something was wrong. Now that he knew Nina¡¯s identity, he felt that the Imperial Court¡¯s arrangement was targeted at them.
Therefore, when he faced Lin Suisui, he didn¡¯t hide his worry at all.
However,pared to the extremely nervous An Duo, Lin Suisui was very calm. She wrapped the herbs in her hand as she replied to An Duo, ¡°This isn¡¯t difficult to guess. Since Nina was able to control the entire Imperial Court in such a short period of time after entering the northern barbarians, it¡¯s obvious that she¡¯s not stupid.
She already knows of my existence and that Gu Han is gathering the strength of the other tribes. After the assassination attempt against the Erlun Tribe failed, she probably guessed that we would use this harvest festival to approach the Imperial Court.
She probably had limited manpower in the Imperial Court now, so previously, she thought of banning the Harvest Festival celebration once and for all.
However, after discovering that this didn¡¯t work, she thought of using the limited power in her hands in the most efficient way as possible.¡±
¡°That¡¯s true, but won¡¯t we fall into that concubine¡¯s trap this time?¡± When An Duo heard Lin Suisui¡¯s words, although he felt that her analysis made sense, shouldn¡¯t they be in a hurry to think of a solution?
Why didn¡¯t this ¡®Goddess¡¯ seem anxious at all?
¡°An Duo, since you know about our empire, you should know that our empire has another saying. It¡¯s called beating people at their own game.¡±
Lin Suisui smiled as she said to An Duo confidently, ¡°Don¡¯t worry, shaman. All of this is within our expectations. You just have to follow the arrangements, which will guarantee your safety.¡±
¡°Then what should I do now?¡± After hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s guarantee, An Duo heaved a sigh of relief. However, there was still no solution to the urgent matter at hand, which made him a little anxious.
¡°Just respond ordingly.¡± Lin Suisui looked at An Duo as she instructed in a low voice, ¡°There¡¯s no need to think about anything else. ns will never keep up with the changes in this world. At that time, we¡¯ll have to decide what to do again.¡±
As expected, Lin Suisui encountered an unforeseen event before the Harvest Festival.
All of this had to start with a group of uninvited guests who had suddenly entered the Erlun Tribe.
The territory of the Erlun Tribe wasn¡¯t small. Because the surroundings had always been safe and there were no major dangers, sometimes, the children of the tribe would ride horses to the surroundings to y.
However, to everyone¡¯s surprise, the usually docile horse suddenly went crazy and carried Mo Enze¡¯s eight-year-old daughter, Ge Lan, as it ran crazily. At that time, a caravan happened to pass by. The young man in the lead rushed forward bravely and saved Ge Lan, who waspletely frightened.
While the adults who came after hearing the news were lecturing the children for being insensible and running out without telling the adults, they were also very grateful to the caravan that happened to pass by and save Ge Lan. With the harvest festival imminent, they naturally invited them into the Erlun Tribe as guests.
The tribes living on the grasnd were already used to the caravansing and going.
When they saw these unfamiliar guests this time and heard that they had saved the children of their n when they passed by, they naturally felt grateful to them.
It had only been about half a day, but they were already getting along very well.
¡°From what I see, the people in this caravan are not as simple as they seem.¡± Bai Guo reported the information she had obtained to Lin Suisui in a low voice. At the same time, she didn¡¯t forget to tell Lin Suisui the results of her observation of the group of people. ¡°They seem to be martial artists. Some of them are quite strong.
With such martial arts skills, they don¡¯t seem like an ordinary caravan at all.
Moreover, just now, I secretly listened to those peoplemunicate with the others in the n. Although they spoke the empire¡¯s officialnguage very fluently, from their faint ent, they didn¡¯t sound like people from our empire¡¯s Weinan region.
¡°Also, from some of their habits, such as the way they sit, they look more like the Siamese people from the south.¡±
Their legs were at their sides, unlike how people from their empire sat.
¡°Can you report this to Lu Ze?¡± Lin Suisui stopped flipping through the book and looked up with a serious expression.
¡°I¡¯ve already reported it.¡± Bai Guo nodded. She didn¡¯t dare to hide such a thing. She immediately told Su Le to report it to Lu Ze.
While Lin Suisui was talking to Bai Guo, Lu Ze had already picked the curtain and walked in.
Seeing Lu Zee over, Bai Guo quickly bowed to him respectfully and left.
¡°Bai Guo has already told you?¡± After Lu Ze came over and sat down beside Lin Suisui, he stopped her from getting up.
¡°I did. From what she said, this so-called ¡®caravan¡¯ probably came prepared.¡± Lin Suisui frowned. These people came at such a coincidental time!
But how could there be so many coincidences in this world?
¡°They have ties to the Siamese Kingdom.¡± Lu Ze already had a rough judgment and idea after hearing Bai Guo¡¯s report. Although this change had happened very suddenly, they were notpletely unprepared.
¡°Either Nina arranged people to infiltrate the Erlun Tribe to find out the truth, or Siam sent reinforcements after receiving news of the northern barbarians¡¯ situation.
No matter what, we¡¯ve encountered them now. We definitely can¡¯t avoid it, so I¡¯ve already asked Su Qi to look for Mo Enze in private and remind him of the suspicious points about this caravan. Let¡¯s wait for Mo Enze¡¯s decision for the time being..¡±
Chapter 461 - 461: Cousin
Chapter 461: Cousin
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Not long after, Mo Enze secretly rushed over.
Actually, even if Lu Ze didn¡¯t arrange for anyone to remind them, after calming down and asking about the child¡¯s condition, Mo Enze sensed that something was wrong with this group of people.
It was too much of a coincidence.
Moreover, that horse had always been docile and obedient. Why did it suddenly go crazy and start running?
Coincidentally, that group of passing caravans encountered the situation?
Of course, most importantly, the location of their tribe wasn¡¯t the path that caravans usually took. Therefore, various suspicious points indicated that there was definitely something they didn¡¯t know.
However, before Mo Enze could find out anything, Lu Ze and the others had already discovered something.
¡°We can suppress this group of people now, but firstly, we don¡¯t know if they have any backup ns. Secondly, the harvest festival ising up. If we attack this group of people now and alert Nina, won¡¯t our next move be affected?
Therefore, it¡¯s better for us to bide our time and keep a close eye on these people to see what they¡¯re up to!
After we figure out the whole story, we¡¯ll catch them all in one fell swoop!
What do you think?¡±
Mo Enze thought for a long time beforeing up with this suggestion. This was the safest way to deal with the situation at the moment. However, he also knew very well that the matter in front of him wasn¡¯t up to him alone to decide. It also depended on the opinions of the two people in front of him.
¡°If these people are really from Siam as we guessed, I¡¯m actually most worried that they have also mastered the tame head technique that Nina is good at.¡±
Lin Suisui frowned slightly and thought about it carefully for a moment before looking up at Mo Enze and expressing her worry.
Although she felt that Mo Enze¡¯s suggestion wasn¡¯t bad, because they knew too little about the tame head technique, this kind of pervasive sorcery was difficult to guard against. Now that Consort Molevin had already fallen for it, if these people took advantage of this opportunity and captured a few hostages to threaten Mo Enze and the others, she really didn¡¯t know if the Erlun Tribe would still agree to cooperate with them with all their might under such pressure.
¡°My idea is to arrange for these people to rest in a rtively quiet ce and separate them from the others in the n.¡±
Mo Enze nced at Lin Suisui and Lu Ze. Seeing that they didn¡¯t interrupt him, he continued, ¡°As for the excuse, it¡¯s not difficult to find. Just say that the Harvest Festival celebration is imminent, and the entire tribe is preparing for this. They, foreign guests, havee from afar and saved Ge Lan¡¯s life, so it¡¯s naturally not appropriate to trouble them.
I arranged for them to be in a quiet ce because I hope they can have a good rest and have more energy to participate in the Harvest Festival celebration.¡±
This arrangement was reasonable and thorough, so Lu Ze didn¡¯t say anything else. He only nodded slightly in agreement with Mo Enze¡¯s decision.
Because she knew that the other party had ill intentions, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t n to leave the tent for the next two days and wasn¡¯t prepared to meet the other party.
Therefore, when she left the tent and went to check Consort Molevin¡¯s body, she didn¡¯t expect to meet the other party.
Looking at the unfamiliar man who had suddenly appeared in front of her, Lin Suisui froze for a moment before she regained herposure. Then, she nodded at the man who was sizing her up calmly and turned to leave.
Unexpectedly, just as she was about to walk to the side, the man took two steps in her direction and blocked her path.
¡°What do you want?¡± Seeing that the situation wasn¡¯t right, Bai Guo quickly went forward to protect Lin Suisui and stared at the man opposite her warily.
From the way this person dressed, it was obvious that he wasn¡¯t from the Erlun Tribe. In that case, he was most likely a member of the caravan who had infiltrated the Erlun Tribe this time.
¡°Don¡¯t be angry, Miss. I just wanted toe over because I saw that you looked familiar¡¡± The man was clearly surprised by Bai Guo¡¯s attitude towards him, but soon, the man smiled and bowed to Lin Suisui before exining politely.
However, Bai Guo had no intention of listening to him continue lying. She spat at him with a cold expression. ¡°Are you kidding me? Everyone says that the empire is particr about etiquette, but I didn¡¯t expect you to be so rude!¡±
While Bai Guo was blocking this man, Yin Qiao had already shielded Lin Suisui as they left.
They thought that this interaction would end because of their resistance and rejection, but the other party¡¯s shamelessness exceeded their imagination.
Moreover, just as Bai Guo had learned previously, this man wasn¡¯t weak. When he saw that Lin Suisui was about to leave, he couldn¡¯t care less about hiding his identity and stopped her. In the blink of an eye, he and Bai Guo had already exchanged a few blows.
Themotion here was getting louder and louder, so it naturally couldn¡¯t be hidden from the others. As Lin Suisui looked at the unfamiliar faces attracted by themotion, her expression became more and more solemn.
Clearly, they hade prepared!
However, it was obvious that Bai Guo and Yin Qiao were not unprepared. Soon, Su Le rushed over with his men and shielded Lin Suisui behind them.
¡°You guys are guests who havee from afar. We respect you, but you can¡¯t disrespect our goddess just because we respect you!¡± Su Le red at the seven or eight unfamiliar faces opposite him as he scolded them.
¡°Goddess?¡± The man who had appeared to stop Lin Suisui previously realized that being gentle was useless, so his expression changed. He straightened up and stopped ying nice. Instead, he smiled at Lin Suisui and the others. ¡°Then why do I find this woman so familiar?¡±
This man¡¯s words piqued Lin Suisui¡¯s interest, so she simply asked, ¡°Since you keep saying that I look familiar, who do you think I look like?¡±
¡°You look like my cousin.¡± As the man looked at Lin Suisui, he didn¡¯t sense any danger at all..
Chapter 462 - 462: Hypothesis
Chapter 462: Hypothesis
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
As soon as the man said this, not to mention Lin Suisui, even Mo Enze, who hade over after hearing the news, couldn¡¯t help but stagger in shock.
What the hell?!
Cousin?!
¡°You¡¯ve got the wrong person.¡± After Lin Suisui nced at the man, she understood what he wanted to do. She calmly gave Lu Ze, who was about toe over, a look before continuing, ¡°I know what you want to say. Before you say anything, I want to tell a joke. I just recalled it at this moment.¡±
Ignoring the man¡¯s slight change in expression, Lin Suisui lowered her eyes and thought for a moment before continuing without changing her expression, ¡°In the past, I heard a story from travelers from the empire.
He said that although the empire was filled with outstanding people, there were also many ruthless people who would do anything to earn money.
Among them, their targets were often naive girls.
The women were naive and were doted on by the elders in the family, so they were innocent and ignorant of the dangers of the world.
Their usual method was to arrange for men to appear in front of the woman and im that she was his cousin or the fiancee of an elder in the family.
He would keep saying how he had made many mistakes in the past and ask for forgiveness. Then, someone would take the opportunity to exin to the surrounding people that this woman was either engaged to this man first or that her cousin had eloped. In the end, they would drag the woman away.
With those ridiculous exnations from before, passers-by wouldn¡¯t interfere. Therefore, after those evil people attacked, they often seeded.
In the end, most of those women were sold by those evil people for money. Originally, I thought that this kind of thing was just a legend, but I didn¡¯t expect to encounter it again.
Don¡¯t you think it¡¯s ridiculous?¡±
Lin Suisui¡¯s calm attitude made the expressions of the man blocking her and the people around him change at the same time.
It had to be said that this story was damn familiar!
They really had this n. They wanted to destroy Lin Suisui, the ¡®Goddess¡¯, while she was unprepared!
Even if they couldn¡¯tpletely destroy her, at least they could ruin her reputation.
After all, how trustworthy could a goddess who had eloped with someone be?
However, before this n could be implemented, it was directly exposed by the ¡®goddess¡¯.
How could they continue their n?
¡°I think you¡¯ve misunderstood. My friend only thinks that you look a little simr to his cousin. He didn¡¯t mean to say that you¡¯re his cousin.¡±
Just as the situation became awkward, someone finally came out to save the day.
The person who spoke was a refined and gentle-looking man. The elegance in his every move was like a breeze that could make people let go of their hostility at a nce.
From everyone¡¯s attitude towards him, his status in this group was self-evident.
Before Lin Suisui could speak, Lu Ze had already rushed over and stood in front of her. He met the man¡¯s kind and apologetic gaze as he said coldly, ¡°Since you¡¯ve admitted your mistake, can we leave now?¡±
The man didn¡¯t speak, and Lu Ze had no intention of continuing to talk to him. He shielded Lin Suisui as they left.
¡°They actually thought of such despicable methods!¡± Bai Guo still felt a lingering sense of fear when she thought of the scene just now. If they really seeded, no matter how she exined it, rumors, especially simr rumors, were especially convenient to spread, so it would have been toote for her to remedy the situation.
Lin Suisui patted the back of Bai Guo¡¯s hand tofort her. Then, she said softly, ¡°It¡¯s imaginable. After all, the Siamese Kingdom is powerful.
¡°They have ambitions that are ipatible with their country¡¯s strength. If they don¡¯t use such despicable methods, how can their ns seed?¡±
It was impossible for them to plot openly!
Even if the entire Siamese Kingdom joined forces with the southern border, such as Vietnam, they might not be able to break through the southern defense line of our empire. That was why they targeted the northern barbarians in the north of the empire and tried to join forces with the northern barbarians to attack the empire at the same time. In this way, the empire would no longer be united.
However, it was obvious that their n didn¡¯t go as smoothly as expected this time.
Perhaps something had gone wrong. Lu Ze had told her more than once that when dealing with all kinds of unexpected situations, the greatest taboo was panicking.
Once this happened, everything that was originally nned would gradually go out of control.
For example, everything was controlled by Nina at first, but when did things start to go wrong?
That was the moment Gu Han escaped.
However, what disrupted everything wasn¡¯t a foreshadowing that had just been nted, but an even earlier one.
If they had not used the refugee riot to return to the northern region, met Gu Han along the way, and fought, they naturally wouldn¡¯t have taken the risk to enter the pass and ask them for help.
Of course, without all of this, with Gu Han¡¯s own strength, he might be able to gather a portion of the northern barbarians¡¯ strength to resist the Imperial Court, but Gu Han might not have the upper hand.
When everything in the northern barbarians stabilized and if the northern region of the empire was still under the rule of that muddle-headed General Gao, the consequences¡
The Siamese Kingdom would have already attacked the soldiers in the northern region!
At that time, who would be able to resist the northern barbarians¡¯ cavalry?
In the end, if war broke out in the northern region and the southern region at the same time, what would happen to the empire?!
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t dare to think about the consequences. For some reason, she raised her hand and covered her chest, as if she had suffered a heavy blow. It was so painful that she could barely breathe.
¡°What¡¯s wrong?¡± Lu Ze pulled Lin Suisui into his arms as he asked her anxiously.
¡°I¡¯m fine. I just suddenly felt a little ufortable.¡± After Lin Suisui calmed down, she looked up at Lu Ze and held his handfortingly as she said in a low voice, ¡°It was just for a moment. I feel much better now..¡±
Chapter 463 - 463: Interception
Chapter 463: Interception
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Although Lin Suisui downyed it, Lu Ze didn¡¯t dare to be careless. He asked Bai Guo to invite the medical officer over to take Lin Suisui¡¯s pulse. After confirming that there wasn¡¯thing serious, he asked the medical officer and the others to leave.
After Bai Guo and the others left, Lu Ze walked back and sat by Lin Suisui¡¯s bed. He looked down at her worriedly as he asked, ¡°I asked Bai Guo to brew the calming medicine. You must have been tired these past few days, so take the medicer and rest well.¡±
At the thought of the reason for this trip, Lu Ze couldn¡¯t help but me himself. After all, if not for him, she wouldn¡¯t have had to travel so far and suffer so much.
¡°Don¡¯t worry too much about it. I¡¯m really fine.¡± Lin Suisui noticed that Lu Ze was in a bad mood, so sheforted him in a low voice. ¡°I just thought about something, so I¡¯m probably worried.¡±
In order to reassure Lu Ze, Lin Suisui even briefly exined what she had just thought to him. However, Lu Ze¡¯s expression became even uglier.
¡°No matter what happens in the future, you have to prioritize your own safety!¡± Lu Ze pulled Lin Suisui into his arms. He used so much strength that it seemed like he wanted to embed her entire body into his.
Just as Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t take it anymore and wanted to struggle a little, Lu Ze finally let go and looked down at her with unprecedented seriousness.
He instructed word by word, ¡°No matter what, nothing is as important as your safety! Remember!¡±
¡°But¡¡±
Lin Suisui wanted to struggle again, but before she could say anything, Lu Ze interrupted her, ¡°No buts!¡±
Although she didn¡¯t know why Lu Ze was so persistent on this matter, since he insisted, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t continue to argue with him. She could feel Lu Ze¡¯s tension. His worries were actually all because of her.
There was no need for her to continue provoking him.
With Lin Suisui¡¯sfort, although Lu Ze was still a little tense, he was much more rxed than before.
Since the Harvest Festival was about to begin, Lu Ze originally nned to use these people who clearly had ulterior motives to lure out the mastermind. However, after today¡¯s incident, he was no longer in the mood to continue acting with them.
At night, Lu Ze made his move.
The smell of blood naturally couldn¡¯t be hidden from Mo Enze. When he rushed over with the warriors of the Erlun Tribe, he only saw corpses on the ground.
As for the man who had always spoken to him gently and seemed to have a good temper, he looked like a demon. The look he cast when he sheathed his blood-stained sword made Mo Enze, who had seen massacres before, shiver.
¡°You guys¡¡± Mo Enze wanted to ask Lu Ze the truth, but he realized that he didn¡¯t know how to ask.
He sighed and swallowed the question that was on the tip of his tongue. After hesitating for a moment, he asked, ¡°Did anyone escape?¡±
¡°A few escaped.¡± Lu Ze threw the handkerchief he had wiped his fingers with to the ground and turned to look at Mo Enze. ¡°The two leaders left the tent in disguise before the sky darkened.¡±
Smart people wouldn¡¯t stay and wait for death when they knew that they had been exposed.
¡°Then I¡¯ll immediately order the entrance to be sealed!¡±
Mo Enze frowned. Without thinking, he instinctively turned around to give the order, but Lu Ze stopped him. ¡°There¡¯s no need. They must have left the Erlun Tribe long ago.¡±
He wanted to take these people by surprise, but he was still a step toote.
In that case, he had to speed up the rest of the arrangements!
When Lu Ze told Mo Enze about his decision to bring everything forward, Mo Enze nodded in agreement.
Everything was arranged in an orderly manner, but Heka and the others, who had escaped from the Erlun Tribe, were not so rxed.
Heka¡¯s expression was extremely ugly. He had been instructed by the eldest prince toe and help Nina.
They had the same status, but now, he was under Nina¡¯smand. How could he ept that?!
Therefore, he wanted to find an opportunity to strike first and see if he could resolve the crisis they needed to face in the northern barbarians.
Everything was thought out, but when it was really implemented, they didn¡¯t expect to encounter such an unexpected turn of events. Not only did they identally expose their identities and motives, but they also lost more than half of their men. They had no choice but to escape to the Imperial Court to seek protection from Nina!
How embarrassing!
Heka was so angry that he urged the horse under him so that it could run faster. If those people from the Erlun Tribe behind him discovered them, they might not have a chance of escaping the encirclement of those pursuers and reaching the Imperial Court safely.
Heka¡¯s most trusted subordinates and the dozen-odd guards were following closely behind.
He could abandon the others, but he couldn¡¯t abandon these people.
If that was the case, even if he escaped into the Imperial Court to meet Nina, what was the difference between him and a tiger with its teeth pulled out?
As he cursed his bad luck, he began to think about what to do after arriving at the Imperial Court safely.
It was definitely impossible for him to sit back and wait for death!
It was impossible for him topletely submit to Nina! At most, he would submit to her for the time being and think of a way to fight back!
This ce was far from Siam anyway, so he had enough patience and means to take everything he wanted from Nina!
For example, power. For example¡
Heka was so engrossed in thinking about the future that he didn¡¯t notice the arrows that were flying towards them like meteors from not far away¡
When he came back to his senses, three of hispanions had already fallen off the galloping horse. They had already lost their lives.
¡°There¡¯s an ambush!¡± The guard beside Heka quickly drew the machete at his waist and tightened the reins to control his horsemanship to protect him as he looked for cover.
However, on this vast grasnd, where was he going to find cover to avoid the arrows?
During this moment of hesitation, two more of theirpanions fell.
It was also at this moment that Heka and the others realized in shock that the other party¡¯s archery skills were very urate.. The two of them were killed in one hit!
Chapter 464 - 464: Desperation
Chapter 464: Desperation
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Such terrifying and precise archery skills, and during the dark night¡
Heka and the others didn¡¯t dare to risk their lives anymore, nor did they dare to ride their horses forward. Instead, they dismounted one after another and used the horses to form a simple and crude ring-shaped defense, in hopes of using this arrangement to stop the enemy from ughtering them.
¡°Who is it?!1¡¯
Heka and the others didn¡¯t dare to let down their guard after hiding. Heka swallowed hard and roared into the darkness angrily, ¡°If you have the ability, show your true form and fight me one-on-one. What¡¯s the point of hiding in the dark like this?¡±
From a certain perspective, Heka was more or less bluffing.
His main goal was to probe the other party¡¯s strength and motives and see if there was any hope of escaping.
However, his opponent was clearly much more patient than he had expected. He shouted for a long time, but there was still no response. On the other hand, someone on their side stuck his head out but was quickly shot in the throat¡
The other party¡¯s goal was obvious¡ªthey only wanted their lives and didn¡¯t want to leave anyone alive.
¡±F*ck, lot¡¯s fight them!¡¯* Seeing that hispanions were decreasing, Heka finally gradually lost his rationality and calmness.
They couldn¡¯t wait any longer. If they waited any longer, they would be killed by the other party!
At that time, they would probably be in an even more passive position!
Thinking of this, Heka pulled out the scimitar in his hand. Then, he gritted his teeth and jumped out of the ring-shaped defense while charging in the direction where the arrow hade from.
As it turned out, this wasn¡¯t much different from courting death.
When Heka was nailed to the ground by the iing arrows, he turned around and saw hispanions who had rushed out with him fall into pools of blood¡
What went wrong?
As Heka¡¯s vision darkened, he still couldn¡¯t help but consider this development that he couldn¡¯t understand.
There was clearly nothing wrong with his arrangements¡
Why did they encounter obstacles every time until now?
Heka thought that he was doomed this time, but when he opened his eyes again, he had already been moved to a wide and warm tent.
This tent was different from the northern barbarians¡¯ tent where he had lived. It was rtively simpler. There was only a low couch for people to rest on. There was also a bonfire in the middle of the tent and himself, who was tied to the torture rack and unable to move.
It was also because he had woken up that Heka noticed that other than him, three of hispanions were tied to the torture rack. However, they seemed to be in a worse state than him and had not woken up yet.
¡°You look energetic!¡± A slow chuckle startled Heka, who turned around abruptly and saw a young man in a robe standing at the entrance of the tent. His long ck hair was tied behind his head with a simple headband and he strolled in barefoot.
He was dressed in a casual outfit, but he exuded an air of nobility and arrogance. He held an extremely exquisite-looking goldencquer box in his hand and smiled at him as he asked, ¡°Do you want tea?¡±
Heka looked warily at the man who walked in slowly, but he couldn¡¯t figure out his background at all, so he didn¡¯t dare to respond.
Pci Qian didn¡¯t care if he responded or not. After he called out, Qian He brought in the tea set.
Pci Qian sat down and began to ground the tea.
¡°This tea isn¡¯t easy to obtain. I couldn¡¯t bear to take a sip along the way. It¡¯s rare to see a guest like you from afar today, so I wanted to treat you to good tea. I didn¡¯t expect you to not appreciate it.1¡®
As Pei Qian slowly ground the tea, he sighed regretfully. ¡°Why do you have to do this? Hasn¡¯t the Siamese Kingdom enjoyed peace all these years? Why do you have to go through all this trouble?¡±
¡¯¡¯Why should it be a matter of course for your empire to expand its territory, but not when the Siamese Kingdom wants to expand our territory?¡± Heka couldn¡¯t stand Pci Qian¡¯s words and retorted unhappily, ¡°We re conqueringnd with our own abilities. No matter what, as long as we seed, what right do you have to say that we won unfairly?¡±
¡°The point is, did you seed?11 Pei Qian looked up. He wasn¡¯t angered by Heka¡¯s unreasonableness. Instead, he asked in a pitying tone.
Heka turned his head away in embarrassment and his chest heaved violently. He took a long time to calm down before he turned around and red at Pei Qian. ¡°It¡¯s not time yet. Isn¡¯t it too early to jump to conclusions?¡±
¡°Oh, then do you think you can seed?¡± Pei Qian nodded good-naturedly and asked him.
¡°Why not?¡± Although he usually didn¡¯t treat Nina well, Heka decided to use her to snub him now.
¡°That¡¯s really something to look forward to.¡± Pei Qian nodded seriously. After he nced at Heka¡¯spanions, who were waking up one after another beside Heka, the smile on his face widened. ¡°1 heard that you Siamese shadow guards are protected by the Siamese God, so you can avoid pain and illnesses. Is that true?¡±
¡°Why are you asking this?¡± Heka wasn¡¯t stupid. He wouldn¡¯t lower his guard against Pei Qian just because he acted kind.
Sometimes, this kind of smile was even more terrifying!
¡°Oh, it¡¯s nothing. I¡¯m just a little curious.¡± As Pei Qian looked at the tea that was gradually boiling on the small red y stove, the smile on his face widened again. ¡°It seems that youTre not very willing to answer. It¡¯s fine. If you don¡¯t want to tell me, then don¡¯t. I have a way to know the answer anyway.¡±
¡°What do you want?¡± Pei Qian¡¯s words made Heka vignt. He forcefully suppressed his panic and uneasiness and tried his best to maintain hisposure as he continued to confront Pei Qian. However, it was obvious that Pei Qian had lost interest in talking to him.
As Heka asked this question, Qian He had already walked in with a man. It was an old man who looked a little hunched. When he entered, he bowed to Pei Qian respectfully first before turning around.. He stared in the direction of Heka and the others as he asked in a hoarse voice, ¡°Master, who do you want to start with?¡±
Chapter 465 - 465: Mobilizing the Troops
Chapter 465: Mobilizing the Troops
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
The old man¡¯s attitude was very respectful. At first nce, he didn¡¯t look intimidating, nor was he eye-catching.
Heka only saw Pei Qian raise his hand slightly. He didn¡¯t say anything and only gestured to the old man.
Heka saw the old man respond and turn around to smile at him. Even though he had seen many people before, he was still shocked by the old man¡¯s smile.
The old man¡¯s smile was indescribably terrifying. Before he could say anything, he saw the old man take out a small knife as thin as a cicada¡¯s wing from the wooden box he carried with him.
All of this happened too quickly. By the time he understood what the other party wanted to do, more than half of hispanion¡¯s cheek had been cut off¡
However, this was different from the cruelty he had imagined.
The old man was quite fast, and his movements were very stable. The thickness and size of the flesh under each de were the same, like fine fish scales¡
¡°As expected, you really can¡¯t feel any pain.¡± Pci Qian put down the teacup in his hand and observed for a long time before nodding with certainty. ¡°I thought this was just a rumor, but it turned out to be true.¡±
Heka had always thought that what he had experienced in the Siamese death camp was already hell. It wasn¡¯t until he met Pci Qian at this moment that he realized that what he had experienced in the past wasn¡¯thing inparison.
He could endure seeing hispanion being sliced into bones with his own eyes, but that person actually wanted to boil meat from hispanion for him¡
rgh!
¡°What do you want me to do?¡± After Heka finished vomiting, he was dragged back to Pei Qian.
He gave up on resisting.
Yes, he wasn¡¯t afraid of death, but he didn¡¯t want to interact with lunatics. It was obvious that the gentle-looking man in front of him was a lunatic.
He was very sure that everything in front of him was indeed just the beginning. If he still chose to resist, the consequences would definitely not be something he could withstand.
¡°Oh, you¡¯re really not going to resist anymore?¡± Heka¡¯s attitude surprised Pci Qian. He looked at Heka, who hadpletely chosen to give up resisting, in disbelief and sighed regretfully. ¡°I thought you couldst longer.¡±
Although he sounded regretful, Pei Qian knew what the most important thing was.
He handed the matter to Qian He, who was beside him. Then, he stood up and walked out.
¡ö ¡ö¡ö ?
The tension inside and outside the Imperial Court was diluted by the joy of the Harvest Festival.
In order to appease the people, Nina even dragged Zadeh to appear in front of the people of the Imperial Court to show that everything was fine.
In the current situation, no one cared about such small details. Just as many people thought, no one knew what would happen tomorrow, so they might as well enjoy a happy life now.
The happy crowd formed a long line to celebrate. Everyone sang and danced beside the bonfire and every prayer g while praying for happiness and peace. They hoped that the weather would be good in the new year and that there would be good harvests.
¡°Everything¡¯s fine?¡±
After Nina heard her subordinate¡¯s report, she couldn¡¯t help but frown slightly. This shouldn¡¯t be the case.
ording to her deduction, if the Goddess wanted to cause trouble, she naturally wouldn¡¯t give up such a good opportunity to enter the Imperial Court. Could it be that they had other thoughts?
Nina was thinking about the situation when a panicked guard rushed in. ¡°Concubine, there¡¯s bad news!¡±
Nina had thought of many ways for Gu Han to cause trouble, but she didn¡¯t expect that he would arrange for someone to rush straight into the Imperial Court!
The other party clearly didn¡¯t intend to say much to her. As soon as he rushed into the Imperial Court, he told everyone what Nina had done in the past.
As for Zadeh, who was under her control, no one cared about him anymore.
Just like how Zadeh hadughed at her previously.
Now that all the letters and seals were in Gu Han¡¯s hands, he was undoubtedly the future northern Khan. How could people still care about Zadeh?
The entire Imperial Court fell into chaos because of the sudden attack.
The soldiers in charge of protecting the Imperial Court were not loyal to begin with. Now that they saw the deration written in ck and white, who would be stupid enough to stay behind and lose their lives for other people?
In just a short while, sounds of fighting spread to the surroundings of the Golden Tent.
Nina couldn¡¯t care less about other things at this moment. Under the protection of her trusted aide, she changed her clothes to sneak out of the Golden Tent. Although her position was at stake, she didn¡¯t want to lose her life here.
However, it was obvious that it was already toote for her to leave.
Pci Qian, who was already prepared, smiled at the captured people in satisfaction. ¡°As expected, fighting fire with fire is the best way to deal with fire.¡±
Nina, who was struggling, red at Heka, who was standing beside Pei Qian. If she could, she would have pounced on him and bitten him to vent her anger.
She never expected that the person who eventually caused her to be captured was actually one of her own!
¡°Every man for himself. Don¡¯t me me.¡± Heka didn¡¯t feel guilty at all as he looked at Nina and sighed helplessly. He spread his hands out and said innocently, ¡°Besides, even if you run now, you won¡¯t be able to escape. You might as well cooperate with Mr. Pci. Then, you might be able to survive.
We¡¯ve been colleagues for so many years. I¡¯m giving you advice so that you won¡¯t die for nothing.¡±
¡°¡ Get lost!¡± Nina gritted her teeth in anger when she heard Heka¡¯s words. She had never expected Heka, who had always been quite capable in her impression, to be so shameless and cowardly!
¡°Don¡¯t be so nervous. You¡¯re safe for the time being.¡± Pci Qian sized up Nina for a long time beforeforting her gently. ¡°Because someone is very interested in you, it won¡¯t be sightly if we get blood on you.¡±
¡°You¡¯re from the empire!¡± Nina stared at Pei Qian for a long time before revealing a knowing smile. ¡°Heh, feel free to kill or torture me!
¡°Oh, perhaps you don¡¯t have the right to punish me either.. Are you going to hand me over to the new Khan of the northern barbarians to please him?¡±
Chapter 466 - 466: Return
Chapter 466: Return
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Pei Qian stared at Nina for a long time. Then, he seemed to have thought of something and couldn¡¯t help butugh.
¡°You¡¯re worrying too much. I¡¯m not that interested in the new Khan of the northern barbarians.¡± Pei Qian put down the teacup in his hand and sized up Nina for a while before waving his hand to signal Qian He to arrange for someone to feed her medicine.
Although Nina was tied up like a dumpling, the tame head technique she had mastered was too evil, so it was safer to knock her out.
The attack on the Imperial Court went much smoother than expected.
Lu Ze and Pei Qian had no intention of staying long. They only left a portion of their men to cooperate with the envoy who had been arranged to deal with the remaining matters. As for Lu Ze and Pei Qian, they decided to return with Lin Suisui.
After Lin Suisui had cooperated with An Duo for the past two days, she finished what she had to do.
At the very least, to the northern barbarians, her identity as a goddess had been confirmed. Even if she didn¡¯t show her face again, with shaman An Duo running the show, it was enough to keep the situation under control.
¡°This is the other half of the witchcraft medical scroll I found in the Golden Tent.¡± After An Duo entered the Golden Tent, he went straight to the sacrificial ground in the Golden Tent and found many good things.
He actually didn¡¯t recognize the words on this sheepskin scroll, but that didn¡¯t stop him from knowing that it was good stuff. Just because he didn¡¯t know it didn¡¯t mean that Lin Suisui didn¡¯t know it either!
After all, he had seen the booklet that Lin Suisui flipped through from time to time.
As it turned out, he had indeed made the right choice. Lin Suisui liked this medical report very much, so she epted it without hesitation.
When Lin Suisui, Lu Ze, and the others set off for the empire, she had only finished reading a small portion of the medical report. In that case, she wouldn¡¯t be bored along the way.
Lu Ze and Pei Qian took Nina and Heka away. Lu Ze left the matter of dealing with the Siamese Kingdom to Gu Han for him to establish his might.
Before Lin Suisui left, she visited Sr. Khan at Gu Han¡¯s request.
Just as they had expected, Sr. Khan was already on the brink of death. Now, he was only relying on medicine to survive. Even if God descended, he wouldn¡¯t be able to turn the tide.
There was no way to save Sr. Khan, but Zadeh and Consort Molevin could be saved. Over the past two days, with Lin Suisui¡¯s help, the tame head technique and poison were sessfully expelled from their bodies. Although it had a huge impact on their bodies, they were saved.
¡°I haven¡¯t detoxed shaman An Duo¡¯s poison.¡± In the carriage on the way back, Lin Suisui told Lu Ze about her arrangements when she left. ¡°This person is cunning and ambitious.
If there¡¯s nothing to control him, I¡¯m afraid he¡¯ll cause an irreversible disaster in the next two years.¡±
Lu Ze nodded. He had no objections to Lin Suisui¡¯s arrangement.
It was naturally good to leave a mole among the northern barbarians, but if they wanted to settle the matter once and for all, it was better to eliminate the root of the problem.
Seeing that Lu Ze had no objections to this arrangement, Lin Suisui took out the booklets from the side and spread them out for Lu Ze to see.
The two of them studied the witchcraft booklet for a while. As the sky darkened, they arrived at the first campsite.
Compared to when they came over in a hurry, the journey back was much smoother.
Pei Qian was already waiting for them outside the camp.
¡°Nina is quite stubborn. I¡¯ve spent a lot of effort interrogating her these past few days, but she hasn¡¯t relented at all.¡±
Pei Qian held the wine pot by the bonfire as he looked at Lu Ze, who was slowly flipping the grill beside him. His tone was filled with regret.
¡°No matter how stubborn she is, can she resist against your methods?¡± Lu Ze pretended not to hear Pei Qian¡¯sint. Of course, he knew that it wasn¡¯t easy to deal with Nina, but this wasn¡¯t troublesome for Pei Qian.
¡°This isn¡¯t a matter of methods. Didn¡¯t you say that Madam Liu was interested in the tame head technique of Siam?!¡± Pei Qian took a sip of wine and looked at Lin Suisui, who was sitting at the side. ¡°If I make things too bloody now, it won¡¯t be sightly!¡±
¡°Tsk, if you want Suisui to see Nina in advance, just say it. It¡¯s really unlike you to beat around the bush like this, Mr. Pei.¡±
As Lu Ze argued with Pei Qian, he continued roasting the rabbit. Soon, he handed the roasted rabbit leg to Lin Suisui.
¡°Nina doesn¡¯t eat, drink, or talk. I¡¯m afraid that a few dayster, she¡¯ll really be dead.¡±
After taking the roasted rabbit from Lu Ze, Pei Qian revealed his worry.
¡°Then I¡¯ll go see herter!¡± Lin Suisui was actually very curious about Nina, who she had never met before. Now that there was such an opportunity, she naturally didn¡¯t want to give it up.
With Lin Suisui¡¯s willingness to cooperate, the subsequent arrangements were very smooth.
Ever since Nina was captured, she had never left the iron cage where she was imprisoned. Even when she was fed food and medicine, someone entered the cage and forced them into her mouth.
At this moment, because they were going to bring her out to see Lin Suisui, they tidied her up in advance. When Lin Suisui saw her, Nina wasn¡¯t as disheveled as before.
The disheveled concubine Nina was no longer as arrogant as before. She looked much more haggard and thin. After she was pushed, the heavy shackles and the cartge powder in her body made it impossible for her to support her weight, so she fell to the ground.
If she wanted to see Lin Suisui and the others clearly, she had no choice but to look up.
Originally, she thought that she would see Pei Qian this time, but she didn¡¯t expect to see two unfamiliar faces. One of them was actually a woman.
¡°You¡¯re the goddess that those stupid people talked about previously, right?¡± Nina struggled for a moment and changed into a position that was slightly morefortable for her. Before Lin Suisui could speak, she voiced her guess.
¡°I¡¯ve thought about it before.. How could an idiot like Gu Han think of those ideas to target me?! Now, it seems that everything was indeed done by you people from the empire!¡±
Chapter 467 - 467: Rely On
Chapter 467: Rely On
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°You don¡¯t have to be so indignant. In terms of schemes, the Siamese Kingdom was the one who used tricks first. We¡¯re just giving them a taste of their own medicine.¡±
Facing Nina¡¯s dissatisfaction and provocation, Lin Suisui was very calm.
Nina didn¡¯t expect Lin Suisui to be so calm. She snorted and didn¡¯t exin further. She just closed her eyes, as if she was unwilling to say anything else to her.
¡°I heard that you¡¯re good at the tame head technique, Nina?¡± Lin Suisui could tell that Nina was hostile to her, but she didn¡¯t mind. She only smiled and told her why she hade to see her.
¡°I won¡¯t hide it from you. I was the one who cured the tame head technique and poison you inflicted on Consort Molevin.
All along, I¡¯ve heard that the tame head technique from Siam is the same as the Gu technique from Miaojiang and the long-lost ck magic technique. Therefore, I want to know more about the tame head technique from Siam.
¡°Are you willing to enlighten me?¡±
¡°It was you?!¡± Lin Suisui¡¯s wordspletely angered Nina, who suddenly looked up and stared at Lin Suisui in disbelief. Then, she gritted her teeth and said angrily, ¡°I knew it!
You ruined everything for me, yet you still dare to ask me about the tame head technique?¡±
Nina looked at Lin Suisui as if she was looking at a monster.
It wasn¡¯t an exaggeration to say that their grudge was irreconcble. How did this woman dare to ask her about the tame head technique so calmly?
¡°What¡¯s there to be afraid of?¡± Before Lin Suisui could reply, Pei Qian, who was sitting at the side and listening, couldn¡¯t help butugh. ¡°If you win, you win. If you lose, you should admit defeat. Now, we¡¯re giving you some respect and talking to you nicely. If you¡¯re unwilling to talk nicely, we have many ways to get you to cooperate.¡±
¡°You can kill me or torture me, but it¡¯s impossible for me to bow down to you like Heka!¡±
Refusing to cooperate with them anymore, Nina spat and closed her eyes.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t force her anymore. She stood up to walk out, but after taking two steps, she seemed to have thought of something and stopped. She took out a small porcin bottle and walked in front of Nina. ¡°I made one myself ording to the tame head technique you left on Consort Molevin. I might as well ask you to try it, so I can see if the effect is right.¡±
Without waiting for Nina¡¯s reaction, she shook the thing in the porcin bottle onto Nina¡¯s body. This stunned Nina at first, then she struggled and screamed to get rid of the thing that had fallen on her.
However, once Nina came into contact with this thing, unless Nina was still able to move freely, her struggles would be futile. She felt a pain in the back of her neck and her body immediately went limp.
Lin Suisui lowered her head and sized up Nina for a while. Then, she turned around and left the tent.
¡°Can I do it now?¡± Pei Qian followed behind Lin Suisui and Lu Ze. He was no less interested in Nina than Lin Suisui was.
After all, Heka had told him everything about Nina.
They were experts that trained together in the secret camp¡
¡°If you want to understand the tame head technique, Heka should be able to answer your question.¡± When Pei Qian thought of Nina¡¯s stubborn attitude just now, he gave her a new suggestion.
Lin Suisui nodded. She didn¡¯t refuse Pei Qian¡¯s suggestion because it was indeed a good suggestion.
Nina didn¡¯t know that her real hardship had just arrived. For Heka, who hadpletely admitted defeat, his good days had just begun.
¡°The Siam royal family nted a curse on all of us who entered the secret camp.¡± Heka didn¡¯t hide anything about the Siam royal family¡¯s secret camp. He simply told Lin Suisui everything he knew. He even said that he could take the initiative to teach Lin Suisui all the tame head techniques he knew.
This wasn¡¯t just ttery, but the result of his careful consideration over the past few days.
He was already a ¡®traitor¡¯ now, so how much information he revealed didn¡¯t matter, but for the empire, how much information he revealed made a big difference.
His intuition told him that the woman in front of him should be someone who could help him. After thinking about it, he realized that he hadn¡¯t done anything evil to the empire yet. Therefore, if he cooperated, this woman might really be able to save his life.
¡°I don¡¯t have any other intentions, but if you can, can you remove the tame head technique on me?¡± Heka swallowed hard and thought for a moment before saying his request. ¡°If the tame head technique in my body isn¡¯t cured, I¡¯ll die sooner orter.
¡°If you want to understand the tame head technique, you definitely need someone to be a test subject. Why don¡¯t you treat me as a test subject?¡±
¡°Why are you so sure that I¡¯ll agree to save you?¡± Heka¡¯s certainty surprised Lin Suisui and she looked curiously at the Siamese person in front of her, who she had just met not long ago. ¡°Perhaps I¡¯ll kill you mercilessly after using you?¡±
¡°At least it can give me a quick death.¡± Heka had clearly thought of this possibility. He sighed. Perhaps his previous experience had traumatized him too much, but he couldn¡¯t help but turn pale when he thought of it. He shivered before looking up at Lin Suisui and continuing, ¡°If the tame head technique on us is activated, our oue will be worse than death.¡±
¡°Then I¡¯ll try my best.¡± Lin Suisui nodded. At this point, it would seem a little unreasonable for her to refuse.
¡°But if it fails, don¡¯t me me.¡±
¡°No, no. Actually, I¡¯ve thought of removing the tame head technique on my body more than once, but it¡¯s really too difficult.¡± Heka was already very satisfied when he saw Lin Suisui nod in agreement. How could he make any other requests now? As he spoke, he rolled up his sleeves and showed a ck mark on his arm for Lin Suisui to see. ¡°This is the mark of the tame head technique on our bodies.. If we don¡¯t activate them, they¡¯ll be no different from ordinary birthmarks, but if they¡¯re activated¡¡±
Chapter 468 - 468: Help
Chapter 468: Help
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Thinking of what he had seen before, Heka couldn¡¯t help but feel his scalp tingle. Those things were simply too terrifying¡
¡°The oue of every technique is different.¡± Heka swallowed hard and retracted his arm as he told Lin Suisui in detail how terrifying the tame head technique in his body was.
¡°Some turned into pools of blood, while others watched as countless worms grew in their bodies and were bitten to death¡
Someone once wondered if the tame head technique was hidden in this mark, so they wanted to cut off his arm with a knife¡¡± At this point, Heka paused and raised his hand to wipe his face. Then, he smiled bitterly and said, ¡°In the end, the tame head technique, which was originally inactive, suddenly acted up and swallowed him¡¡±
¡°Previously, I helped Consort Molcvin remove the tame head technique that Nina had nted on her. However, perhaps because the tame head technique had just been nted, it was a little easier to remove it.¡±
As Lin Suisui spoke, she gestured for Bai Guo, who was standing at the side, to get her medicine box. Then, she took out a porcin bottle. ¡°I know some Gu techniques. The method to remove the tame head technique was discovered ording to the Gu techniques.
Like Gu techniques, the tame head technique requires a driving force to drive the tame head technique or Gu worm sleeping in your body.¡± Lin Suisui handed the porcin bottle to Bai Guo and asked her to hand it to Heka. ¡°This is the child Gu of the bee Gu. Its reaction is very light. The reason I want you to take it is to find out the whereabouts of the tame head technique in your body.¡±
Without hesitation, Heka took the porcin bottle from Bai Guo, opened it, poured out a small ck pill, then swallowed it.
¡°Aren¡¯t you worried that there¡¯s something wrong with this thing?¡± Seeing that Heka swallowed the pill without asking further, Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help but tease him.
¡°My life is in danger anyway.¡± Heka chuckled as he replied readily, ¡°Anyway, in the eyes of the Siamese, I¡¯m already a traitor!
If the higher-ups found out, I¡¯ll definitely be dead meat.
Therefore, there¡¯s nothing worse than the current situation. Besides, you said before that you wanted to help me get rid of the ck magic. There¡¯s no need for me to suspect you.¡±
Lin Suisui nodded. She was very happy about Heka¡¯s cooperation, so she asked him some more questions about the tame head technique. Then, she instructed him to look for her in time if anything happened to his body.
Heka woulde over every day to tell Lin Suisui about the tame head technique. At the same time, he would show Lin Suisui the tame head technique he had mastered.
Seven to eight dayster, they finally arrived at the border between the northern barbarians and the empire. At their current speed, they would be able to return to Cloud Mountain City in about three to four days.
Although they had left for a long time, someone in Cloud Mountain City would send a message to them from time to time, so they were well-informed about the matters in the city.
Everything else was easy to deal with, except for the Fourth Prince, who was still in Cloud Mountain City.
¡°He was probably frightened by the robbers on the way. Now, he¡¯s unwilling to go back to the capital alone.¡±
Pei Qian was also very helpless about this. Therefore, in order to send the Fourth Prince away, the most direct way was for him to return to the capital personally.
¡°There¡¯s another thing. Princess Ning Fu is pregnant.¡± Perhaps because of the mention of the Fourth Prince, Pei Qian also remembered this matter that he had neglected.
The Fourth Prince was still living in the ministry, so he naturally had to continue interacting with Princess Ning Fu.
Princess Ning Fu had no other way out now, so it was naturally impossible for her to let go of the Fourth Prince. Therefore, it wasn¡¯t surprising that she was pregnant.
¡°Isn¡¯t that good? Not only will the Fourth Prince be rewarded, but he will also bring back a concubine with an extraordinary status. Won¡¯t the Consort faint from joy?¡±
Lu Ze was very calm about this matter. He was even in the mood to tease Pei Qian.
Pei Qian was already used to Lu Ze¡¯s sarcasm, so he didn¡¯t say anything. He changed the topic and continued to discuss the matters in Cloud Mountain City.
Lin Suisui and the others returned to Cloud Mountain City very quietly.
There was no fanfare and they kept a low profile. When they returned home, it was already dawn. Therefore, after packing up, they settled down.
However, since they were back, staying idle was a sort of luxury.
The next morning, things went ording to n.
The person who came this time was Mrs. Zuo, who served Duke Huai Yang¡¯s mother. This time, she was no longer as cold to them as before¡
First, she gave them all kinds of herbs and gifts. Then, she praised Lin Suisuiprofusely. Finally, she revealed why she was here.
The princess¡¯s pregnancy wasn¡¯t stable, so she wanted to ask Lin Suisui to go over and take a look.
¡°It¡¯s not like there aren¡¯t other doctors in Cloud Mountain City. Why didn¡¯t the old consort invite those doctors over?¡± Bai Guo frowned slightly and she instinctively wanted to reject her.
¡°The old consort has been worried sick these days. Not to mention the doctors in Cloud Mountain City, all the famous doctors around the area have been invited over to take a look.¡±
Mrs. Zuo couldn¡¯t help but sigh. As long as there was any other solution, there was no need for them to beg her so humbly.
¡°In that case, even if she goes over, she might not be able to help.¡± Bai Guo smiled. From Mrs. Zuo¡¯s expression, she could tell that Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry was in a dire situation.
However, the more this was the case, the more she didn¡¯t let down her guard. She smiled calmly as she asked them to leave. ¡°Madam still has some trivial matters to attend to now, so it¡¯s not convenient for her to see guests.
¡°How about this? I¡¯ll report your difficulties to Madam. If she is willing, I¡¯ll immediately send a letter to the ministry. I won¡¯t keep the old consort waiting.¡±
Mrs. Zuo didn¡¯t pester her. She nodded before getting up and leaving reluctantly.
After sending Mrs. Zuo off, Bai Guo got up and returned to the inner residence. She told Lin Suisui everything that had just happened outside before saying, ¡°From what Mrs. Zuo said, the pregnant princess seems to be in a very bad
state..¡±
Chapter 469 - 469: Provocation
Chapter 469: Provocation
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Princess Ning Fu was pregnant with the Fourth Prince¡¯s child.
Lin Suisui mentioned this matter to Lu Ze after he returned at night to ask for his opinion.
¡°I just came back to tell you about this.¡± When Lu Ze heard that Mrs. Zuo from Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry hade to visit, he wasn¡¯t surprised at all. Instead, he sighed. ¡°I didn¡¯t expect Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry to be so quick to find you.¡±
¡°Then do you mean that I should go over and take a look?¡± When Lin Suisui heard Lu Ze¡¯s tone, she already knew his n and agreed. ¡°Then I¡¯ll go over tomorrow to take a look.¡±
¡°If possible, try your best to keep the child.¡± Lu Ze coughed as he reminded her awkwardly, ¡°Perhaps the Fourth Prince will only have this child as his bloodline in the future. If he really can¡¯t keep it, I¡¯m afraid Consort Xian will cause trouble in the future.¡±
If Lu Ze had not reminded her, Lin Suisui really would have forgotten about the things she had used on the Fourth Prince.
Later on, that priest tortured the Fourth Prince for a few months, so it was hard to say what his current situation was!
Perhaps it was because of this medicine that Princess Ning Fu¡¯s pregnancy was unstable?
After thinking about it, Lin Suisui decided to go over tomorrow.
She asked Bai Guo to send a message to Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry overnight. After Lin Suisui had breakfast the next morning, she brought Bai Guo and Yin Qiao all the way to Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry under Su Le¡¯s escort.
Mrs. Zuo had received the newsst night and arranged for someone to wait at the entrance of the ministry early this morning. As soon as she saw Lin Suisui¡¯s carriage appear, she quickly instructed the guard at the door to open the door and wee Lin Suisui and the others in.
Unlike thest time they saw Princess Ning Fu, the usually arrogant and domineering woman seemed to have be a different person. She had lost a lot of weight. At this moment, she was leaning against the head of the bed weakly and looked like she could be blown away by a mere gust of wind.
¡°Why did you lose so much weight?¡± Lin Suisui turned to look at Mrs. Zuo. Even if she didn¡¯t take Princess Ning Fu¡¯s pulse yet, she knew that Princess Ning Fu wasn¡¯t in a good condition.
Her situation was quite terrible!
¡°Ever since the princess became pregnant, she has been feeling unwell. She can¡¯t eat or sleep well. Whether it¡¯s food or medicine, she vomits whatever she eats. We¡¯ve thought of all kinds of ways, but¡¡±
Mrs. Zuo had served the old consort before, so she naturally knew that Princess Ning Fu was in a terrible condition. She sighed as she whispered to Lin Suisui, ¡°After the princess got pregnant, the Fourth Prince¡¯s attitude towards her changed every day. She¡¡±
Mrs. Zuo said it implicitly, but it wasn¡¯t difficult to understand.
Lin Suisui had an idea. After She sat on the bed and took Princess Ning Fu¡¯s pulse, she retracted her hand and looked at Mrs. Zuo. ¡°I¡¯ll give you a supplementary prescription to stabilize the pregnancy.
However, the princess has been pregnant for more than three months. If she doesn¡¯t pay attention to her diet, even if God descends to the mortal world, he probably won¡¯t be able to protect the princess¡¯s child.
If you really don¡¯t have an appetite, try your best to eat small meals at a time. You can¡¯t refuse to eat just because you don¡¯t have an appetite.¡±
ncing at Princess Ning Fu, who was lying on the bed weakly, Lin Suisui¡¯s tone couldn¡¯t help but be harsher.
The pregnant women she had treated before had even worse reactions than her.
However, for the sake of the child, mothers tried their best to eat as much as possible. This wasn¡¯t only for the sake of the child in their stomach, but also for themselves.
Otherwise, not only would the child be unable to survive, but the mother might even lose her life.
¡°Easy for you to say. You¡¯re just here to make a fool of me, right?!¡± Lin Suisui¡¯s words made Princess Ning Fu, who was lying on the bed, perk up. She turned to look in Lin Suisui¡¯s direction. There wasn¡¯t much gratitude in her eyes, but mockery and dejection.
She struggled to sit up and looked at Lin Suisui as she continued in a harsh tone, ¡°I know. You¡¯re all waiting to see me make a fool of myself!
The Fourth Prince was unwilling to marry me and even wanted me to abort the child!
I¡¯m a princess, but he¡¯s unwilling to let me be his concubine¡¡±
¡°So you gave up on yourself?¡± Lin Suisui put away her pen and handed the prescription she had written to Mrs. Zuo. Then, she looked back at Princess Ning Fu. ¡°If you die, will the Fourth Prince be sad over you?
He wouldn¡¯t!
He¡¯ll only be happy that he¡¯s finally free of your pestering!
You were the one who risked your life to get to this point back then. Since you chose this path, I believe you should have expected this.
Then you should grit your teeth and continue walking down this path!
The child is in your stomach. If you don¡¯t want to, can the Fourth Prince really force you to have an abortion? Besides, if he doesn¡¯t let you go to the capital, does that mean you won¡¯t be able to return to the capital?
There are always more solutions than difficulties!¡±
¡°You make it sound so simple. If the Fourth Prince doesn¡¯t agree, what can I do even if I go to the capital?¡± Princess Ning Fu pursed her lips and tears started to well up in her eyes again as she cried out in despair. ¡°I can¡¯t be his concubine and can only live like a mistress.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t forget that you¡¯re a princess.¡± Lin Suisui stood up and sized up the dispirited Princess Ning Fu. This wasn¡¯t even the worst part, yet she was already so dispirited¡
In that case, why did she insist on getting close to the Fourth Prince?
¡°He¡¯s not the only one who has the final say! Don¡¯t forget, there¡¯s still Consort Xian and His Majesty!
If you still have the courage you approached the Fourth Prince with, you should take good care of the child. At that time, with this child as your backing, no matter if you go to Consort Xian or the King, at least for the sake of this child, you won¡¯t be neglected!
If you admit defeat now and say that you regret it, people will really look down on you!
Compared to those women who had been deceived, the bargaining chip in your hand is much more powerful!
I¡¯ve already prescribed the prescription and made things clear. You can choose what you want to do in the future yourself!¡±
After saying that, Lin Suisui called Bai Guo and Yin Qiao and left Princess Ning
Fu¡¯s room to return to her residence..
Chapter 470 - 470: Unpleasant Contact
Chapter 470: Unpleasant Contact
Trantor: yee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Lin Suisui was unwilling to stay in Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry because the Fourth Prince also lived in Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry.
However, sometimes, what one was most afraid of woulde true. Lin Suisui had just walked out of Princess Ning Fu¡¯s courtyard when she bumped into the Fourth Prince.
It had been a few months since she had seen this disgusting man.
Compared to her previous impression of the Fourth Prince, the Fourth Prince looked even more difficult to deal with now. His thin figure made his face look even more sinister and mean, like a demon that had crawled out of the abyss of hell. One look at him made her hair stand on end.
¡°Isn¡¯t this Madam Liu?¡±
As the Fourth Prince sized up Lin Suisui, the lust in his eyes was obvious. He had rushed over after hearing the news that Lin Suisui hade.
¡°Didn¡¯t you say that you had something on and would be gone for a period of time? Why did youe over to treat Ning Fu as soon as you came back? Why didn¡¯t I hear that you two were so close before?¡±
¡°I¡¯m a doctor. Since a patient is here to seek treatment, I naturally have to prioritize the patient.¡± Lin Suisui took two steps back and stood still as she replied to the Fourth Prince¡¯s provocation calmly.
¡°Look at her current condition. Can she even survive?¡± The Fourth Prince wasn¡¯t here for Princess Ning Fu, who was suffering from pregnancy.
Lin Suisui had wondered more than once what did the Host see in this scumbag?
Princess Ning Fu, who was suffering in the room, wanted him to be with him at all costs, but for what? Did she fancy his selfishness or heartlessness?
¡°A doctor can only treat illnesses, not the heart.¡± Lin Suisui looked at the Fourth Prince as she replied very calmly, ¡°The princess¡¯s current situation is a mental illness. Only she can save herself.¡±
¡°I thought you would beg me to visit that girl inside!¡± The Fourth Prince snorted in disdain when he heard Lin Suisui¡¯s words.
This was a bad quality unique to men.
The more they couldn¡¯t obtain something, the more desirable it was to them. However, once they obtained it, it would be worthless to them.
For example, no matter how noble Princess Ning Fu¡¯s status was, in the eyes of the Fourth Prince, she was no different from a prostitute.
In fact¡
They were even worse than those women who didn¡¯t get their hands on them!
¡°This is your private matter, Fourth Prince.¡± Lin Suisui was a little annoyed with the man who was still blocking her way and observed the surrounding terrain as she thought about how to escape.
Before the Fourth Prince, who was standing in front of her, could react, she turned towards the path at the side. When the Fourth Prince noticed her movements, he wanted to follow her and block her way. Unexpectedly, Lin Suisui waited for the Fourth Prince to move to the side and make way for her. Then, she ran around the Fourth Prince and straight towards the courtyard door.
Bai Guo and Yin Qiao also quickly followed behind Lin Suisui to protect her. By the time the Fourth Prince reacted, Lin Suisui had already disappeared from the courtyard¡¯s entrance, not giving him any chance to continue pestering her. ¡°Heh, you escaped quite quickly!¡± The Fourth Prince stood where he was and rubbed his chin as he stared in the direction Lin Suisui had left in. He couldn¡¯t help but sneer. If he really wanted to capture this woman, could this woman escape?!
Lin Suisui ignored the Fourth Prince behind her and rushed to the carriage to meet Su Le and the others. After she got into the carriage, they rushed back. ¡°The Fourth Prince is too disgusting!¡± After getting into the carriage, Yin Qiao still felt a lingering sense of fear when she thought of what had happened just now. Of course, she also felt disgusted.
Thinking of how the Fourth Prince had looked at Lin Suisui just now, she couldn¡¯t help but want to vomit.
¡°He¡¯s a prince. Why¡¡± Why did he act like a pervert instead?!
Besides, she was already married and had a husband, but he still didn¡¯t let her off¡
¡°Madam, don¡¯te to Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry again. There doesn¡¯t seem to be anyone normal here.¡± When Bai Guo thought of what had happened just now, she felt a little afraid and couldn¡¯t help but suggest to Lin Suisui.
¡°Yes.¡± Lin Suisui nodded. If possible, she naturally didn¡¯t want to go to Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry to meet that disgusting person again.
As for Princess Ning Fu¡
She had already made it clear today. If Princess Ning Fu was smart, she probably knew what to do. If she was still as dispirited as she was now, it would be useless even if she visited a few more times!
There was no need to waste any more time.
Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t in a hurry to return directly after leaving Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry. Instead, she asked Su Le to change directions and go to the medical center.
Yuan Niang thought that Lin Suisui mighte to the medical center today, so she had been waiting at the door early in the morning. When she saw Lin Suisui, she quickly came over.
¡°Doctor Luo was just talking about you when you happened to arrive.¡± Yuan Niang smiled as she reached out to help Lin Suisui get out of the carriage. Then, she weed her into the medical center respectfully.
Lin Suisui had actuallye over for something else. She had been thinking of the patients in the medical center.
Especially the soldiers who were addicted to the hemp leaves.
¡°They¡¯ve mostly recovered. A few days ago, when the weather was good, they came to the medical center to help distribute soup.¡±
Hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s question, Yuan Niang told Lin Suisui about their improvement. Then, she mentioned the repair of the refugee camp in the suburbs.
¡°Doesn¡¯t that area suffer a cmity every year because of the heavy snow? For some reason, the county governor suddenly recruited workers to repair the houses there as soon as summer came. Seeing that the weather was getting hotter and hotter during this period of time, in order to prevent those workers from getting a heat stroke, the county governor paid for our medical centers to brew medicine to distribute.
We didn¡¯t have enough manpower previously, so those soldiers took the initiative to help.¡±
As Yuan Niang poured tea and handed it to Lin Suisui, she told her the details. ¡°Those poor families there will probably have a much better time during this year¡¯s winter. At least, they won¡¯t have to worry about the snow crushing their houses like in the past.¡±
Lin Suisui was also very happy to hear this news, so she smiled and said, ¡°This is a good thing. I remember that many people were injured and lost their livesst year because of that blizzard..¡±
Chapter 471 - 471: Snake God
Chapter 471: Snake God
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
After leaving the medical center, Lin Suisui went to Mrs. Luo¡¯s food shop again.
When Lin Suisui went to the northern barbarians¡¯ ce, they told the public that someone was sick and had invited Lin Suisui over to treat him. Therefore, during this period of time, Mrs. Luo only treated it as Lin Suisui leaving Cloud Mountain City for the time being. Now that she suddenly saw Lin Suisui appear in front of her, after her initial shock, Mrs. Luo was overjoyed.
¡°I was talking about you yesterday. 1 didn¡¯t expect you toe back today,¡± Mrs. Luo said as she let Lin Suisui into the shop. At the same time, she didn¡¯t forget to ask Fang Rui¡¯er to pour tea.
Fang Liu was already heavy, so she could only do some simple kitchen work in the backyard. When she heard that Lin Suisui wasing over, she followed Fang Rui¡¯er out with a happy expression to wee Lin Suisui.
After Lin Suisui sat down, she pulled Fang Liu to take her pulse. Fang Liu waspletely different from Princess Ning Fu, whom she had just examined. Fang Liu was very healthy.
¡°Ever since I became pregnant, every time I went to the medical center to deliver food, Dr. Luo would take my pulse. This child is obedient and doesn¡¯t cause much trouble. I have a big appetite and whatever 1 eat tastes delicious.¡± Fang Liu reached out and stroked her bulging abdomen as she smiled at Lin Suisui and told her about her situation during this period of time in a low voice.
Fang Liu couldn¡¯t hide the happiness on her face.
After not seeing Lin Suisui for so long, Mrs. Luo wanted to ask her to stay for dinner. Lin Suisui didn¡¯t refuse and asked Bai Guo to arrange for someone to send a message back.
Mrs. Luo knew Lin Suisui¡¯s taste and habits, so she asked Fang Rui¡¯er to quickly go out and buy fish and prawns. Then, she took out the pickled beans and soaked them in water before preparing them in the backyard.
Although Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help much, she stayed in the backyard and chatted with Mrs. Luo and her daughter-inw.
¡°True God?¡± Because she hade into contact with a lot of strange things recently, Mrs. Luo¡¯s casual remark attracted Lin Suisui¡¯s attention.
¡°Yes, it¡¯s very effective.¡± Mrs. Luo was washing the vegetables in her hand with the well water in the courtyard. Seeing that Lin Suisui was interested in what she said, she told Lin Suisui in detail.
¡°Actually, I don¡¯t know much about this either. It appeared two months ago. I don¡¯t know how it rose up, but many people around us have gone there to pray.
Not only were they praying for children, but there were also people praying for fortune.
What¡¯s worshiped in that shrine looks like a nine-headed snake, but the cleaningdy said that it¡¯s not a snake, but a dragon!¡±
At this point, Mrs. Luo couldn¡¯t help but purse her lips. Then, she continued, ¡°But 1 went to see it with a few neighbors. It didn¡¯t look like a real dragon at all. It looked like a snake!¡±
¡°Nine-headed snake?¡± Lin Suisui suddenly thought of something. ¡°Naga Snake God?¡±
¡°That seems to be the name!¡± Mrs. Luo froze for a moment before she suddenly nodded repeatedly. ¡°Anyway, that¡¯s what the cleaningdy called it. She said that as long as we worshiped it sincerely, we would be able to obtain good luck.¡±
Lin Suisui looked up and asked curiously, ¡°How do you guys worship it?¡±
Mrs. Luo thought for a moment before saying, ¡°It seems that the most pious way of worshipping is to invite the statue of the true god home and set up a shrine. We have to use fresh flowers, fruits, and wine to worship it every day.¡±
At this point, Mrs. Luo couldn¡¯t help butugh and mutter, ¡°But you also know that families like ours try to save as much as we can even when buying food. How can we have the ability to prepare fresh flowers, fruits, and wine every day?
Besides, I don¡¯t believe in these things.
In the past, when they were in their hometown, everyone in the vige believed in God and Buddha. However, when disaster struck, the nuns in the temple all died of illness and hunger. Could it be that they were not pious enough when worshipping God and Buddha?
At the end of the day, they still had to live their own lives.
To put it bluntly, I was just praying for peaceful days.¡±
Mrs. Luo quickly washed the vegetables in her hand clean.
¡°I don¡¯t believe it, but Old Madam Guo and her daughter-inw believe in it without a doubt. They really brought that statue back to worship it.¡±
As Mrs. Luo washed the vegetables, she said in a dissatisfied tone, ¡°I don¡¯t know what¡¯s wrong with Old Madam Guo recently, but shees over from time to time to nag. She even suggested more than once that our eldest son¡¯s family go over and offer incense to the statue. No matter how hard we refuse, it¡¯s useless.¡±
Lin Suisui was silent for a moment before she couldn¡¯t help but suggest, ¡°1 suggest that you guys stay away from that family for the time being.¡±
¡°I know a little about this statue. It¡¯s a faith from the Siamese Kingdom. 1 can¡¯t exin things too clearly, but it¡¯s obvious that it¡¯s definitely not a good thing for such a temple to appear in Cloud Mountain City at this time.
Now that Sister-inw is pregnant, you guys have to be careful. My suggestion is to avoid them.¡±
Mrs. Luo trusted Lin Suisui¡¯s words unconditionally.
Although Lin Suisui didn¡¯t say things too explicitly, since she had spoken, Mrs. Luo agreed.
As the two of them were talking, another friendly greeting came from outside. ¡°Hey, Sister Luo, why isn¡¯t there anyone in the shop?¡±
When Mrs. Luo heard this familiar voice, she couldn¡¯t help but frown. However, she quickly regained her senses and stood up to greet the chubby woman who had appeared in front of them. ¡°There¡¯s a guest at home. Are you going out again, Sister Guo?¡±
Mrs. Luo was keen and immediately saw the few pears in the basket in the woman¡¯s hand. As usual, she asked politely.
¡°No, I just came back from outside.¡± Aunt Guo had never seen Lin Suisui before, but seeing that she was dressed well, she didn¡¯t dare to address her so casually. Her eyes darted around as she opened the basket in her hand with a smile and took out two sweet pears. Then, she exined to Mrs. Luo, ¡°My sister-inw just sent them over. The pears she found in the mountains are very sweet!
I¡¯ll leave a few for you to try. Your eldest son¡¯s wife is pregnant now.. Eating more fresh fruits is good for the child!¡±
Chapter 472 Defile the Temple
472 Defile the Temple
"How can I ept that? You should bring it back for your eldest daughter and the others to eat!" Mrs. Luo wasn''t a person who liked to take advantage of others, so she refused without hesitation.
However, Old Madam Guo looked indifferent. As she continued to take pears out of the basket, she said disdainfully, "What does it matter if those girls eat them or not? On the other hand, your eldest son''s wife has a sharp belly. Just wait to see your grandson!"
At this point, Old Madam Guo couldn''t help but sound envious. "Your eldest son''s wife has been pregnant for five months, right?"
"But I think daughters are quite nice. As the old saying goes, they bloom first and bear fruitter." Mrs. Luo didn''t like Old Madam Guo''s attitude towards her granddaughters, but this was someone else''s family matter after all, so it wasn''t convenient for her to interfere. However, in their own family, she had the final say.
Moreover, in the current situation, Mrs. Luo didn''t want to let Old Madam Guo stay here to gossip. She only wanted to send her away quickly.
"You can''t say that. Sigh, why don''t you get her to go over and pray too? Just for the child to have a safe birth." Old Madam Guo clearly didn''t want to leave so quickly. Her gazended on Lin Suisui, who was sitting in the courtyard.
"Is this your sister''s rtive?"
In the end, she couldn''t help but ask about Lin Suisui. It was because Lin Suisui''s extravagant attire was really difficult for her to ignore.
"Yes." Mrs. Luo originally nned toe out and stop her, but Lin Suisui answered her. She looked up at Old Madam Guo and smiled politely as she said with an easygoing expression, "My family and Mrs. Luo''s family escaped together."
"Oh, I see! Then why haven''t I seen you here before? You aren''t living in Cloud Mountain City?" Old Madam Guo could tell that Lin Suisui was dressed like a noble. Moreover, her outfit didn''t look like something ordinary could afford to wear. She originally thought that Lin Suisui wasn''t easy to talk to and didn''t dare to ask. Now that she saw Lin Suisui''s down-to-earth attitude, she immediately became emboldened, so she simply dragged a chair over to sit beside Lin Suisui. Then, she began to ask questions.
Lin Suisui was also very cooperative and answered every question in a soft voice.
Although this scene looked quite harmonious, Mrs. Luo, who knew that things were not that simple, felt her heart skip a beat.
On the other hand, Bai Guo could tell that Aunt Luo was uneasy, so she went forward and helped her move the things back to the kitchen at the back so that she could avoid listening to the conversation she was worried about.
Old Madam Guo''s family was in themerce business. She, who had always had good business acumen, was very talkative. In addition, Lin Suisui was willing to cooperate, so Old Madam Guo''s attitude became more and more rxed. As soon as she started talking, she told Lin Suisui a lot of information.
"In that case, is that true god really that effective?" Lin Suisui tilted her head and looked at Old Madam Guo with interest.
"Of course!" Old Madam Guo patted her chest and promised earnestly, "The holy water bestowed by God is a divine medicine that can cure all illnesses!
The head of the Du family in the alley next door had been sick for more than 20 years. After the head of the Du family drank the holy water, he could get out of bed and even walk outside.
This holy water wasn''t something ordinary people could obtain.
"The Sage said that firstly, it has to be a fated person. Secondly, the person has to be sincere."
Lin Suisui nodded.
Whether they were fated or sincere, it all depended on who paid the most.
Lin Suisui sized up Old Madam Guo calmly before asking nonchntly, "Have you asked for holy water too, Aunt Guo?"
"I''m currently asking for it!" Old Madam Guo sighed and smacked her lips regretfully as she said, "The Sage said that our family is still a littlecking in fate with the true god.
My only son''s wife had three daughters in a row! If this continues, won''t my husband have no descendants?
"I had no choice but to beg God to appear and bestow a son to my family!"
Old Madam Guo rambled on for a long time. It wasn''t until Lin Suisui expressed that she was interested in paying respects to the true god that she perked up again. As she introduced the situation at the True God Temple and the rules of worship, she invited Lin Suisui to go to her house to offer incense to the true god.
Lin Suisui didn''t refuse. She stood up and brought Bai Guo and Yin Qiao to Old Madam Guo''s house.
The feeling was simr to that of the sacrificial temple. The Guo family''s small shrine was very exquisite. At a nce, one could feel the piety and reverence of the person who had arranged all this.
Lin Suisui only nced at the nine-headed snake statue in the shrine before her gaze was attracted by the woman kneeling on the ground at the side of the shrine.
From the moment they entered until now, this woman had been lying on the futon and muttering something piously. She ignored them as they entered.
This woman was very thin and from the back, she looked like Princess Ning Fu, whom Lin Suisui had seen earlier today.
Lin Suisui didn''t disturb her. Instead, she gestured for Bai Guo to burn incense for the statue in her ce. She turned around and was about to leave when she suddenly saw a figure sh past the window.
When she came out, she saw three small heads poking out from behind the corridor and sizing her up. If she didn''t guess wrongly, these should be the three granddaughters that Old Madam Guo despised!
However, what attracted Lin Suisui''s attention wasn''t their sorry state, but the fact that after these three children appeared, the Gu in her body actually reacted!
This Gu was modified by her using the parasite on Consort Molevin. As long as it approached someone with the tame head technique, the Gu would awaken.
From the moment she came into contact with Old Madam Guo until she saw her daughter-inw in the temple, there was no movement from the Gu until these three children appeared!
Lin Suisui''s expression suddenly darkened, but she didn''t disturb the three little girls who clearly
didn''t dare to approach. Instead, she turned around and asked Old Madam Guo, who had followed her out of the temple, "Aunt Guo, have you ever brought your three granddaughters to the True God Temple to kowtow?"
Chapter 473 Idiot
473 Idiot
"Of course!" Old Madam Guo didn''t think that there was anything wrong with this. She even felt quite self-righteous. "The sage master said that in order to seed, the children''s sisters have to help!"
Old Madam Guo actually believed Mrs. Luo''s words!
Therefore, she brought the three girls to the temple to kneel. She wanted to use the luck of the three girls in exchange for a grandson.
To put it bluntly, in Old Madam Guo''s opinion, even if she had to sacrifice these three girls'' lives, it was worth it as long as she could exchange them for a boy!
Therefore, when the sage in the temple suggested that she bring the three girls over to perform a ritual, she brought them over without hesitation.
Lin Suisui didn''t speak, but Yin Qiao, who was beside her, could already tell that something was wrong. She couldn''t help but ask Old Madam Guo, "Aren''t you afraid that something will happen to these three children?"
To the sage, Old Madam Guo was aplete stranger!
If the Saint had evil intentions and kidnapped those three little girls, even if Old Madam Guo came back to her senses, where would she find the children?
"What''s wrong with that?" Old Madam Guo didn''t realize the seriousness of the matter at all and replied aloofly, "It''s these girls'' blessing to be able to serve the True God! Others can''t get the chance even if they beg for it!"
Seeing Old Madam Guo''s attitude, Yin Qiao knew that it was useless for her to say anything now, so she didn''t cause any more trouble. She only lowered her eyes and retreated to the side.
Lin Suisui nced at Old Madam Guo and exchanged a few words before leaving with Bai Guo, Yin Qiao, and the others.
When they arrived at Mrs. Luo''s house, Lin Suisui briefly told Mrs. Luo about the Guo family''s situation before asking about the three girls.
"Old Madam Guo is such a ruthless person. Those three girls are actually quite obedient, but because they''re not boys, this old woman had never been nice to them." At the mention of the three girls from the Guo family, Mrs. Luo couldn''t help but feel sorry for them.
"More than once, I''ve told Old Madam Guo not to be so ruthless. No matter what, they''re still her biological granddaughters! No matter what, blood is thicker than water, but Old Madam Guo refused to listen. She even said that the girls in the family must be mistreated in order for a son to be born."
"What do you mean?" Mrs. Luo''s words stunned Lin Suisui and she looked at Mrs. Luo in confusion.
"Sigh, what she means is that if she doesn''t treat girls well, she''ll scare the girls who might reincarnateter and make them not dare to reincarnate into their family again." Mrs. Luo said in amusement, "I wonder where she found out about this nonsense. She''s really crazy!"
"Aunt, can you do me a favor?" Lin Suisui told Mrs. Luo her request directly. "I suspect that something was nted in those three children by that sage.
Originally, I wanted to tell Aunt Guo directly, but after seeing Aunt Guo''s attitude, I felt that my words might not be useful.
Therefore, can you say that our medical center needs someone to do odd jobs for us and get these three children to help?
I wanted to take this opportunity to see their physical condition.
Don''t worry, I''ll pay for them!"
Lin Suisui wasn''t sure what the altar was nning at this moment, but since she had the chance toe into contact with the little girls who had been put under the tame head technique, she could use this opportunity to investigate the other party.
"How shocking!" When Mrs. Luo heard Lin Suisui''s request, her expression immediately changed. She naturally wouldn''t suspect Lin Suisui, but she was even more disgusted and dissatisfied with Old Madam Guo. "She''s the children''s biological grandmother! How could she do that?"
Although sheined, Mrs. Luo still agreed to Lin Suisui''s request readily.
"We also hire people to help at thest minute. Ordinary children can''t do much heavy work, so giving them a few copper coins a day is already a high price!" Mrs. Luo thought for a moment before suggesting to Lin Suisui, "Why don''t you give the three children ten copper coins a day?"
"Just do as you see fit." Lin Suisui didn''t care too much about this. She only smiled and changed the topic to Fang Liu. "Sister-inw''s health is the most important. Just be careful not to let others affect her.
If there''s anything unusual, go over and look for me at any time."
Mrs. Luo nodded and thanked her repeatedly.
Lin Suisui stayed in Aunt Luo''s shop for lunch and chatted for a while before getting up to leave.
After sending Lin Suisui off, Mrs. Luo heaved a sigh of relief. At the same time, she didn''t forget to tell Mrs. Liu and Fang Rui''er about Lin Suisui''s instructions.
"Stay next door for the next two days. I''ll go over and talk to Old Madam Guo about asking her three granddaughters to go to the medical center to help." Mrs. Luo lowered her voice and whispered her n. "No matter what, the children are innocent and pitiful."
Fang Liu nodded and pulled Fang Rui''er into the kitchen to clean up. After Mrs. Luo tidied her clothes, she got some snacks that Lin Suisui had brought over just now. Then, she walked towards the Song family''s house.
The door of the Song family''s courtyard was ajar. so Mrs. Luo raised her hand and knocked on the door. After waiting for a while and seeing that there was no response, she pushed open the door. Then, she walked in as she shouted towards the courtyard.
When Old Madam Guo heard themotion, she rushed out of the living room. When she saw Mrs. Luo, she froze for a moment before asking with a smile, "Why are you here now?"
"I came to ask you for help!" As Mrs. Luo handed the snacks in her hand to Old Madam Guo, she told her the purpose of her trip without hiding anything. "There have been a lot of things to do in the medical center recently, so I can''t handle them all for the time being. Your three girls were obedient and capable. They won''t be doing heavy work at my ce. Ten copper coins a day isn''t much, it''s enough to buy some candy for the children."
Mrs. Luo exined the matter to Old Madam Guo. Seeing that she was still hesitant, she didn''t persuade her further. She only stood up and said, "I thought of you first, but it doesn''t matter if you''re unwilling. I''ll ask the other families!"
Chapter 474 - 474: Inspection
Chapter 474: Inspection
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°Sister Luo, don¡¯t leave.¡± Seeing that Mrs. Luo was about to turn around and leave, Old Madam Guo panicked. She quickly reached out and grabbed Mrs. Luo¡¯s sleeve. Then, she smiled obsequiously and said, ¡°1 didn¡¯t say that I didn¡¯t agree. I just can¡¯t believe that such a good thing happened to my family!¡±
The three girls were just going over to help, but they would be provided with food and amodation every day and could even be paid ten copper coins. Wasn¡¯t that like free money?
¡°You must be overjoyed!¡± When Mrs. Luo heard Old Madam Guo¡¯s words, her expression changed. Then, she red at Old Madam Guo as she said, ¡°Originally, my niece wanted to give this opportunity to my family!
However, as you can see, my son¡¯s wife is seriously ill now. Rui¡¯er and I can only take care of the business in this shop first. We really can¡¯t leave.
I just thought about how you and I have been besties for so long, so instead of giving such a good opportunity to others, 1 might as well do you a favor! Then, you might remember my kindness in the future!
I¡¯m just being kind, but you¡¯re actually suspicious of me! Alright, if you don¡¯t believe me, I won¡¯t force you. Just pretend that I never came today. I¡¯ll find another family!¡±
¡°No, no, no. I was wrong. I was wrong, okay?! Don¡¯t be angry and don¡¯t hold it against me!
It¡¯s just that 1 have never encountered such a good thing before!¡±
Seeing that Mrs. Luo was really angry this time, for the sake of money, Old Madam Guo quickly apologized. In order to express her attitude, she even raised her hand and pped herself twice. Mrs. Luo was amused.
Mrs. Luo said with a smile, ¡°Alright, 1 won¡¯t waste my breath on you anymore. I still have something else to do!¡± Then, her expression changed and she instructed Old Madam Guo solemnly, ¡°Let the three girls in your family prepare and change their clothester.
1¡¯11 get Rui¡¯er to pick them up tomorrow morning and send them to the medical center personally.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, they¡¯ve already instructed us not to pick them up when theye back tonight. After dinner, someone from the medical center will send them back.¡±
¡°The employer even takes care of their meals?¡± Aunt Luo¡¯s instructions shocked Old Madam Guo. From what she knew, ordinary shops only provided lunch.
This medical center even provided dinner. They were really generous.
¡°Speaking of which, this employer is really magnanimous. How much can the three children eat? You should be happy to encounter such a good opportunity!¡± Mrs. Luo pursed her lips and snorted before leaving.
After sending Mrs. Luo off, Old Madam Guo stood there for a moment. Then, she turned around and rushed back to the backyard.
She shouted at her daughter-inw, Song Zhou, who was sitting under the roof in a daze, ¡°Why are you still standing here? Hurry up and get up!
¡°Go take a shower for those three girls and find some clean clothes for each of them!¡±
¡°Where are you sending them to?¡± Song Zhou raised her head slightly and looked at her mother-inw, who always had the final say in this family.
It wasn¡¯t that she hadn¡¯t resisted, but in the end, everything was always her fault.
Whether it was her husband or her parents, they all said that she was insensible, unfilial, ignorant, and that her mother-inw was doing things for her own good, so she had to be more understanding. After all, her father-inw had died early, and it wasn¡¯t easy for her mother-inw to raise her husband alone. Moreover, she had indeed given birth to three girls in a row. If she didn¡¯t give birth to a son, she would be criticized for the rest of her life.
What could she do?
However, even so, she still didn¡¯t want her mother-inw to manipte her three daughters, especially when she brought her daughters to the sinister temple time and time again¡
However, no matter how unwilling she was, she couldn¡¯t resist her mother-inw¡¯s control.
This time, when she saw her mother-inw suddenly look so excited again, she subconsciously wanted to stop her.
However, for some reason, Old Madam Guo wasn¡¯t angered by Song Zhou¡¯s question this time. Instead, she reached out and pushed her as she urged, ¡°It¡¯s a good thing!
Mrs. Luo found a job for the three of them. They¡¯re going to the medical center a few streets away to help. They can get two meals a day and even get paid ten copper coins a day as well!¡±
When she heard that it was a job introduced by Mrs. Luo, Song Zhou¡¯s eyes finally lit up. She didn¡¯t feel that excited about the sry, but when she had heard that the other party would provide two meals, she felt excited.
This way, at least the three children would be able to fill their stomachs!
Therefore, Song Zhou didn¡¯t dy any longer. She immediately stood up and called her three daughters over ording to Old Madam Guo¡¯s instructions.
The next morning, before Fang Rui¡¯er even came over, Song Zhou had already taken the initiative to send the three well-dressed little girls to the Fang family¡¯s home.
Mrs. Luo nced at the sky outside. It was still dawn. After a simple greeting, she couldn¡¯t help but ask in surprise, ¡°Why so early? You should have let the children sleep a little longer.¡±
Song Zhou smiled at Mrs. Luo in embarrassment and exined in a low voice, ¡°You helped find this job. It¡¯s the first day they¡¯re going over to help, so how can we keep you and the employer waiting?¡±
Mrs. Luo also knew about their family¡¯s situation, so she didn¡¯t ask further. After saying a few words tofort Song Zhou and reassure her, she instructed Fang Rui¡¯er to bring the children to the backyard to rest first. When it was about time, she would get Fang Rui¡¯er to send them over and hand them to Yuan Niang.
Song Zhou thanked Mrs. Luo profusely. When she returned, she didn¡¯t forget to instruct the three children to be obedient. When the three children were brought into the inner courtyard by Fang Rui¡¯er, she bid farewell to Mrs. Luo and returned home.
Because Lin Suisui was thinking about meeting the three girls today, she arrived at the medical center much earlier than usual.
In order to get a confirmation, she even brought Heka, who stayed in the residence.
Heka was handed over to Su Le and disguised as a carriage man, so he entered the medical center without attracting any attention.
¡°The three children are already here.¡± Yuan Niang, who had received the news, didn¡¯t dare to be negligent at all. As she reached out to help Lin Suisui get out of the carriage, she whispered to Lin Suisui about the arrangements of the three girls from the Song family. ¡°I¡¯ve already arranged for them to be in the backyard and handed them to my mentor..¡±
Chapter 475 - 475: Confirmation
Chapter 475: Confirmation
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Because Lin Suisui had instructed them previously) Yuan Niang didn¡¯t arrange heavy work for the three girls. She only asked her mentor to arrange some simple cleaning tasks for them.
Therefore, when Lin Suisui asked to see them at this moment, Yuan Niang made arrangements very quickly. As soon as Lin Suisui went upstairs to the private room, Yuan Niang brought the three girls in.
¡°I asked when they came over. The eldest of the three girls is nine years old, and the youngest is only three and a half years old.¡± Yuan Niang told Lin Suisui about the three girls as soon as she entered. ¡°They said that their grandmother despised them for being girls, so she hasn¡¯t given them names yet. At home, she only addresses them as oldest child, second child, and third child.¡±
Lin Suisui reached out and waved at the three little girls. After gesturing for the three of them toe to her side, she took their pulses one by one. As soon as she checked, her expression became solemn.
¡°Have you guys been to the Snake Temple before?¡± After Lin Suisui retracted her hand, she asked the eldest girl.
¡°We¡¯ve been there three times. Grandma brought us there.¡± The eldest daughter¡¯s voice was soft. Although she sounded a little timid, she exined the matter very clearly. ¡°At first, she asked us to kneel and kowtow. Later on, when we went again, that woman asked us to drink that talisman water. She said that it could help our mother give birth to a boy.¡±
¡°That water doesn¡¯t taste good.¡± The second child, who was beside her eldest daughter, naturally heard her sister¡¯s story. She raised her head slightly and looked at Lin Suisui as she added in a low voice, ¡°It reeked. I felt like vomiting after drinking it.¡±
¡°How many times have you drunk it?¡± Lin Suisui patted the top of the third child¡¯s head and suppressed her anger as she continued to ask the girls with a smile.
¡°Twice,¡± the eldest daughter replied straightforwardly. ¡°The second time, the second child didn¡¯t want to drink it anymore. Grandma was even angry and scolded her for most of the day. When we returned home, she didn¡¯t even let her eat dinner.¡±
¡°What about your mother? Did she go to the Snake Temple to drink strange things too?¡± Yuan Niang, who was at the side, also sensed that something was wrong and quickly asked her daughter.
The eldest daughter shook her head and replied softly, ¡°No. The woman in the temple said that my mother isn¡¯t fated with the true god yet. She told her to go home and continue to worship piously.¡±
¡°Alright, you¡¯re all good children. During this period of time,e to the medical center every day to work and listen to Yuan Niang¡¯s instructions, okay?¡±
After Lin Suisui understood the circumstances of the matter, she chose not to mention it for the time being, for fear that she would alert the enemy.
After all, there were three children standing here. If they leaked the news, it wTould be difficult to wipe out the faction behind them.
After the three girls were brought down by Yuan Niang again, Lin Suisui turned to Heka and asked, ¡°Did you see anything?¡±
Heka lowered his eyes and pondered for a moment before answering calmly, ¡°You¡¯re right. These three children are indeed under the tame head technique.
Someone from the secret camp belonging to the Siamese royal family probably came.
I¡¯m not putting in a good word for the eldest prince. It¡¯s just that the eldest prince¡¯s attention had always been on the northern barbarians, so he didn¡¯t agree with attacking our empire at the same time.
¡°To be honest, the only person who has always wanted to attack our empire is Her Highness, Princess Corg.¡±
¡°But it doesn¡¯t make sense!¡± Lin Suisui put down the teacup in her hand. She was still a little dubious about Heka s analysis, so she said, ¡°If the person who nned this is really Princess Corg, why did she ask her subordinates to use the tame head technique on these children?¡±
It couldn¡¯t be that she was just bored, right?
¡°Princess Corg has never been in good health.¡± Heka knew the Siam royal family well. Upon hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s question, he quickly continued to exin to her, ¡°All along, she has relied on the secret technique provided by the imperial preceptor to maintain her health.
To put it bluntly, the secret technique was to use the tame head technique to seize the vitality of healthy people in order to restore the princess¡¯ health.
As the princess grew older, the conditions to satisfy the secret technique became more and more stringent.
Now, only young children like them can be used to support her health.¡±
Heka¡¯s words made Lin Suisui, Bai Guo, and the others, who were standing around, reveal ugly expressions. This was really a n that killed two birds with one stone!
Firstly, as Heka had said, these children could be used to make secret medicine for Princess Corg so that she could live a healthy life. Secondly, using the tame head technique on such arge scale to harm children would definitely cause panic and uneasiness in the people over time!
At that time, the people left behind by Princess Corg can take the opportunity to cause trouble and disrupt the stability at the border¡
She had to inform Lu Ze quickly.
T hinking of this, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t dy any longer. She immediately stood up and asked Su Le about Lu Ze s whereabouts. She had to rush over now to tell him about this.
Actually, what Lin Suisui didn¡¯t know was that Lu Ze was also very busy.
Something had happened to Nina, who was imprisoned in the Imperial City government office.
Actually, Pei Qian had always been on guard against Nina. However, even so, she still took advantage of the situation. If not for the fact that the person in charge of delivering the food was vignt, she would have really taken the opportunity to spread the news.
This matter angered Pei Qian greatly. Not only did he punish the bailiffs who were monitoring Nina, but he also asked Qian He to arrange for the executioner to break the tendons in Nina¡¯s hands and feet.
¡°I really underestimated this woman!¡± After Pei Qian sat in front of Lu Ze, he drank two cups of tea in a row. Then, he whispered to Lu Ze about the reason for this incident yesterday. ¡°I originally fed her a drug every night!
However, she pretended to faintst night. The bailiff guarding her was young and actually felt that this woman was pitiful, so he thought that it was fine to just feed her the drug when she woke up!¡±
¡°Are you punishing Qian He too?¡± It was rare for Lu Ze to see Pei Qian so angry, so he didn¡¯t add fuel to the fire. Instead, he refilled Pei Qian¡¯s cup of tea.
¡°He¡¯s ipetent and deserves punishment!¡± Pei Qian snorted. He didn¡¯t deny Lu Ze¡¯s guess, but he had his own persistence and opinion about punishing Qian He.
¡°1 entrusted this matter to him, so he knew better than anyone the importance of this person! In the end, he arranged for such an ipetent bailiff to guard me!
Shouldn¡¯t he be med for this dereliction of duty?
I¡¯m just teaching him a lesson so that he can be more reliable in the future.. Your Highness, you don¡¯t have to plead for him!¡±
Chapter 476 - 476: Sweet Date
Chapter 476: Sweet Date
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Lu Ze was talking to Pei Qian when Su Qi walked in quickly and bowed to Lu Ze before reporting the news of Lin Suisui¡¯s arrival.
¡°What happened?¡± As soon as Pei Qian heard that Lin Suisui wasing, he immediately turned around warily and nced at the sandss by the window.
If not for something urgent, she probably wouldn¡¯t have rushed over to look for Lu Ze at this time.
Su Qi lowered his head and exined the news he had received in a low voice, ¡°Madam didn¡¯t reveal it. Su Le sent someone to deliver a letter. He said that Madam had something urgent to discuss with Master.¡±
Lu Ze nodded and instructed Su Qi to go out and pick her up immediately. After he sat at the table for a while, he couldn¡¯t help but stand up and rush out.
Pei Qian wanted to stay where he was and wait, but seeing that Lu Ze had also left, he followed him and rushed towards the entrance of the Imperial City government office as well.
Lin Suisui arrived quickly. Before Lu Ze even walked to the entrance, he saw a carriage rushing over from the entrance.
Lu Ze didn¡¯t ask anyone to put down the stool. He reached out directly and carried Lin Suisui down from the carriage.
Lin Suisui¡¯s wide skirt drew a semicircle in the air, making Pei Qian, who was following behind, feel a little dizzy. He snorted with a straight face as he walked over and asked before Lu Ze could ask, ¡°Madam Liu, what happened?¡±
¡°Let¡¯s go in first.¡± Lu Ze protected Lin Suisui as he turned around to answer Pei Qian¡¯s question for Lin Suisui.
Under the protection of Su Le and the others, the group quickly returned to the small courtyard where Lu Ze and Pei Qian usually stayed.
As soon as Lin Suisui entered, she didn¡¯t even sit down before she told Lu Ze and Pei Qian about the Snake God. Then, she continued with some worry, ¡°Now, I know that three girls have be victims, but as for the other children, it¡¯s unknown if they have be victims or not.¡±
I heard from Mrs. Luo yesterday that manymoners have gone to pay their respects to the Snake God!
I haven¡¯tpletely investigated how wide the scope is, but from the looks of it, it definitely isn¡¯t small.
¡°Moreover, the most terrifying thing is that we still haven¡¯t figured out how many people they¡¯ve used the tame head technique on under the pretext of getting blessed with a child! If things blow upter, the consequences will be unimaginable!¡±
¡°I¡¯ll arrange this!¡± Pei Qian quickly stood up as he said, ¡°I already had some relevant clues. Previously, my subordinates reported that this Snake God was lewd. Because it involved the people from the Siamese Kingdom entering the country, 1 only asked them to observe the situation and not alert the enemy!
I didn¡¯t expect those bastards to do such sinful things!¡±
¡°Don¡¯t be anxious. Choosing not to alert the enemy first is the right decision.¡± Seeing that Pei Qian had stood up and was about to walk out, Lu Ze hurriedly took two steps in his direction and reached out to stop him as he advised, ¡°First of all, we still don¡¯t know the scale of this scheme!
If we can¡¯t capture this group of Siamese swindlers who infiltrated the empire in one fell swoop, even if we exorcize this one now, it won¡¯t have much of an effect.¡±
Pei Qian paused for a moment before agreeing with Lu Ze, ¡°I understand. Don¡¯t worry, Your Highness. I¡¯ll arrange for someone to investigate this matter.¡±
¡°I can leave this matter to Qian He so that he can have a chance to redeem himself.¡±
¡°What¡¯s wrong with Qian He?¡± Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help but feel curious when she heard Pei Qian mention Qian He¡¯s ¡®eptance¡¯, so she looked at Pei Qian in confusion.
¡°He was punished because I made a mistake!¡± Pei Qian didn¡¯t hide it for Qian He. He told Lin Suisui what had happened to Nina. Then, he added, ¡°I¡¯ve told Qian He more than once not to make any mistakes when feeding her medicine every day!
It¡¯s only been a few days, but they almost caused big trouble for me!¡±
¡°She wants to send a letter. Could it be that there¡¯s really a Siamian spy in Cloud Mountain City who can contact her?¡±
Lin Suisui thought of another possibility.
After all, in Nina¡¯s current state, even if Pei Qian had not ordered people to break her limbs, it was impossible for her to escape from the prison.
Therefore, she probably wanted to use the food deliverer to spread the news.
¡°I heard from Heka that Nina is considered a capable subordinate of the eldest prince of Siam! The eldest prince is not the only one who covets Siam¡¯s throne! The eldest princess is the eldest prince¡¯s greatestpetitor!
Logically speaking, the people under the eldest princess probably won¡¯t treat concubine Nina well, but we can¡¯t rule out the possibility that the eldest prince¡¯s people are still hiding in Cloud Mountain City.¡±
This was what Lin Suisui was more worried about.
Siam¡¯s influence definitely wouldn¡¯t be able to expand to the northern barbarians now. The eldest prince¡¯s previous n had failed!
Therefore, from a certain perspective, this gave the princess a chance. If she could use this opportunity to cause some trouble at the border of the empire and create chaos, it would help the Siamese in the south attack the empire.
Perhaps that princess really had this n!
Although Nina was the eldest prince¡¯s right-hand woman, she had messed up what the eldest prince had instructed her to do. ording to the eldest prince¡¯s personality, even if she could escape back to Siam safely, the eldest prince wouldn¡¯t let her off!
Therefore, she might really choose to take the risk and side with Princess Corg!
However, if she really betrayed the eldest prince because she wanted to survive, wouldn¡¯t she be safer if she joined them and chose to cooperate with the empire?
¡°I want to see Nina again.¡± Thinking of this, Lin Suisui told Lu Ze and Pei Qian what she had just thought of. ¡°She rejected mest time, probably because she still had some delusions at that time.
Now that so many days had passed and she had suffered many punishments, she must have lost some hope.
If we give her some carrots after the stick, we might be one step closer to getting her topromise..¡±
Chapter 477 - 477: Murder
Chapter 477: Murder
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
After more than ten days, Lin Suisui saw Nina again.
This time, it seemed that Nina was in a much more sorry state than thest time they met. Thest time they met, they could still see some pride in her, but now, with the tendons in her limbs broken, she was lying on the ground like a hyena whose spine had been broken. Shepletely lost the will to resist and looked dispirited and despaired.
¡°Why are you still looking for me?¡± When Nina looked up with difficulty and saw Lin Suisui looking at her through the iron fence, she couldn¡¯t help but smile bitterly. ¡°Don¡¯t you already have Heka, who tells you everything?
I came from the same secret camp as him. We were both the eldest prince¡¯s subordinates.
He knows most of what I know. Just ask him what you want to ask. There¡¯s no need to waste your effort on me.¡±
¡°I¡¯m a doctor, so I¡¯ve encountered many patients before.¡± Lin Suisui could feel Nina¡¯s resistance, but she wasn¡¯t angry. She only looked up at Nina and smiled as she said gently, ¡°When many people see me, they tell me not to try to save them anymore, since they don¡¯t want to live anymore!
However, every time 1 told them that there was actually hope of curing their illness, even if the subsequent treatment would be filled with pain, most people would still ept my suggestion without hesitation.
Survival is our instinct. I don¡¯t think you¡¯re immune to it either.
If you really don¡¯t want to live anymore, why did you try to send the letter yesterday? It s obvious that you didn¡¯t give up on your lifepletely.¡±
Lin Suisui¡¯s tone was very soft, but it made Nina, who was curled up on the ground, tremble. She raised her head with difficulty as she gritted her teeth and roared at Lin Suisui, ¡®¡¯So what if 1 want to live? Can 1 still survive in this situation?¡±
Yesterday was thest time she had any hope of surviving.
However, she still failed.
After this incident, it was impossible for that terrifying man to let her off! Therefore, when facing Lin Suisui now, she didn¡¯t trust her at all.
After all, what ability did such a frail-looking woman have to save her?
She was most likely lying to her!
¡°If you really want to live, why don¡¯t you cooperate with me?¡± Lin Suisui tilted her head and sized up Nina. After a long time, she suggested kindly, ¡°At least, it¡¯s much more reliable than thepanions you seem to want to get into contact with now.
After all, you also know that whether it¡¯s your fault or not, your mission haspletely failed!
Even if you can ask your Siamese colleagues for help and escape from the empire¡¯s control, will you end up well?
Do you think your master will still be nice to you, a pawn that has lost its value?¡±
¡°What about you? How can you guarantee that you can keep me safe in the future?¡± Nina was clearly tempted by Lin Suisui¡¯s suggestion, but she didn¡¯tpletely let go of her resistance and suspicion.
Even though she was in a desperate situation, she didn¡¯t forget to think of ways to seek more benefits for herself.
¡°As long as you sincerely cooperate with me and don¡¯t have any ulterior motives, the promise I gave you will definitely be valid: Don¡¯t look too far away. Just look at shaman An Duo from the northern barbarians.¡± Lin Suisui gave a direct example. ¡°When you left the northern barbarians back then, you probably knew his status among the northern barbarians. Even though I¡¯ve already left the northern barbarians and returned to the empire, his status hasn¡¯t changed at all!
1 can¡¯t promise anything else, but I can promise that I won¡¯t backstab my own people.¡±
In the end, Nina didn¡¯t give Lin Suisui an answer, but she told her that she needed to think about it again.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t force her. She only said that if she changed her mind, she could tell the bailiffs. Then, she left the prison with Bai Guo and the others.
After returning to the residence from the Imperial City government office, Lin Suisui entered the small courtyard, where she made prescriptions. She had to think of a way to remove the tame head technique from the three little girls as soon as possible!
Otherwise, if this dragged on and the tame head technique infiltrated their bodies, it would be difficult to remove it. Most importantly, it would hurt their bodies.
These three girls were young, so it was better to be careful.
Under Lin Suisui¡¯s arrangements, the three girls from the Song family gradually became familiar with the medical center. Just as Mrs. Luo had said previously, these three girls were very sensible and obedient. It was a pity for them to be born into a family like the Song family.
¡°I heard from the eldest child that their father isn¡¯t a good person either.¡± When Yuan Niang mentioned the three girls from the Song family to Lin Suisui, she couldn¡¯t help but purse her lips in disdain. ¡°It¡¯s bad enough that he listens to his mother unconditionally, but he doesn¡¯t care about his wife and children. Instead, he takes good care of a widow at the entrance of their alley.
In my opinion, something will happen to their family sooner orter!¡±
When Yuan Niang said this, she didn¡¯t expect that her simpleint would take effect so quickly! The next day, Lin Suisui, who had just rushed to the medical center and was about to remove the tame head technique, heard a piece of news that she didn¡¯t expect¡ªSong Zhou had killed someone!
¡°Madam Pei, please save our mother. It¡¯s impossible for her to kill anyone!¡± The eldest daughter, who had secretly run over, stumbled over barefoot and knelt in front of Lin Suisui.
What had happened in the morning wasn¡¯t something a child like her could bear.
However, for her mother¡¯s sake, she mustered her courage to look for the only nobledy that could save her mother.
Even though she had not interacted much with Lin Suisui, she knew that Lin Suisui, who smiled at her every time she saw her, was a capable and kind person.
As long as Lin Suisui appeared, she would definitely be able to save her mother!
¡°Don¡¯t be anxious. Exin yourself slowly. What¡¯s going on?¡± Yuan Niang was also shocked by the news that the girl had told her, so she quickly came forward and pulled the little girl up from the ground. After she sat down at the table at the side, she didn¡¯t forget to take the hot tea that Bai Guo had handed her and send it to the girl so that she could drink it.
Her hand was still trembling as she held the teacup. She bit her lower lip slightly and deliberated for a long time before telling Lin Suisui and the others the cause and effect of the matter. ¡°My grandmother died. My father said that my mother poisoned her egg custard.
However, when my mother was cooking at home, in order to prevent her from secretly letting us eat the eggs, when making food like egg custard, it was my grandmother herself who made it. It wasn¡¯t my mother who made it!
Therefore, it was impossible for my mother to make egg soup for my grandma!¡±
Chapter 478 Grief
478 Grief
"Think about it carefully. From yesterday to today, what have you seen in your family that''s different from before?"
As Lin Suisui gestured for the eldest daughter not to be anxious, she praised the eldest daughter''s intelligence and wit. Thinking of the dazed woman she had seen in the Song family previously, Lin Suisui felt that if she had really been falsely used, for the sake of these children, she could help.
However, the premise was that Song Zhou really didn''t poison Old Madam Guo.
The eldest daughter lowered her head and thought about it carefully for a long time before looking up at Lin Suisui and asking tentatively, "Father came back very earlyst night. Does that count?"
"Of course." Lin Suisui nodded and replied gently, "As long as it''s something different from usual, it counts.
"Other thaning back earlyst night, was there anything else wrong with your father?"
"Yes!" After receiving Lin Suisui''s affirmation, the eldest daughter answered smoothly, "Father has alwayse back from the shop quitete. Moreover, every time hees back, he instructs us and Mother to move things for him. If we''re slow, he''ll hit us.
However,st night, my father seemed to have be a different person when he returned. Not only didn''t he instruct us to do chores, but he also took the initiative to go to the kitchen to talk to my mother.
When we returned to our room to sleep, our father had yet toe out of the kitchen.
Then, when we woke up this morning, Grandma was dead. Our father''s demeanor changed and he said that her mother was a vicious woman and that she was the one who poisoned Grandma with the egg custard she made yesterday!
Seeing that my father was about to kill my mother with a knife, I was very frightened. Fortunately, the second child ran out quickly and went next door to invite Grandma Luo to help. Then, Uncle Fang came over and stopped my father. They said that my father was wrong. Even if my mother poisoned his mother to death, he should report it to the officials first!
However, my father was unwilling. He said that my mother had poisoned his mother to death and that he wanted to kill her for revenge.
When they were not paying attention, I came over to ask you for help!
"Madam, my mother was really falsely used. She definitely didn''t kill Grandma. Please save her!"
As she spoke, she knelt in front of Lin Suisui again and kowtowed to her a few times. If Yuan Niang didn''t reach out and helped her up from the ground, she would probably have bled.
"Get Su Le to prepare a carriage. Let''s go over and take a look." The eldest daughter''s words were very clear. If what she said was true, there must be something fishy going on!
For the sake of these three girls, she also wanted to go over and see what was going on.
After receiving Lin Suisui''s instructions, Su Le prepared very quickly. Soon, he drove the carriage to the food shop where Mrs. Luo and the others were.
Because of the Song family''s murder, there was a sea of people here. It was filled withmoners who hade to watch themotion.
Seeing Lin Suisuie over, Mrs. Luo, who was standing at the door and looking anxiously in the direction of the Song family, was shocked. As she quickly came forward to greet her, she said worriedly, "Why are you here now? There''s a sea of people here. What if you get hurt?"
"She went over to ask me for help. After I heard her exin what happened, I felt that something was amiss, so I came over to take a look." As Lin Suisuiforted Mrs. Luo, she gestured for Su Le to bring people over to take a look.
"That''s right. No matter how you look at it, this matter is strange." Seeing that Lin Suisui was here for this matter, Mrs. Luo told Lin Suisui everything that had happened in the morning.
"Old Madam Guo raised Song Jianxing as a widow for many years. He''s her only son.
He had been guarding the dry goods shop that his father had bought back then for so many years! He usually stayed in the shop and only returned when it was dark every night.
Don''t ask me how I knew. As soon as he returned, I would always hear him scolding and instigating people!
Last night, he came back early, but there was no movement. I even mentioned to the old man that the eldest son next door had not returned for the entire night, but he started causing trouble before dawn.
The second child came over to inform us that the little girl wasn''t even dressed properly when she stumbled over to shout for help. How could I dare to dy? I immediately went over with the old man. At that time, I saw the eldest son chasing after his wife with a knife!
Fortunately, our oldest son also rushed over to stop him!
Our oldest son said that no matter what, since someone died, they have to report it to the officials! When the officials came over to investigate, they would have the final say!
However, Song Jianxing refused and insisted that his wife had poisoned his mother and wanted to kill her to avenge his mother!
Constable Wang, who was working in the government, heard the news and came over to stop Song Jianxing!
At this moment, someone from the government office ising to investigate!"
"Then let''s wait for the letter." Lin Suisui nodded. Seeing that Su Le had not returned yet, she wasn''t in a hurry. Instead, she followed Mrs. Luo into the backyard and sat down to listen to themotion next door.
Su Le left quickly and returned quickly.
Because of Lu Ze''s identity, the entire county governor''s office was very familiar with Su Le! When they saw hime over, they were extremely polite and told him everything that had happened without hiding anything.
The results of the government''s investigation weren''t much different from what Lin Suisui had heard from her eldest daughter and Mrs. Luo.
However, there was one thing that Lin Suisui couldn''t figure out. She frowned slightly as she looked at Su Le and asked, "Why is it always others condemning her from the beginning to the end? What about Song Zhou? Didn''t she say anything?"
"No." Su Le shook his head and said angrily, "I heard from the woman in charge of guarding her that she hasn''t said a word since she was imprisoned. Other than crying non-stop, she hasn''t said a word."
"Go ask around and see if it''s convenient for her neighbor. If there''s a way, I want to see her." Lin Suisui knew very well why Su Le was so angry. Now, her daughters were thinking of a way to save her mother''s life, but her mother did nothing but cry.
Wasn''t this letting down the children''s sincerity?!
Chapter 479 Lesson
479 Lesson
After Su Le thought about the structure of the courtyard next door, she quickly gave a good suggestion, "That''s not difficult. I''ll go over and ask the constable over there to let you in through the back door."
After obtaining Lin Suisui''s approval, Su Le quickly went over to make arrangements.
Not long after, he rushed over again and told Lin Suisui that things had already been arranged.
After Lin Suisui thought about it for a moment, she called Mrs. Luo over.
After all, she had only met Song Zhou once. Inparison, Mrs. Luo was more familiar with her.
Mrs. Luo didn''t refuse Lin Suisui''s arrangement. She simply followed behind her and entered the Song residence through the back door.
In order to prevent anything from happening to the suspect, Constable Wang, who was in charge of investigating this case, was also very cautious. He asked the woman to confine Song Zhou alone in a warehouse in the backyard. This made it convenient for Lin Suisui and the others to meet Song Zhou.
"What''s the use of crying here? Can''t you just say if you killed anyone or not?"
As soon as Mrs. Luo entered, she was angered by Song Zhou''s tears and she couldn''t help but scold Song Zhou, "Your eldest daughter, the second child, and the third child have put in a lot of effort for you. They went around begging people to seek justice for you. As a mother, you could have exined things, but you only know how to cry here!"
"I have no choice. What''s the point of me exining? Who will believe me?" Song Zhou looked up at Mrs. Luo with tears in her eyes.
The person who used her of murder was her husband!
Who would believe that her husband would poison his mother? Therefore, even if she said that she didn''t make the bowl of egg custardst night, who would believe her?
At that time, there was no outsider in the family to be a witness for her. Now, she couldn''t defend herself!
"You''re so muddle-headed!" Mrs. Luo was so angered by Song Zhou''s words that her entire body was trembling. If not for the fact that there was an old woman watching, she might have pped her twice to make here to her senses.
"You''re so sure that others won''t believe you without even saying it. What''s the difference between you and the chickens and ducks waiting to be ughtered? Besides, you''re only thinking about yourself. Have you thought about your three girls?
"Have you ever thought about what your three girls would do if you were really used of murder this time and got executed?
"They have a mother whose reputation has been ruined like you and an outrageous father. Have you thought about what will happen to them in the future?!"
Mrs. Luo''s words were like a p to Song Zhou''s face. Song Zhou came back to her senses.
That''s right. If she was really executed for killing her mother-inw, what would happen to her three children? With a biological mother like her, their future¡
"It wasn''t me. I didn''t make that egg custard!" After understanding the seriousness of the matter, Song Zhou couldn''t be bothered to cry anymore. She suddenly looked up and exined agitatedly to the woman at the side, "Last year, when my eldest daughter was sick, I cooked egg custard for her a few times behind my mother-inw''s back. One time, when my mother-inw, who had returned 20:39
early, happened to see me, she was furious and she scolded me for a few days.
From then on, my mother-inw was the one who made all the dishes in our family. Even if my husband came back at night and said that he wanted to eat egg custard, he had to get eggs from my mother-inw''s room.
Last night, my husband came back early. He said that there was finally a result for the loan after a long time. Every time he came back at night, he would throw a tantrum, but yesterday, for once, he didn''t re up. The three children had to go to the medical center early in the morning the next day, so I let them sleep first.
My husband said that he wanted to eat egg custard and he personally went to my mother''s room to get three eggs. He said that I had been working hard at home, so he wanted to steam two bowls and asked me to eat them with him.
I was going to guard the kitchen, but my mother-inw suddenly called me, so I went over. When I came out of my mother-inw''s roomter, my husband told me that he had left a bowl of egg custard in the kitchen for me to eat quickly.
However, when her mother-inw heard this, she scolded me for being greedy and asked me to prepare water to help my husband wash up.
I originally nned to wait for my husband to wash up and let the three children taste it, but when I came out of the room and went to the kitchen, the egg custard had already been eaten.
Thinking that my mother-inw had always been like this, I didn''t think too much about it. After washing up, I returned to my room to sleep.
When I returned, my husband even asked me if I had eaten the bowl of custard. I didn''t want to cause trouble, so I nodded at him.
Unexpectedly, when I woke up this morning and was about to help my mother-inw get up, I saw my mother-inw¡ She was lying in the middle of the bedroom with blood flowing from her seven orifices. She was already dead!
When my husband heard my scream, he followed me over. When he saw my mother-inw, he ran out to get a knife and wanted to sh me. He said that I had poisoned Madam Sun and wanted to kill me to avenge her!
But I really didn''t poison my mother-inw!"
"You mean that you did steam egg custardst night, but that was your husband''s idea, right?" Lin Suisui looked at Song Zhou. Although her tone was anxious, her eyes didn''t shift. It was obvious that she wasn''t lying.
In that case, Song Jianxing was very suspicious!
"Yes!" Song Zhou nodded repeatedly and replied affirmatively, "After my husbandes back every night, I would always prepare some food for him.
I originally nned to cook noodles for himst night, but my husband said that he had returned a little early and wasn''t too hungry, so if I made noodles, he might not be able to finish them and I might as well steam an egg custard instead.
Later, when I was boiling water in the kitchen, he took the initiative to go to Madam Sun''s room to get the eggs.
I prepared the egg custard and sent it into the steamer. Later on, because my mother-inw asked me to go over, I didn''t stay in the kitchen anymore. Later on, the egg custard was steamed until it was out of the pot. In the end, it was eaten by my husband and Madam Sun. I didn''t touch it again."
Lin Suisui nodded and lowered her eyes to think for a moment before looking up at Song Zhou and asking, "Then, can you still find the bowl of steamed eggs fromst night?"
"Yes!" Song Zhou nodded affirmatively. "Because I was the one who tidied up the kitchen yesterday. I ced the two bowls of egg custard in the cupboard after washing them. They were right at the top. There''s no way I could mistake it!"
Chapter 480 Heavens Rules
480 Heaven''s Rules
With Song Zhou''s defense, the woman didn''t dare to be negligent at all. She rushed out and asked the people in the courtyard to inform Constable Wang.
Constable Wang was annoyed by Song Jianxing''s pestering. When he heard the woman''s words, he finally found an excuse. Without another word, he sneered and instructed his buddies to go forward. He flipped Song Jianxing, who had been shouting for most of the day but hadn''t shed a single tear, over and tied him up.
No one had expected this sudden turn of events, especially Song Jianxing, who was tied up tightly. He scolded with indignance, "Are you crazy? What right do you have to tie me up? Not only did you not seek justice for my mother, but you even arrested me. Is there any justice in this world?!"
Song Jianxing wasn''t the only one. The surroundingmoners were also confused and began to discuss with theirpanions.
Constable Wang didn''t hide it for Song Jianxing. As Song Jianxing''s neighbor for many years, he knew very well what the man in front of him was like!
At this moment, she spat at him and scolded him disdainfully, "Shut up! Don''t you know why I arrested you?
Who killed your mother? Do you want me to remind you again?"
Constable Wang''s words made Song Jianxing''s face turn pale and he looked away in a panic as he tried to exin, "What nonsense are you talking about?
How could I poison my mother? Everyone around me knows that my mother has been a widow for many years!
Who doesn''t know how I treat my mother?
Only that vicious woman would have such evil and unfilial thoughts because she was dissatisfied with my mother! Instead of punishing that vicious woman, you tied me up."
It had to be said that Song Jianxing''s argument was quite convincing.
At this moment, many people who hade to watch were people who had lived in this area for many years. They had been neighbors with the Song family for a few lifetimes!
They knew about the Song family''s matters very clearly.
Although Song Jianxing didn''t treat his wife and child well, he was indeed quite filial to his mother, Old Madam Guo. It wasn''t an exaggeration to say that he listened to everything she said.
Therefore, it didn''t make sense for Constable Wang to use him of killing his mother, Old Madam Guo!
"You won''t poison your mother, but what if your target was your wife, Song Zhou?" Before Constable Wang could speak, Lin Suisui, who was wearing a veiled hat and leading Bai Guo and the others out of the courtyard, retorted Song Jianxing.
After saying that, Lin Suisui ignored Song Jianxing, who was rolling on the ground. She turned around and gestured for Bai Guo to show Constable Wang the two thick y bowls on the tray.
"The two bowls here are the bowls that containedst night''s egg custard. Although they had already been washed by the unknowing Song Zhoust night, they had only been washed for a short period of time, so there are still traces of poison here.
Speaking of which, it was strange that one of these two bowls was poisonous and the other was non-poisonous.
ording to Song Zhou, she had been called over by her mother-inw yesterday after making the egg custard. When she came out of her mother-inw''s room, Mr. Song had already finished his portion and ced the egg custard he had saved for her in the kitchen.
This matter was overheard by her mother-inw, who followed her outter. She then sent Song arranged for someone to use the arsenic medicine bag found in the kitchen to investigate the origin 20:40
of that arsenic!
Zhou to prepare water for Mr. Song to wash up. After she entered the kitchen and ate the egg custard that was supposed to be for Song Zhou, she became her daughter-inw''s scapegoat!"
Lin Suisui''s words not only made Song Jianxing lose the ability to quibble, but also stunned the surrounding crowd.
If that was the truth, why did Song Jianxing suddenly want to kill his wife?
"But why did he suddenly want to poison Song Zhou?" Constable Wang froze for a long time before he asked this question on behalf of the surrounding crowd.
"You have to ask the eldest son of the Song family who''s lying on the ground!" Lin Suisui nced at Song Jianxing, who was lying on the ground and trembling because he could no longer suppress his fear. She exposed his true colors in public. "Old Madam Guo has always been very dissatisfied with Song Zhou, who gave birth to three daughters in a row. She thinks that she ruined her precious son''s life!
Under the influence of Old Madam Guo''s attitude, Song Jianxing became increasingly dissatisfied with Song Zhou. He also felt that Song Zhou was ipetent, since she couldn''t give birth to a son for him!
Therefore, in the past two years, he gradually started a rtionship with the eldest madam of the Fang family, who lived alone at the entrance of this alley.
The reason she chose to make a move now was entirely because the Fang family''s Eldest Madam was pregnant. If she didn''t enter the Song family, she wouldn''t be able to hide her stomach anymore!
However, for so many years after marrying into the Song family, although Song Zhou didn''t give birth to a son, there was nothing wrong with her in other aspects. Most importantly, in order to expand the business of the dry goods shopst year, the eldest son of the Song family borrowed a considerable amount of money from the Zhou family!
If he mentioned that she wanted to divorce her at this moment, the Zhou family would probably immediately fall out with the Song family and ask them to return the money!
Therefore, Song Jianxing had no choice but toe up with the idea of poisoning his wife! After all, Song Zhou had no children for so many years, so people might think shemitted suicide because she couldn''t give birth to a son!
He thought that he had thought everything through, but he didn''t expect to identally poison his mother in the end!
It had to be said that Mr. Song was really ruthless!
Seeing that the matter was settled, you decided to go all out and kill Song Zhou to silence her. Then, you would use Song Zhou of poisoning Madam Sun.
This way, not only can you escape the crime of killing your mother, but you can also take the opportunity to get rid of Song Zhou. You can also use the excuse that the Song Zhou poisoned your mother to keep the money you borrowed from the Zhou family!
However, remember that evildoers will definitely be punished by the heavens! You calcted everything, but forgot to get rid of the arsenic medicine bag you bought from outside. I''ve already arranged for someone to use the arsenic medicine bag found in the kitchen to investigate the origin of that arsenic!
Moreover, I even instructed someone to go to the Fang family and bring Eldest Madam back. We''ll know if she''s pregnant when the midwife investigatester!
Song Jianxing, the evidence is conclusive. You won''t be able to escape your crimes!"
Chapter 481 - 481: Settled
Chapter 481: Settled
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Song Jianxing didn¡¯t expect that this woman, who had suddenly appeared, to expose all his dirty ns with just a few words.
He wanted to struggle and curse, but Constable Wang discovered his ns first. He grabbed something that looked like a rag and stuffed it into Song Jianxing¡¯s mouth. Then, he turned around and instructed his subordinates, ¡°Take him away!¡±
Song Jianxing struggled with all his might, like a trapped beast on the verge of death. The surrounding constables who came to escort him couldn¡¯t hold him down for a moment and he actually broke free.
Song Jianxing felt that he was doomed this time, but he didn¡¯t feel that all of this was his fault. Instead, he med everything on Lin Suisui, who had revealed the truth to the public. Therefore, he rushed in the direction Lin Suisui was standing in and had the vicious intention of perishing with her.
Constable Wang was shocked and pounced forward to stop him. However, he was really a little far from Lin Suisui. No matter how much he wanted to help, he couldn¡¯t.
Su Le blocked in front of Lin Suisui in time, but someone was faster than him. With a whoosh, an arrow pierced through Song Jianxing¡¯s left arm and nailed him to the wall behind him.
Lu Ze walked in from outside the courtyard with a longbow in hand.
He nced at Song Jianxing, who was nailed to the wall and bleeding profusely. Then, he turned to look at Constable Wang, who was still standing at the side in a daze. He instructed indifferently, ¡°Bring this person back and prosecute him immediately. With such a serious crime, there¡¯s no need to dy anymore. Just sentence him immediately!¡±
Constable Wang knew Lu Ze¡¯s identity, so how could he dare to say no? He quickly lowered his head and agreed. Then, he immediately arranged for someone to inform the county governor.
After knowing that this case was about to be heard in the county governor¡¯s office, a group ofmoners who were waiting to watch the drama didn¡¯t dy any longer. They rushed to find a good seat outside the county office to wait for the follow-up.
After everyone dispersed, Lu Ze turned around and looked at Lin Suisui worriedly. ¡°Are you alright?¡±
¡°I¡¯m fine.¡± Lin Suisui looked up and smiled at Lu Ze. Then, she asked curiously, ¡°Why are you here?¡±
¡°I was going to the medical center to pick you up and bring you back to the residence, but I heard that something had happened here, so I rushed over.¡± Lu Ze reached out and helped Lin Suisui adjust the gauze of her veiled hat before continuing, ¡°Are you going to the county governor¡¯s residence to take a look?¡±
¡°Let¡¯s go take a look.¡± After Lin Suisui thought for a moment, she felt that it was better to finish things.
Lu Ze agreed and reached out to protect Lin Suisui as they left the courtyard. After they got into the carriage, they rushed towards the county governor¡¯s residence.
With Lu Ze¡¯s words, County Governor Tang didn¡¯t dare to dy at all. He quickly announced that he would get someone to prepare. By the time Lu Ze brought Lin Suisui to the county governor¡¯s government office, there were already people inside.
Lu Ze didn¡¯t rm County Governor Tang, who was solving the case in the hall. Instead, he brought Lin Suisui all the way to the back hall and sat down. Although he couldn¡¯t see the situation in the front hall, he could hear the process clearly.
Just as Lin Suisui had thought, the details of the case in front of her were very clear, so they didn¡¯t spend much effort investigating it.
However, no one expected that at the end of this case, Eldest Madam Fang would be involved.
Because this idea to kill his wife was the idea of the Fang family¡¯s Eldest Madam.
Not only had shee up with the idea, but she had also bought this arsenic in the name of buying it to poison rats.
After buying the arsenic, she handed it to Song Jianxing and asked him to take it back for Song Zhou to use! However, who would have thought that this matter would end up like this?
In the end, Song Jianxing was sentenced to death for the felony of killing his mother. Eldest Madam Fang also didn¡¯t escape punishment and was sentenced to death too. However, there was still one problem¡ªEldest Madam Fang was pregnant now. How should this child be dealt with?
ording to the empire¡¯s torture rules, the Fang family¡¯s Eldest Madam definitely wouldn¡¯t be able to escape execution. However, because she was pregnant, this punishment would probably be postponed until a year after she gave birth.
At that time, Eldest Madam Fang would be beheaded. Who would take care of this child?
After the Fang family found out that their daughter had made such a huge mistake, they didn¡¯t even show their faces. Mr. Fang even said to the outside that they would pretend that they had never given birth to this daughter!
Therefore, sending this child to the Fang family was impossible.
The only thing left was the Song family where the child¡¯s father, Song Jianxing, was from. However, Song Jianxing and Eldest Madam Fang colluded. Now that Song Jianxing hadmitted the felony of killing his mother, how could he have the ability to take care of this child?
¡°Please keep this child!¡± Just as County Governor Tang was thinking about how to resolve the matter, Song Jianxing, who had been pressed down in the hall, suddenly turned around and begged Song Zhou, who was standing at the side, ¡°1-1 know it¡¯s my fault. I¡¯ve let you down, but this child is innocent! Please leave a descendant for the Song family on ount of us being husband and wife!
I¡¯ll definitely repay you in my next life!¡±
Song Zhou turned around and met Song Jianxing¡¯s pleading gaze as she asked coldly, ¡°Then, what if this child is also a girl?¡±
¡°I asked the master to calcte it. This child must be a boy!¡± Song Jianxing froze for a moment before he refuted Song Zhou¡¯s hypothesis with certainty. He had risked his life and ended up like this because of this son!
Therefore, it was absolutely impossible for him to admit that this child might be a girl!
¡°What if you¡¯re wrong? Don¡¯t forget, when 1 was pregnant with the second child, the master said that it was a son. Later on, when I was pregnant with the third child, the master even patted his chest as he promised, but what happened in the end?¡±
Song Zhou looked at Song Jianxing with a hint of pity and mockery in her eyes and suddenly felt that she had a long nightmare. Now, she was finally going to wake up.
¡°Song Jianxing, wake up. Let¡¯s not talk about whether this child is a boy or a girl. We don¡¯t even know if he¡¯s your son!
¡°Even if it¡¯s your child, his parents plotted to take the lives of me and my three daughters.. Why should I raise my enemy¡¯s child?¡±
Chapter 482 - 482: Sudden Visit
Chapter 482: Sudden Visit
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°Don¡¯t worry, the Song family won¡¯t go extinct! I¡¯ll raise them well. When the timees, won¡¯t it be better to have a live-in son-inw than to raise someone else¡¯s child?¡±
Song Zhou lowered her head and took onest look at Song Jianxing before turning to bow to the county governor as she reported, ¡°I¡¯m unwilling to ept this child!
Because this child isn¡¯t as innocent as Song Jianxing and the others said. He¡¯s the cause of all of this!
If not for him, none of this would have happened today, and Madam Sun wouldn¡¯t have lost her life!
If I raise this child in the future, every time I look at him, I¡¯ll think of the fact that his father wanted to poison me and my daughters to death so that he could be born safely.
1 really can¡¯t repay kindness with evil. Please forgive me.¡±
Song Zhou¡¯s rejection didn¡¯t cause much confusion and resistance. After all, no one could ept such a thing.
Moreover, Song Zhou¡¯s concerns made sense. Eldest Madam Fang was so ruthless and vicious. Who knew if she had a lover other than Song Jianxing?
If this child wasn¡¯t Song Jianxing¡¯s, then¡
¡°Alright, send this child to the orphanage after he¡¯s born!¡± County Governor Tang had heard the entire story, so he naturally knew which side the general¡¯s wife was on in this case. He naturally couldn¡¯t make things difficult for the Song Zhou family.
Seeing that Song Zhou had rejected this suggestion, Song Jianxing finally couldn¡¯t take it anymore and began to curse Song Zhou. In the end, he probably knew that his anger wouldn¡¯t help, so he decided to fight to the death. He turned around and swept his gaze across the crowd. Finally, his gaze stopped on the Song family members who hade after hearing the news. He howled at the family members, ¡°My house and shop will belong to whoever is willing to raise my son!¡±
As soon as Song Jianxing said this, there was an uproar.
It had to be said that the temptation was quite great. It was obvious that the Song family members were tempted. However, County Governor Tang, who was sitting in the hall, was very good at dealing with such matters.
Since he knew that Lin Suisui was protecting Song Zhou, how could he watch as the things that belonged to Song Zhou and her daughters were snatched away?
If this matter really seeded, wouldn¡¯t Song Zhou and her daughters be kicked out?!
Then what would he use to im credit from the general?
Therefore, before the Song family could respond, he mmed the wooden stick in his hand on the table. ¡°Silence!
Song Jianxing, you killed your mother and wife. You¡¯re guilty of a heinous crime! I¡¯m already showing mercy by letting you stay here for a moment to say a few words!
The fetus in Madam Fang¡¯s stomach can¡¯t be confirmed to be your flesh and blood for the time being, so how can they have the right to snatch the assets that should belong to the Song family?
¡°I think the method Song Zhou suggested previously is very good. One of the three girls will choose a husband to marry into the family in the future!¡±
With County Governor Tang¡¯s promation, everyone present gave up on it. No matter how Song Jianxing struggled or cried, he was powerless to change the situation. He was gagged by the bailiffs and dragged off like an animal.
On the other side of the hall, Madam Fang was already frightened by this series of events. Her eyes were filled with despair and someone screamed that she was bleeding¡
The entire county governor¡¯s hall was in chaos.
However, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t know about the follow-up, because when County Governor Tang announced the verdict and the entire case was settled, she had already stood up with Lu Ze and left the government through the back door.
¡°I think those three women from the Song family are quite impressive.¡± In the carriage, Lin Suisui told Lu Ze what had happened in the Song family over the past few days. Then, she couldn¡¯t help butment, ¡°It¡¯s a pity that they have such a father!¡±
¡°It¡¯s not that bad. Things will get better in the future.¡± Lu Ze thought of Song Jianxing, who was about to be filmed today, and said with a smile, ¡°By the way, the prison guard just replied that Nina has given in.¡±
¡°Really?¡± Lin Suisui froze for a moment before the smile on her face widened. This was good news. ¡°Then, should we go see her now?¡±
¡°There¡¯s no need. I¡¯ve already instructed Pei Qian to arrange for her to be transported back to our residence.¡± Lu Ze didn¡¯t want Lin Suisui to enter that gloomy dungeon again, so after confirming that Nina had really submitted, he instructed Pei Qian to bring her back.
Not long after the carriage moved forward, it suddenly slowed down. Just as Lin Suisui felt baffled and wanted to lift the curtain to see what was happening outside, Su Le¡¯s voice sounded outside the window. ¡°Madam, Princess Ning Fu hase to visit. The carriage is already at the entrance of the residence.¡±
¡°Princess Ning Fu?¡± Lin Suisui was stunned and turned to look at Lu Ze, sitting beside her, in confusion. ¡°Shouldn¡¯t she be recuperating in the ministry now? Why is she here?¡±
¡°Let¡¯s go back and take a look first.¡± After Lu Ze instructed Su Le to speed up outside the window, he turned around and calmed Lin Suisui down. ¡°1¡¯11 wait for you in the inner roomter. No matter what she¡¯s here for, she won¡¯t be able to cause any trouble in our residence.¡±
Lin Suisui was amused by Lu Ze¡¯s attitude and tugged at Lu Ze¡¯s sleeve as she suggested in a low voice, ¡°If you have something to do, go ahead. I still have Bai Guo and Yin Qiao by my side. It¡¯s not like I¡¯mpletely defenseless.¡±
¡°It¡¯s fine. There¡¯s nothing else to do now, so I¡¯ll just read in the inner room.¡± Lu Ze insisted on his arrangements and had no intention of leaving.
Seeing that Lu Ze had already made up his mind, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t persuade him anymore. After returning to the residence, Lu Ze stayed in the inner room. Separated from him by a screen, Lin Suisui changed her clothes and washed up before sitting in the reception hall while waiting for Yin Qiao to invite Princess Ning Fu in.
Princess Ning Fu looked much better than when Lin Suisui had seen her a few days ago in Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry. At least, she was no longer pale. Regardless of whether she had used blush or not, there was finally some color on her cheeks.
¡°Princess, you should stay in the residence and take care of the baby.¡± Lin Suisui nced at Princess Ning Fu. Although she didn¡¯t take her pulse, her body should have recovered from her current state.
However, even so, it was a little difficult for her to travel in a carriage. Lin Suisui didn¡¯t approve of it..
Chapter 483 - 483: Help
Chapter 483: Help
Trantor: Henyce Trantions
Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°If I continue to stay in rhe ministry. I¡¯m afraid you will be in big trouble.¡± Princess Ning Fu looked up at Lin Suisui and smiled as she said, ¡°Do you know that the Fourth Prince is returning to rhe capital?¡±
Lin Suisui¡¯s tone was gentle as she replied, ¡°I¡¯ve heard the general mention it before, but it¡¯s not our ce to worry about such things, right?¡± She didn¡¯t want ro answer Princess Ning Fu¡¯s question.
¡°Aren¡¯t you worried at all, Madam?¡± Although Princess Ning Fu hade here to cooperate with Lin Suisui, every time she saw Lin Suisui¡¯s calm expression* she couldn¡¯t help but want to go crazy.
She was very jealous of Lin Suisui.
Whether it was her looks, ability, her husband, who never left her side, or even the disgusting affection the Fourth Prince revealed to her, every time she thought of it, she couldn¡¯t help but feel indignant and resentful.
Why?!
However, such a lowly vige girl¡
Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t anxious. She just continued to smile at Princess Ning Fu and asked, ¡®What should I be worried about?¡±
Princess Ning Fu was stumped by Lin Suisui¡¯s question. After a while, she snorted unhappily and continued, ¡°The Fourth Prince wants to kidnap you and secretly bring you back to the capital!¡±
At this point, Princess Ning Fu nced at Lin Suisui again. Seeing that she had no intention of interrupting her, she continued to mutter unwillingly, ¡°He came to look for mest night and asked me to help him bring you back to the capital. He agreed to make me his concubine after we returned to the capital!¡±
¡°Then you¡¡± Princess Ning Fu¡¯s words shocked Lin Suisui and she looked at Princess Ning Fu in confusion. Wasn¡¯t the promise the Fourth Prince had given her the oue she had always wanted?
Why did shee over today to tell her this news?
¡°I don¡¯t believe him.¡± At this point. Princess Ning Fu had no intention of hiding anything and directly told her the reason she had made such a choice today. ¡°Not only do 1 not believe the promises he gave me, but I also don¡¯t believe that he can sessfully kidnap you.
Besides, what good would it do for me to help him kidnap you into the capital?
If I¡¯m given the position of concubine without any love or respect, what¡¯s the difference between me being at home and being in the pce?¡±
Princess Ning Fu had actually thought about it carefully before making this decision.
She could indeed choose to stand on the Fourth Prince s side and curry favor with him like before, but then she would be thrown away by him like a rag!
This time, her choice was different from before. The things she had done previously weren¡¯tpletely irredeemable, but this time¡
Her intuition told her that if she really helped the Fourth Prince abduct Lin Suisui, regardless of whether she seeded or not, she would be doomed.
Not only her, but the entire Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry would also be eliminated!
She didn¡¯t dare to!
Therefore, she chose another path.
To be honest, she had thought about it carefully these past few days. Just as Lin Suisui had advised her, what was the use of relying on the Fourth Prince?
That man didn¡¯t care about her at all!
On the other hand, the child in her stomach was everything she had in the future!
Therefore, working with Lin Suisui would guarantee her future.
¡°I just want my child and I to have a good future. Instead of pinning my hopes on the Fourth Prince, I might choose to work with you guys.
As Princess Ning Fu spoke, she took out a neatly folded letter from her sleeve and pushed it in front of Lin Suisui.
¡°Grandmother said that you guys wouldn¡¯t believe me if I came looking for you guys so rashly, so 1 wrote down my n and used Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry¡¯s seal.
if I go back on my word at that time, you can announce this letter to the world!¡±
Lin Suisui nced at the letter on the table, but didn¡¯t reach out to open it. She smiled at Princess Ning Fu and said, ¡°Thank you for believing us.
However, the princess also knew that this matter wasn¡¯t something that could be decided with just a few words.
However, don¡¯t worry. Princess. I¡¯ll definitely tell the general about this immediately and get him to draw up a n as soon as possible so that you can rest assured.¡±
¡°Then, I¡¯ll go back and wait for your good news, Madam.¡± Hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s assurance, Princess Ning Fu heaved a sigh of relief and a smile appeared on her face.
She stood up and took two steps before suddenly stopping, as if she had thought of something. Then, she turned to look ar Lin Suisui and hesitated for a moment before asking, ¡°Madam, do you think I should return to the capital with the Fourth Prince this time?¡±
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t answer her directly. Instead, she asked her in a gentle tone, ¡°Princess, you should have made the decision already, right?¡±
¡°My grandmother thinks that 1 should return to the capital with the Fourth Prince. This way, I can have a proper status as soon as possible. Otherwise, if I stay in the northern region, the Fourth Prince might forget about me over time.
But I felt that I should stay.
Firstly, I don¡¯t have any rtives in the capital now, so it¡¯s impossible for me to protect the child in my stomach by myself. Secondly, the Fourth Prince doesn¡¯t have any feelings for me. Even if he reluctantly gives me a status, it actually won¡¯t mean much. 1 might die in less than two days after bing a concubine!
Therefore, i might as well stay in the northern region in peace. It¡¯ll be good for me and the child.¡±
Perhaps because Lin Suisui supported her thoughts, Princess Ning Fu seemed much more at ease when she spoke. She lowered her eyes slightly and reached out to touch her slightly bulging abdomen. Then, she muttered with someint, ¡°Besides, I¡¯ve thought about it. So what if I can¡¯t get the status promised by the Fourth Prince? 1¡¯11 stay in the northern region and rely on Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry. Can¡¯t 1 raise the child nheless?
Why do I have to go to the capital?¡±
¡°I think you¡¯re right. At least it¡¯s much safer than the old consort¡¯s decision.¡± Lin Suisui smiled at Princess Ning Fu in agreement. ¡°When you go back, you can tell the old consort that she doesn¡¯t have to worry about status.
After all, you¡¯re pregnant with the royal family¡¯s bloodline, and your identity is prominent!
As long as this child is safe and sound, even if the Fourth Prince doesn¡¯t remember, someone will help him remember!
Therefore, for now, the child¡¯s safety is much more important than you forcing yourself to enter the capital to seek status!¡±
Chapter 484 - 484: Curiosity
Chapter 484: Curiosity
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
After she received Lin Suisui¡¯s encouragement and support, the smile on Princess Ning Fu¡¯s face became wider and wider. She no longer looked at Lin Suisui with hostility and rejection. She even looked a little rxed and happy.
¡°I knew that you¡¯ll definitely stand on my side!¡± She chuckled as she said in a breezy tone, ¡°Unlike my grandmother, who always talks about the big picture!
Actually, after you left that day, I calmed down and thought about many things. Why do 1 have to ask the Fourth Prince for status? He doesn¡¯t like me anyway!
If I stayed in the northern region, with the support of Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry, I could do anything I wanted. Why did I have to go to the Fourth Prince¡¯s backyard so shamelessly?
However, when my grandmother heard my thoughts, she scolded me for being shameless! She said that if women were like me, they would be fooling around!¡±
¡°Your grandmother¡¡± Lin Suisui actually didn¡¯t want to get involved in the family matters of Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry. However, seeing that Princess Ning Fu was willing to tell her this, she deliberated for a moment before persuading, ¡°Old people always think that way. However, she¡¯s just worried about you and is doing this for your own good.
However, you¡¯re not a child anymore, so you still have to decide what the future holds yourself.
If you think your idea is the best arrangement for you, go and discuss it with your grandmother. She will eventually understand.¡±
Princess Ning Fu pursed her lips and was about to continueining about the old consort of Duke Huai Yang¡¯s ministry when she saw Yin Qiaoe in from outside and report to Lin Suisui in a low voice that Yuan Niang had returned.
This news surprised Lin Suisui.
This was because Yuan Niang usually stayed in the medical center at this time. It was very rare for her to suddenly rush back.
Therefore, Lin Suisui instructed Yin Qiao to invite Yuan Niang in.
Yuan Niang, who came in from outside, clearly didn¡¯t expect Lin Suisui to have a guest. Moreover, the guest was Princess Ning Fu.
She didn¡¯t dare to be negligent at all. She quickly bowed to Lin Suisui and Princess Ning Fu before reporting to Lin Suisui with a smile, ¡°Madam, Madam Song Zhou brought Eldest A^iss and the others to the medical center to thank you in person.
I originally wanted to persuade them to go back since you weren¡¯t at the medical center, but Song Zhou said that she had something very important to report to you.
1 brought them over without dy.¡±
¡°Song Zhou? Is she one of the victims of the mother-killing case?¡± Princess Ning Fu suddenly asked after hearing Yuan Niang¡¯s words.
When she came to look for Lin Suisui today, the streets were very lively. While there was a traffic jam, she asked around curiously and obtained some news about this matter. Therefore, when she heard Yuan Niang mention Song Zhou, she couldn¡¯t help but feel curious.
¡°Yes.¡± Yuan Niang nodded. Seeing that Lin Suisui didn¡¯t stop her, she simply told Princess Ning Fu about their rtionship with the Song Zhou family and the circumstances of this matter. Then, she said, ¡°So, the Song Zhou family probably found out about your help from Eldest Miss and the others this time, so they rushed over to thank you.¡±
¡°Song Zhou is lucky.¡± After hearing Yuan Niang¡¯s story, Princess Ning Fu was also very emotional and she couldn¡¯t help butment, ¡°When she was framed by her husband, she still had children to protect her and your help. If 1 really followed the Fourth Prince into the capital alone and entered his residence, I would have no choice but to wait for death in despair!¡±
Yuan Niang lowered her eyes slightly and advised Princess Ning Fu in a low voice, ¡°You can¡¯t say that. Princess, you¡¯re a good person, so you definitely won¡¯t fall into such a desperate situation.¡±
At this moment, Princess Ning Fu became interested in Song Zhou and was unwilling to leave, so she simply sat back in her seat and waited for Yuan Niang to bring Song Zhou in.
Not long after, they saw Yuan Niang walk in with Song Zhou and the three girls she was holding.
Song Zhou was also very nervous. She only knew that this woman from the medical center had saved her life this time, but she didn¡¯t expect that this woman was the general¡¯s wife, whom many people in Cloud Mountain City were secretly talking about!
She had never been to such avish ce in her life. For a moment, she didn¡¯t know what to do. She could only follow Yuan Niang cautiously.
When she entered and saw Lin Suisui, she knelt on the ground and kowtowed to Lin Suisui without needing Yuan Niang to remind her.
¡°Hurry up and help her up!¡± Lin Suisui wanted to greet Song Zhou, but she didn¡¯t expect her to suddenly do this. She was so shocked that she quickly instructed Yin Qiao, Bai Guo, and the others, who were standing beside her, to help her up.
As Lin Suisui asked Bai Guo and the others to help Song Zhou sit down, she didn¡¯t forget to ask Yuan Niang to go outside and instruct someone to prepare some snacks and fruits for the three little girls.
After settling things, Lin Suisui could finally speak to Song Zhou, who had calmed down a little.
¡°You really don¡¯t have to thank me. If you want to thank someone, you should thank your smart and brave eldest daughter, who rushed over to report to me and even told me what happened.¡± Lin Suisui didn¡¯t hide her admiration for her eldest daughter and the other two children. After all, it was really the three daughters of the Song Zhou family who made such a good ending happen.
Otherwise, she would have been hacked to death by Song Jianxing right at the beginning. How could she have waited for her to go over and help save them?
Princess Ning Fu sized up Song Zhou curiously and suddenly interrupted, ¡°Do you have any ns for the future?¡±
Song Zhou smiled shyly. Although she was still a little nervous, she replied quickly and straightforwardly, ¡°1 don¡¯t have any other ns. I just want to guard the shop and raise the three childre.¡±
Although Song Zhou¡¯s answer was very decisive, it still didn¡¯t satisfy Princess Ning Fu, who turned to look at the three little girls sitting on the other side and suddenly smiled mischievously. Then, she propped her chin on her hand and looked at Song Zhou.. ¡°Then, if your parents, brother, and sister-inw want you to get remarried, what will you do?¡±
Chapter 485 - 485: Hidden Danger
Chapter 485: Hidden Danger
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Song Zhou didn¡¯t expect Princess Ning Fu to suddenly ask her this question.
However, she had never thought about this question before, so for a moment, she really didn¡¯t know how to answer.
She frowned and hesitated for a long time before stammering, ¡°I¡¯m in the Song family¡¯s home now. No matter what, my parents can¡¯te to the Song family¡¯s home to interfere in my decision, right?¡±
Although she said that, Song Zhou was actually not very confident.
She thought about what her parents, brothers, and sisters had done in the past. ording to their usual way of doing things, they might really¡
¡°But I heard that in order to expand the shop, your husband borrowed arge sum of money from your father and brother.
If your father and brothers use this money to threaten you and force you to submit, what will you do?¡± Obviously, Princess Ning Fu could also see the guilt in Song Zhou¡¯s eyes and she smiled as she revealed her sore spot. ¡°Can you really hold on?¡±
¡°Previously, in order to operate the shop, 1 borrowed a lot of money from my father and brother. Can¡¯t I just pay it back ording to the agreement?¡± Song Zhou thought about it carefully before saying, ¡°It¡¯s said that even brothers have to settle ounts clearly. As long as we return this money, no matter what, it¡¯s impossible for my father and brother to interfere in the Song family¡¯s matters, right?¡±
¡°You really think things are that simple and easy?!¡± Princess Ning Fu couldn¡¯t help butugh at what Song Zhou said as she looked at Song Zhou quietly. From her answer, Song Zhou didn¡¯t seem to realize the seriousness of the problem at all.
¡°If your father and brother really have designs on your dry goods shop and want to upy it, what can you do? At that time, your parents wille to you crying about how difficult life is now and ask you to think of a way to help them. Will you be ruthless enough to chase them out?
I heard that your family¡¯s business hasn¡¯t been doing well in the past two years. There¡¯s only one of the two shops left now.
Moreover, your family¡¯s dry goods shop is in a good location. Compared to your family¡¯s only remaining shop, the location is much better!
So how can you ensure that your family won¡¯t covet your assets?¡±
Song Zhou had indeed never thought of this problem.
She had always known that her family wasn¡¯t as sincere to her as she usually thought. From a certain perspective, she had only married into the Song family because of some business problems at that time. Her second brother also needed money to marry a wife, and the Song family was willing to pay the highest betrothal gift among all the suitors.
Therefore, this was also the reason why Madam Sun despised herter on. She spent so much money for her son to marry her, but in the end, she couldn¡¯t even give birth to a son.
Later on, when she was living a difficult life in the Song family, it wasn¡¯t that she didn¡¯t want to go home and ask her parents and brothers for help. However, at that time, be it her parents or her brothers and sisters-inw, they were filled with dissatisfaction and disdain for her. They said that it was all her fault for being useless and not being able to give birth to a son!
But now, things were different!
She, her eldest daughter, and the others had suffered such a disaster. No matter what, they were still family. They wouldn¡¯t really force them to a dead end for the sake of this amount of money, right?
¡°Princess, your words aren¡¯tpletely unreasonable.¡± After Lin Suisui observed for a while and saw that Song Zhou was on the verge of a mental breakdown, she eased the atmosphere. ¡°If all of this is just a guess, that would be best, but what if all of this is true? You can never be too careful.
No matter what, it¡¯s best to be prepared.¡±
¡°I know that you and the princess are doing this for my own good and I know that in the past, I was useless. Previously, even if I was just the slightest bit capable, I wouldn¡¯t have let my daughters suffer with me for so many years.
This time, if not for my daughters protecting me and you helping me seek justice in time, 1 might have been beheaded long ago.¡±
As Song Zhou spoke, she stood up and bowed to Lin Suisui and Princess Ning Fu respectfully. Then, she continued with a bitter smile, ¡°Actually, 1 also know that my family is unreliable.
My maiden family¡¯s home isn¡¯t far from my inws¡¯ family. With such a big incident today, someone had already received the news and sent a letter over. However, my family didn¡¯t show up.
They were probably afraid that the Song family¡¯s matter would have unexpected turn of events and if they were involved, they would be implicated.
The Song family actually wasn¡¯t rich. The only thing worth coveting now was the house and the dry goods shop!
All of this belongs to the four of us. Therefore, for the sake of my three children, no matter what happens in the future, even if I have to risk my life, I definitely won¡¯tpromise!¡±
Because once theypromised, they would be doomed!
Song Zhou gritted her teeth. Even if she didn¡¯t think for herself, she had to think for the three children¡¯s sake. She couldn¡¯t let her daughters have nothing to rely on in the future!
¡°After the matters at home are settled, let¡¯s get them to help in the medical center.¡± Lin Suisui nced at the three little girls sitting there and suggested to Song Zhou, ¡°Doctor Luo even mentioned to me yesterday that the second child is very talented in identifying herbs. If she¡¯s willing, she cane to the medical center to learn from the other children.¡±
¡°Really?¡± The second child, who was eating bread, immediately became interested when she heard Lin Suisui¡¯s words. She suddenly looked up at Lin Suisui in disbelief and anticipation. Her eyes were sparkling as she asked, ¡°Can 1 really learn how to differentiate herbs from Doctor Luo?¡±
¡°Of course.¡± Lin Suisui nodded as she replied to the second child¡¯s disbelief with certainty. Then, she turned to look at the eldest daughter, who was sitting beside the second child and taking care of her sisters. ¡°As for the eldest daughter, Yuan Niang stillcks an assistant, so if you¡¯re willing, you can learn from her how to receive patients in the medical center.¡±
¡°Of course I¡¯m willing!¡± The eldest daughter¡¯s eyes lit up as Lin Suisui spoke, but her reaction was clearly faster than the second child¡¯s. She hurriedly reached out and pulled the second child up, then bowed to Lin Suisui respectfully and thanked her. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, Madam. We¡¯ll definitely work hard and won¡¯t let you down..¡±
Chapter 486 - 486: Secret
Chapter 486: Secret
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°There are a few shops in our ministry that aren¡¯t far from your dry goods shop. When I go back, I¡¯ll tell the shopkeepers that if you encounter any trouble in the future, you can ask the owner of my warehouse for help.¡± Princess Ning Fu sized up rhe eldest daughter and the others before turning to say to Song Zhou with disdain, ¡°1 also think that things aren¡¯t easy for your three daughters. If you can¡¯t be more assertive, I don¡¯t mind helping them!¡±
After saying this, Princess Ning Fu didn¡¯t stay any longer. She stood up and bid farewell to Lin Suisui before leaving without looking back.
After sending Princess Ning Fu off, Lin Suisui gestured for Yuan Niang to help Song Zhou sit down on the chair first. Then, she continued to ask her, ¡°1 heard from Yuan Niang that you were in a hurry to find me because you have something to say?¡±
Facing Lin Suisui¡¯s question, Song Zhou nodded straightforwardly, but then she deliberated for a moment before saying, ¡¯¡°I heard from the eldest daughter that you were asking about the Snake Temple.
My mother-inw and I were the first toe into contact with the Snake Temple.
You might not believe me, but the sage in this temple was just a woman who walked the streets nearby.
A few months ago, this temple that is filled with incense had yet to be built!¡±
¡°You mean that rhe sage in the Snake Temple has actually always been an old acquaintance of yours?¡± Lin Suisui immediately understood the main point of Song Zhou¡¯s words and couldn¡¯t help but ask curiously.
If what Song Zhou said was true, then all of this was too interesting.
Among the three children, the oldest one had the tame head technique nted by the tame head technique master from Siam. Moreover, it was most likely the eldest princess¡¯ doing!
However, on rhe surface, the person presiding over the Snake Temple was a local who had always lived in Cloud Mountain City.
So, how did these two groups of people start colluding?
Was it a spur-of-the-moment idea, or¡
¡°Yes, I¡¯m absolutely sure.¡± Song Zhou nodded at Lin Suisui with certainty. ¡°This Sage Master has lived in Luo Ping Alley, which is not far from us, since childhood.
Her mother was an oracle to begin with. Later on, she took over her mother¡¯s job and had always been telling fortunes and exorcising evil spirits near our home.
Originally, she was living from paycheck to paycheck. Sometimes, she didn¡¯t even have enough money to buy rice every month and had to go to the rice store to buy it on credit.
A few months ago, for some reason, she suddenly started acting like a different person. She said that she had been chosen by the True God and had supreme spells that could save lives and give people wealth. Anyway, from what she said, she was simply omnipotent.
At first, no one believed her.
After all, she was considered an old woman in our area. Everyone knew her capabilities. Flowever, after she really helped people a few times, everyone changed their opinion.
Later on, as she helped more and more people, her reputation spread and she became a famous oracle.
My mother-inw had always wanted me to give birth to a son for the Song family. She had met the sagemaster before, so she took the initiative to see her this time.
Actually, it wasn¡¯t like I hadn¡¯t been brought by my mother-inw to worship various gods before. I had drunk talisman water, so I was already used to her asking me to worship gods.
However¡¡±
At this point, Song Zhou paused slightly, as if she had thought of something terrifying. Then, her face turned pale. Lin Suisui didn¡¯t rush her. She just sat patiently at the side and waited for her to recover.
¡°However, I didn¡¯t expect my mother-inw to implicate my daughterster. At first, she only said that she wanted my daughters to go over and kowtow to the True God.
It was said that the True God liked innocent children the most, so if a child prayed to the True God, it would be much more effective than adults like us.
Originally, I was unwilling, but my mother-inw kept insisting. I thought that it would be fine, so I agreed in the end.
The first time my daughters went to offer incense was fine. However, the second time was different.
When rhe eldest daughter returned, she said that the sagemaster had given them some disgusting sacred water¡¯. 1 had drunk talisman water before, so 1 asked my mother-inw about it. 1 wanted to know what the sagemaster had given my daughters.
However, my mother-inw didn¡¯t think that there was anything wrong with this. Instead, she scolded me for being troublesome!
The next time, my mother-inw didn¡¯t let me go with them!
However, I was worried, so 1 quietly followed my mother-inw over. I didn¡¯t dare to enter through the front door, for fear that my mother-inw would see me. 1 went to the backyard and sneaked in while the old woman guarding the door wasn¡¯t around.
In the end, 1 saw a few chicken coops in a house. What was inside were not chickens and ducks, bur living people! Living people whose bodies were festering!
I was extremely afraid at that time, so I didn¡¯t dare to stay long. I hurriedly crawled out of the dog hole in the back courtyard wall and ran home.¡±
¡°Then why didn¡¯t you think of reporting it to the officials?¡± Yuan Niang was also shocked by Song Zhou¡¯s words.
If she was careless and got discovered, she would have been doomed!
¡°I didn¡¯t dare to.¡± Song Zhou shook her head and shrank back in the chair timidly before continuing, ¡°I was afraid that if 1 had gone out and my mother-inw found out, then I¡¡±
Song Zhou was telling the truth.
Her life in the Song family was basically under Old Madam Guo s watch. Not to mention going our, even if she stayed in the room for too long, Old Madam Guo would pester her!
If they found out that she had gone to the officials, she would cause trouble for her!
Tm telling you this today since 1 heard from my mother-inw that she mentioned this temple in front of you. I was afraid that you would really be interested in this temple and go over to pay your respects.¡±
Song Zhou bit her lower lip. Before Lin Suisui could speak, she continued to stammer as she exined.
¡°In that case, the reason Mrs. Luo hasn¡¯t listened to your mother-inw and gone to the Snake Temple is that you¡¯ve also reminded her, right?¡± When Lin Suisui thought of Song Zhou¡¯s careful approach, she thought of a possibility and asked Song Zhou, ¡°I thought it was strange previously. ording to Mrs. Luo¡¯s temper, she rarely butts head with people. However, she probably wouldn¡¯t refuse to burn incense in the Snake Temple so vehemently.. From the looks of it, you probably reminded her secretly, right?¡±
Chapter 487 - 487: Mothers Are Tough
Chapter 487: Mothers Are Tough
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°I secretly mentioned it to Mrs. Luo, but I didn¡¯t dare to exin it too clearly. I only said that the Snake God statue in the Snake Temple is a little fierce. Mrs. Liu is pregnant now, so she shouldn¡¯t see it.¡±
Song Zhou didn¡¯t hide anything. She only repeated what she had said to Mrs. Luo to Lin Suisui in embarrassment.
Actually, she felt that she really didn¡¯t do anything regarding this matter. It was just a reminder. She didn¡¯t expect to actually stop Mrs. Luo and the others.
¡°You don¡¯t have to worry too much about your daughters¡¯ health. After your family¡¯s matter is settled, I¡¯ll give them a prescription and let them recuperate. They¡¯ll be fine.¡±
However, since you know that the True God Temple isn¡¯t a good ce to go, no matter what happens in the future, you and your daughters should try your best to avoid it.¡±
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t tell Song Zhou the truth about her eldest daughter and the others. She only mentioned that she was feeling unwell.
Upon hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s assurance, Song Zhou waspletely relieved.
She didn¡¯t want to have anything to do with the Snake Temple to begin with. Now that Madam Sun, who had been forcing her to pray piously, was no longer around, even without Lin Suisui¡¯s reminder, it was impossible for her to step into that terrifying ce again.
Seeing that it was gettingte, Song Zhou stood up and bowed to Lin Suisui again with her daughters. Then, she left with Yuan Niang.
Yuan Niang apanied the Song Zhou and her daughters out of Lin Suisui¡¯s courtyard and sent them out the door. Then, she asked the servant guarding the door to call a big carriage over.
When Song Zhou saw this, she didn¡¯t dare to ept it and quickly rejected her offer. However, Yuan Niang was very insistent. She took money from the tray held by the little girl behind her and stuffed them into Song Zhou¡¯s arms as she said to her with a smile, ¡°This is Madam¡¯s arrangement. You and your daughter must be exhausted, so it¡¯s better to take the carriage back and rest!
Even if you don¡¯t care about yourself, you should think about your daughters.
¡°Especially your oldest daughter, who ran so far barefooted so early in the morning just to save you! How can you guys walk back?¡±
Seeing that she couldn¡¯t refuse, Song Zhou epted the offer gratefully.
Yuan Niang stood with the four of them for a while until they left the intersection in the hired carriage. Then, she turned around and returned to Lin Suisui¡¯s side.
¡°I think Song Zhou has learned her lesson this time. I hope that she can really toughen up this time. Otherwise, the three girls will probably suffer in the future!¡±
Yuan Niang reported to Lin Suisui about her sending Song Zhou and the others back just now. Then, she sighed with uneasiness.
¡°Humans have to see things clearly in order to understand the path they should take in the future.
It was said that mothers were tough. After this incident, Song Zhou should have understood some things.
In the future, even if it¡¯s just for the sake of her daughters, she shouldn¡¯t be as muddle-headed as before!¡±
Lin Suisui was quite optimistic about whether Song Zhou would change in the future.
However, she also knew very well that the troubles and challenges Song Zhou would face in the future and all kinds of unexpected risks had just begun.
However, as long as she could stand up on her own, no matter how difficult things were, there would still be many ways to resolve them.
¡°The daughters are working in the medical center now, so if Song Zhou can stand up on her own, we¡¯ll keep an eye on them and help them if they encounter any trouble.¡±
However, if she still keepspromising in order to avoid trouble in the future, there¡¯s no need for us to spend so much effort on her. We might as well think of another way to see if we can protect the daughters.¡±
Lin Suisui was very open-minded about this.
As the saying went, one should save the urgent rather than the poor.
If Song Zhou could really learn from this incident and toughen up bit by bit to protect her three children and face difficulties head-on in the future, they would be able to help them again. Even if the future might be a little difficult, they would definitely be able to survive.
However, if Song Zhou¡¯s family was still as useless as before, no matter how much they invested in her, it would be pointless!
No matter how kind they were, they would just be filling a bottomless pit.
Yuan Niang also agreed with Lin Suisui. She nodded repeatedly and whispered with a smile, ¡°If Song Zhou can really change just like that, her daughters will be in luck.¡±
However, speaking of which, the eldest daughter and the other two girls have been very impressive these past few days.
¡°In my opinion, even if Song Zhou doesn¡¯t change in the future, as long as we can help her daughters protect their houses and shops, it¡¯s not impossible for them to survive after they grow up.¡±
¡°But I¡¯m just afraid that some people won¡¯t give these three girls time to grow up.¡±
Lin Suisui sighed and whispered her worries to Yuan Niang.
Just as Lin Suisui had feared, as soon as Song Zhou returned to the Song family with the three children, she saw a group of people blocking the entrance of her courtyard.
It was none other than her mother, father, brother, and sister-inw. Even a few nephews she rarely saw came over.
¡°Hey, girl, where have you been? We¡¯ve been here for most of the day! Why are you still running around at this time?!¡±
When he turned around and saw Song Zhou, Mr. Song was stunned at first. Then, he lectured her with a dark expression, ¡°How unruly!¡±
¡°Father, why are you guys here?¡± After such a huge incident, Song Zhou¡¯s attitude was quite distant upon seeing her family again.
This made her mother and her sisters-inw, who were prepared to go forward andfort her, stand there awkwardly without knowing what to do next.
Mr. Song naturally sensed his daughter¡¯s rejection, but he didn¡¯t care. With a straight face, he ordered Song Zhou around as usual, ¡°Why are you still standing here? Open the door and let us in.
With peopleing and going, is this a ce to talk?¡±
¡°Father, if there¡¯s nothing else, you shoulde another day! Madam Sun¡¯s funeral hasn¡¯t been held yet, so no matter what you want to say, you have to let the dead rest in peace first!¡± Song Zhou, who had always been obedient to him, said no to him for the first time..
Chapter 488 - 488: Falling Out
Chapter 488: Falling Out
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Song Zhou¡¯s unprecedentedly cold attitude shocked Mr. Song. However, after the initial shock, Mr. Song lost his temper.
He knew his daughter very well.
Although she was stubborn and refused to relent, she would be obedient after being taught a lesson.
He actually didn¡¯t want toe over either.
However, when he found out that the Song family had already begun to discuss how to deal with Song Jianxing¡¯s assets, he finally couldn¡¯t sit still anymore!
It was obvious that the Song family was nning to freeload.
They said that they wanted to take care of Song Jianxing¡¯s child in order to appease Old Madam Guo, who had died tragically¡
This was all bullsh*t!
What Old Madam Guo was thinking about was Song Jianxing¡¯s own son, not a child from the malicious Song family!
Besides, Song Jianxing still had three daughters!
At that time, just as Song Zhou had said, wouldn¡¯t leaving one at home be the same as leaving a descendant for Song Jianxing?!
Of course, Mr. Song didn¡¯t have such thoughts for Song Zhou¡¯s sake.
But now that Old Madam Guo and Song Jianxing were gone, the Song family¡¯s assets were in his daughter¡¯s hands. The money that Old Madam Guo had saved up didn¡¯t count, but that dry goods shop¡
Anyway, those three girls were still young and would all marry into other families when the time came. All they had to do was just give them some dowry! How could they have rhe right to ask for the shop?
His daughter and granddaughter didn¡¯t know how to run a business. As her maternal grandfather, wasn¡¯t helping his daughter and granddaughter manage a shop his duty?!
Mr. Song had all sorts of delusions!
However, he didn¡¯t expect that Song Zhou, who had always been obedient to him, would actually dare to show him attitude this time!
How outrageous!
Seeing Mr. Song¡¯s expression change, Song Zhou, who had a good grasp of his temper, warned him, ¡°Father, I advise you to stop thinking about it.
Whether it¡¯s the house I¡¯m living in with my daughters or the dry goods shop, they¡¯re all my father-inw¡¯s hard-earned family assets.
It¡¯s also what the three children and I will rely on to survive in rhe future!
Didn¡¯t you always say that married daughters are useless? Now that I¡¯m a member of rhe Song family, even if something happens to my family now, I¡¯m srill alive. My daughters are still alive as well!
Therefore, there¡¯s no reason for me to use rhe Song family¡¯s assets ro supplement the Zhou family!
It¡¯s best if you restrain your temper now. You also know that many people are watching after what happened to our family today. You don¡¯t want to embarrass yourself at your age, right?¡¯1
¡°Girl, how can you talk to your father like that?¡±
Lr was obvious that the Zhou family didn¡¯t expect Song Zhou¡¯s attitude.
Old Madam Wan, who was originally standing at the side and wiping her tears, finally couldn¡¯t keep up the act anymore. She looked up at her daughter unhappily and lectured her.
¡°That¡¯s right.
¡°Sister, we rushed over out of kindness. We knew that something big had happened to your family, so we came over to see if there was anything we could help with!
Everyone came over out of goodwill for the sake of our family ties.
Why do you make things sound so unpleasant?¡±
With Old Madam Wan taking the lead in condemning Song Zhou, Madam Luo, who was supporting her, couldn¡¯t help but speak up for her mother-inw. It was as if Song Zhou hadmitted a sin by directly revealing the purpose of their trip.
¡°I can handle our family¡¯s matters on my own now. There¡¯s no need to trouble Father Mother, Brother, and Sister-inw.¡±
Facing the usations of the Zhou family, Song Zhou remained calm.
She had faced this sort of attitude many times, so she was already used to it. Therefore, it was impossible for the Zhou family to affect her anymore.
¡°Sister-inw, you don¡¯t have to look so aggrieved.
If you really care about me because we¡¯re family, you should have arrived when I was brought to the government in the morning!
Now that the matter has been settled, what¡¯s the use of rushing over?¡±
At this point, a mocking smile appeared on Song Zhou¡¯s face.
At that time, even though they knew that Song Jianxing might be the culprit, many members of the Song family went to the scene, but her family¡
However, from the beginning to the end, they didn¡¯t show up at all.
It was really a joke to say that they were concerned about her now!
¡°Are you ming us?¡± Old Madam Wan immediately heard the resentment in Song Zhou¡¯s tone. She immediately changed her attitude and began to y the pity card. ¡°You have be more understanding of us. When news about you spread to our family this morning, our entire family was scared silly!
Don¡¯t me us for thinking the worst.
You and your mother-inw have always been on bad terms and kept arguing everyday. Wouldn¡¯t it be easy for people to misunderstand?
Speaking of which, this is your own fault.
If you had told our family earlier that Song Jianxing, that bastard, had an affair with a widow outside, would your father and the others have watched him bully you?
We would havee to seek justice for you long ago!
You wouldn¡¯t have suffered so much!¡±
Old Madam Wan rambled on. Although she said that she had no choice, her words revealed her disdain and dissatisfaction with Song Zhou.
Just like the tragedy that happened in the Song family today, the main culprit was Song Zhou!
¡°At the end of the day, it¡¯s all because you¡¯re too useless!¡± With Old Madam Wan taking the lead, Mr. Song scolded Song Zhou as well. ¡°If you had the ability to give birth to a son and stabilize your position in the Song family, all these things wouldn¡¯t have happened.
Now, not only don¡¯t you know how to reflect on your mistakes, but you¡¯re also ming your parents!
How ungrateful!
If 1 had known that you would be so disobedient now, 1 would have drowned you when you were born to prevent you from making me angry!¡±
Mr. Song was really angry this time.
One reason was indeed because the usually obedient Song Zhou had disobeyed him, but the main reason was because his thoughts had been exposed by Song Zhou and he felt embarrassed..
Chapter 489 - 489: Arrangement
Chapter 489: Arrangement
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Sr. Zhou was furious and wanted to attack her, but his eldest son quickly stopped him.
It wasn¡¯t that the eldest son of the Zhou family cared about his sister, Song Zhou.
It was because Song Zhou¡¯s words had reminded him.
At this moment, there were too many eyes on the Song family. If the Zhou family and Song Zhou really quarreled here, it would damage their reputation.
It would also be quite disadvantageous to their future ns!
Therefore, the eldest son of the Zhou family made the decision to retreat in order to advance. At the very least, they couldn¡¯tpletely anger Song Zhou now.
¡± Sister, 1 know you must feel terrible after encountering such an incident.
It¡¯s my fault for not taking good care of you. If I had found out earlier that Song Jianxing was a scoundrel and supported you, you wouldn¡¯t have suffered so much.
It¡¯s right for you to me us.
However, in the current situation, it¡¯s really not the time to fuss over such trivial matters. No matter how difficult it is, people have to look forward.¡±
The eldest son of the Zhou family run the shop for so many years, so he was slick and cunning.
Seeing that Song Zhou was silent, he continued to persuade her, ¡°You¡¯re right to want to protect the assets that Old Master Song left behind.
After all, the four of you still have to rely on this shop to survive.
However, as a woman, you think of some things too simply.
You only have three daughters. It¡¯s not that I despise the three of them, but you don¡¯t have a son after all, so you don¡¯t have a way to settle down.
When your father-inw passed away back then, the reason your mother-inw was able to keep this family fortune was because she had a son. This way, even if the Song family wanted to cause trouble, they had no excuse! But what do you have to rely on now?
You¡¯re empty-handed and have ownerless assets in your hands. Do you think the Song family will let you off easily?
No matter what, we¡¯re your family. Perhaps in your opinion, we¡¯re a little selfish, but we definitely won¡¯t force you and your daughters into a dead end like the others!
I know you¡¯re probably feeling terrible now!
But 1 still hope you can take these words to heart.
¡°How about this? Since you¡¯re in a bad mood today, we won¡¯t stay any longer. In short, if you encounter any difficulties next, feel free to arrange for someone to send us a letter.
No matter what, we¡¯re your family!
No matter what you think of us, we definitely won¡¯t abandon you.¡±
It had to be said thatpared to Sr. Zhou, who only knew how to use intimidation to solve problems, the eldest son of the Zhou family was much better at using emotional persuasion.
As expected, as soon as he said this, Song Zhou¡¯s expression softened.
It wasn¡¯t that Song Zhou had really been persuaded by the Zhou family¡¯s eldest son¡¯s words and started to give in to her family again, but because the Zhou family¡¯s eldest son¡¯s words had given her a very important message.
That was the attitude of the Song nsmen!
Previously, Song Jianxing had suggested that the Song family adopt the child. However, due to the county governor¡¯s objection, his n failed!
However, although the Song family couldn¡¯t directly take control of the Song family¡¯s assets by adopting that child, it didn¡¯t mean that they had no other way.
For example, adoption.
Because she didn¡¯t give birth to a son for Song Jianxing, the Song family could have the patriarche forward and suggest that the Song family adopt a son to interfere in their family matters.
At that time, if the Song family really seeded and adopted a son, it would be no different from inviting a wolf into their house!
Because the son was still young, the Song family could use this to take away the right to use and manage the shop and courtyard in their hands.
Then, the mother and daughters would be kicked out!
The Song family was eyeing the shop and courtyard covetously, but the Zhou family was also unworthy of her trust.
Song Zhou didn¡¯t stop the Zhou family from leaving. She watched with a dark expression as Sr. Zhou and the others left while cursing. Then, she lowered her head and looked at her eldest daughter, who was looking at her worriedly. She forced a smile and said, ¡°Don¡¯t be afraid. 1 have your backs!¡±
Currently, the most troublesome problem Song Zhou was facing was Old Madam Guo¡¯s funeral.
Song Jianxing hadmitted such an unforgivable felony and had long been publicly removed from the genealogy by the Song family¡¯s patriarch. Therefore, it was impossible for him to be allowed to be buried in the Song family¡¯s ancestral grave.
But Old Madam Guo was different.
She was Mr. Song¡¯s first wife and a victim. Since she had suffered so much when she was alive, her funeral had to be held no matter what.
Therefore, Song Zhou didn¡¯t dy things. After tidying up the house, she went to find Constable Wang next door. With Constable Wang¡¯s help, she went to the government with the undertaker to retrieve Old Madam Guo¡¯s corpse.
At night, the Song family¡¯s mourning hall was set up with the help of the surrounding neighbors.
Old Madam Guo had died at the hands of her most beloved son. This was quite a scandal.
Therefore, the Guo family burned two incense sticks before leaving in a hurry.
Mrs. Luo went over again after night fell. Firstly, she went to deliver some food to Song Zhou and her daughters. In addition, she asked her about her next arrangements.
After all, they lived in the same neighborhood and were old friends with Old Madam Guo. Now that she was gone, the remaining neighbors shoulde over and send her off.
¡°There¡¯s one more thing. Your uncle asked me to ask you if you have any arrangements for your husband¡¯s funeral?¡± After Mrs. Luo briefly exined the next arrangements, she asked Song Zhou about another important matter.
Song Jianxing was a bastard, but after all, he was Old Madam Guo¡¯s most beloved son and her daughters¡¯ father¡
¡°Don¡¯t worry, after he got executed, he was burned to ashes by the officials. When I went to pick up my mother-inw previously, I also picked him up.¡± When she heard Mrs. Luo ask this, a strange smile appeared on Song Zhou¡¯s face. ¡°1 arranged the best ce for him.. I believe both he and my mother-inw will be very satisfied!¡±
Chapter 490 - 490: Female
Chapter 490: Female
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°Alright, as long as you¡¯ve arranged things.¡± This was more or less the Song family¡¯s private matter.
Therefore, Mrs. Luo didn¡¯t ask too much. Seeing that Song Zhou answered firmly, she nodded and rxed.
Seeing that Mrs. Luo didn¡¯t continue to pursue Song Jianxing¡¯s whereabouts, Song Zhou heaved a sigh of relief.
She actually didn¡¯t lie to Mrs. Luo just now. She had indeed found the best ce to settle Song Jianxing.
She didn¡¯t think of finding another ce to bury Song Jianxing¡¯s ashes, which she had just retrieved from the government. Instead, she ced his ashes in Old Madam Guo¡¯s coffin.
Previously, her mother-inw cared about and doted on Song Jianxing, her only son.
Therefore, even if Madam Sun lost her life at his son¡¯s hands in the end, based on how much Madam Sun doted on Song Jianxing previously, she probably wouldn¡¯t mind her son¡¯s mistakes and would be willing to be buried together.
¡°I¡¯ll have to trouble you to send us food. I¡¯ll get the oldest daughter to get the money and send it to youter.¡±
Thinking of the food Mrs. Luo had sent them overnight, Song Zhou couldn¡¯t help but thank her gratefully.
Seeing that Song Zhou was so polite but not that happy, Mrs. Luo nced at her reproachfully and said, ¡°It¡¯s just a bowl of noodles. Why are you so polite?
They were all neighbors and saw each other often, so when something happened, it was only right for them to help each other.
There¡¯s no need to be so polite!¡±
After she took the bowl and chopsticks that had been filled with bamboo baskets from the eldest daughter, Mrs. Luo rubbed the top of the eldest daughter¡¯s head affectionately before turning to leave.
However, to Mrs. Luo¡¯s surprise, not long after she left the house, she realized that the oldest daughter, who had been apanying Song Zhou, was following behind her quietly.
¡°What¡¯s wrong? What¡¯s the matter?¡± Mrs. Luo waited for a while, but when she saw that the eldest daughter still refused to let go of her, she stopped and turned to ask the eldest daughter in confusion.
¡°Aunt, I want to see Madam.¡± The eldest daughter stood in front of Mrs. Luo and lowered her head as she gripped the corner of her shirt tightly. After hesitating for a long time, she looked up at Mrs. Luo carefully as she asked, ¡°Can you help me?¡±
¡°Didn¡¯t your mother just bring you to the medical center today to thank Madam?¡± Upon hearing the eldest daughter¡¯s request, Mrs. Luo was even more puzzled.
She remembered that when Song Zhou returned from the government office during the day, she immediately brought the three children to the medical center to thank Madam Liu.
Why was the eldest daughter asking to see her again not long after she returned?
¡°Aunt, I¡¯ve thought about it. 1 still have to ask Madam for help with my family¡¯s matters. Otherwise, my mother definitely won¡¯t be able to handle it alone.¡±
The eldest daughter raised her head slightly to look at Mrs. Luo and told Mrs. Luo everything that had happened when the Zhou family came during the day. Then, she frowned as she said with a worried expression, ¡°My mother really wants to protect us and this family this time.
However, be it the Zhou family or the Song family, they wouldn¡¯t let us off easily.
After all, you also know that my fathermitted a serious crime.
With this excuse, the Song family will be able to control our family!¡±
The eldest daughter raised her hand to wipe her tears and sniffled before continuing, ¡°My mother is naive. She only thinks that as long as she doesn¡¯t lower her head, the Song family and the Zhou family won¡¯t be able to do anything to her.
But you know that this is just my mother¡¯s wishful thinking!
If those people really target our shop and house, no matter how my mother resists, she won¡¯t be able to do anything.¡±
¡°You¡¯re right, but in your current situation, if you go to Madam Liu, she won¡¯t be able to interfere in your family matters either!¡±
Mrs. Luo sighed. From the eldest daughter¡¯s words, she could tell that Song Zhou and the others were in a predicament.
She naturally felt some sympathy for this family of orphans and widow.
However, although they sympathized with her, this was her family¡¯s matter.
As an outsider, even if she couldn¡¯t stand it anymore, she couldn¡¯t interfere too much! Madam Liu would do the same.
Moreover, if Madam Liu were to interfere in this matter, things would get ugly! Those people might evenin in private that she was using her power to suppress others and interfere in other people¡¯s family matters!
¡°I¡¯ve thought about it. If this shop is in our hands, the possibility of keeping it is almost zero.¡±
It wasn¡¯t that the eldest daughter couldn¡¯t see the hesitation on Mrs. Luo¡¯s face, but she still whispered her thoughts to Mrs. Luo.
¡°Perhaps the Song family¡¯s greed can be temporarily warded off by my mother¡¯s insistence.
But what about the Zhou family?
After all, they¡¯re my mother¡¯s parents and brothers. 1 can¡¯t really let my mother cut ties with them from now on, right? Even if word gets out, things will be even worse!
In that case, her mother might as well bear the pressure for a day or two.
But what about the future?
¡°You also know that my mother has a meek personality, so if my grandmother came to look for my mother every day toin about how difficult life was, how could my mother ignore my grandmother?
Perhaps what they needed in the beginning wasn¡¯t the shop, but some spare money she could take out.
But as time passes, who knows how greedy they will be?¡±
At this point, the eldest daughter paused for a moment. When she looked up and saw that Mrs. Luo was listening intently, only then did she rx a little and continue to tell Mrs. Luo her n.
¡°Therefore, rather than leaving this shop for those wolves, tigers, and leopards to snatch, it¡¯s better to offer it to Madam!
1 heard from others that small fries like us, who have no one to rely on, can sell ourselves and our assets to rely on noble people like Madam.
I¡¯m willing to be Madam¡¯s ve. 1 just want to be protected by her so that my mother and two sisters can live peacefully.¡±
¡°Have you discussed this with your mother?¡± Mrs. Luo didn¡¯t expect the eldest daughter to say this.
However, she was still a child, so she had to discuss such an important matter with Song Zhou.
¡°I-I haven¡¯t discussed it with my mother yet.¡± The eldest daughter pursed her lips and lowered her head guiltily. However, soon, her gaze became firm again and she looked up at Mrs. Luo very seriously as she said, ¡°I¡¯ve never hated myself so much.
Why aren¡¯t I a man?
If I were a boy, my mother wouldn¡¯t have to suffer like this for the rest of her life!¡±
Chapter 491 - 491: Idea
Chapter 491: Idea
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°You¡¯re acting like a child.¡±
Mrs. Luo¡¯s heartpletely softened when she heard the eldest daughter¡¯sst words. After she pulled the little girl into her arms, she patted her back gently and coaxed her in a low voice, ¡°Alright, don¡¯t worry about this first.
Coincidentally, I¡¯m going to deliver something to the medical center tomorrow. You cane with me at that time.
Don¡¯t think about selling yourself first. That madam is a good person and is very knowledgeable. Why don¡¯t you tell her about your family¡¯s current situation and ask her if there¡¯s a better way to resolve it?¡±
If there was another choice, Mrs. Luo was unwilling to let the eldest daughter sell herself off.
It wasn¡¯t that she felt that it was bad for her to rely on Lin Suisui, but if possible, who was willing to be a ve for the rest of their lives?
When she saw that Mrs. Luo was willing to help her, a happy smile finally appeared on the eldest daughter¡¯s face. She blushed slightly and nodded at Mrs. Luo as she said in a low voice, ¡°Alright, I¡¯ll listen to your arrangements.¡±
Since Mrs. Luo had promised the oldest daughter, she wouldn¡¯t backtrack.
The next morning, Mrs. Luo prepared the snacks to send to the medical center. Before she left, she told Fang Rui¡¯er to call the oldest daughter over.
Knowing that Mrs. Luo was calling her, the oldest daughter didn¡¯t dare to dy.
She avoided the crowd and quickly ran to the intersection to meet Mrs. Luo. Then, she took the initiative to pick up the slightly smaller food box from Mrs. Luo and followed her. After walking along the familiar road for about an hour, they entered the medical center that the oldest daughter had been to many times before.
This time, the eldest daughter didn¡¯t see Lin Suisui in the medical center either.
Yuan Niang smiled as she received Mrs. Luo and her eldest daughter and brought them straight to the backyard. Although it was a little strange that the eldest daughter, who was supposed to be guarding Song Zhou¡¯s wake at home, followed Mrs. Luo to the medical center, Yuan Niang didn¡¯t make a fuss in front of others.
After she took the food box from Mrs. Luo calmly, she asked her about it.
¡°Something happened to the Song family yesterday.¡± Mrs. Luo had brought the eldest daughter to the medical center to ask for a solution, so upon hearing Yuan Niang ask, she quickly exined to Yuan Niang what had happened after Song Zhou went back yesterday.
Then, she looked at the eldest daughter affectionately as she said with a sigh, ¡°This child is sensible, so 1 want to help if I can.
Her mother had been tough after returning yesterday, but just as the oldest daughter had said, even if she wanted to, she probably wouldn¡¯t be able tost long.
¡°Be it the Song family or the Zhou family, those two families aren¡¯t to be trifled with!¡±
¡°What you¡¯re saying is funny. What Song family? I heard that the Song family had already announced in front of everyone that their father had been removed from the family tree.
They said that their father hadmitted such a serious crime and that keeping him in the Song family would bring shame to the Song family!
Since the head of the family had been removed from the Song family, Song Zhou¡¯s family shouldn¡¯t be considered part of the Song family anymore, right?
In that case, what right does the Song family have to interfere in their family matters?¡±
After hearing Mrs. Luo¡¯s words, Yuan Niang couldn¡¯t help but cover her mouth andugh as she reminded Mrs. Luo and the eldest daughter.
Yuan Niang¡¯s words enlightened Mrs. Luo and her daughter.
That¡¯s right. The eldest daughter¡¯s father, Song Jianxing, had been expelled by the Song family!
In that case, what right did the Song family have to interfere in their family¡¯s matters?
¡°As for the Zhou family, they¡¯re easier to deal with.¡± Yuan Niang looked at the eldest daughter as she said in a gentle tone, ¡°The reason your mother still has hopes for the Zhou family is that she still has unrealistic fantasies about some things.
She thinks that since they¡¯re family. Her family might be a little greedy, but they won¡¯t force her into a dead end!
However, she had forgotten that if they wanted topletely upy your courtyard and shop, the best way is to erase you guys from this world!
Therefore, you know what you and your sisters should do if you want your mother to hold her ground in front of the Zhou family from now on, right?¡±
As Yuan Niang looked at the young girl in front of her with a smile, she saw her former helpless self through the confused look on her face.
If at that time, there were also people like Madam and Mrs. Luo to help her when she was confused and helpless, and show her the way, perhapster on¡
Thinking of this, Yuan Niang couldn¡¯t help but shake her head gently.
There were many things in life that couldn¡¯t be predicted. If not for the subsequent encounters, she wouldn¡¯t have met Madam or had a new life.
Following Yuan Niang¡¯s guidance, the oldest daughter tilted her head and thought for a long time before answering carefully, ¡°Yes, it¡¯s to let my mother see the Zhou family¡¯s true colors andpletely crush her delusions about them.¡±
When Yuan Niang heard the eldest daughter¡¯s answer, she nodded in satisfaction, but continued to ask, ¡°Then, how are you going to expose the Zhou family¡¯s true colors?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t know.¡± Although the eldest daughter was very smart, she was still a child. After she thought about it for a long time with a frown, in the end, she looked up at Yuan Niang and shook her head honestly.
¡°We should start with what your mother cares about the most. Do you know what your mother cares about the most now?¡± Yuan Niang reached out and patted the eldest daughter¡¯s headfortingly as she continued to smile at her encouragingly.
Seeing that the eldest daughter had opened her mouth a few times but hesitated to speak, Yuan Niang didn¡¯t make things difficult for her anymore. Instead, she directly pointed out the answer that the eldest daughter didn¡¯t dare to say. ¡°It¡¯s you and your two sisters!
You guys are who your mother cares about the most now. You¡¯re also her motivation for bing stronger!
Therefore, if you want topletely destroy your mother¡¯s delusions about the Zhou family, you have to make her understand that those people from the Zhou family are greedy!
They don¡¯t care about your lives. In fact, in order to achieve their goal, they might even disregard the lives of the three of you!
Only by letting your mother see the Zhou family¡¯s malice and threat towards you guys can shepletely wake up and understand that it was stupid of her to have delusions about the Zhou family in the past!¡±
Chapter 492 - 492: Extinction
Chapter 492: Extinction
Trantor: Henyce Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°As for regretting being a woman, that¡¯s even more ridiculous.¡±
Seeing that the oldest daughter was listening to her seriously, Yuan Niang decided to use this opportunity to persuade her.
After all, ording to Lin Suisui¡¯s previous instructions, this little girl would be her disciple in the future. As her mentor, she should treat this as her first lesson.
¡°Don¡¯t you like Madam very much?¡±
Yuan Niang pulled the eldest daughter to the table at the side. Then, she continued, ¡°Madam is also a woman, but she has good medical skills. Even many male doctors in Cloud Mountain City aren¡¯t as capable as her.
But she was a woman!
Women don¡¯t have things as easy as men in many aspects. Many times, we are even ostracized and criticized, but that¡¯s not our fault!
Let¡¯s talk about your family.
How much has your father truly interfered in your family¡¯s matters?
The work at home depended on your mother and most of the business in the shop was decided by your grandmother.
¡°Think about it. If your family doesn¡¯t have your father, will you really be unable to survive anymore?¡±
¡°No.¡± The eldest daughter thought about it seriously before replying to Yuan Niang with certainty, ¡°My mother can do embroidery to earn money. My sisters and 1 can also help my mother. We can do many things.
Actually, ever since Third Sister was born, neither our father nor our grandmother had given our mother any money.
Our allowance was also earned by our mother.¡±
At first, the eldest daughter was a little hesitant, but as she realized the truth, a smile gradually appeared on her face.
In the past, when things were so difficult, her mother and her sisters survived nheless!
The worst oue would be that their family lost their shop and house in the future. However, they had hands and feet. Could their lives be worse than before?
¡°That¡¯s right, so your lives will only get better and better.¡± Yuan Niang was very satisfied with the eldest daughter¡¯s change in attitude. She told Mrs. Luo, who was also smiling. ¡°1 know you¡¯re busy today, so 1 won¡¯t keep you guys.¡±
¡°Yes, we¡¯ve been out for awhile. I have to bring the oldest daughter back quickly.¡±
Mrs. Luo nodded repeatedly and didn¡¯t dy any longer. After she stood up with the eldest daughter, she bid farewell to Yuan Niang.
After sending Mrs. Luo and the oldest daughter off. Yuan Niang was still a little worried.
She thought for a moment before walking downstairs* She went to inform the shopkeeper first before going out to call for a carriage and rushing towards Lin
Suisui.
Lin Suisui was a little surprised to hear Yuan Niang¡¯s report.
It seemed that she had overestimated those people.
Lt wasn¡¯t that she hadn¡¯t thought of rhe trouble Song Zhou and her daughter would encounter previously, but on second thought, Old Madam Guo¡¯s funeral wasn¡¯t over yer. Those people couldn¡¯t possibly be that impatient, right?
However, reality proved that they couldn¡¯t wait at all!
Before Old Madam Guo could rest in peace, they already wanted to seize her family assets.
¡°Since we have nothing else to do now, why don¡¯t we go to Mrs. Luo s ce?¡±
Lin Suisui thought about it for a moment before looking up at Yuan Niang with a smile and suggesting, ¡°I¡¯ve prepared some herbs for Sister-inw to stabilize the pregnancy. I ll send them to her when I go over this time.¡±
¡°That¡¯s good! It s been a while since I went to Mrs. Luo¡¯s ce to eat the steamed fish she cooked. I¡¯ll go over for a meal today!¡±
When Yuan Niang heard Lin Suisui¡¯s suggestion, she quickly packed up and got into the carriage to rush to Mrs. Luo s snack shop.
As soon as the carriage circled into the alley, Lin Suisui and the others heard shouts andmotion not far ahead.
Looking at the crowd gathered in twos and threes, Su Le only paused for a moment before instructing the coachman to change the way and go straight to the back door of Mrs. Luo¡¯s courtyard.
When Mrs. Luo, who had received the news, rushed in from the front yard, Lin Suisui and Yuan Niang had already gotten out of the carriage and walked into the backyard.
Seeing them, Mrs. Luo heaved a sigh of relief. ¡°You¡¯re finally here. The Song family has been causing trouble for the entire morning!¡±
The cause of the matter was very simple¡ªadoption.
Not long after Mrs. Luo and the others returned, the Song nsmen came to visit. A few elders brought a three-year-old boy in mourning clothes and asked him to guard Old Madam Guo¡¯s wake as her grandson.
They were just short of snatching it. Why would they ask Song Zhou¡¯s permission?
Song Zhou naturally disagreed with the Song family¡¯s actions.
However, the group of elders was quite unyielding and even med Song Zhou.
They med her for not giving birth to a son for Song Jianxing. That was why Song Jianxing had no choice but to do such a heartless thing.
In their opinion, Song Zhou should apologize now tofort Old Madam Guo.
Such an unreasonable decision was strongly refuted by Song Zhou. Of course, there were also neighbors who came over to help. At this moment, the mourning hall was in chaos.
¡°Hasn¡¯t Song Jianxing been removed from the Song family?¡±
Lin Suisui turned to look at the noisy room opposite her and said disdainfully, ¡°They¡¯re really shameless.¡±
After she took the teacup from Bai Guo, she didn¡¯t forget to instruct her to go out and inform Su Le to send someone to invite the county governor over.
Previously, when she was treating outsiders with her mentor, she had seen such shameless methods. She really hated this sort of thing.
Ever since the imperial court established its own imperial court, women could be head of households.
However, after so many years, there were still many people in the private sector who bullied people like this!
It was really despicable!
After Yuan Niang listened for a while, she couldn¡¯t help but turn to look at Lin Suisui and suggest in a low voice, ¡°I¡¯ll go over and take a look.¡±
¡°Yes, be careful.¡± Lin Suisui nodded but didn¡¯t stop Yuan Niang. When she walked out, she added, ¡°Wait, let Yin Qiao go with you.¡±
When Yin Qiao heard Lin Suisui¡¯s instructions, he quickly followed Yuan Niang without hesitation and the two of them rushed in the direction of the Song family¡¯s home, which was next door..
Chapter 493 - 493: Settled
Chapter 493: Settled
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Song Zhou had used up almost all the courage she had umted in her lifetime. She gritted her teeth and stood in the middle of the mourning hall as she faced a few vicious-looking elders from the Song n who had ulterior motives. No matter what, she refused to adopt that boy.
She was not stupid. She naturally knew why these people had appeared in her house today.
Once this boy stayed at their house, it would be difficult for her to chase him out after that!
The Song family¡¯s elders didn¡¯t expect Song Zhou¡¯s unyielding attitude.
After all, if there was anything that needed the nsmen¡¯s help in the past, Song Zhou, who was usually apanied by her mother-inw, Old Madam Guo, had always been gentle and timid.
She wouldn¡¯t even dare to look up, let alone say a word or two.
Therefore, they didn¡¯t take Song Zhou and her daughters seriously at first. They only wanted to bring this child over to threaten Song Zhou. Then, this matter would be settled!
However, this time, their ns fell through.
Song Zhou¡¯s firm attitudepletely exceeded their expectations.
As a result, they had been here for so long and used the carrot and stick approach, but it was useless. Song Zhou refused topromise.
For a moment, the situation fell into a stalemate.
These elders didn¡¯t dare to act out in public, but in the Song family, they had always been domineering.
Now, a woman like Song Zhou, who they usually didn¡¯t take seriously, was disobeying them. How could they tolerate this?
One of the hot-tempered old men could not help but curse Song Zhou fiercely. Seeing that she still refused to lower her head, he raised his hand at Song Zhou in anger¡
However, before his pnded, his arm was grabbed in midair.
Yin Qiao didn¡¯t stand on ceremony with men who hit women. She tightened her grip until the elder begged for mercy. Only then did she reluctantly let go under Yuan Niang¡¯s gaze. With a heavy push, she knocked him into the elders behind her, whose expressions changed drastically.
¡°Are you trying to cause trouble since you can¡¯t get what you want, Sir?¡± Yuan Niang hurriedly helped Song Zhou to a rtively safe ce while Yin Qiao stopped the old man. Then, she looked up at the elders in disdain and mocked them.
¡°You men with big beards actually ganged up to bully a helpless widow. How shameless of you guys!
Having lived for so long, don¡¯t you guys have any sense of shame?¡±
¡°Who are you?¡± Seeing Yuan Niang and Yin Qiao suddenly appear, the Song family¡¯s elders were clearly surprised.
The old man who had just suffered at Yin Qiao¡¯s hands flew into a rage out of humiliation and roared at Yuan Niang and the others in dissatisfaction, ¡°This is the Song family¡¯s family matter. You outsiders should mind your own business!¡±
¡°Outsider? This is my sister! Something happened to my sister¡¯s family. What¡¯s wrong with meing over to take a look?¡± Yuan Niang was not frightened by the old man¡¯s bluff. She only snorted and continued to stare at him in disdain as she asked, ¡°But speaking of outsiders, I¡¯m a little confused by your family. Didn¡¯t my sister¡¯s husband get expelled by your family in public yesterday?
¡°So now that you¡¯ve brought this child over, who do you want to adopt him?¡±
Yuan Niang¡¯s question stunned the Song family¡¯s elders on the other side.
That¡¯s right. Song Jianxing had already been removed from the Song family and his name had been removed from the family tree by the patriarch yesterday night. Naturally, there¡¯s also¡
¡°Song Jianxing made a huge mistake and was expelled, but Mr. Song was a member of the Song family! Therefore, our nsmen should naturallye over and deal with his wife¡¯s funeral!¡±
One of the elders reacted quickly. Although it was a little forced, it was better than standing there awkwardly without saying a word.
¡°Ha, 1 heard from you guys just now that you want this child to call my sister¡¯s mother-inw Grandma!
The problem is, my sister¡¯s mother-inw¡¯s only son has already been expelled from the Song family. In that case, who will this child go to?
1 can¡¯t let my sister¡¯s mother-inw have a grandson out of nowhere, right?¡±
Yuan Niang covered her mouth with her handkerchief and couldn¡¯t help butugh. She looked at the elders with mockery in her eyes. ¡°In my opinion, the Song family is really smart!
¡°This is the only shop my sister and her daughters have left to survive on, but in order to snatch their money, you¡¯re willing to disregard the reputation of your entire family!¡±
Yuan Niang¡¯s words hit the nail on the head, so the surrounding crowd immediately agreed.
It was not that the onlookers wanted to interfere, but the Song family¡¯s behavior was too outrageous!
Putting themselves in her shoes, if such a thing happened to their families, no one would be able to ept it!
Seeing that they could no longer obtain any benefits, the elders of the Song family decided to slip away first. They woulde back after discussing it!
However, it was easy toe, but it was difficult to leave now.
After Constable Wang received County Governor Tang¡¯s instructions, he led his buddies towards the crowd with a dark expression. Without a word, he waved at the Song family elders, who were still in a daze. ¡°Take them all away!¡±
¡°Hey, what right do you guys have to arrest them?!¡±
¡°That¡¯s right. Whatw did we break? Why are you arresting us?¡±
The elders only realized that something was wrong when they were chained up. Then, they immediately began to struggle violently.
Constable Wang didn¡¯t indulge them. In the face of these old men¡¯s resistance and usations, he only snorted coldly and scolded, ¡°You guys didn¡¯t break thew?
You guys bullied others in the name of the n and tried to snatch their family assets! You guys are acting so shameless for the sake of money, yet you still dare to say that you¡¯re innocent?
There are so many people watching in broad daylight. You can¡¯t deny it!
¡°Brothers, stop dawdling! ording to the county governor¡¯s instructions, bring all of them back!¡±
Chapter 494 - 494: Hesitation and Stabbing
Chapter 494: Hesitation and Stabbing
Trantor: Henyce Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
The Song family¡¯s matter finally ended with such a farce.
The Song family was naturally indignant, but under County Governor Tang¡¯s orders, they could only choose topromise. Thus, Song Zhou and her daughters escaped the Song family¡¯s coercion.
However, there was also a new problem. Song Zhou and her daughters didn¡¯t have a man at home now, which was equivalent to losing the head of the family!
¡°Mother, I want to go to the government to set up a female household register.¡± After Old Madam Guo was buried, the eldest daughter told Song Zhou, who had returned home, the decision she had been thinking about for a long time.
She was the eldest sister. For the sake of her two sisters, she had to toughen up!
Because of Madam s secret help, their family finally escaped the Song family¡¯s entanglement, but they also became homeless.
Madam was a good person and their savior.
However, Madam had already helped them too many times. They couldn¡¯t ask her for help all the time and trouble her just because Madam was kind, right?
Therefore, there were some things that they had to solve themselves.
¡°But will that work?¡± Hearing the eldest daughter¡¯s suggestion, Song Zhou was stunned for a moment before saying worriedly, ¡°1 heard that the conditions to establish a female household are extremely harsh.
If you be the head of the family, you will have to stay at home and have your husband marry into the family in rhe future.
You¡¯re still young. Why don¡¯t we consider this when you¡¯re a little older?¡±
Song Zhou subconsciously wanted to escape again.
In her opinion, the most difficult time had actually passed.
After all,pared to the Zhou family, the Song family was more difficult to deal with. Moreover, the Zhou family had been very concerned about them these past few days. Not only did the sisters-inwe over personally to help, but they also sent them food a few times.
The four of them had already left the Song family. If they fell apart again, wouldn¡¯t they really have no one to rely on in the future?
¡°Mother, are you still thinking that you can be as close to Uncle and the others as family? Are you still thinking that they can help us in our future lives?¡±
With Song Zhou¡¯s hesitation, the oldest daughter understood why she had made this decision.
The reason was that the Zhou family had expressed goodwill to their family these past few days and weakened Song Zhou¡¯s previous determination.
¡°How can you say that? No matter what, they¡¯re your uncle and aunt. How can you judge elders like that? If word gets out, won¡¯t your reputation be tarnished?¡±
Song Zhou looked at the eldest daughter reproachfully and instructed, ¡°I have my own ns.
¡°You¡¯re still young, so don¡¯t worry too much about these things. Take your sisters to rest. I¡¯ll cook dinner for you guys.¡±
¡°Mother, have you forgotten the grievances you suffered in the Zhou family in the past? Don¡¯t you remember how the Zhou family treated you?¡± The oldest daughter reached out and grabbed Song Zhou¡¯S sleeve as she continued persuading her indignantly, ¡°Could it be that just because they sent you some porridge these past two days, you can pretend that everything they did previously didn¡¯t happen?¡±
¡°You¡¯re still young and don¡¯t understand. The four of us don¡¯t have the protection of the n anymore. If we push your uncle and the others away, even if we can establish a family in the future, we ll be alone.
What if something happens in the future? What can we do?
There¡¯s nothing we can do about it!¡±
At this point, Song Zhou took out a handkerchief and wiped her tears.
Of course, she knew that the Zhou family had selfish motives foring over this time. However, inparison, she was more worried about how she, a woman, would raise three girls on her own in the future.
She turned around to avoid her daughters as she walked into the kitchen.
¡°Mother, you can¡¯t do this!¡± Seeing that Song Zhou was about to leave, the eldest daughter was so anxious that she couldn¡¯t care less about anything else. She quickly took two steps forward and opened her arms to block Song Zhou again as she said anxiously, ¡°Yes, Uncle and Aunt have beening over every day for the past few days, but you should understand that all of this is because they think you¡¯re still of use to them!
¡°If we have nothing now and our assets have been snatched away by the Song family, leaving only the four of us with nothing to rely on, do you really think Uncle and Aunt will still let us join the Zhou family?¡±
¡°Yes!¡± Without waiting for Song Zhou to speak, the second child, who was following behind her sister, sniffled as she said in a soft voice, ¡°When she grows up, sell her!¡±
¡°What did you say?¡± Not to mention Song Zhou, even the oldest daughter was shocked.
Of course, Song Zhou was the most shocked about this, since she didn¡¯t believe that the second child would say this for no reason. She must have heard it somewhere!
As for where she heard it¡
Song Zhou didn¡¯t dare to imagine it.
¡°The older one can get married again. The three younger ones will stay at home and work. When they¡¯re older, we¡¯ll sell them for marriage!¡± The second child ced one hand on her waist and tapped it as she looked at the pale Song Zhou and said, ¡°Grandma was in the room and told Aunt.¡±
¡°Mother, you heard it. The second child won¡¯t lie! You should believe what Grandma and the others are up to now, right?¡± The oldest daughter helped Song Zhou, who was on the verge of a mental breakdown because she was too shocked by this fact. She also took the opportunity to add fuel to the fire.
¡°How could that be? She¡¯s your biological grandmother!¡¯¡¯ After Song Zhou was helped to a seat by her oldest daughter, she held her chest in silence for a long time before crying bitterly.
Of course she wouldn¡¯t doubt the second child¡¯s words. The second child was still a child, so she naturally wouldn¡¯t lie to her!
That was her mother. She trusted and relied on her, but in the end, what did she get in return?
She wanted to sell her three daughters in exchange for betrothal gifts for her nephews!
The pir of support that supported Song Zhou¡¯s trust in the Zhou family finally copsed.
However, she still needed some time to process it. Seeing that Song Zhou was crying uncontrobly, the oldest daughter and the others couldn¡¯t be bothered to tell her about the matter of establishing the female head of household anymore. The girls tried their best to send Song Zhou back to the bed in the room to lie down and rest. When her breathing had stabilized, the three girls carefully retreated from Song Zhou¡¯s room.
On the way to the kitchen, the oldest daughter couldn¡¯t help but reach out and pull the second child gently as she asked in a low voice, ¡°Did Grandma really say those words?¡±
Chapter 495 - 495: Chaotic Change
Chapter 495: Chaotic Change
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°No.¡± The second child gave her sister a sly smile. ¡°It¡¯s because you said that you wanted to let our mother know that our uncles are all bad people!
1 repeated what my grandmother had said to my cousin at home to our mother.
Did I do a good imitation?¡±
¡°Yes! However, don¡¯t mention this to our mom in the future.¡± The eldest daughter looked at her second sister, who was quite smug about her performance just now, and instructed, ¡°If she gets anxious and asks Grandma, won¡¯t you be exposed?¡±
¡°What¡¯s wrong with that? Although Grandma didn¡¯t say anything about us, think about it. If she can even sell my cousin and the others, wouldn¡¯t she be even more ruthless towards us?¡±
The second child pursed her lips and didn¡¯t take the eldest daughter¡¯s warning to heart.
She was young, so every time she followed her mother back to the Zhou family, the Zhou family rarely paid attention to her. This allowed her to eavesdrop on and understand some things about the Zhou family.
She had seen with her own eyes how her grandmother and a few aunts treated her cousins in the Zhou family.
Although she didn¡¯t think that far ahead, she knew what would happen to them if they really lost everything and followed their mother to the Zhou family¡¯s house.
Aunt and the others could even hit and scold their biological cousins, so how would they treat them¡
They would probably be worse off than pigs or dogs!
Therefore, when the eldest daughter secretly instructed them to think of a way to let their mother know about the Zhou family¡¯s evil deeds and make her give up on the Zhou familypletely, she agreed.
In short, the Zhou family was a tiger¡¯s den!
They couldn¡¯t let their mother rely on the Zhou family anymore! They had to establish their own family. Only then would they have a way to protect their remaining assets. At the very least, they wouldn¡¯t have to rely on others in the future.
¡°Sister, do you think our mother has really given up this time?¡± The second child asked the eldest daughter expectantly as she thought about Song Zhou¡¯s reaction just now.
¡°I¡¯m afraid not.¡± After entering the kitchen, the oldest daughter brought a short stool over and skillfully climbed up to stand in front of the stove to scoop water for the pot. At the same time, she didn¡¯t forget to signal the second child to add wood to the stove.
She sighed pessimistically. ¡°You know our mother¡¯s temper. It¡¯s not that she doesn¡¯t dote on us, but she¡¯s too meek.
She keeps feeling that we¡¯re all women, so we can¡¯t survive on our own and have to have someone to rely on.
If she doesn¡¯t change her mind, it¡¯s still too early for her topletely break off ties with the Zhou family!¡±
As the oldest daughter cooked porridge, she asked the third child to check on Song Zhou¡¯s condition. Then, she pulled the second child over and said, ¡°I¡¯m thinking that we should go to the medical center to work tomorrow.
As for the third child, she can stay at home and apany our mother for a few days. If anything happens, she can run over and inform us.¡±
¡°Yes.¡± The second child nodded and didn¡¯t forget to remind her, ¡°Sister, take the time to go to Granny Luo¡¯s houseter and ask her to help keep an eye on our family.¡±
¡°Those people from the Zhou family are very wicked. You can¡¯t even imagine how wicked they are!¡±
¡°Yes,e with meter,¡± the oldest daughter replied. She didn¡¯t refuse the second child¡¯s suggestion.
At dinner that night, the eldest daughter, the second child, and the others didn¡¯t mention the matter of establishing a female head of household to Song Zhou again. The eldest daughter only whispered to Song Zhou that she and the second child nned to go to the medical center to work tomorrow.
The eldest daughter picked up a piece of pickled vegetables from the third child¡¯s porridge bowl and then added, ¡°We¡¯ll go over and work first. Let the third child stay at home with you for the time being. We¡¯ll talk about things after this period.¡±
¡°I¡¯m fine. You two don¡¯t have to worry about me.
¡°You guys should bring the third child over to work tomorrow. I¡¯m afraid she won¡¯t be able to stay idle if you guys leave her alone.¡± Song Zhou thought of Lin Suisui¡¯s care and concern for them and how the eldest daughter and the others received their wages even though they hadn¡¯t gone to work in the past few days. She felt grateful and ashamed.
She patted the third child¡¯s little head before continuing to say to the eldest daughter, ¡°I still want to think about the matter of the female head of household you mentioned to me previously.
Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯m not so muddle-headed that 1 can¡¯t tell right from wrong.
If your uncle and aunt really want to harm you and your sisters, I won¡¯t let them seed even if I have to risk my life!¡±
After some thought, the oldest daughter didn¡¯t go against Song Zhou¡¯s decision.
However, at night, while Song Zhou was busy cleaning up in the kitchen, they went next door to ask Mrs. Luo for help.
However, none of them expected that thisst-minute change would allow the third child to escape a cmity!
The next morning, the eldest daughter and the others went to the medical center to help as usual.
Song Zhou wasn¡¯t a person who liked to wander around. At most, she would go to Mrs. Luo¡¯s food shop to help talk. Most of the time, she stayed at home and did needlework.
She had been like this previously and now that it was Old Madam Guo¡¯s mourning period, she didn¡¯t go out at all. However, in the morning, she stood at the door and greeted Mrs. Luo, who was busy next door, before returning to the courtyard.
The Zhou family came after lunch.
Seeing that this group of people was quite calm and didn¡¯t have any conflict with Song Zhou, who came to open the door, Mrs. Luo didn¡¯t think too much about it.
The business at her food shop was quite good today and the endless stream of customers made it difficult for her to take care of them all, so she didn¡¯t have spare energy to pay attention to themotion next door.
It wasn¡¯t until Mrs. Luo finished her work in the shop and came out to send off thest wave of customers that she realized that the Song family¡¯s courtyard door, which had been closed previously, waspletely open.
Mrs. Luo stopped and frowned as she looked over. She felt that something was wrong, so she turned around and walked over to see what was going on.
However, she broke out in a cold sweat after she went over.
The entire courtyard, from the room to the courtyard, was ransacked! If Song Zhou was fine, with her meticulousness, she definitely wouldn¡¯t just watch as her courtyard was ransacked to such a state!
Of course, what rmed Mrs. Luo was that she had searched the Song family from the inside out, but she still didn¡¯t see any traces of Song Zhou!
Only then did Mrs. Luo finally confirm that something had happened to Song Zhou!
The culprit behind this chaos was the Zhou family who hade in the afternoon!
Chapter 496 - 496: Reason
Chapter 496: Reason
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°What did you say? Song Zhou is missing?¡± Ruan Yu, who was flipping through medical books and studying the tame head technique, couldn¡¯t help but be shocked when she heard the news that Yuan Niang had rushed back to report.
How could that be?
¡°Mrs. Luo realized that something was wrong and came to the medical center to inform me.¡± Yuan Niang was so anxious that she was sweating. She told Lin Suisui everything Mrs. Luo had told her previously before saying, ¡°ording to Mrs. Luo, this matter definitely has something to do with the Zhou family!¡±¡®
¡°Did you report it to the officials?¡±
Lin Suisui put down the medical book in her hand and asked Bai Guo to get a handkerchief to wipe Yuan Niang¡¯s sweat.
¡°Yes. After Mrs. Luo came over and told me about this, 1 asked the servant in the medical center to apany Mrs. Luo to report it to the officials first!
How dare they go straight to her house to abduct her in broad daylight? Howwless!11
As Yuan Niang wiped her sweat, she expressed her anger and dissatisfaction over this matter. At this point, she seemed to have thought of something and said to Lin Suisui, ¡°By the way, this happened too suddenly and I didn¡¯t know if the Song family¡¯s home was still dangerous, so 1 didn¡¯t dare to let the daughters go back. 1 only left them in the medical center to wait for news.¡±
¡°This matter is really strange.¡± Lin Suisui nodded in agreement with Yuan Niang¡¯s arrangements. Then, she muttered hesitantly, ¡°No matter how anxious the Zhou family is, after seeing how the Song family didn¡¯t obtain Song Zhou¡¯s family¡¯s assets, they should know that Song Zhou and her daughters aren¡¯t easy to deal with.
How could theymit a crime at this time?¡±
¡°Something must have happened to the Zhou family.¡± Yuan Niang guessed tentatively, ¡°Two days ago, a guest from the medical center mentioned that the eldest son of the Zhou family has been entering and leaving the casino recently.
I wondered if the eldest son of the Zhou family owed money in the casino, so he had to wait for Song Zhou to repay the debt to save his life?¡±
¡°That might exin this matter.¡± Lin Suisui could guess without thinking that what Yuan Niang was talking about was most likely the reason the Zhou family acted so abnormally this time and took such a huge risk to attack Song Zhou.
¡°Yin Qiao, go and inform Su Le to get ready. We¡¯ll go to the medical center first and bring the daughters to the Zhou family to ask for her! ¡±
Lin Suisui calcted the time. In such a short period of time, no matter what the Zhou family was thinking, it was impossible for them to bring Song Zhou too far.
Most likely, Song Zhou was still in the Zhou family¡¯s home!
The moment the eldest daughter and the others, who were anxiously waiting for news in the medical center, saw Lin Suisui, the three children couldn¡¯t help but cry.
In particr, the third child, who was the youngest, cried until she was out of breath.
¡°Don¡¯t cry. Be good. Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll bring you guys to the Zhou family¡¯s home to ask them for her! No matter what, we have to think of a way to save your mother first.¡± Lin Suisui rubbed the top of the eldest daughter¡¯s head gently as she coaxed her patiently. ¡°However, in order to go to the Zhou family¡¯s home to ask for her, you girls have to listen to my arrangements, okay?¡±
¡°We¡¯ll listen to whatever you say, Madam, as long as we can save our mother.¡± The eldest daughter raised her hand to wipe her tears and looked down at the third child, who was hugging her leg and crying pitifully. The tears that she had finally stopped fell again. ¡°Yesterday, the second child and I thought that when we came to work today, we should leave the third child at home to apany our mother.
Our mother said that if we left her at home without anyone to apany her, she would be lonely and afraid, so she told the third child toe with us.
She said that she could stay at home alone.
¡°But who knew¡¡±
¡°You guys are already very lucky.¡± Yuan Niang wiped the tears of the eldest daughter and the other two children with a handkerchief. At the same time, she persuaded them in a choked voice, ¡°If the third child had really stayed at home as you arranged yesterday, we don¡¯t know what wTould have happened!
¡°She¡¯s just a child. If she encountered something as dangerous as what happened in your family today, I wonder what the consequences would have been!¡±
Yuan Niang wiped the tears from the eldest daughter¡¯s face before continuing to persuade her, ¡°Alright, now is not the rime to cry. I ll bring you girls to wash up first. We¡¯ll talk about what to do on the way.¡±
No matter how much Lin Suisui cared about the daughters, she still needed a reason to ask for their mother.
Therefore, she had to bring the oldest daughter and the others along.
Because the third child was still young, they wanted to keep her in the medical center. However, the third child was clearly frightened by this sudden change and refused to be separated from her two sisters.
The third child hugged the eldest daughter¡¯s leg as she followed them.
ording to what Yuan Niang had asked Mrs. Luo previously, Lin Suisui had some understanding of the Zhou family¡¯s situation.
The Zhou family¡¯s ancestors were actually quite rich.
When business was at its best, it was said that there were five to six shops in Cloud Mountain City alone.
However,ter on, the descendants were ipetent, so the family declined generation by generation. Now, the entire Zhou family only had a few assets left to live on.
They only had so few family assets, but the Zhou family had a lot of sons.
In the past, when the children were still young, the rtionship between the brothers was barely passable.
However, after the Zhou family¡¯s eldest son and the others got married and had children, the rtionship between the brothers became more and more strained over the few assets.
It was also because of this that after the incident with the Song family, the Zhou family focused their attention on the dry goods shop that originally belonged to the Song family.
The business of this dry goods shop was actually average. What was precious was that shop¡¯s location.
Be it the location or size, they were all good! Be it renting the shop out or keeping the shop in their hands to do some business, they would be able to earn a lot of money!
Sr. Zhou was so delusional that he already treated the Song family¡¯s asset as the Zhou family¡¯s asset!
However, despite how well he arranged things, his sons were prodigal.
He didn¡¯t expect his three sons to be addicted to gambling!
Not only that, but what was even more shocking was that his three sons had lost so much money that they borrowed money from loan sharks in the casino!
Now, the interest had increased, and the casino¡¯s debt collectors had evene to their home!
Chapter 497 - 497: Ask for Her
Chapter 497: Ask for Her
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
The people that worked in the casino were unreasonable.
They rushed into the courtyard and smashed it to show their might. Then, they surrounded the Zhou family, who werepletely frightened, and forced them to return the money.
If they didn¡¯t return the money, they would chop off their hands and feet!
They even wanted to take their courtyard and sell the Zhou family¡¯s children to repay their debt!
Although the Zhou family was used to being unreasonable, when facing these guards who even had a few lives on their hands, they were like little rabbits surrounded by wolves. They had no way to resist at all.
In order to repay the money, the Zhou family could only grit their teeth and gather the money.
However, even if the entire family took out all their savings, it was still far from enough.
Sr. Zhou was definitely unwilling to touch the shop and house. If they used these to pay off their debts, their family would have to starve.
With no other choice, Sr. Zhou thought of Song Zhou¡¯s family.
Even if they couldn¡¯t obtain the Song family¡¯s shop now, the Song family still owed them money previously. The 1OU said in ck and white that the Song family had to repay them a hundred taels with interest.
Although there was still half a year before the final repayment date, the situation gave them no other choice!
Song Zhou was his daughter, and now that the Song family¡¯s money was in her hands, wasn¡¯t it only right for her to return this sum of money to help the family survive this crisis?
If these 100 taels of silver were included, there wouldn¡¯t be much left.
Sr. Zhou thought that if he asked Song Zhou to add some money, they would be able to survive this crisis!
Sr. Zhou didn¡¯t expect Song Zhou to refuse to cooperate at all.
When Mr. Zhou brought Old Madam Wan and a few daughters-inw to look for Song Zhou and asked her to return the money, Song Zhou said that she would return the money when she saw the 1OU.
However, when Old Madam Wan asked Song Zhou to make up for the remaining losses, Song Zhou rejected her.
No matter how Old Madam Wan cried and even threatened suicide, Song Zhou was unmoved and was unwilling to fork out anything.
Song Zhou had a good reason.
It was only right for her to pay money every year to be filial to her parents, but to let her, a married woman, pay off the gambling debt of her family¡¯s good-for-nothing gambling brothers¡
That was impossible!
Sr. Zhou was furious, but the threat to his daughter in the past was no longer useful now. Just as Sr. Zhou was about to ask his daughters-inw to capture Song Zhou and teach her a lesson, the sons who had been detained by the casino rushed in from outside.
Without waiting for Song Zhou to react, they joined a group of people behind them to gag and tie up Song Zhou¡¯s hands. Then, they ignored her struggles and dragged her out.
Sr. Zhou was also shocked by this sudden change.
He didn¡¯t expect his sons to do such a thing. However, after hearing his son¡¯s exnation that as long as they followed the instructions of the nobledy they saw in the casino and captured Song Zhou, then the gambling debt they owed would be written off, Mr. Zhou didn¡¯t hesitate at all.
Not only did he ignore his daughter, who was crying for help, but he also helped his three sons send the struggling Song Zhou to the door and stuffed her into the carriage parked outside.
Old Madam Wan cried along the way, but it was only out of sadness.
She didn¡¯t save her daughter. Instead, she cried andined about her life along the way, in hopes that Song Zhou would be more understanding and sacrifice herself to save her three brothers¡¯ lives.
When Lin Suisui rushed over with the eldest daughter and the others, the Zhou family was still arguing at home.
Although the casino¡¯s debt had been cleared, Sr. Zhou was still brooding over what his sons had done. As soon as he returned home, he called his three sons into his room and reprimanded them.
However, before he could finish speaking, he heard a deafening bang in the courtyard outside.
The Zhou family, who were talking in the room, were shocked. After they went out together, they saw that the door of their courtyard had been kicked open from the outside.
¡°Where¡¯s our mother? Return her to us!¡±
The eldest daughter was the first to rush into the Zhou family. When she saw Sr. Zhou and the others standing under the roof, she no longer had any respect for her family and elders. Her eyes were filled with deep hatred.
¡°Are you crazy? Who has seen your mother? Get lost, you unruly little bastard!¡± The eldest son of the Zhou family had just been scolded by Sr. Zhou and was feeling angry. Now that he heard the eldest daughter¡¯s usation, he was even angrier.
He didn¡¯t dare to lose his temper at the guards in the casino, but dealing with a little girl like the eldest daughter was a piece of cake.
¡°My mother disappeared after you guys went to our house! If you guys didn¡¯t take my mother away, who else could it be? Don¡¯t deny it and return my mother to me!¡±
The eldest daughter clenched her fists and her childish voice was filled with sobs, but she didn¡¯t show any weakness as she retorted to Mr. Zhou¡¯s curses.
¡°How dare you talk back to me, you little brat?¡±
The eldest son of the Zhou family gritted his teeth and began to roll up his sleeves. Now, even a little girl like the oldest daughter dared to scold him. If he didn¡¯t teach her a lesson, wouldn¡¯t there be chaos in the future?
¡°I advise you guys to reveal Song Zhou¡¯s whereabouts as soon as possible!¡± Yuan Niang followed the eldest daughter in from the courtyard door with a dark expression. The three guards who had been protecting Lin Suisui followed her in.
Actually, it would have been fine if only Yuan Niang had entered, but the guards behind her were quite imposing, making the eldest son of the Zhou family, who originally wanted to teach the eldest daughter a lesson, immediately cower.
He shrank back behind Old Madam Wan, but he red at Yuan Niang while shouting, ¡°Who are you?
This is my house. What right do you have to barge into my house?
¡°Let me warn you, if you guys still won¡¯t leave, I¡¯m going to report you guys to the authorities!¡±
¡°Alright, when the constableester, you can exin what you guys did in the Song family¡¯s home just now!¡±
Yuan Niang snorted coldly and didn¡¯t take the Zhou family¡¯s warning seriously at all. She turned around and looked at Sr. Zhou, whose expression had changed drastically because of her words. She continued, ¡°If you hand Song Zhou over now, things will be fine.. But if you continue to be stubborn and y dumb, no matter what happens next, don¡¯t regret it!¡±
Chapter 498 - 498: Domineering
Chapter 498: Domineering
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°Report it to the officials? What officials?!¡±
When Old Madam Wan heard Yuan Niang¡¯s words, she jumped out like a cat whose tail had been stepped on.
She red at Yuan Niang as she scolded, ¡°Don¡¯t interfere in our family¡¯s matters!
Gui Niang is my daughter, so wherever 1 take her is our family¡¯s business!
Even if the officialse, can they stop parents from disciplining their own daughter?¡±
¡°In that case, you¡¯re admitting that you took Song Zhou away?¡±
Yuan Niang wasn¡¯t angered by Old Madam Wan¡¯s scolding. She only smiled at Old Madam Wan and said, ¡°Yes, the government won¡¯t interfere in your family matters!
But is Song Zhou still a member of the Zhou family?
She has already married into the Song family and her surname is Song!
It¡¯s inappropriate for you guys to kidnap her and hide her like this, is it?!¡±
¡°Whether it¡¯s appropriate or not is not up to you to decide!¡± Old Madam Wan spat at Yuan Niang. ¡°What does a woman like her know?
That bastard from the Song family did such a heartless thing. Should my daughter stay single for the rest of her life for him?
She¡¯s alone now and doesn¡¯t have a son by her side.
We want to help her find a family to marry into so that she can have someone to rely on. This is for her own good!
We¡¯re her parents. How can we harm her?¡±
The more Old Madam Wan spoke, the more confident she felt. She was doing this for the children. What was wrong with that?
¡°ording to thews of the imperial court, the first time a woman marries, she follows her family¡¯s wishes. When she remarries, she will follow her heart.¡± As Yuan Niang looked at Old Madam Wan, her tone couldn¡¯t help but be heavier. ¡°1 won¡¯t waste time with you here. I¡¯ll ask you now. Are you going to give me Song Zhou¡¯s whereabouts or not?!¡±
¡°So what if I don¡¯t? Who do you think you are? What right do you have to interfere in our family¡¯s matters?
Get lost!
Get lost!
Otherwise, we¡¯ll really report it to the authorities and you¡¯ll get arrested!
¡°Stop trying to threaten me. I¡¯ve old, so I¡¯ve seen all sorts of things already!¡±
Although Old Madam Wan felt a little afraid, she still had to keep up appearances.
Yuan Niang couldn¡¯t be bothered to waste her breath on Old Madam Wan anymore and took a step to the side.
The servant, who had been waiting behind her, also took two steps forward aggressively. After he took out a stack of paper that looked like a contract and shook it at Old Madam Wan and the others, he sneered and scolded loudly, ¡°You guys are really bold!
The Song family¡¯s shop became leverage for Song Jianxing¡¯s debt!
¡°Now, you¡¯ve kidnapped Song Zhou and refuse to let her go. Do you want to be enemies with our general¡¯s residence?¡±
¡°How is this possible? How could Song Jianxing do such a thing? Why didn¡¯t we know?¡±
Looking at the contract in the servant¡¯s hand, the Zhou family was dumbfounded. Who would have thought that the Song family¡¯s assets, which seemed to be at the tip of their fingertips, would suddenly slip away?
Not only that, but the most important thing was that they seemed to have provoked a tough opponent that the Zhou family couldn¡¯t afford to provoke¡
¡°Madam is kind-hearted. She thought that someone had to handle Old Madam Guo¡¯s funeral, so she agreed to let Song Zhou stay at home and help with the funeral first.
You guys actually took advantage of this opportunity to kidnap her!
Are you guys tired of living?¡±
The servant¡¯s attitude was quite domineering as he pointed at Old Madam Wan and the others and scolded them. He even showed signs of wanting to fight them.
¡°Actually, it¡¯s fine if you don¡¯t hand her over.
However, you have to pay for Song Zhou!
¡°Give us 50 taels of silver and we¡¯ll leave immediately. We won¡¯t pester you guys anymore!
Madam isn¡¯t an unreasonable person. If you want to keep her and reunite the family, you have to pay the ransom. Madam definitely won¡¯t make things difficult for you guys.
However, if you¡¯re unwilling to pay, you have to hand her over!
Madam is kind, but she¡¯s not a fool.
Don¡¯t think of taking advantage of her!¡±
¡°How do we know where Guiniang went?
Yes, we went to the Song family in the afternoon. Something happened to our family and we were short of money, so we wanted to go over and ask her for some money to save our family.
However, who would have thought that girl would be so vicious and ruthless?!
At that time, there was some conflict between us, but she refused to give us money, we had no other choice! Therefore, we came back at that time.
If you don¡¯t believe me, go to our neighbors and ask them. When we came back from outside, there were people sitting at the entrance of the alley!
¡°You¡¯ll know if we brought Guiniang back or not!¡±
Before Old Madam Wan could speak, the eldest son of the Zhou family looked at Yuan Niang anxiously as he tried his best to exin.
¡°That¡¯s right. Perhaps she ran away because she had too many debts and didn¡¯t want to go to your wife¡¯s house to be a servant.¡±
The Zhou family¡¯s eldest son¡¯s wife also hurriedly defended her husband.
They tried to do their best to push the me onto Song Zhou.
¡°That¡¯s right. Even if you¡¯re from the general¡¯s residence, you have to be reasonable, right? Why should the Zhou family pay back the money the Song family owes?
Besides, you don¡¯t have any evidence to prove that we took Guiniang away, do you?
Therefore, you guys can¡¯t falsely use innocent people!¡±
Old Madam Wan nodded repeatedly as she exined.
¡°Madam said that there¡¯s no need to talk to them anymore. Since they¡¯re unwilling to tell the truth, let¡¯s get the people from the Imperial City government to bring the Zhou family¡¯s men back and interrogate them. Wouldn¡¯t we know everything after that?¡±
At this moment, Bai Guo came in from outside the courtyard and leaned against Yuan Niang. In a voice that everyone in the courtyard could hear, she sneered and said, ¡°The general said that since these people won¡¯t shed tears until they see the coffin, we¡¯ll send them to the officials to endure torture first!
From the looks of it, since they¡¯re so stubborn, they should be able to withstand it!¡±
¡°No, I¡¯m not going! What right do you have to arrest us?¡±
Seeing the people from the Imperial City government rushing in from outside the courtyard, the Zhou family¡¯s eldest son and the others were immediately frightened, especially when they saw that the chain had already been lifted by the people who were about to put the hood around their necks. The Zhou family¡¯s eldest son let out a miserable scream and turned around to run towards the house..
Chapter 499 - 499: Information
Chapter 499: Information
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
How could the Imperial City government let their target escape?
The eldest son of the Zhou family only took two steps back before he was pressed to the ground by the guards who rushed forward. Soon, he was tied up and thrown into a pile with Sr. Zhou and the others in the courtyard.
¡°No, you can¡¯t arrest them¡¡±
Seeing that their men were about to be taken away, the women from the Zhou family panicked and pounced forward to stop them. However, before they could approach, they were thrown aside by the guards like sandbags.
¡°Heavens!¡±
Old Madam Wan wailed anxiously, but it didn¡¯t help the situation at all. Constable Wang, who had heard themotion and rushed over to check on the situation, couldn¡¯t help but remind her sternly. Then, she turned around and pounced over to grab Yuan Niang¡¯s skirt.
¡°Miss, please show mercy. We were wrong. We won¡¯t dare to do it again!
¡°I¡¯ll tell you now. I¡¯ll tell you where that girl is now. Please be magnanimous and spare them!¡±
Old Madam Wan cried. She never expected that such a small matter like disciplining her biological daughter would cause such a huge disaster!
¡°This really has nothing to do with me. I don¡¯t know anything. It was my eldest brother. Yes, my eldest brother and second brother discussed it with that person at the casino!
1 was locked in the woodshed and didn¡¯t hear anything!
1 only knew that as long as we handed our sister over, we could settle our debt!
But I really didn¡¯t know who that person was!¡±
The Zhou family¡¯s third son was so frightened that he peed his pants and cried like a child.
¡°The person who asked you guys to kidnap Song Zhou was someone you met in the casino?¡±
Seeing that someone from the Zhou family finally revealed the truth, Yuan Niang finally turned around and sized up the Zhou family¡¯s third son.
¡°Yes, uh, no, urn¡¡±
The Zhou family¡¯s third son stammered, but before he could finish, the guard standing beside him raised his leg and kicked him as he scolded fiercely, ¡°Spill the beans!
If you still dare to y tricks, we¡¯ll teach you a lesson!¡±
¡°We¡¯ve never seen that person before!
Du Mazi, who was in charge of the casino, introduced him to us.
¡°Besides, we didn¡¯t see what he looked like. That person was wearing a mask, so we couldn¡¯t see his face clearly!¡±
Seeing that the Zhou family¡¯s third son had revealed the matter, the second son of the Zhou family squeezed over impatiently. Afraid that he would be taken away because of hisck of cooperation, he hurriedly exined to Yuan Niang and the others as well.
¡°That person came over and said that as long as we do as he says, not only can he help us settle our debt with the casino, but he can also give us ten taels of silver each.
Therefore, we agreed.¡±
Actually, they did have suspicions at the beginning.
However, their hesitation wasn¡¯t because they were worried about Song Zhou, but because they were afraid that he would go back on his word after they cooperated.
After all, ording to what they knew, Song Zhou was just an ordinary woman. How could she be worth the other party spending so much money to capture her?
The other party paid for their IOU with the casino in front of them.
With such obvious benefits, how could they hesitate?
Therefore, they agreed without hesitation.
¡°Then, did that person tell you why he wanted to capture your sister?¡±
Seeing that these useless men pushed their sister into danger but didn¡¯t seem to feel guilty at all, Yuan Niang clenched her fists and resisted the urge to kick them.
¡°No, we didn¡¯t dare to ask!¡±
When the Zhou family¡¯s second son met Yuan Niang¡¯s murderous gaze, he quickly dodged and shrank behind his brother. Then, he swallowed hard before continuing, ¡°No, but we have no choice!¡±
Actually, the Zhou family¡¯s second son really didn¡¯t think that there was anything wrong with their actions.
If there was anyone to me, it was his insensible sister!
If she had given them the money earlier, wouldn¡¯t they have paid off their debts with the casino long ago?
Naturally, they wouldn¡¯t have encountered that man in ck.
¡°Bring them back first!¡± Seeing that she couldn¡¯t get anything out of these Zhou family members, Bai Guo couldn¡¯t be bothered to waste her breath on them.
Such scumbags had to pay the price for their actions!
¡°Stop crying. This matter involves too many things, so if you continue to pester us, don¡¯t me us for taking you guys away as well!¡±
The guard in charge of escorting the Zhou family¡¯s men wasn¡¯t so good-tempered. Seeing that Old Madam Wan and the others were still trying to cause trouble, he pulled out the long saber at his waist and pointed at them as he scolded them. Then, he quickly left with his men.
After obtaining the information they wanted, Yuan Niang didn¡¯t stay any longer. She brought the oldest daughter and Bai Guo back to the carriage under Su Le¡¯s protection.
Old Madam Wan only reacted after the eldest daughter left. She cried as she grabbed the eldest daughter, but she was no longer able to approach Lin Suisui¡¯s carriage.
¡°Get Su Le to send someone to the casino quickly.¡± After hearing Bai Guo¡¯s report, Lin Suisui instructed decisively, ¡°Didn¡¯t they say that the reason the Zhou family¡¯s brothers met that man in ck was because of Du Mazi¡¯s introduction?
Then get someone to investigate from Du Mazi. No matter what, this matter has to be investigated.
For some reason, I feel that this matter is not as simple as we think.¡±
¡°I noticed it too.
Song Zhou was just an ordinary woman and the Song family wasn¡¯t particrly wealthy.
However, the man in ck was willing to pay several times more than the Song family¡¯s assets in order to get the Zhou family to cooperate with him.
This is unusual in itself!¡±
¡°No matter what, at least we have a clue.¡±
Lin Suisui sighed softly and turned to look at the three sisters, who were huddled together with worried expressions. She rubbed the eldest daughter¡¯s head before coaxing her gently, ¡°Don¡¯t worry.
1¡¯11 definitely think of a way to find your mother and try my best to bring her back.¡±
¡°But what if something happens to my mother?¡± The second child, who was sitting beside the eldest daughter, pursed her lips and couldn¡¯t help but say, ¡°Will we be sent to the Zhou family and be raised by those people from the Zhou family from now on?¡±
Chapter 500 - 500: I’ll Destroy Your Shabby Temple
Chapter 500: I¡¯ll Destroy Your Shabby Temple
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°There¡¯s still me. I definitely won¡¯t let us fall into the hands of the Zhou family!¡±
Before Lin Suisui could answer the second child¡¯s worry, the oldest daughter, who was sitting beside her, had already answered her sisters with certainty.
¡°No matter what the oue is this time, I have to set up a female head of household! Only by setting up a female head of household ourselves can we avoid being bullied in the future!¡±
Lin Suisui patted the eldest daughter¡¯s head. Although she didn¡¯tment on her decision, she definitely didn¡¯t object.
She even felt that this was a good idea.
After all, her mother¡¯s actions were really worrying.
With Lin Suisui¡¯s instructions, Su Le personally arranged for someone to investigate and quickly sent back the results Lin Suisui needed.
Lin Suisui didn¡¯t expect this oue.
¡°It¡¯s actually the Snake God!¡±
Lin Suisui put down the confession in her hand and frowned slightly.
She thought about it for a moment before turning to look at Su Le. ¡°Have you reported this to Lu Ze?¡±
¡°I¡¯ve already reported it to Lu Ze.
¡°What Lu Ze means is that everything will be decided by you, Madam. The arrangements have been made. No matter what decision you make, it won¡¯t affect Lu Ze¡¯s arrangements.¡±
Su Le naturally knew what Lin Suisui was worried about, so he quickly cupped his hands and lowered his head as he replied firmly.
¡°Alright, let¡¯s go meet that Snake God!¡±
Upon hearing Su Le¡¯s words, Lin Suisui was finally relieved and smiled at Su Le as she made a decision without hesitation.
The Snake God¡¯s temple was located in a residence in the northeast corner of Cloud Mountain City.
ording to the results of Su Le¡¯s investigation, the residents here had actually left Cloud Mountain City for various reasons when this temple waspleted.
However, in Lin Suisui¡¯s opinion, the credibility of this statement was zero.
¡°In other words, the residences in this alley have actually been controlled by the people from the temple, right?¡±
In the carriage outside the alley, Lin Suisui asked Su Le, who was bowing outside the carriage.
¡°Yes,¡± Su Le replied firmly. Not only that, but he also told Lin Suisui that the shadow guards had already sneaked in and were paying attention to the movements of the people inside.
At the very least, once she made a move, those people definitely wouldn¡¯t be able to escape.
¡°Then, could it be to ensure that there are no secret tunnels built in these residences?¡±
Lin Suisui had been with Lu Ze for a long time, so she had seen how terrifying those hidden paths were.
Since these people controlled such arge area, it was difficult to guarantee that they wouldn¡¯t build a secret passage inside to help them escape.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, we¡¯ve been watching the people here for a long time! Their every move can¡¯t escape the shadow guards¡¯ eyes. As long as they try to escape, they¡¯ll be captured immediately!¡±
Su Le didn¡¯t think that Lin Suisui¡¯s question was unnecessary and he answered her patiently.
Lin Suisui nodded and said to Su Le, ¡°Let¡¯s go in.¡±
With a wave of Su Le¡¯s hand, the guards surrounded the carriage and escorted her all the way into the not-so-wide alley. They didn¡¯t stop until they reached the entrance of the innermost temple.
Bai Guo and Yin Qiao were the first to jump out of the carriage. After seeing that there was nothing unusual around them, they turned around and helped Lin Suisui out of the carriage.
Lin Suisui stood at the entrance of the temple. The long veiled hat blocked others¡¯ prying gazes, but it couldn¡¯t block her scrutiny of the environment in front of her.
From the moment she entered the alley, she could clearly feel the restlessness of the Gu in her body.
It was excitement and joy that only appeared when they saw their own kind!
This ce was indeed rted to Siam¡¯s people!
After Bai Guo received Lin Suisui¡¯s signal, she walked forward without hesitation and knocked on the closed courtyard door.
Lin Suisui and the others didn¡¯t have to wait long before the courtyard door was opened from the inside.
An old woman in a brown robe stuck her head out of the crack and sized up Lin Suisui and the others at the door carefully. Seeing that they were unfamiliar faces, the old woman wasn¡¯t in a hurry to open the door. Instead, she asked warily, ¡°Who are you guys?¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t this the Snake Temple? My wife heard that praying for children here is very effective, so she came over to take a look.
Could it be that we came to the wrong ce?¡±
Yin Qiao took a step forward and red at the old woman.
¡°No, you guys didn¡¯te to the wrong ce. It¡¯s just that the master is busy doing rituals now. Please wait a moment and let me in to ask¡¡±
As soon as she heard that the other party was here to pray for a child, the vignce on the old woman¡¯s face immediately dissipated. She probably saw that Lin Suisui and the others were dressed well and thought that they were wealthy, so she didn¡¯t dare to be negligent. She was about to go in and invite the master, but before she could finish speaking, Yin Qiao spat at her.
¡°Pfft! You¡¯re really blind! Do you know who our Madam is? How dare you ask our Madam to stand at the door and wait? Who gave you the guts?¡±
Yin Qiao ced her hands on her hips and frowned in anger. Her arrogant tone gave her the image of a vicious ve who bullied others.
¡°Hurry up and open the door to wee our Madam in!
Otherwise, if Madam is unhappy, she¡¯ll smash your lousy temple!¡±
¡°Please calm down.¡±
¡°This is mainly because our master is performing a ritual inside. If your Madam goes in now, she¡¡±
The old woman didn¡¯t dare to resist at all.
She hurriedly bowed and apologized, but she continued blocking the door and was unwilling to make way.
Bai Guo couldn¡¯t be bothered to argue with her anymore. She didn¡¯t have the patience to listen to her exnation.
They were here to cause trouble in the first ce, so how could they care about these rules?!
Therefore, Bai Guo snorted softly and took two steps forward before pushing the old woman to the side. Then, she sneered disdainfully and said, ¡°You¡¯re just a doorman. What right do you have to say no here?
Not to mention you, even if your master came out now, she would have to kneel and kowtow to our Madam!
By letting our Madam wait at your door, your master probably doesn¡¯t n to continuing running an altar in Cloud Mountain City anymore!¡±
With that, Su Le and the others rushed forward and quickly pushed the courtyard door to the sides. Then, they protected Lin Suisui and kept walking into the courtyard.
The old woman was so anxious that she stomped her feet. Seeing that stopping Lin Suisui and the others was impossible, she wanted to go in and inform them. Unexpectedly, before she could take two steps, Su Le ordered someone to gag her, tie her hands and feet, and throw her to the side..
Chapter 501 - 501: Search
Chapter 501: Search
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°Madam, please forgive me for not weing you properly! Please follow me to the private room at the side to rest¡¡±
Hearing themotion at the door, another woman immediately rushed out. As she apologized to Lin Suisui and the others with a smile, she tried her best to stop them from continuing in.
¡°You didn¡¯t even let us in just now, but now we¡¯re esteemed guests?¡±
Bai Guo sneered and blocked the woman¡¯s hand that was reaching out to stop them from moving forward. Su Le was even faster. Without giving the woman a chance to approach, he dislocated her chin and arm and threw her to the side like a rag.
Under the protection of Bai Guo, Su Le, and the others, Lin Suisui passed through two doors and arrived in the center of thest courtyard.
Looking at the two old women rushing out of the innermost room in a panic, she finally spoke.
¡°At this point, there¡¯s no point in hiding it anymore.
¡°I won¡¯t talk to you in detail. Go back and tell your master to hand over the person I want!¡±
Lin Suisui¡¯s imposing aura intimidated the two women who wanted toe over.
As they stood at the door, they exchanged looks. One of the women, who was wearing a Daoist robe, took two steps forward and bowed to her as she said with a smile, ¡°Madam, calm down. Perhaps you have a misunderstanding about our temple?
¡°This is a ce to worship God. How can there be someone you¡¯re looking for?¡±
As the woman spoke, her gaze couldn¡¯t help but wander around. Although her tone was respectful, she looked more like she was stalling for time for reinforcements.
¡°I¡¯ll repeat myself again. 1 definitely didn¡¯te here for no reason.
Since I was able to find you guys ande here, 1 definitely have conclusive evidence that can make you guys confess.
Therefore, hand over Song Zhou, who you captured previously!
Otherwise, if 1 really lose my patience and take out the evidence, it will be toote for you to regret it.¡±
Lin Suisui took a step back and sat down on the round chair that Su Le had moved over for her. Then, she gave the old woman in front of her, who was still trying to find an excuse, an intimidating look.
¡°I know what you¡¯re thinking. You¡¯re wondering when reinforcements wille?¡±
¡°How can that be?! Madam, don¡¯t be angry. This is just a small temple and we rely on incense money to maintain it.
Song Zhou? We have believersing over every day. There are many women with the surname Song. After all, there are many families with the surname Song in our area.
Therefore, perhaps you should go somewhere else to look for her?¡±
The old woman was shocked by Lin Suisui¡¯s words, but she quickly calmed down and continued to deny it with a smile.
Seeing that she was still ying dumb, Lin Suisui couldn¡¯t help butugh.
¡°I don¡¯t have time to joke with you guys here.
Since I said that 1 would destroy your dpidated temple just now, I definitely won¡¯t show mercy!
1¡¯11 give you guys onest incense stick¡¯s worth of time. If you guys continue to be stubborn when the time is up, don¡¯t me me for being ruthless. I won¡¯t leave you guys a way out.¡±
Lin Suisui knew very well that from the moment she entered this ce, Lu Ze had already brought people to seal this ce tightly.
Not to mention humans, even a fly couldn¡¯t escape from here.
She just wanted to see who the mastermind was.
As soon as Lin Suisui said this, Yin Qiao walked over with an incense burner and handed it to the old woman who still wanted to argue.
¡°Hold it.¡±
Yin Qiao stuffed the incense burner into the woman¡¯s hand without caring if she was willing to or not. ¡°Hold it well. At such a close distance, you don¡¯t have to find any excuses like not being able to see clearly!
Madam said that the time limit is five minutes.
If your master still doesn¡¯te out, we¡¯ll start smashing things from here!¡±
¡°It¡¯s obvious that this madam has a noble background. How can a noble person be so aggressive?¡±
Perhaps because she saw that herckeys could no longer stop Lin Suisui, an old woman in white finally walked out of the room.
She bowed to Lin Suisui first before looking at her solemnly. ¡°Madam, please understand.¡±
Our temple worships the Naga God.
Usually, those whoe here are followers of the Naga God. Today isn¡¯t a worship day, so there are no outsiders in our temple.
¡°You¡¯re falsely using us.¡±
¡°Alright, since you¡¯ve already said that you think my actions are ridiculous and that I¡¯m falsely using you, there¡¯s nothing to wait for.¡±
Seeing that the woman continued to y dumb with her, Lin Suisui finally lost the patience to continue waiting.
She turned to look at Su Le, who was standing beside her, and instructed calmly, ¡°Su Le, search the courtyard!¡±
¡°Stop! No! You can¡¯t act so wantonly in front of the Naga God! You can¡¯t be so disrespectful to Lord Naga!¡±
Seeing that Lin Suisui was really going to arrange for someone to search inside, the old woman finally couldn¡¯t maintain her calm anymore. She spread her arms out in a panic and blocked Lin Suisui as she screamed, ¡°You can¡¯t trespass on private property like this!
How can you be so reckless in broad daylight?
Is there now in this world?!¡±
¡°Shh!¡±
Lin Suisui raised a finger to her lips and gestured for the woman to keep quiet.
¡°I think my words still count in Cloud Mountain City.
It might be difficult to say so regarding other matters, but I think that today, 1 can still make the decision.
Therefore, if I can make it have something, I can naturally make it have nothing as well!¡±
At this point, the smile on Lin Suisui¡¯s face suddenly disappeared and she ordered, ¡°Search it!
Even if you guys have to dig three feet into the ground, yiu have to search this ce thoroughly!¡±
¡°No, you guys can¡¯t do this! If you disturb the Naga God, you¡¯ll suffer retribution!¡±
The woman was pressed to the ground, but she still refused to give up.
However, not only did not her words scare Lin Suisui, but her words even amused her.. ¡°Alright, if there¡¯s any retribution, show it to me!¡±
Chapter 502 - 502: Collecting the Net
Chapter 502: Collecting the Net
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
When Lin Suisui first sent the news of this ritual to Lu Ze, Lu Ze had already instructed someone to make arrangements.
Therefore, with Lin Suisui¡¯s order, no one inside could escape.
Lin Suisui¡¯s gains from this trip were huge.
It included the ¡®Poison Man¡¯, who had been tortured to the point of almost losing his human form in the dungeon, Princess Corg, who had entered the country secretly, and the unconscious Song Zhou, who was ced on the bed in the secret room.
It was obvious that the arrival of Lin Suisui and the others hadpletely disrupted Princess Corg¡¯s arrangements. The princess, who used to be high and mighty, looked a little indescribable now.
She didn¡¯t look any better than the ¡®Poison Man¡¯ in the dungeon.
It was obvious that she wanted to use Song Zhou¡¯s body to do something, but unfortunately, Lin Suisui and the others were too fast and didn¡¯t give her a chance to take things further.
Princess Corg, who hadpletely lost her ability to resist, was like a rat in the mud. Although she wished she could rush forward and tear Lin Suisui, who had disrupted her n, into pieces, her body, which had long been riddled with holes by the tame head technique, couldn¡¯t support her ns at this moment.
She could only struggle and roll around like a maggot. It was a disgusting sight to behold.
¡°Madam, this¡¡±
Even though he had seen many things before, Su Le was still disgusted by the scene in front of him.
¡°Are Doctor Luo and the others here yet?¡±
Lin Suisui also took two steps back in disgust. She pinched her handkerchief to cover her mouth and nose and retreated to the door with Su Le before asking about it.
¡°I¡¯ve already sent someone to pick them up.¡±
As Su Le replied, he remained still vignt and didn¡¯t look away from Princess Corg, who was on the ground. He was afraid that she would hurt the Madam if he didn¡¯t pay attention.
¡°This person is already in this state. Can¡ can he still be saved?¡±
Although he wasn¡¯t a doctor, just by looking at the princess¡¯ current state, Su Le felt that this disgusting thing was definitely beyond saving.
This could hardly be considered a human!
¡°I wasn¡¯t going to save her.¡±
Lin Suisui looked at Princess Corg, who was struggling and shouting on the floor of the room, and frowned slightly.
¡°It¡¯s probably toote to save her anyway.¡±
Thinking of the ¡°medicine men¡± she had seen in the basement previously, Lin Suisui didn¡¯t have a good impression of the ¡°princess¡± in front of her at all.
Perhaps she was quite pitiful due to the fact that she had a weak body.
But to make other people suffer in order to heal herself¡
This method was too despicable!
However, Princess Corg¡¯s current miserable state also reminded Lin Suisui.
The tame head technique masters of the Siamese Kingdom were not to be trifled with. There were ruthless to others, but were even more ruthless to themselves!
Such an opponent¡
She really couldn¡¯t be careless at all.
¡°Originally, 1 wanted to capture this princess and see if I could get some information from her.
However, from the looks of it, this n is going to fall through.¡±
As Lin Suisui spoke, she took out a silver needle. Then, she pierced her finger and flicked the blood droplets at Princess Corg, who was already rolling towards her.
At first, neither Princess Corg nor Su Le, who was guarding her, understood what Lin Suisui wanted to do.
Not long after, Su Le heard the sound of insects crawling.
He immediately wanted to draw his knife, but Lin Suisui stopped him.
¡°It¡¯s fine. 1 invited my friend to help deal with this troublesome situation.¡±
As Lin Suisuiforted Su Le, she took out a small porcin bottle from her sleeve and sprinkled the powder on Princess Corg, who was howling and rolling.
Su Le finally saw where this rustling sound came from.
They were ants.
Densely packed ants were crawling towards Princess Corg from all directions.
The ants seemed to have been driven by something as they gnawed at Princess Corg¡¯s body.
In the blink of an eye, Princess Corg turned into a pile of bones¡
What shocked Su Le even more was that the ants didn¡¯t leave directly after devouring Princess Corg¡¯s body. Instead, they continued to bite and fight. Thousands of ants rolled and gathered into a brown ant ball in front of him.
As if she felt that this wasn¡¯t intense enough, Lin Suisui pricked her finger again and flicked a few more drops of blood at the rolling ant ball.
Like hyenas that had smelled food, the agitated ants fought even harder.
The millstone-sized ant ball was also shrinking.
In the end, there was only a thumb-sized red ant left where the ant ball had been fighting.
At this moment, Lin Suisui smiled in satisfaction. Then, she walked over and squatted down before reaching out to put the ants into her sleeve.
¡°Madam, Doctor Luo and the others are here.¡±
Just as Lin Suisui put away the ant, a shadow guard reported respectfully from outside.
Lin Suisui nodded before turning to Su Le and saying, ¡°Let¡¯s go and see those ¡®medicine people¡¯.¡±
Although she had more or less determined that those ¡®medicine people¡¯ were probably beyond saving, Lin Suisui was still unwilling to give up so easily.
She turned around and, apanied by Su Le, went out with Doctor Luo and the others to the underground chamber where the ¡®medicine people¡¯ were ced.
Su Le, who had barely restrained himself because of Princess Corg¡¯s appearance, couldn¡¯t help but cover his mouth and rush out after he saw everything in the basement.
In this basement, there were more than ten iron cages ced against the wall.
In every cage, there was a ¡®medicine person¡¯ covered in the tame head technique.
These ¡®medicine people¡¯ were like nts that had been parasitized by mycelium. Only the asional moan could indicate that they were still alive. As for the rest¡
¡°Madam, these people¡¡±
Doctor Luo swallowed hard and was silent for a long time before saying, ¡°Why don¡¯t we give them a quick death?¡±
¡°Wait a little longer.¡± Lin Suisui was silent for a long time before making a decision. ¡°Su Le, get someone to invite the county governor over.
If I¡¯m not mistaken, the medicine people here should be the missing wanderers and beggars in Cloud Mountain City.
The county governor is the controls the entire Cloud Mountain City. We should let him take a look.. This is what he means by ¡®living and working in peace¡¯!¡±
Chapter 503 - 503: Untitled
Chapter 503: Untitled
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Lin Suisui wasn¡¯t only going to invite the county governor, who was still unaware of this matter, but also the citizens of Cloud Mountain City, who were filled with reverence and admiration for this ritual.
Ruan Yu sat in the room as she listened to the vomiting and screams outside, but her expression was calm.
It was only when the shadow guard dragged the county governor, who could no longer walk upright, in that she raised her eyes slightly and looked at County Governor Tang, who was sprawled on the table like a dead dog.
¡°Does it look nice?¡±
Hearing Lin Suisui¡¯s question, County Governor Tang couldn¡¯t help but shiver. He turned to look at Lin Suisui, who was sitting at the head of the table. As if he had seen a ghost, he slid to his knees in terror.
¡°Help, help. This, they¡¡±
¡°They¡¯re humans that used to live in Cloud Mountain City. Although they¡¯re a little down and out, they¡¯re still residents of Cloud Mountain City.
But because of your negligence, they became like this.¡±
Lin Suisui¡¯s tone was very calm, but her words still made County Governor Tang, who was used to all sorts of incidents, so frightened that he was unable to get up.
¡°I really don¡¯t know!¡±
County Governor Tang took a long time to catch his breath. Then, he exined to Lin Suisui, ¡°Usually, if someone really gets lost, someone will report it to the officials.
However, as you know, these beggars and vagrants usually wander around. Who would pay attention to them?
We thought that they might have gone to another ce to stay, but who would have thought that they would be brought here¡¡±
Even after half a day, County Governor Tang couldn¡¯t help but retch when he thought of what he had just seen.
It was too terrifying!
Was that really something a human being was capable of doing?!
¡°Yes, you can say that no one reported the fact that these beggars were captured to the authorities. But did no one really report them?¡±
As Lin Suisui spoke, Bai Guo, who was beside her, had already thrown a stack of words in front of County Governor Tang.
¡°I got someone to ask around. In the past three months, there were more than ten missing people reports of homeless people.
But County Governor Tang, did you deal with even a single missing person report?¡±
County Governor Tang lowered his head and took a look at the papers. Immediately, he couldn¡¯t help but tremble.
¡°Also, do you really not know about the ritual, or did you ept the 300 taels of silver from the oracle there as hush money?¡±
As Lin Suisui spoke, Bai Guo threw two more testimonies in front of County Governor Tang.
¡°I really didn¡¯t expect this ritual to disregard human lives like this! If, if¡¡±
County Governor Tang didn¡¯t expect Lin Suisui to expose him and he wanted to exin, but he realized that all his exnations seemed useless in front of the evidence.
¡°County Governor Tang, do you know who the true owner of this ritual is?¡±
Lin Suisui stared at County Governor Tang for a long time before continuing to ask.
¡°No, it¡¯s not the oracle¡¡±
County Governor Tang didn¡¯t dare to continue.
After all, he knew very well that the more he said, the more he would incriminate himself.
Did their daughter have to be sisters with a prostitute in the future?
Madam Feng couldn¡¯t help but pinch her handkerchief and chuckle as she said, ¡°Don¡¯t worry, Sixth Master has evil intentions but doesn¡¯t have the guts to carry them out!¡±
Her eyes were filled with disdain and contempt for her husband.
¡°Besides, even if he has the guts to wee Miss Qiao¡¯er into the residence, do you think my mother-inw will agree?
Even if my mother-inw couldn¡¯t resist the Sixth Master¡¯s pleading and agreed, do you think the aunt above her is a pushover?
Unless the Duke doesn¡¯t care about his reputation anymore, letting a prostitute enter the Duke¡¯s residence is impossible!¡±
Madam Feng didn¡¯t panic at all. Instead, she turned around and smiled as sheforted her.
¡°Don¡¯t worry. 1 know how to live my life.
Even if we¡¯re in a quagmire now, we can¡¯t let ourselves suffer!
Let¡¯s wait a little longer.
With Sixth Master¡¯s current enthusiasm, not only will trying to persuade him be useless, but it will also make him hate us.
We¡¯re all living in this residence, so there¡¯s no need for us to offend him.¡±
As Madam Feng spoke, she walked in the direction of her courtyard.
Coincidentally, Madam Feng bumped into Ruan Yu, who wasing from another road.
¡°Auntie.¡±
Since they had already met, it was naturally impossible to pretend not to see her. Ruan Yu smiled politely at Madam Feng and bowed.
¡°Sister-inw.¡± Madam Feng returned the greeting very politely. Seeing the direction Ruan Yu was traveling in, she asked, ¡°Are you leaving the residence?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Ruan Yu nodded and replied very calmly, ¡°Ninth Master just sent a message saying that my brother is looking for me for something, so I¡¯m going out to meet him.¡±
¡°Then 1 won¡¯t hold you up.¡±
Madam Feng nodded in understanding and didn¡¯t ask further. She took a step to the side considerately and gestured for Ruan Yu to go ahead.
Ruan Yu didn¡¯t stand on ceremony. After she thanked Madam Feng, she turned to leave.
¡°She¡¯s really beautiful.¡±
After Ruan Yu walked away, Xi Lai, who was helping Madam Feng walk in the middle of the road, couldn¡¯t help but marvel, ¡°And she also has a good personality.¡±
¡°How do you know she has a good personality?¡±
Hearing Xi Lai¡¯s praise, Madam Feng couldn¡¯t help but tease, ¡°I remember that you¡¯ve never interacted with her before.¡±
¡°Yesterday. Didn¡¯t you ask me to deliver snacks to Madam? 1 happened to hear a few sisters in Madam¡¯s courtyard talking about Ninth Young Madam.
They said that she had a meek personality and was very agreeable.
Old Madam Gu and the others were called over to talk yesterday. When they came out, they each received a big pouch. Seeing how happy they were when they came out, they knew that Ninth Young Madam definitely wasn¡¯t stingy. But then again, although Ninth Young Madam has a good temper, our Madam doesn¡¯t seem to like her.
It¡¯s better for you to avoid her in the future, lest Madam scolds you when she finds out.¡±
Xi Lai nagged at Madam Feng about the news she had heard about Ruan Yu yesterday. Then, she reminded her worriedly..
Chapter 504 - 504: Hardening Her Fist
Chapter 504: Hardening Her Fist
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°Besides, you also know that the reason I¡¯ve been staying in the northern region and unwilling to return to the capital is mainly because the wedding is imminent.
If 1 go back for the marriage before 1 can treat my hidden illness, what should I do?¡±
The Fourth Prince paced around the room in frustration, like a beast trapped in an iron cage.
¡°Your Highness, the King asked you toe back to the capital.¡±
Although the Fourth Prince was very against returning to the capital, Pei Qian wasn¡¯t worried that he would continue to dy.
It might be possible for Lu Ze to disobey the King¡¯s order, but the Fourth Prince¡
It wasn¡¯t that he was underestimating the Fourth Prince, but the Fourth Prince probably didn¡¯t even dare to think about it.
Therefore, although he might feel helpless and angry, he wouldn¡¯t cause much trouble.
¡°I know!
Isn¡¯t it because I know that this is my father¡¯s instruction that I wanted you to help me think of a way?!
You know about my condition.
That person had just found some clues about his treatment, so he couldn¡¯t let everything go to waste just like that.
¡°Besides, you know that if I go back to the capital, many eyes will be on me. If anything goes wrong and people see it, won¡¯t I be doomed for the rest of my life?¡±
The Fourth Prince was actually afraid.
He didn¡¯t dare to disobey orders, but he was even more afraid that the outside world would know that he was impotent.
If word got out, he would really lose that position forever!
¡°Your Highness, I think you can¡¯t just rely on quacks. You have to find reliable doctors to check your condition.
The doctors in the capital were much more capable and reliable than those in Cloud Mountain City. After we go back, I¡¯ll do my best to arrange things for you, Your Highness.
In addition, the matter of treating you can be dyed a little, but the matter of returning to the capital can¡¯t be dyed anymore.
You¡¯ve made great contributions repeatedly, so the Third Prince probably can¡¯t hold it in anymore.
If I¡¯m not mistaken, the reason the King is urging you to rush back to the capital is most likely because of the Third Prince.
Although it¡¯s easy to make contributions outside the capital, for the sake of your future, 1 think you should return to the capital quickly.¡±
Pei Qian knew the Fourth Prince very well.
Therefore, he easily grasped the main point of the matter. The Fourth Prince, who was still a little frustrated, stopped and sat back in his seat.
¡°I know. Cousin, you¡¯re right!
However, I¡¯m unwilling to go back now!¡±
Pei Qian lowered his eyes to hide the killing intent and disdain in them as he slowly continued to persuade, ¡°Your Highness, after you advance two more steps, which thing in the world won¡¯t be yours?
However, we have to wait a few days!¡±
¡°Hahahaha, Cousin, you¡¯re right! I like it!
Cousin, you¡¯re right. I really should prioritize the overall situation now. I shouldn¡¯t be too sentimental!
¡°Then I¡¯ll leave it to you to arrange things when we go back to the capital.¡±
¡°By the way, from now on, the northern region will be handed over to General
Wei Bei to handle¡ Can we really trust him?¡±
The Fourth Prince waspletely ttered by Pei Qian¡¯s words andughed out loud, but soon, he thought of what would happen after he left.
To be honest, General Wei Bei was indeed a talent.
In such a short period of time, he had already helped him a few times.
However, it was also because this person was so powerful and outstanding that if they continued to let him develop in the northern region, if he surpassed him¡
¡°Your Highness, there¡¯s no need to use anyone you suspect.
Besides, you haven¡¯t reached that point yet.
This person has contributed greatly several times. If you suspect him at this moment, I¡¯m afraid you¡¯ll disappoint your other subordinates. Please think twice.¡±
Even though Pei Qian knew that the Fourth Prince was useless, he was still rendered speechless by his current consideration.
As the saying went, dispose of a person when he served his purpose.
Yet he wanted to dispose of him before he even served his purpose.
Did this person even have a brain?!
¡°I know. I was just asking!
Cousin, you also know that the northern region is extremely important. There are hundreds of thousands of troops here!
If I don¡¯t hand it over to someone I trust, what if something goes wrong and they backstab me? Wouldn¡¯t I be theughingstock of the world?¡±
The Fourth Prince coughed softly. He also knew that it was a little inappropriate for him to raise such doubts at this time, but he didn¡¯t forget to defend himself.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, Your Highness. General Wei Bei is still useful to us.¡±
Pei Qian lowered his eyes. He really wanted to leave.
¡°Then who should take over County Governor Tang¡¯s position?¡± Although Pei Qian had promised him repeatedly, the Fourth Prince was still a little worried.
After some thought, he felt that after County Governor Tang was punished, his vacancy could be put to use.
At the very least, they had set up a mole!
Pei Qian couldn¡¯t help but roll his eyes when he saw the Fourth Prince¡¯s smug look.
Ignoring how much power the county governor had in Cloud Mountain City,
how much authority could a county governor havepared to a general at the border?!
He would be crushed to death with just a flick of the general¡¯s finger.
If he wanted to rely on this position to keep Lu Ze in check, that would be pointless,
If this arrangement was really carried out, the new county governor¡¯s family would probably have to hold a funeral as soon as they left Cloud Mountain City.
It waspletely meaningless!
¡°Your Highness, I think it¡¯s better for you to wait for the officials to make arrangements for the county governor¡¯s residence in Cloud Mountain City. If you arrange everything now and people use this against you when you return to the capital, I¡¯m afraid the King will think that you¡¯re a crony.
If you¡¯re really worried, I think you should think about the princess now.¡±
Pei Qian felt that it was better to change the topic. Otherwise, if he kept listening to the Fourth Prince¡¯s self-righteous arrangements, he really wouldn¡¯t be able to resist the urge to beat him up.
¡°What¡¯s there to consider? Didn¡¯t she want to enter my backyard? Then let her return to the capital with us this time.¡±
After 1 get married, I¡¯ll definitely be conferred the title of king.
The backyard of the ministry is so big. How can she not have a ce?¡±
At the mention of the princess, the Fourth Prince was clearly annoyed and dissatisfied.
A woman who was already in his hands was no different from a rag on the ground.
Besides, Princess Ning Fu had taken the initiative to approach him, so to the Fourth Prince, she was even more worthless!
Seeing the Fourth Prince¡¯s attitude towards Princess Ning Fu, Pei Qian really couldn¡¯t pretend anymore.
He finally understood why Lu Ze had been unwilling to apany him to see the Fourth Prince recently.. Lu Ze wanted to beat the Fourth Prince up every time he saw him!
Chapter 505 - 505: Persuasion
Chapter 505: Persuasion
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
¡°Your Highness, Princess Ning Fu is the descendant of a loyal minister.
Besides, she¡¯s pregnant now, so how can she withstand the long journey from the northern region to the capital?¡±
Pei Qian took a deep breath. Although he was unwilling, he had no choice but to try his best to persuade the Fourth Prince not to worsen things.
¡°So what? She asked for this oue. She can¡¯t me me.¡±
The Fourth Prince pursed his lips and said disdainfully, ¡°Even if something happens on the way, she deserves it!¡±
¡°Your Highness, no matter what, you should consider the implications of this matter.¡±
Pei Qian held his forehead in frustration and tried his best to suppress the urge to roar. Instead, he tried his best to calm down and reason with this bastard in front of him.
¡°If you bring the princess along this time, if anything happens, it will probably be difficult to hide it from the people that are monitoring you.
At that time, if someone wants to use this to cause trouble, what will you use to stop people from gossiping?¡±
¡°Now that you mention it, it makes sense! Sigh, how annoying!¡±
The Fourth Prince had been in a bad mood recently and would immediately lose his temper even if slightly provoked.
Therefore, after his ns regarding Princess Ning Fu were rejected by Pei Qian several times, his expression became extremely ugly.
The bulging veins on his forehead were enough to prove that he was about to go berserk.
¡°If this doesn¡¯t work, what do you think we should do? In my opinion, we might as well go all out in order to prevent future trouble!¡±
As the Fourth Prince spoke, he raised his hand and made a throat-slitting gesture.
Not only was Pei Qian used to the coldness of human nature, but he had also personally dealt with many enemies and opponents.
But for someone like the Fourth Prince, who was willing to kill his own flesh and blood just to eliminate trouble that he could ovee¡
It was really beyond his expectations.
Such a person was terrifyingly heartless!
How could someone like him dare to covet that position?!
If he obtained that position, it would be the disaster of this world!
¡°Your Highness, there¡¯s no such thing as an imprable wall. If you really do this and the news gets out, your reputation will really be ruined.¡±
Pei Qian lowered his eyes. He felt that he had probed enough, so he decided to reel in the.
¡°No matter what, the princess is pregnant with your flesh and blood. Just based on this, she has inseparable ties with you!
Therefore, it¡¯s better to think about how to maximize the benefits.
At least for the time being, the benefits of treating the princess well are much greater than getting rid of her directly.¡±
¡°Then what do you mean?¡±
After listening for a long time, the Fourth Prince finally understood the hint in Pei Qian¡¯s words, although he still didn¡¯t understand the deeper meaning.
¡°Why don¡¯t we leave the princess in the northern region for the time being?¡±
Pei Qian looked up at the Fourth Prince and suggested gently, ¡°As for the rest, it won¡¯t be toote to make arrangements after the child is born.¡±
¡°That won¡¯t do! Ningfu insisted on going back to the capital with me previously. If I really abandon her now, won¡¯t she cause trouble?
Besides, if she really stayed in the northern region and something happenedter, wouldn¡¯t it be toote for me to salvage the situation?
Besides, you just said that no matter what, she¡¯s still a princess and the descendant of a loyal minister. Even if there¡¯s no sessor now, a starving camel is still bigger than a horse.
If I keep her like this, won¡¯t my mother scold me?!¡±
The Fourth Prince was full of ideas. He wanted to kill Princess Ning Fu and the child just now, and now that he really heard Pei Qian¡¯s suggestion to keep them, he was a little unwilling.
Sighing, she couldn¡¯t help but look up at Pei Qian and continue, ¡°Is there no other way?¡±
¡°Your Highness, think about your current health.¡±
Seeing that the Fourth Prince was so confused, Pei Qian had no choice but to say, ¡°If anything goes wrong, this child will be your only chance to turn the tables.
After we return to the capital, there will be too many unpredictable things.
What if the Third Prince finds out and directly kills the princess and her son, then announces your condition to the public? What do you think the consequences will be?
However, if the princess and her son are still around, even if the Third Prince discovers your condition, you can use the excuse that the Third Prince is setting you up to counterattack.¡±
¡°Cousin, you¡¯re right. 1 was too naive.¡±
The Fourth Prince clenched his fists. Although he was filled with hatred, he restrained himself from venting it in front of Pei Qian.
However, Pei Qian¡¯s words gave the Fourth Prince a hint. He turned around and looked at Pei Qian as he gritted his teeth and asked, ¡°Cousin, you mean that the Third Prince is the one who made me fall sick?¡±
¡°Your Highness, for the time being, 1 haven¡¯t found conclusive evidence yet.¡±
Pei Qian didn¡¯t admit it directly, but these words were enough to anger the Fourth Prince!
Looking at the mess on the ground, Pei Qian didn¡¯t persuade him. He only let the Fourth Prince vent his anger.
It wasn¡¯t until the Fourth Prince had smashed everything he could and was panting so hard he could barely stand that Pei Qian slowly walked over the wreckage on the ground and supported the Fourth Prince.
¡°Your Highness, you have to calm down.¡± Pei Qian¡¯s tone was gentle and filled with pity.
¡°I knew it. It must be him!¡±
The Fourth Prince turned around and looked at Pei Qian with red eyes with vulnerability and helplessness in his eyes. ¡°If not him, who else would be so despicable and ruthless to me?!
If that¡¯s the case, he must know about my condition. He¡¯s waiting for me to return to the capital and embarrass me!¡±
¡°Your Highness, I don¡¯t think the Third Prince will expose this matter for the time being.¡±
Pei Qian carefully helped the Fourth Prince sit down on a soft couch at the side. Then, he continued to analyze, ¡°He will definitely use this trump card at the most critical moment.
That¡¯s why I suggest that you keep Mr. Pei in the northern region.
After all, it¡¯s much safer for the princess and her son to stay in the northern region than to follow you back to the capital. 1¡¯11 tell General Wei Bei to take good care of the princess and her son. No matter what, at least we can¡¯t give the Third Prince any opportunity.
This way, even if the Third Prince uses your condition against you, we can be prepared to face the enemy and won¡¯t be caught off guard.
¡°After the situation stabilizes, wouldn¡¯t it be more reliable for you to decide what to do with the princess and her son based on the actual situation at that time?¡±
Chapter 506 - 506: Untitled
Chapter 506: Untitled
Trantor: Henyee Trantions Editor: Henyee Trantions
Pei Qian¡¯s persuasion was more or less effective. When he left the Fourth Prince exhausted, he had convinced him for the time being.
After he left the ministry, he rushed back to look for Lu Ze. Since he was about to leave the northern region, it was better to discuss some things with him in advance.
However, to Pei Qian¡¯s surprise, although he came back in a hurry, there was no one there.
Lu Ze wasn¡¯t in the residence.
Lin Suisui was still at the medical center.
After all, such a bad incident had just happened. Many patients who had been discovered to have been drugged were still waiting to be dealt with in the medical center!
Thinking that Lu Ze had probably gone to pick up Lin Suisui, Pei Qian didn¡¯t dy any longer. He turned around and rode towards the medical center.
¡°No. He sent someone to tell me that he would pick me upter, but he hasn¡¯te yet.¡±
However, to Pei Qian¡¯s surprise, although he saw Lin Suisui in the medical center, there was still no news of Lu Ze.
After Lin Suisui finished dealing with her patients, she handed the rest of the cleaning up to the doctor waiting at the side before walking out of the ward with Pei Qian.
¡°How¡¯s the current situation?¡±
As Pei Qian looked at the three patients living in the ward, he couldn¡¯t help but frown slightly.
This room alone had three patients who had been put under the tame head technique. What about the others who hadn¡¯t been checked yet?
Wouldn¡¯t there be even more?!
How much trouble did those bastards from Siam want to cause before they gave it a rest?!
¡°It¡¯s alright. We discovered it early on, we already have the situation under control.¡±
Lin Suisui deliberated for a moment before she gave a factual answer.
¡°However, there are still many people affected by the tame head technique. It will definitely take some time for them to recover. Fortunately, the chaos in Cloud Mountain City has been suppressed for the time being. Overall, the situation is still manageable.¡±
Pei Qian nodded. This was indeed good news.
Actually, now that he thought about the development aftering to Cloud Mountain City, he felt a chill run down his spine.
If they had not discovered that the guards at the border were addicted to the hemp leaves and that the barbarians in the northern region were having a rebellion,
The subsequent ritual chaos definitely wouldn¡¯t have been discovered either.
At that time, if the northern barbarians really cooperated with these people from Cloud Mountain City, the consequences¡
¡°I heard that you¡¯re going back to the capital soon?¡±
After Lin Suisui washed her hands, she took the tea soup from Bai Guo and took a sip before thinking of another piece of news she had just received from Lu Ze.
¡°Well, if there are no idents, I¡¯ll leave in about five days.¡±
Pei Qian told Lin Suisui his arrangements. ¡°As for the next time we see each other, we¡¯ll have to wait for you guys to return to the capital.¡±
¡°That day isn¡¯t that far away.¡±
Lin Suisui smiled at Pei Qian. Her words lessened many of the worries before parting and made Pei Qianugh.
¡°Yes, it definitely isn¡¯t that far away.¡±
¡°What isn¡¯t that far away?¡±
As soon as Pei Qian finished speaking, Lu Ze asked in confusion.
As the man slowly walked in from outside, he looked no different from usual, but the two people in the room were more sensitive to the smell of blood. Even though it was very faint, Lin Suisui still smelled it.
Her expression changed as she looked at Lu Ze worriedly. ¡°Are you injured?¡±
¡°No, it¡¯s someone else¡¯s blood.¡±
Lu Ze was stunned and looked down at the clothes he had just changed into. When he looked up at Lin Suisui again, he revealed a helpless look. As he exined to Lin Suisui to reassure her, he turned to look at Pei Qian.
¡°Why are you here?¡±
¡°I¡¯m looking for you!¡± Pei Qian didn¡¯t ignore the scrutiny and vignce in Lu Ze¡¯s eyes. He looked at him angrily as he replied, ¡°I¡¯m going back to the city soon. There are some things I have to discuss with you first.
When I returned to the residence, they said that you weren¡¯t around. I thought that you would probablye looking for Madam Liu, but when I came over to ask Madam Liu, she didn¡¯t know your whereabouts either!
We were just talking when you came back!¡±
Even after hearing Pei Qian¡¯s exnation, Lu Ze¡¯s expression didn¡¯t improve.
He raised his eyebrows at Pei Qian. ¡°If you want to go back to the capital, just go back. There isn¡¯t anything to discuss between us.¡±
¡°Enough! I¡¯m really not here to poach people. I have something to discuss. Let¡¯s go. Let¡¯s talk before you guys go back!¡±
Pei Qian couldn¡¯t be bothered to argue with Lu Ze. He pulled him to the table at the side and said, ¡°Let me make it clear to you. There will definitely be trouble when I return to the capital this time!
ording to our previous arrangements, the Fourth Prince was pushed out by you!
If I¡¯m not mistaken, there must be a bunch of traps waiting for me in the capital! My good aunt must be very anxious now!
His marriage with the daughter of the Lin family would probably be brought forward.
With that old fox from the Lin family helping him n, the Third Prince probably wouldn¡¯t be able to gain much of an advantage in the short term!
However, you have to be careful. The Third Prince definitely won¡¯t ignore the northern region and will probably send someone to upy the vacant county governor position.¡±
Pei Qian spoke very quickly, as if he wouldn¡¯t have a chance to speakter if he didn¡¯t finish speaking now.
¡°When I go back, I¡¯ll help you control the situation on both sides. The bnce can definitely be maintained for the time being!
But you have to think of a way. No matter what, you can¡¯t stay outside without a proper status!
¡°You¡¯re too far from the capital. If someone in the capital bes desperate and does something, even if you have troops, it won¡¯t be easy for you to fight your way back from the northern region!¡±
Pei Qian¡¯s persuasion finally received a response from Lu Ze. However, Lu Ze¡¯s next words exasperated Pei Qian.
¡°I¡¯m going to the southern border.¡±
Lu Ze turned to look at Pei Qian and said, ¡°For the time being, you can¡¯t return to the capital.¡±
¡°What the hell?¡± Pei Qian was stunned. For a moment, he couldn¡¯t recover from his shock. Sending the Fourth Prince back to the capital was the King¡¯s decree. How could it be changed at this point?
¡°I¡¯m escorting the Fourth Prince back to the capital because of the King¡¯s instructions! We¡¯re about to leave, yet you tell me that I can¡¯t go back for the time being¡
What do you mean by that?¡±
¡°You¡¯ll know in a while.¡± As Lu Ze looked at Pei Qian, a meaningful smile suddenly appeared on his face..
The Novel will be updated first on this website. Come back and
continue reading tomorrow, everyone!